STANDARD DATA DICTIONARY #2 -- PATIENT FILE 3/24/25 PAGE 1
STORED IN ^DPT( (26 ENTRIES) SITE: WWW.BMIRWIN.COM UCI: VISTA,VISTA (VERSION 5.3)
DATA NAME GLOBAL DATA
ELEMENT TITLE LOCATION TYPE
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The PATIENT file contains all the patients followed by the medical center/ Outpatient clinic. At a minimum each patient entry must
have a NAME, DATE OF BIRTH and SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER. In order to add a new patient to the PATIENT file the user must also
indicate whether or not the patient is requesting to receive care as a VETERAN of the U.S. Armed Forces and specify the TYPE of
patient being added to the system. For the most part the information contained in this file is demographic in nature, i.e.,
address, employment, service history, etc., however data concerning admissions, appointments,etc., is also stored in this file.
The ADMISSION sub-field is scheduled to be moved into the new PATIENT MOVEMENT file by the end of calendar year 1989. Care should
be used when removing a patient from the PATIENT file since virtually all other DHCP modules do utilize data from this file. Of
the many fields in the file you will note that many are preceeded by an asterisk. Those fields are scheduled to be removed from
the file due to either lack of use or replacement by another field/file in the next release.
SPECIAL LOOKUP ROUTINE : DPTLK
POST-SELECTION ACTION : I $G(DIC(0))'["I" D ^DGSEC
DD ACCESS: @
RD ACCESS: d
WR ACCESS: Dd
DEL ACCESS: Dd
LAYGO ACCESS: Dd
APPLICATION GROUP(S): LR, RA, PS, DG, SD, RT
IDENTIFIED BY: SEX (#.02)[R], DATE OF BIRTH (#.03)[R], SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER (#.09)[R], SERVICE CONNECTED? (#.301)[R],
TYPE (#391)[R], MULTIPLE BIRTH INDICATOR (#994), VETERAN (Y/N)? (#1901)[R]
"AFJX NETWORK ID": D EN^DDIOL($$GET1^DIQ(2,Y_",",537025),"","?0")
POINTED TO BY: PATIENT MERGED TO field (#.082) of the PATIENT File (#2)
COLLATERAL SPONSOR'S NAME field (#.3601) of the PATIENT File (#2)
RECORD1 field (#.01) of the DUPLICATE RECORD File (#15)
RECORD2 field (#.02) of the DUPLICATE RECORD File (#15)
MFI PATIENT field (#999999903) of the DUPLICATE RECORD File (#15)
MERGED FROM field (#.01) of the MERGE IMAGES File (#15.4)
MERGED TO field (#.02) of the MERGE IMAGES File (#15.4)
PATIENT NAME field (#.01) of the PRF ASSIGNMENT File (#26.13)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the PRF HL7 EVENT File (#26.21)
PATIENT field (#.03) of the PRF HL7 REQUEST LOG File (#26.22)
PATIENT field (#.02) of the PATIENT ENROLLMENT File (#27.11)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the ENROLLMENT QUERY LOG File (#27.12)
PATIENT field (#.03) of the ENROLLMENT/ELIGIBILITY UPLOAD AUDIT File (#27.14)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the NOSE AND THROAT RADIUM HISTORY File (#28.11)
NAME field (#2) of the MST HISTORY File (#29.11)
OTH PATIENT field (#.01) of the OTH ELIGIBILITY PATIENT File (#33)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the PRESUMPTIVE PSYCHOSIS CATEGORY CHANGES File (#33.1)
PATIENT NAME field (#.01) of the DG SECURITY LOG File (#38.1)
NAME field (#.01) of the INCONSISTENT DATA File (#38.5)
CARDS IN HOLD field (#.01) of the CARDS IN HOLD sub-field (#39.13) of the EMBOSSED CARD TYPE File (#39.1)
PATIENT field (#.03) of the ADT/HL7 TRANSMISSION File (#39.4)
NAME field (#.01) of the OPC File (#40.1)
NAME field (#.01) of the OPC ERRORS File (#40.15)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the SCHEDULED ADMISSION File (#41.1)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the PRE-REGISTRATION AUDIT File (#41.41)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the PRE-REGISTRATION CALL LIST File (#41.42)
PATIENT NAME field (#1) of the PRE-REGISTRATION CALL LOG File (#41.43)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the PATIENT sub-field (#42.51) of the WAIT LIST File (#42.5)
PATIENT OR CLINIC field (#213) of the MAS PARAMETERS File (#43)
PATIENT field (#.05) of the G&L CORRECTIONS File (#43.5)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the PATIENT sub-field (#44.003) of the APPOINTMENT sub-field (#44.001) of the HOSPITAL
LOCATION File (#44)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the PATIENT sub-field (#44.007) of the CHART CHECK sub-field (#44.006) of the HOSPITAL
LOCATION File (#44)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the PTF File (#45)
PATIENT field (#1) of the PTF MESSAGE File (#45.5)
NAME field (#.01) of the CENSUS WORKFILE File (#45.85)
PATIENT field (#.09) of the PTF TRANSACTION REQUEST LOG File (#45.87)
NAME field (#.01) of the PAF File (#45.9)
NAME field (#.01) of the RAI MDS ASIH PATIENT File (#46.14)
PATIENT field (#.04) of the DG VAS QUEUE File (#46.3)
PATIENT field (#7) of the DUE ANSWER SHEET File (#50.0731)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the PATIENT sub-field (#50.801) of the IV STATS File (#50.8)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the PATIENT sub-field (#50.806) of the IV DRUG sub-field (#50.805) of the DATE sub-field
(#50.803) of the IV STATS File (#50.8)
PATIENT field (#2) of the PRESCRIPTION File (#52)
PATIENT field (#.02) of the REMOTE PRESCRIPTION LOG File (#52.09)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the PATIENT NOTIFICATION (Rx READY) File (#52.11)
PATIENT NAME field (#1) of the RX VERIFY File (#52.4)
PATIENT field (#1) of the PENDING OUTPATIENT ORDERS File (#52.41)
PATIENT field (#9) of the PRESCRIPTION REFILL REQUEST File (#52.43)
PATIENT field (#2) of the PHARMACY TELEPHONE REFILLS File (#52.444)
LINKED VISTA PATIENT field (#1.5) of the ERX EXTERNAL PATIENT File (#52.46)
VISTA PATIENT field (#.05) of the ERX HOLDING QUEUE File (#52.49)
PATIENT field (#.03) of the RX SUSPENSE File (#52.5)
PATIENT field (#2) of the PHARMACY EXTERNAL INTERFACE File (#52.51)
PATIENT field (#2) of the IV MEDICATION ORDERS DC'D File (#52.75)
PATIENT # field (#1) of the PHARMACY ARCHIVE File (#52.8)
PATIENT field (#3) of the PSO AUDIT LOG File (#52.87)
PATIENT NAME field (#.01) of the LABEL/PROFILE sub-field (#52.9001) of the PHARMACY PRINTED QUEUE File (#52.9)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the TPB ELIGIBILITY File (#52.91)
PATIENT NAME field (#.5) of the NON-VERIFIED ORDERS File (#53.1)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the PATIENT sub-field (#53.401) of the PRE-EXCHANGE NEEDS File (#53.4)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the PATIENT sub-field (#53.4102) of the USER OR WARD sub-field (#53.4101) of the MAR LABELS
File (#53.41)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the PATIENT sub-field (#53.43011) of the REPORT NUMBER sub-field (#53.4301) of the
MISCELLANEOUS REPORT FILE File (#53.43)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the PATIENT sub-field (#53.4401) of the PHYSICIANS' ORDERS File (#53.44)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the PATIENT sub-field (#53.51) of the PICK LIST File (#53.5)
PATIENT field (#.11) of the BCMA MISSING DOSE REQUEST File (#53.68)
PATIENT field (#.12) of the BCMA REPORT REQUEST File (#53.69)
PATIENT ID field (#.02) of the BCMA UNABLE TO SCAN LOG File (#53.77)
PATIENT NAME field (#.01) of the BCMA MEDICATION VARIANCE LOG File (#53.78)
PATIENT NAME field (#.01) of the BCMA MEDICATION LOG File (#53.79)
NAME field (#.01) of the PHARMACY PATIENT File (#55)
PATIENT NAME field (#.5) of the UNIT DOSE sub-field (#55.06) of the PHARMACY PATIENT File (#55)
PATIENT field (#14) of the PADE INBOUND TRANSACTIONS File (#58.6)
PATIENT field (#1) of the PADE OUTBOUND MESSAGES File (#58.72)
PATIENT field (#73) of the DRUG ACCOUNTABILITY TRANSACTION File (#58.81)
PATIENT field (#22) of the CS WORKSHEET File (#58.85)
PATIENT RETURNING DRUG field (#18) of the CS DESTRUCTION File (#58.86)
PATIENT field (#.02) of the PBM PATIENT DEMOGRAPHICS File (#59.9)
PATIENT NAME field (#2) of the WKLD LOG FILE File (#64.03)
PATIENT field (#9) of the ACCESSION WKLD CODE TIME sub-field (#64.1111) of the WKLD CODE sub-field (#64.111) of the
DATE sub-field (#64.11) of the WKLD DATA File (#64.1)
VA PATIENT NUMBER field (#.07) of the DATE/TIME UNIT RELOCATION sub-field (#65.03) of the BLOOD INVENTORY File (#65)
PATIENT FILE REF field (#2) of the REFERRAL PATIENT File (#67)
Patient Name field (#3) of the REFERRAL PATIENT File (#67)
VA PATIENT NUMBER field (#.06) of the LRDFN sub-field (#69.3) of the USER REQUEST LIST sub-field (#69.28) of the LAB
SECTION PRINT File (#69.2)
NAME field (#.01) of the RAD/NUC MED PATIENT File (#70)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the NUC MED EXAM DATA File (#70.2)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the RADIATION ABSORBED DOSE File (#70.3)
PATIENT NAME field (#2) of the RAD/NUC MED REPORTS File (#74)
NAME field (#.01) of the RAD/NUC MED ORDERS File (#75.1)
PATIENT field (#.03) of the HL7 Message Exceptions File File (#79.3)
NAME field (#.01) of the MEDICAL RECORD File (#90)
NAME field (#.01) of the PT. TEXT File (#99)
OBJECT OF ORDER field (#.02) of the ORDER File (#100)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the OE/RR PATIENT EVENT File (#100.2)
MEMBER field (#.01) of the MEMBER sub-field (#100.2101) of the OE/RR LIST File (#100.21)
PATIENT field (#.02) of the CANCELLED ORDERS AND ORDER CHECKS File (#100.3)
PATIENT field (#2) of the QUICK ORDER AUDIT File (#100.95)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the SCHEDULED ALERTS File (#100.97)
OR3 INPATIENT DFN UP TO field (#3.05) of the ORDER PARAMETERS File (#100.99)
OR3 PATIENTS TO CONVERT field (#.01) of the OR3 PATIENTS TO CONVERT sub-field (#100.9903) of the ORDER PARAMETERS
File (#100.99)
PATIENT field (#19) of the ORDER DEA ARCHIVE INFO File (#101.52)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the PDMP QUERY LOG File (#101.62)
PATIENT field (#3) of the PATIENT TASK File (#102.3)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the ORAM FLOWSHEET File (#103)
PATIENT field (#14) of the NUTRITION PERSON File (#115)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the PATIENT sub-field (#115.701) of the DIETETIC ENCOUNTERS File (#115.7)
PATIENT field (#101) of the ITEM sub-field (#119.01) of the DIETITIAN TICKLER FILE File (#119)
PATIENT field (#.02) of the GMRV VITAL MEASUREMENT File (#120.5)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the PATIENT ALLERGIES File (#120.8)
PATIENT field (#.02) of the ADVERSE REACTION REPORTING File (#120.85)
NAME field (#.01) of the ADVERSE REACTION ASSESSMENT File (#120.86)
PATIENT field (#.02) of the REMOTE ALLERGY COMMENT File (#120.88)
PATIENT NAME field (#.02) of the REQUEST/CONSULTATION File (#123)
PATIENT field (#.02) of the GMR TEXT File (#124.3)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the GMRY PATIENT I/O FILE File (#126)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the SURGERY File (#130)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the PATIENT sub-field (#133.801) of the SURGERY WAITING LIST File (#133.8)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the SURGERY TRANSPLANT ASSESSMENTS File (#139.5)
NAME field (#.01) of the ONCOLOGY PATIENT File (#160)
NAME field (#.01) of the FEE BASIS PATIENT File (#161)
NAME field (#.01) of the FEE BASIS PATIENT MRA File (#161.26)
VETERAN field (#2) of the FEE CH REPORT OF CONTACT File (#161.5)
NAME field (#.01) of the FEE BASIS ID CARD AUDIT File (#161.83)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the FEE BASIS PAID TO IB File (#161.9)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the FEE BASIS PAYMENT File (#162)
VETERAN field (#3) of the FEE NOTIFICATION/REQUEST File (#162.2)
VETERAN field (#2) of the VA FORM 10-7078 File (#162.4)
VETERAN field (#2) of the FEE BASIS UNAUTHORIZED CLAIMS File (#162.7)
CLAIM SUBMITTED BY field (#23) of the FEE BASIS UNAUTHORIZED CLAIMS File (#162.7)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the PATIENT sub-field (#183.21) of the CRHD TEMPORARY DATA File (#183.2)
PATIENTS field (#.01) of the PATIENTS sub-field (#183.31) of the CRHD HOT TEAM PATIENT LIST File (#183.3)
ASSOCIATED ENTITY OR ITEM field (#.01) of the RECORDS File (#190)
PATIENT FILE POINTER field (#9) of the RECORDS File (#190)
DFN field (#.01) of the DFN sub-field (#194.31) of the RECORD TRACKING SORT GLOBAL File (#194.3)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the PATIENT sub-field (#213.51) of the NURS AMIS DAILY EXCEPTION REPORT File (#213.5)
NAME field (#.01) of the NURS PATIENT File (#214)
NAME field (#.02) of the NURS CLASSIFICATION File (#214.6)
NAME field (#.02) of the NURS REVIEW CLASSIFICATION File (#214.7)
NAME field (#.01) of the DENTAL PATIENT File (#220)
PATIENT (POINTER) field (#3) of the DENTAL TREATMENT (AMIS) File (#221)
PATIENT ID field (#.06) of the ED LOG File (#230)
PATIENT ID field (#.06) of the ED LOG HISTORY File (#230.1)
PATIENT field (#2) of the CLINICAL EVENTS File (#234)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the IVM PATIENT File (#301.5)
PATIENT field (#.02) of the IVM BILLING TRANSMISSION File (#301.61)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the IVM FINANCIAL QUERY LOG File (#301.62)
LAST PATIENT PROCESSED field (#.08) of the IVM EXTRACT MANAGEMENT File (#301.63)
PATIENT field (#1) of the IVM ADDRESS CHANGE LOG File (#301.7)
DEBTOR field (#.01) of the AR DEBTOR File (#340)
ACCOUNT field (#.03) of the TRANSACTION sub-field (#344.01) of the AR BATCH PAYMENT File (#344)
PATIENT field (#.02) of the BILL NUMBER sub-field (#348.41) of the AR DATA QUEUE File (#348.4)
COPAY PATIENT field (#.01) of the COPAY PATIENT sub-field (#348.43) of the AR DATA QUEUE File (#348.4)
PATIENT field (#.02) of the INTEGRATED BILLING ACTION File (#350)
PATIENT OR INSURANCE COMPANY field (#4.02) of the IB SITE PARAMETERS File (#350.9)
PATIENT field (#.02) of the MEANS TEST BILLING CLOCK File (#351)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the IB CONTINUOUS PATIENT File (#351.1)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the SPECIAL INPATIENT BILLING CASES File (#351.2)
PATIENT field (#.02) of the MEANS TEST BILLING CLOCK VERIFY File (#351.3)
PATIENT field (#.02) of the TRICARE PHARMACY TRANSACTIONS File (#351.5)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the TRANSFER PRICING PATIENT File (#351.6)
PATIENT field (#.02) of the LTC COPAY CLOCK File (#351.81)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the IB UC VISIT TRACKING File (#351.82)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the IB MH VISIT TRACKING File (#351.83)
PATIENT NAME field (#.01) of the BILLING PATIENT File (#354)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the IB PATIENT COPAY ACCOUNT File (#354.7)
INDIVIDUAL POLICY PATIENT field (#.1) of the GROUP INSURANCE PLAN File (#355.3)
PATIENT NAME field (#60.01) of the INSURANCE VERIFICATION PROCESSOR File (#355.33)
PATIENT field (#.02) of the INSURANCE CLAIMS YEAR TO DATE File (#355.5)
PATIENT field (#.02) of the PERSONAL POLICY File (#355.7)
SPONSOR field (#.01) of the SPONSOR File (#355.8)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the SPONSOR RELATIONSHIP File (#355.81)
PATIENT field (#.02) of the CLAIMS TRACKING File (#356)
PATIENT field (#.05) of the INSURANCE REVIEW File (#356.2)
PATIENT field (#.02) of the HCS REVIEW TRANSMISSION File (#356.22)
PATIENT field (#.02) of the CLAIMS TRACKING ROI File (#356.25)
PATIENT field (#.02) of the CLAIMS TRACKING ROI CONSENT File (#356.26)
PATIENT field (#.02) of the ENCOUNTER FORM TRACKING File (#357.96)
PATIENT field (#.02) of the AICS ERROR AND WARNING LOG File (#359.3)
PATIENT field (#.02) of the IB-FB INTERFACE TRACKING File (#360)
PATIENT field (#.07) of the EDI MESSAGES File (#364.2)
PATIENT field (#.02) of the IIV RESPONSE File (#365)
PATIENT field (#.02) of the IIV TRANSMISSION QUEUE File (#365.1)
EICD PATIENT field (#.05) of the EIV EICD TRACKING File (#365.18)
PATIENT NAME field (#.01) of the INTERFACILITY INSURANCE UPDATE File (#365.19)
PATIENT field (#.03) of the EVENT sub-field (#366.141) of the IB NCPDP EVENT LOG File (#366.14)
PATIENT IN IBD field (#.14) of the EVENT sub-field (#366.141) of the IB NCPDP EVENT LOG File (#366.14)
PATIENT NAME [D] field (#109.01) of the HEALTH CARE CLAIM RFAI (277) File (#368)
PATIENT field (#.03) of the PFSS CHARGE CACHE File (#373)
PATIENT field (#.03) of the PFSS ACCOUNT File (#375)
PATIENT field (#2) of the ENROLLMENT RATED DISABILITY UPLOAD AUDIT File (#390)
PATIENT field (#1) of the HOME TELEHEALTH PATIENT File (#391.31)
PATIENT field (#.03) of the ADT/HL7 PIVOT File (#391.71)
EVENT POINTER field (#.05) of the ADT/HL7 PIVOT File (#391.71)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the TREATING FACILITY LIST File (#391.91)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the PATIENT DATA EXCEPTION File (#391.98)
NAME field (#2) of the BENEFICIARY TRAVEL CLAIM File (#392)
NAME field (#2) of the BENEFICIARY TRAVEL CERTIFICATION File (#392.2)
PATIENT NAME field (#2) of the BENEFICIARY TRAVEL MANUAL DEDUCTIBLE WAIVER File (#392.7)
BT PATIENT field (#.01) of the BT PATIENT ALTERNATE INCOME File (#392.9)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the INCOMPLETE RECORDS File (#393)
PATIENT POINTER field (#8) of the *PDX TRANSACTION File (#394)
PATIENT POINTER field (#5) of the *PDX STATISTICS File (#394.4)
Patient Ptr field (#.03) of the VAQ - TRANSACTION File (#394.61)
Patient Ptr field (#10) of the VAQ - WORKLOAD File (#394.87)
NAME field (#.01) of the HINQ SUSPENSE File (#395.5)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the HINQ AUDIT File (#395.7)
PATIENT NAME field (#.01) of the FORM 7131 File (#396)
NAME field (#.01) of the CAPRI TEMPLATES File (#396.17)
NAME field (#.01) of the AMIE REPORT File (#396.2)
PATIENT field (#.03) of the CAPRI CLINICAL EFOLDER TRANSMISSIONS File (#396.21)
NAME field (#.01) of the 2507 REQUEST File (#396.3)
PATIENT field (#4) of the FORM 28-8861 File (#396.9)
PATIENT NAME field (#.02) of the BILL/CLAIMS File (#399)
PATIENT NAME field (#.01) of the RECALL REMINDERS File (#403.5)
PATIENT NAME field (#.01) of the RECALL REMINDERS REMOVED File (#403.56)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the OUTPATIENT PROFILE File (#404.41)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the PATIENT TEAM ASSIGNMENT File (#404.42)
PATIENT field (#.02) of the PCMM HL7 TRANSMISSION LOG File (#404.471)
PATIENT field (#.02) of the PCMM HL7 EVENT File (#404.48)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the PCMM PATIENT EVENTS File (#404.54)
PATIENT field (#.03) of the PATIENT MOVEMENT File (#405)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the PATIENT RELATION File (#408.12)
PERSON field (#.03) of the PATIENT RELATION File (#408.12)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the INCOME RELATION File (#408.22)
PATIENT field (#.02) of the ANNUAL MEANS TEST File (#408.31)
PATIENT field (#.04) of the MEANS TEST CHANGES File (#408.41)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the SD WAIT LIST File (#409.3)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the EWL CLEAN-UP File (#409.39)
PATIENT field (#.11) of the SDSC SERVICE CONNECTED CHANGES File (#409.48)
PATIENT field (#2) of the SCHEDULING VISITS File (#409.5)
PATIENT field (#.02) of the APPOINTMENT PFSS ACCOUNT REFERENCE File (#409.55)
PATIENT field (#.02) of the OUTPATIENT ENCOUNTER File (#409.68)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the PATIENT sub-field (#409.69) of the PATIENT APPOINTMENT INFO LOG File (#409.6)
PATIENT field (#.02) of the DELETED OUTPATIENT ENCOUNTER File (#409.74)
PATIENT field (#.03) of the ACRP TRANSMISSION HISTORY File (#409.77)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the SDEC PREFERENCES AND SPECIAL NEEDS File (#409.845)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the SDEC APPT REQUEST File (#409.85)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the SDEC CONTACT File (#409.86)
PATIENT field (#.02) of the SDEC CONSULT PID HISTORY File (#409.87)
PATIENT field (#7) of the ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE File (#430)
NAME field (#.01) of the DIRECT DELIVERY PATIENTS File (#440.2)
PATIENT NAME field (#129) of the INTERNAL DISTRIBUTION ORDER/ADJ. File (#445.3)
PATIENT field (#2) of the INVENTORY DISTRIBUTED PATIENT SUPPLIES File (#446.1)
NAME field (#.01) of the PATIENT FUNDS File (#470)
PATIENT field (#.03) of the PRESCRIPTIONS sub-field (#550.215) of the CMOP TRANSMISSION File (#550.2)
PATIENT NAME field (#.01) of the PATIENTS sub-field (#560.02) of the VPR SUBSCRIPTION File (#560)
PATIENT field (#1) of the DATE/TIME OF ACCESS sub-field (#600.71) of the CRISIS NOTE DISPLAY File (#600.7)
NAME field (#.01) of the PSYCH INSTRUMENT PATIENT File (#601.2)
NAME field (#.01) of the INCOMPLETE PSYCH TEST PATIENT File (#601.4)
PATIENT field (#1) of the MH ADMINISTRATIONS File (#601.84)
PATIENT field (#1) of the MH CR SCRATCH File (#601.94)
CLOZAPINE PATIENT field (#1) of the CLOZAPINE PATIENT LIST File (#603.01)
CLOZAPINE PATIENT field (#.01) of the CLOZAPINE HL7 TRANSMISSION File (#603.05)
NAME field (#.02) of the ADDICTION SEVERITY INDEX File (#604)
NAME field (#.01) of the MH CLINICAL FILE File (#615)
NAME field (#.02) of the SECLUSION/RESTRAINT File (#615.2)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the PATIENT sub-field (#617.01) of the MH WAIT LIST File (#617)
PATIENT BOARDED ON PSYCH field (#.01) of the BOARDED ON PSYCHIATRY sub-field (#618.04) of the MENTAL HEALTH CENSUS
File (#618)
PATIENT field (#1) of the MENTAL HEALTH INPT File (#618.4)
PATIENT NAME field (#.02) of the DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS - MENTAL HEALTH File (#627.8)
NAME field (#.01) of the HBHC PATIENT File (#631)
PATIENT NAME field (#.01) of the HBHC VISIT File (#632)
PATIENT NAME field (#.01) of the HBHC EVALUATION/ADMISSION ERROR(S) File (#634.1)
PATIENT NAME field (#.01) of the HBHC VISIT ERROR(S) File (#634.2)
PATIENT NAME field (#.01) of the HBHC DISCHARGE ERROR(S) File (#634.3)
PATIENT NAME field (#.01) of the HBHC PSEUDO SSN ERROR(S) File (#634.5)
NAME field (#.01) of the PROSTHETICS PATIENT File (#665)
PATIENT NAME/INSTITUTION field (#1) of the PROSTHETIC HOME/LIAISON VISITS File (#665.1)
NAME field (#.01) of the PROS LETTER TRANSACTION FILE File (#665.4)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the PATIENT sub-field (#665.72319) of the VENDOR sub-field (#665.7231) of the BILLING MONTH
sub-field (#665.723) of the HOME OXYGEN TRANSACTIONS FILE File (#665.72)
VETERAN field (#1) of the PROSTHETIC SUSPENSE File (#668)
NAME field (#.01) of the MEDICAL PATIENT File (#690)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the CP TRANSACTION File (#702)
PATIENT field (#.02) of the CP RESULT REPORT File (#703.1)
PATIENT field (#.06) of the CP_HL7_LOG File (#704.002)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the CP_MOVEMENT_AUDIT File (#704.005)
PATIENT_ID field (#.08) of the TERM_RANGE_CHECK File (#704.107)
PATIENT_ID field (#.03) of the OBS_FLOWSHEET_SUPP_PAGE File (#704.1122)
PATIENT_ID field (#.02) of the OBS_ALARM File (#704.115)
PATIENT_ID field (#.08) of the OBS File (#704.117)
PATIENT_ID field (#.04) of the CP_KARDEX_ACTION File (#704.121)
PATIENT_ID field (#.01) of the HEMODIALYSIS ACCESS POINTS File (#704.201)
PATIENT field (#.02) of the HEMODIALYSIS STUDY File (#704.202)
PATIENT field (#2) of the EDR EVENT File (#705)
LINK TO FILE #2 field (#3.4) of the 1010EZ HOLDING File (#712)
NAME field (#.01) of the EAS MT PATIENT STATUS File (#713.1)
PATIENT NAME field (#.01) of the EAS LTC MONTHLY MAX CALCULATIONS File (#714.5)
PATIENT field (#1) of the EVENT CAPTURE PATIENT File (#721)
PATIENT NO. - DFN field (#4) of the ADMISSION EXTRACT File (#727.802)
PATIENT NO. - DFN field (#4) of the CLINIC NOSHOW EXTRACT File (#727.804)
PATIENT NO. - DFN field (#4) of the NURSING EXTRACT File (#727.805)
PATIENT NO. - DFN field (#4) of the DENTAL EXTRACT File (#727.806)
PATIENT NO. - DFN field (#4) of the PHYSICAL MOVEMENT EXTRACT File (#727.808)
PATIENT NO. - DFN field (#4) of the UNIT DOSE LOCAL EXTRACT File (#727.809)
PATIENT NO. - DFN field (#4) of the PRESCRIPTION EXTRACT File (#727.81)
PATIENT NO. - DFN field (#4) of the SURGERY EXTRACT File (#727.811)
PATIENT NO. - DFN field (#4) of the MENTAL HEALTH EXTRACT File (#727.812)
PATIENT NO. - DFN field (#4) of the RADIOLOGY EXTRACT File (#727.814)
PATIENT NO. - DFN field (#4) of the EVENT CAPTURE LOCAL EXTRACT File (#727.815)
PATIENT NO. - DFN field (#4) of the CLINIC I EXTRACT File (#727.816)
PATIENT NO. - DFN field (#4) of the TREATING SPECIALTY CHANGE EXTRACT File (#727.817)
PATIENT NO. - DFN field (#4) of the CLINIC II EXTRACT File (#727.818)
PATIENT NO. - DFN field (#4) of the IV DETAIL EXTRACT File (#727.819)
PATIENT NO. - DFN field (#4) of the ADMISSION SETUP EXTRACT File (#727.82)
PATIENT NO. - DFN field (#4) of the PHYSICAL MOVEMENT SETUP EXTRACT File (#727.821)
PATIENT NO. - DFN field (#4) of the TREATING SPECIALTY CHANGE SETUP EXTRACT File (#727.822)
PATIENT NO. - DFN field (#4) of the PAI EXTRACT File (#727.823)
PATIENT NO. - DFN field (#4) of the LAB RESULTS EXTRACT File (#727.824)
PATIENT NO. - DFN field (#4) of the QUASAR EXTRACT File (#727.825)
PATIENT NO. DFN field (#4) of the PROSTHETICS EXTRACT File (#727.826)
PATIENT NO. - DFN field (#4) of the CLINIC EXTRACT File (#727.827)
PATIENT NO. - DFN field (#4) of the BLOOD BANK EXTRACT File (#727.829)
PATIENT NO. - DFN field (#4) of the NUTRITION EXTRACT File (#727.832)
PATIENT NO. - DFN field (#4) of the BCMA EXTRACT File (#727.833)
DFN field (#1) of the IV EXTRACT DATA File (#728.113)
DFN field (#1) of the UNIT DOSE EXTRACT DATA File (#728.904)
QA PATIENT field (#.01) of the QA OCCURRENCE SCREEN File (#741)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the FALL OUT File (#743.1)
PATIENT field (#.03) of the FUNCTIONAL INDEPENDENCE MEASUREMENT RECORD File (#783)
NAME field (#.01) of the WV PATIENT File (#790)
PATIENT field (#.02) of the WV LAB TESTS File (#790.08)
PATIENT field (#2) of the WV PREGNANCY/LACTATION STATUS CONFLICT EVENTS File (#790.9)
PATIENT NAME field (#.01) of the ROR PATIENT EVENTS File (#798.3)
PATIENT NAME field (#.01) of the ROR PATIENT File (#798.4)
PATIENT field (#3) of the MESSAGE sub-field (#798.74) of the ROR LOG File (#798.7)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the REMINDER GEC DIALOG ASSOCIATION HISTORY File (#801.55)
PATIENT field (#2) of the REMINDERS EPISODE OF CARE File (#809)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the PATIENT sub-field (#810.16) of the REMINDER REPORT TEMPLATE File (#810.1)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the EXTRACT FINDINGS sub-field (#810.31) of the REMINDER EXTRACT SUMMARY File (#810.3)
UNIQUE APPLICABLE PATIENT field (#.01) of the UNIQUE APPLICABLE PATIENT LIST sub-field (#810.3316) of the FINDING
TOTALS sub-field (#810.331) of the COMPLIANCE TOTALS sub-field (#810.33) of the REMINDER EXTRACT SUMMARY File
(#810.3)
PATIENTS field (#.01) of the PATIENTS sub-field (#810.53) of the REMINDER PATIENT LIST File (#810.5)
PATIENT, CLINIC OR WARD field (#201) of the PCE PARAMETERS File (#815)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the COMPACT ACT EPISODE OF CARE File (#818)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the VPS MRAR PDO File (#853.5)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the VPS CLINICAL SURVEY File (#853.8)
PATIENT field (#2) of the APPOINTMENTS sub-field (#853.91) of the VPS APPOINTMENTS QUEUE File (#853.9)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the ORDER CHECK PATIENT ACTIVE DATA File (#860.1)
PATIENT field (#.04) of the MPIF CMOR REQUEST File (#984.9)
PATIENTS INTERNAL ENTRY NUMBER field (#18) of the WII ADMISSIONS DISCHARGES File (#987.5)
PATIENT field (#3) of the EXCEPTION sub-field (#991.12) of the CIRN HL7 EXCEPTION LOG File (#991.1)
CMOR LAST PATIENT PROCESSED field (#18) of the CIRN SITE PARAMETER File (#991.8)
CMOR COMP LAST PATIENT field (#30) of the CIRN SITE PARAMETER File (#991.8)
REL INIT LAST field (#103) of the CIRN SITE PARAMETER File (#991.8)
MAR INIT LAST field (#108) of the CIRN SITE PARAMETER File (#991.8)
ELIG INIT LAST field (#113) of the CIRN SITE PARAMETER File (#991.8)
PSEUDO INIT LAST field (#118) of the CIRN SITE PARAMETER File (#991.8)
PATIENT field (#4) of the NUPA SAVED NOTES File (#1927.09)
PATIENT field (#1) of the NUPA CARE PLANS File (#1927.4)
PATIENT field (#5) of the IMAGE File (#2005)
PATIENT field (#5) of the IMAGE AUDIT File (#2005.1)
PATIENT FILE REFERENCE field (#3) of the IMAGING PATIENT REFERENCE File (#2005.6)
PATIENT field (#4) of the IMAGING DUPLICATE UID LOG File (#2005.66)
PATIENT LIST field (#.01) of the PATIENT LIST sub-field (#2006.1867) of the IMAGING USER PREFERENCE File (#2006.18)
PATIENT field (#2) of the PACS MESSAGE File (#2006.5)
PATIENT-NUMBER field (#.001) of the PATIENT sub-field (#2006.552) of the DICOM WORKLIST PATIENT File (#2006.55)
PATIENT field (#2) of the STUDY sub-field (#2006.562) of the DICOM WORKLIST STUDY File (#2006.56)
EXPORT PATIENT field (#97) of the DICOM GATEWAY PARAMETER File (#2006.563)
PATIENT field (#15) of the EXPORT DICOM RUN File (#2006.565)
PATIENT field (#5) of the IMAGING WINDOWS SESSIONS File (#2006.82)
PATIENT field (#3) of the MAGV IMPORT STUDY LOG File (#2006.9421)
PATIENT field (#7) of the IMAGE ACCESS LOG File (#2006.95)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the MULTI IMAGE PRINT File (#2006.961)
NAME field (#.01) of the VIST ROSTER File (#2040)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the ANRV PATIENT REVIEW File (#2048)
DFN field (#9) of the VBECS WORKLOAD CAPTURE File (#6002.01)
DFN field (#1) of the VBECS DSS EXTRACT File (#6002.03)
INITIAL PATIENT field (#1.03) of the TIU AUDIT TRAIL File (#8925.5)
FINAL PATIENT field (#1.04) of the TIU AUDIT TRAIL File (#8925.5)
PATIENT field (#3.02) of the ALERT DATE/TIME sub-field (#8992.01) of the ALERT File (#8992)
PATIENT field (#.04) of the ALERT TRACKING File (#8992.1)
NAME field (#.01) of the A&SP PATIENT File (#509850.2)
PATIENT field (#.02) of the AUDIOMETRIC EXAM DATA File (#509850.9)
PATIENT field (#.04) of the STATION ORDER File (#791810)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the ROES ELIGIBILITY CONFIRMATION File (#791814)
PATIENT NAME field (#.01) of the PATIENT sub-field (#800000.01) of the HMP SUBSCRIPTION File (#800000)
PATIENT field (#.02) of the HMP PATIENT OBJECT File (#800000.1)
SOURCE field (#.02) of the SOURCES sub-field (#800001.21) of the HMP ROSTER File (#800001.2)
PATIENT field (#.01) of the PATIENT sub-field (#800001.23) of the HMP ROSTER File (#800001.2)
PATIENT NAME field (#.01) of the HMP ACTIVITY File (#800001.5)
NAME field (#.01) of the PATIENT/IHS File (#9000001)
PATIENT IEN field (#903) of the BPS CERTIFICATION File (#9002313.31)
PATIENT field (#5) of the BPS LOG OF TRANSACTIONS File (#9002313.57)
PATIENT field (#5) of the BPS TRANSACTION File (#9002313.59)
PATIENT field (#1.15) of the BPS REQUESTS File (#9002313.77)
PATIENT field (#.02) of the APSP INTERVENTION File (#9009032.4)
POINTED TO BY COMPUTED POINTER:
PATIENT field (#2.9) of the AUDIT File (#1.1)
CROSS
REFERENCED BY: FULL ICN HISTORY(AAFICN), ICN HISTORY(AAICN), ATTENDING PHYSICIAN(AAP), INSURANCE TYPE(AB), NAME(ABUL),
DATE OF DISCHARGE(AC), CURRENT ADMISSION(ACA), *CATEGORY OF BENEFICIARY(ACB), CLAIM FOLDER LOCATION(ACFL4),
ZIP (CIVIL)(ACIVZIP), ZIP+4 (CIVIL)(ACIVZIP4), COORDINATING MASTER OF RECORD(ACMOR), CMOR ACTIVITY SCORE(ACMORS),
WARD LOCATION(ACN), COLLATERAL SPONSOR'S NAME(ACOL), CURRENT MEANS TEST STATUS(ACS), SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER(AD),
D-ZIP CODE(AD1ZIP), D-ZIP+4(AD1ZIP4), ACTIVE(ADA), DATE OF DEATH(ADEP), DATE OF DEATH(ADGDBUL), NAME(ADGRU01),
SEX(ADGRU02), DATE OF BIRTH(ADGRU03), MARITAL STATUS(ADGRU05), RACE(ADGRU06), OCCUPATION(ADGRU07),
RELIGIOUS PREFERENCE(ADGRU08), SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER(ADGRU09), PLACE OF BIRTH [CITY](ADGRU092),
PLACE OF BIRTH [STATE](ADGRU093), STREET ADDRESS [LINE 1](ADGRU111), ZIP+4(ADGRU1112),
STREET ADDRESS [LINE 2](ADGRU112), STREET ADDRESS [LINE 3](ADGRU113), CITY(ADGRU114), STATE(ADGRU115),
PHONE NUMBER [RESIDENCE](ADGRU131), PHONE NUMBER [WORK](ADGRU132), VETERAN (Y/N)?(ADGRU1901),
K-NAME OF PRIMARY NOK(ADGRU211), K-RELATIONSHIP TO PATIENT(ADGRU212), K-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 1](ADGRU213),
K-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 2](ADGRU214), K-CITY(ADGRU216), K-STATE(ADGRU217), K-PHONE NUMBER(ADGRU219),
SERVICE CONNECTED?(ADGRU301), SERVICE CONNECTED PERCENTAGE(ADGRU302), SERVICE ENTRY DATE [LAST](ADGRU326),
SERVICE SEPARATION DATE [LAST](ADGRU327), DATE OF DEATH(ADGRU351), MEDICAID NUMBER(ADGRU383),
LOG IN DATE/TIME(ADI), LOG IN DATE/TIME(ADIS), LOG OUT DATE TIME(ADIS4), DATE OF BIRTH(ADOB),
SERVICE ENTRY DATE [LAST](AE), APPOINTMENT REQUEST DATE(AEACL), DATE OF ENROLLMENT(AEB), E-ZIP CODE(AEC1ZIP),
E-ZIP+4(AEC1ZIP4), E2-ZIP+4(AEC2ZIP4), PRIMARY ELIGIBILITY CODE(AEL), ELIGIBILITY(AEL1),
EMPLOYER ZIP CODE(AEM1ZIP), EMPLOYER ZIP+4(AEM1ZIP4), ELIGIBILITY(AENR01), SEX(AENR02), MARITAL STATUS(AENR05),
RELIGIOUS PREFERENCE(AENR08), APPOINTMENT REQUEST DATE(AENR10101511), APPOINTMENT REQUEST ON 1010EZ(AENR1010159),
STREET ADDRESS [LINE 1](AENR111), ZIP+4(AENR1112), STREET ADDRESS [LINE 2](AENR112),
STREET ADDRESS [LINE 3](AENR113), CITY(AENR114), STATE(AENR115), RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS [LINE 1](AENR1151),
RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS [LINE 2](AENR1152), RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS [LINE 3](AENR1153), RESIDENTIAL CITY(AENR1154),
RESIDENTIAL STATE(AENR1155), RESIDENTIAL ZIP+4(AENR1156), RESIDENTIAL COUNTY(AENR1157), COUNTY(AENR117),
ADDRESS CHANGE DT/TM(AENR118), BAD ADDRESS INDICATOR(AENR121), TEMPORARY ADDRESS COUNTY(AENR12111),
TEMPORARY ADDRESS CHANGE DT/TM(AENR12113), TEMPORARY PHONE NUMBER(AENR1219), PHONE NUMBER [RESIDENCE](AENR131),
PHONE NUMBER [WORK](AENR132), CONFIDENTIAL ADDRESS COUNTY(AENR14111), CONFIDENTIAL ADDR CHANGE DT/TM(AENR14112),
INELIGIBLE DATE(AENR152), INELIGIBLE VARO DECISION(AENR1656), EMERGENCY RESPONSE INDICATOR(AENR181),
VETERAN (Y/N)?(AENR1901), RACE INFORMATION(AENR20201), ETHNICITY INFORMATION(AENR20601),
PRIMARY NOK CHANGE DATE/TIME(AENR21012), SECONDARY NOK CHANGE DATE/TIME(AENR211012),
PREFERRED FACILITY(AENR2702), RATED INCOMPETENT?(AENR293), SERVICE CONNECTED?(AENR301),
P&T EFFECTIVE DATE(AENR3013), SERVICE CONNECTED PERCENTAGE(AENR302), RECEIVING VA DISABILITY?(AENR3025),
P&T(AENR304), UNEMPLOYABLE(AENR305), INELIGIBLE REASON(AENR307), EMPLOYER NAME(AENR3111),
EMPLOYMENT STATUS(AENR31115), *CLAIM FOLDER LOCATION(AENR312), CLAIM NUMBER(AENR313),
COVERED BY HEALTH INSURANCE?(AENR3192), VIETNAM SERVICE INDICATED?(AENR32101),
AGENT ORANGE EXPOS. INDICATED?(AENR32102), RADIATION EXPOSURE INDICATED?(AENR32103),
VIETNAM FROM DATE(AENR32104), VIETNAM TO DATE(AENR32105), PROJ 112/SHAD(AENR32115),
RADIATION EXPOSURE METHOD(AENR3212), AGENT ORANGE EXPOSURE LOCATION(AENR3213), FILIPINO VETERAN PROOF(AENR3214),
PERSIAN GULF SERVICE?(AENR32201), PERSIAN GULF FROM DATE(AENR322011), PERSIAN GULF TO DATE(AENR322012),
SOUTHWEST ASIA CONDITIONS?(AENR322013), SOMALIA SERVICE INDICATED?(AENR322016), SOMALIA FROM DATE(AENR322017),
SOMALIA TO DATE(AENR322018), YUGOSLAVIA SERVICE INDICATED?(AENR322019), YUGOSLAVIA FROM DATE(AENR32202),
YUGOSLAVIA TO DATE(AENR322021), LEBANON SERVICE INDICATED?(AENR3221), LEBANON FROM DATE(AENR3222),
LEBANON TO DATE(AENR3223), GRENADA SERVICE INDICATED?(AENR3224), GRENADA FROM DATE(AENR3225),
GRENADA TO DATE(AENR3226), PANAMA SERVICE INDICATED?(AENR3227), PANAMA FROM DATE(AENR3228),
PANAMA TO DATE(AENR3229), PERIOD OF SERVICE(AENR323), SERVICE DISCHARGE TYPE [LAST](AENR324),
SERVICE BRANCH [LAST](AENR325), SERVICE ENTRY DATE [LAST](AENR326), SERVICE SEPARATION DATE [LAST](AENR327),
SERVICE NUMBER [LAST](AENR328), SERVICE DISCHARGE TYPE [NTL](AENR329), SERVICE BRANCH [NTL](AENR3291),
SERVICE COMPONENT [LAST](AENR32911), SERVICE COMPONENT [NTL](AENR32912), SERVICE COMPONENT [NNTL](AENR32913),
SERVICE ENTRY DATE [NTL](AENR3292), SERVICE SEPARATION DATE [NTL](AENR3293), SERVICE NUMBER [NTL](AENR3294),
SERVICE DISCHARGE TYPE [NNTL](AENR3295), SERVICE BRANCH [NNTL](AENR3296), SERVICE ENTRY DATE [NNTL](AENR3297),
SERVICE SEPARATION DATE [NNTL](AENR3298), SERVICE NUMBER [NNTL](AENR3299), E-CONTACT CHANGE DATE/TIME(AENR33012),
E2-CONTACT CHANGE DATE/TIME(AENR33112), DESIGNEE CHANGE DATE/TIME(AENR3412), DATE OF DEATH(AENR351),
SOURCE OF NOTIFICATION(AENR353), DATE OF DEATH LAST UPDATED(AENR354), MILITARY DISABILITY RETIREMENT(AENR3602),
DISCHARGE DUE TO DISABILITY(AENR3603), PRIMARY ELIGIBILITY CODE(AENR361), ELIGIBILITY STATUS(AENR3611),
ELIGIBILITY STATUS DATE(AENR3612), ELIGIBILITY VERIF. METHOD(AENR3615), USER ENROLLEE VALID THROUGH(AENR3617),
USER ENROLLEE SITE(AENR3618), DISABILITY RET. FROM MILITARY?(AENR362), RECEIVING A&A BENEFITS?(AENR36205),
RECEIVING HOUSEBOUND BENEFITS?(AENR36215), RECEIVING A VA PENSION?(AENR36235),
TOTAL ANNUAL VA CHECK AMOUNT(AENR36295), ELIGIBLE FOR MEDICAID?(AENR381), DATE MEDICAID LAST ASKED(AENR382),
PENSION AWARD EFFECTIVE DATE(AENR3851), PENSION AWARD REASON(AENR3852), DECIDED BY(AENR391),
DATE OF DECISION(AENR392), FACILITY MAKING DETERMINATION(AENR393), REVIEW DATE(AENR394),
METHOD OF DETERMINATION(AENR395), DATE VETERAN REQUESTED CD EVAL(AENR3951),
DATE FACILITY INITIATED REVIEW(AENR3952), DATE VETERAN WAS NOTIFIED(AENR3953),
CONFIDENTIAL ADDRESS ACTIVE?(AENR4105), POW STATUS INDICATED?(AENR525), POW CONFINEMENT LOCATION(AENR526),
POW FROM DATE(AENR527), POW TO DATE(AENR528), COMBAT SERVICE INDICATED?(AENR5291),
COMBAT SERVICE LOCATION(AENR5292), COMBAT FROM DATE(AENR5293), COMBAT TO DATE(AENR5294),
COMBAT VETERAN END DATE(AENR5295), COMBAT VETERAN END DATE(AENR52951), CURRENT PH INDICATOR(AENR531),
CURRENT PURPLE HEART STATUS(AENR532), CURRENT PURPLE HEART REMARKS(AENR533), EXPANDED MH CARE TYPE(AENR5501),
CURRENT ENROLLMENT(AENRC), POW STATUS INDICATED?(AENRL525), EMERGENCY RESPONSE INDICATOR(AERI),
DATE OF DEATH(AEXP1), SERVICE ENTRY DATE [NTL](AF), FULL ICN(AFICN), SERVICE BRANCH [LAST](AFV1),
SERVICE BRANCH [NTL](AFV2), SERVICE BRANCH [NNTL](AFV3), PRIMARY ELIGIBILITY CODE(AG),
TEMPORARY ADDRESS START DATE(AGU1), DISABILITY RET. FROM MILITARY?(AH), COORDINATING MASTER OF RECORD(AHCMOR),
INTEGRATION CONTROL NUMBER(AHICN), PRIMARY LONG ID(AHL7), COMBAT SERVICE INDICATED?(AI),
INTEGRATION CONTROL NUMBER(AICN), LOCALLY ASSIGNED ICN(AICNL), INDIAN SELF IDENT CHANGE DT/TM(AINC),
RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS [LINE 1](AIVM1151), RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS [LINE 2](AIVM1152),
RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS [LINE 3](AIVM1153), RESIDENTIAL CITY(AIVM1154), RESIDENTIAL STATE(AIVM1155),
RESIDENTIAL ZIP+4(AIVM1156), RESIDENTIAL COUNTY(AIVM1157), RECEIVING A&A BENEFITS?(AJ), COMBAT TO DATE(AK),
RECEIVING HOUSEBOUND BENEFITS?(AL), RECEIVING A VA PENSION?(AM), CURRENT MOH INDICATOR(AMHEN),
CURRENT MOH INDICATOR(AMHMT), NAME(AMPIMIS), ELIGIBLE FOR MEDICAID?(AMT), POW STATUS INDICATED?(AMTR),
VETERAN (Y/N)?(AN), VETERAN (Y/N)?(AN1), CHECK FOR DUPLICATE(ANEW), K-ZIP CODE(ANK1ZIP), K-ZIP+4(ANK1ZIP4),
K2-ZIP CODE(ANK2ZIP), K2-ZIP+4(ANK2ZIP4), WARD LOCATION(ANURS), ELIGIBILITY(AO), SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER(AODS1),
STREET ADDRESS [LINE 1](AODS111), STREET ADDRESS [LINE 2](AODS112), STREET ADDRESS [LINE 3](AODS113),
CITY(AODS114), STATE(AODS115), ZIP CODE(AODS116), COUNTY(AODS117), NAME(AODS2), DATE OF BIRTH(AODS3),
SERVICE BRANCH [LAST](AODS4), RANK(AODS5), RECALLED TO ACTIVE DUTY(AODS6), CONDITION(AODS7),
ODS REGISTRATION ENTRY(AODSR), DATE OF DEATH(AOERR), *COMMENT - PATIENT POLICY(AP), PERIOD OF SERVICE(APOS),
PROVIDER(APR), DATE OF DEATH(APSJD), DATE OF DEATH(APSOD), TOTAL ANNUAL VA CHECK AMOUNT(AQ),
SERVICE CONNECTED PERCENTAGE(AR), INTEGRATION CONTROL NUMBER(AR), DATE OF DEATH(ARCDTH), CONDITION(AS),
DATE APPT. MADE(ASADM), SUBSCRIPTION CONTROL NUMBER(ASCN), SUBSCRIPTION CONTROL NUMBER(ASCN2),
SERVICE CONNECTED PERCENTAGE(ASCP), STATUS(ASDCN), SPOUSE'S EMP ZIP CODE(ASP1ZIP), SPOUSE'S EMP ZIP+4(ASP1ZIP4),
SEX(ASX), UNEMPLOYABLE(AT), TEST PATIENT INDICATOR(ATEST), SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER(ATP), TREATING SPECIALTY(ATR),
TEMPORARY ZIP CODE(ATZIP), TEMPORARY ZIP+4(ATZIP4), DISCHARGE DUE TO DISABILITY(AU), FUGITIVE FELON FLAG(AUFFP),
MILITARY DISABILITY RETIREMENT(AV), SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER(AVADPT6), NAME(AVAFC01), SEX(AVAFC02),
DATE OF BIRTH(AVAFC03), MARITAL STATUS(AVAFC05), RACE(AVAFC06), RELIGIOUS PREFERENCE(AVAFC08),
SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER(AVAFC09), PLACE OF BIRTH [CITY](AVAFC092), PLACE OF BIRTH [STATE](AVAFC093),
STREET ADDRESS [LINE 1](AVAFC111), ZIP+4(AVAFC1112), STREET ADDRESS [LINE 2](AVAFC112),
STREET ADDRESS [LINE 3](AVAFC113), CITY(AVAFC114), STATE(AVAFC115), COUNTY(AVAFC117),
PHONE NUMBER [RESIDENCE](AVAFC131), PHONE NUMBER [WORK](AVAFC132), VETERAN (Y/N)?(AVAFC1901),
K-NAME OF PRIMARY NOK(AVAFC211), K-PHONE NUMBER(AVAFC219), MOTHER'S MAIDEN NAME(AVAFC2403),
SERVICE CONNECTED?(AVAFC301), SERVICE CONNECTED PERCENTAGE(AVAFC302), EMPLOYMENT STATUS(AVAFC31115),
CLAIM NUMBER(AVAFC313), PERIOD OF SERVICE(AVAFC323), DATE OF DEATH(AVAFC351), TYPE(AVAFC391), ZIP (VA)(AVAZIP),
ZIP+4 (VA)(AVAZIP4), VETERAN CATASTROPHICALLY DISABLED?(AVCDMT), FUGITIVE FELON FLAG(AXFFP),
K-NAME OF PRIMARY NOK(AXR), K2-NAME OF SECONDARY NOK(AXR1), SERVICE THIRD EPISODE?(AXR10),
TEMPORARY ADDRESS ACTIVE?(AXR11), TEMPORARY STREET [LINE 1](AXR12), TEMPORARY STREET [LINE 2](AXR13),
K-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 1](AXR14), K-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 2](AXR15), K2-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 1](AXR16),
K2-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 2](AXR17), SPOUSE'S EMP STREET [LINE 1](AXR18), SPOUSE'S EMP STREET [LINE 2](AXR19),
SPOUSE'S EMPLOYER NAME(AXR2), EMPLOYER STREET [LINE 1](AXR20), EMPLOYER STREET [LINE 2](AXR21),
E2-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 1](AXR22), E2-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 2](AXR23), E-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 1](AXR24),
E-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 2](AXR25), D-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 1](AXR26), D-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 2](AXR27),
PRIMARY ELIGIBILITY CODE(AXR28), STREET ADDRESS [LINE 1](AXR29), EMPLOYER NAME(AXR3),
STREET ADDRESS [LINE 2](AXR30), CONFIDENTIAL ADDRESS ACTIVE?(AXR31), CONFIDENTIAL STREET [LINE 1](AXR32),
CONFIDENTIAL STREET [LINE 2](AXR33), SERVICE BRANCH [LAST](AXR34), SERVICE BRANCH [NTL](AXR35),
SERVICE BRANCH [NNTL](AXR36), E-NAME(AXR4), E2-NAME OF SECONDARY CONTACT(AXR5), D-NAME OF DESIGNEE(AXR6),
INELIGIBLE DATE(AXR7), MISSING PERSON DATE(AXR8), SERVICE SECOND EPISODE?(AXR9), ZIP CODE(AZIP), ZIP+4(AZIP4),
NAME(B), ALIAS(B), SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER(BS), NAME(BS5), SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER(BS5),
CURRENT PURPLE HEART STATUS(C), WARD LOCATION(CN), CURRENT PH INDICATOR(D), DATE OF DEATH(DG714),
CV DATE EDITED(E), PHONE NUMBER [RESIDENCE](F), NAME(IVM01), SEX(IVM02), DATE OF BIRTH(IVM03),
SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER(IVM09), STREET ADDRESS [LINE 1](IVM111), ZIP+4(IVM1112), STREET ADDRESS [LINE 2](IVM112),
STREET ADDRESS [LINE 3](IVM113), CITY(IVM114), STATE(IVM115), COUNTY(IVM117), PHONE NUMBER [RESIDENCE](IVM131),
PHONE NUMBER [WORK](IVM132), DATE OF DEATH(IVM351), HISTORIC KATRINA ERI(KATRI), LODGER WARD LOCATION(LD),
LONG ID(PID), SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER(PX09), ROOM-BED(RM), SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER(SSN),
VETERAN CATASTROPHICALLY DISABLED?(VCD), E2-ZIP CODE(ZEC2ZIP)
INDEXED BY: INSURANCE EXPIRATION DATE & EFFECTIVE DATE OF POLICY (ACHI), SERVICE SEPARATION DATE [LAST] & COMBAT TO DATE &
YUGOSLAVIA TO DATE & SOMALIA TO DATE & PERSIAN GULF TO DATE & COMBAT SERVICE INDICATED? & YUGOSLAVIA SERVICE
INDICATED? & SOMALIA SERVICE INDICATED? & PERSIAN GULF SERVICE? (ACVCOM), SERVICE SEPARATION DATE (ACVCOM2), CURRENT
ENROLLMENT (ADGFM27D01), DATE OF DEATH (ADGFM351), NAME (ADGFMD01), SEX (ADGFMD02), DATE OF BIRTH (ADGFMD03), SOCIAL
SECURITY NUMBER (ADGFMD09), DATE ENTERED INTO FILE (ADGFMD097), PROVIDER (ADGFMD104), STREET ADDRESS [LINE 1]
(ADGFMD111), ZIP+4 (ADGFMD1112), STREET ADDRESS [LINE 2] (ADGFMD112), STREET ADDRESS [LINE 3] (ADGFMD113), CITY
(ADGFMD114), STATE (ADGFMD115), ZIP CODE (ADGFMD116), CONFIDENTIAL PHONE NUMBER (ADGFMD1315), CURRENT MEANS TEST
STATUS (ADGFMD14), CONFIDENTIAL STREET [LINE 1] (ADGFMD1411), CONFIDENTIAL STREET [LINE 2] (ADGFMD1412),
CONFIDENTIAL STREET [LINE 3] (ADGFMD1413), CONFIDENTIAL ADDRESS CITY (ADGFMD1414), CONFIDENTIAL ADDRESS STATE
(ADGFMD1415), CONFIDENTIAL ADDRESS ZIP CODE (ADGFMD1416), CONFIDENTIAL START DATE (ADGFMD1417), CONFIDENTIAL END
DATE (ADGFMD1418), DATE OF DEATH (ADGFMD351), PRIMARY ELIGIBILITY CODE (ADGFMD361), TEMPORARY STREET [LINE 1] &
TEMPORARY STREET [LINE 2] & TEMPORARY STREET [LINE 3] & TEMPORARY CITY & TEMPORARY STATE & TEMPORARY ZIP CODE &
TEMPORARY ADDRESS START DATE & TEMPORARY ADDRESS END DATE & TEMPORARY ADDRESS ACTIVE? & TEMPORARY ZIP+4 & TEMPORARY
ADDRESS PROVINCE & TEMPORARY ADDRESS POSTAL CODE & TEMPORARY ADDRESS COUNTRY (ADTTM1), CONFIDENTIAL STREET [LINE 1]
& CONFIDENTIAL STREET [LINE 2] & CONFIDENTIAL STREET [LINE 3] & CONFIDENTIAL ADDRESS CITY & CONFIDENTIAL ADDRESS
STATE & CONFIDENTIAL ADDRESS ZIP CODE & CONFIDENTIAL START DATE & CONFIDENTIAL END DATE & CONFIDENTIAL ADDRESS
ACTIVE? & CONFIDENTIAL ADDR PROVINCE & CONFIDENTIAL ADDR POSTAL CODE & CONFIDENTIAL ADDR COUNTRY & CONFIDENTIAL
ADDRESS COUNTY & CONFIDENTIAL PHONE NUMBER (ADTTM2), K-NAME OF PRIMARY NOK & K-RELATIONSHIP TO PATIENT & K-STREET
ADDRESS [LINE 1] & K-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 2] & K-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 3] & K-CITY & K-STATE & K-ZIP CODE & K-ADDRESS
SAME AS PATIENT'S? & K-ZIP+4 & K-PHONE NUMBER & K-WORK PHONE NUMBER & K-COUNTRY & K-PROVINCE & K-POSTAL CODE &
K-RELATIONSHIP TYPE (ADTTM3), K2-NAME OF SECONDARY NOK & K2-RELATIONSHIP TO PATIENT & K2-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 1] &
K2-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 2] & K2-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 3] & K2-CITY & K2-STATE & K2-ZIP CODE & K2-ADDRESS SAME AS
PATIENT'S? & K2-ZIP+4 & K2-PHONE NUMBER & K2-WORK PHONE NUMBER & K2-COUNTRY & K2-PROVINCE & K2-POSTAL CODE &
K2-RELATIONSHIP TYPE (ADTTM4), E-NAME & E-RELATIONSHIP TO PATIENT & E-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 1] & E-STREET ADDRESS
[LINE 2] & E-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 3] & E-CITY & E-STATE & E-ZIP CODE & E-EMER. CONTACT SAME AS NOK? & E-ZIP+4 &
E-PHONE NUMBER & E-WORK PHONE NUMBER & E-COUNTRY & E-PROVINCE & E-POSTAL CODE & E-RELATIONSHIP TYPE (ADTTM5),
E2-NAME OF SECONDARY CONTACT & E2-RELATIONSHIP TO PATIENT & E2-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 1] & E2-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 2]
& E2-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 3] & E2-CITY & E2-STATE & E2-ZIP CODE & E2-ZIP+4 & E2-PHONE NUMBER & E2-WORK PHONE NUMBER
& E2-COUNTRY & E2-PROVINCE & E2-POSTAL CODE & E2-RELATIONSHIP TYPE (ADTTM6), D-NAME OF DESIGNEE & D-RELATIONSHIP TO
PATIENT & D-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 1] & D-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 2] & D-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 3] & D-CITY & D-STATE &
D-ZIP CODE & D-DESIGNEE SAME AS NOK? & D-ZIP+4 & D-PHONE NUMBER & D-WORK PHONE NUMBER & D-COUNTRY & D-PROVINCE &
D-POSTAL CODE & D-RELATIONSHIP TYPE (ADTTM7), RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS [LINE 1] & RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS [LINE 2] &
RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS [LINE 3] & RESIDENTIAL CITY & RESIDENTIAL STATE & RESIDENTIAL ZIP+4 & RESIDENTIAL PROVINCE &
RESIDENTIAL POSTAL CODE & RESIDENTIAL COUNTRY (ADTTM8), APPOINTMENT REQUEST ON 1010EZ (AEAR), EXPANDED MH CARE TYPE
(AEXPMH), SEXUAL ORIENTATION FREE TEXT (AHIST), SERVICE BRANCH [LAST] (AMSEL), SERVICE BRANCH [NTL] (AMSENL),
SERVICE BRANCH [NNTL] (AMSENNL), NAME (ANAM01), ATTORNEY'S NAME (ANAM1001), ALIAS (ANAM201), K-NAME OF PRIMARY NOK
(ANAM211), K2-NAME OF SECONDARY NOK (ANAM2191), FATHER'S NAME (ANAM2401), MOTHER'S NAME (ANAM2402), MOTHER'S MAIDEN
NAME (ANAM2403), E-NAME (ANAM331), E2-NAME OF SECONDARY CONTACT (ANAM3311), D-NAME OF DESIGNEE (ANAM341),
INTEGRATION CONTROL NUMBER (APRFEVT), TYPE (APTYPE), SERVICE ENTRY DATE [LAST] & SERVICE SEPARATION DATE [LAST]
(ASERLAST), SERVICE ENTRY DATE [NNTL] & SERVICE SEPARATION DATE [NNTL] (ASERNNTL), SERVICE ENTRY DATE [NTL] &
SERVICE SEPARATION DATE [NTL] (ASERNTL), SELF IDENTIFIED GENDER (AVAFC024), SEXUAL ORIENTATION FREE TEXT
(AVAFC0251), PSEUDO SSN REASON (AVAFC0906), PLACE OF BIRTH COUNTRY (AVAFC0931), PLACE OF BIRTH PROVINCE (AVAFC0932),
RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS [LINE 1] (AVAFC1151), RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS [LINE 2] (AVAFC1152), RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS [LINE 3]
(AVAFC1153), RESIDENTIAL CITY (AVAFC1154), RESIDENTIAL STATE (AVAFC1155), RESIDENTIAL ZIP+4 (AVAFC1156), RESIDENTIAL
PROVINCE (AVAFC11571), RESIDENTIAL POSTAL CODE (AVAFC11572), RESIDENTIAL COUNTRY (AVAFC11573), BAD ADDRESS INDICATOR
(AVAFC121), EMAIL ADDRESS (AVAFC133), PHONE NUMBER [CELLULAR] (AVAFC134), PREFERRED NAME (AVAFC2405), PRONOUN
DESCRIPTION (AVAFC24061), DEATH ENTERED BY (AVAFC352), SOURCE OF NOTIFICATION (AVAFC353), DATE OF DEATH LAST UPDATED
(AVAFC354), LAST EDITED BY (AVAFC355), SUPPORTING DOCUMENT TYPE (AVAFC357), POW STATUS INDICATED? (AVAFC525),
INDIVIDUAL TAX ID (AVAFC99111), MULTIPLE BIRTH INDICATOR (AVAFC994), DATE OF DEATH (AW), CLINIC (AX), PROVINCE
(AX1171), POSTAL CODE (AX1172), COUNTRY (AX1173), CONFIDENTIAL ADDR COUNTRY (AXCCNTRY), COUNTRY (AXCNTRY), D-COUNTRY
(AXDCTNRY), E2-COUNTRY (AXE2CTNRY), E-COUNTRY (AXECTNRY), EMAIL ADDRESS & PHONE NUMBER [CELLULAR] & PAGER NUMBER
(AXENR13), K2-COUNTRY (AXK2CTNRY), K-COUNTRY (AXKCTNRY), RESIDENTIAL COUNTRY (AXRCTNRY), TEMPORARY ADDRESS COUNTRY
(AXTCNTRY), STATUS (AY), ZIP+4 (AZIPLINK), ZIP CODE (AZIPLNK2), DATE ENTERED INTO FILE (BMS), DATE CREATED & SEXUAL
ORIENTATION (G202501), DATE LAST UPDATED & SEXUAL ORIENTATION (G202502), SEXUAL ORIENTATION & DATE CREATED
(G202503), SEXUAL ORIENTATION & DATE LAST UPDATED (G202504), NAME (NOP)
LAST MODIFIED: NOV 21,2024@17:18:20
2,.01 NAME 0;1 FREE TEXT (Required) (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DG20NAME=X,(X,DG20NAME)=$$FORMAT^XLFNAME7(.DG20NAME,3,30) K:'$L(X)
X,DG20NAME S:$D(X) DGNEWVAL=X
LAST EDITED: SEP 23, 2006
HELP-PROMPT: Enter name in 'LAST,FIRST MIDDLE SUFFIX' format, must be 3-30 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: Enter the patient's name in 'LAST,FIRST MIDDLE SUFFIX' format. This value must be 3-30 characters
in length and may contain only uppercase alpha characters, spaces, apostrophes, hyphens and one
comma. All other characters and parenthetical text will be removed.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
AUDIT CONDITION: I 1
PRE-LOOKUP: D INPUT^DGRPDD1
DELETE TEST: 100,0)= I $D(^OR(100,"ACT",DA_";DPT(")) D EN^DDIOL("Patient orders must be deleted first.","","!?0"
)
401,0)= I $O(^DGPM("C",DA,0)) W *7,!,"Delete Patient Movements First",!
1900,0)= I $N(^DPT(DA,"S",DT))+1 W *7,!,"APPOINTMENT(S) PENDING!"
3000,0)= I $N(^PS(55,DA,"P",0))+1 W *7,!,"PATIENT HAS OUTPATIENT PRESCRIPTIONS"
999999,0)= D DEL^DPTLK2
GROUP: DEMOG
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^B
1)= S ^DPT("B",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT("B",$E(X,1,30),DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^BS5^MUMPS
1)= Q:$P(^DPT(DA,0),U,9)']"" S ^DPT("BS5",$E(X,1)_$E($P(^(0),U,9),6,9),DA)=""
2)= Q:$P(^DPT(DA,0),U,9)']"" K ^DPT("BS5",$E(X,1)_$E($P(^(0),U,9),6,9),DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AODS2^MUMPS
1)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
2)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ABUL^MUMPS
1)= K DGNEWVAL Q
2)= S DFN=DA D ^DGPATN K DGNEWVAL Q
This cross-reference will generate a mail message when a patient is deleted or the patient's name
is changed.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^IVM01^MUMPS
1)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
2)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
This cross-reference will check the IVM PATIENT file to see if a change to this field will require
transmission to the IVM Center. If it does, the IVM PATIENT file entry's TRANSMISSION STATUS will
be set to 0 and the nightly background job will transmit the updated information.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AVAFC01^MUMPS
1)= I '$D(DFN),($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".01;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".01;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of
the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7
PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the
change is being made from within the Registration process.
Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to
1.
The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S)
EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AMPIMIS^MUMPS
1)= I $T(SET^VAFCMIS)'=""&('$D(VAFCNO)) D SET^VAFCMIS(DA)
2)= I $T(KILL^VAFCMIS)'=""&('$D(VAFCNO)) D KILL^VAFCMIS(DA)
Temporary cross reference that lets the MPI Missing ICN job know that a patient was added to the
Patient file, via another package other than PIMS, and needs to get an ICN. Once the ICN is
assigned (local or national) the cross reference is killed.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ADGRU01^MUMPS
1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the
PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference
will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of
an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part
of a re-indexing.
FIELD INDEX: ADGFMD01 (#177) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.01,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.01,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): NAME (2,.01) (forwards)
FIELD INDEX: NOP (#588) REGULAR IR LOOKUP & SORTING
Short Descr: Index of standardized values that don't match .01 value.
Description: This cross reference facilitates PATIENT file lookups by a standardized name value. In addition to
the standardization applied by Kernel name utilities, hyphens and apostrophes are also removed from
the name value. This cross reference is only set if the standardized name is different than the
patient name value stored in the NAME (#.01) field.
Set Logic: S ^DPT("NOP",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
Kill Logic: K ^DPT("NOP",$E(X,1,30),DA)
Whole Kill: K ^DPT("NOP")
X(1): NAME (2,.01) (Subscr 1) (Len 30) (forwards)
Transform (Storage): S X=$$NOP^XLFNAME7(X)
Transform (Lookup): S X=$$NOP^XLFNAME7(X)
FIELD INDEX: ANAM01 (#589) MUMPS IR ACTION
Short Descr: This index keeps the NAME COMPONENTS file in synch with the .01 field.
Description: This cross reference uses Kernel name standardization APIs to keep the NAME COMPONENTS (#20) file
record associated with the #.01 field synchronized with the data value stored in that field.
Set Logic: I '$G(XUNOTRIG) N XUNOTRIG S XUNOTRIG=1,DG20NAME=X D NARY^XLFNAME7(.DG20NAME),UPDCOMP^XLFNAME2(2,.D
A,.01,.DG20NAME,1.01,+$P($G(^DPT(DA,"NAME")),U),"CL30") K DG20NAME Q
Kill Logic: I '$G(XUNOTRIG) N XUNOTRIG S XUNOTRIG=1 D DELCOMP^XLFNAME2(2,.DA,.01,1.01) Q
X(1): NAME (2,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
2,.02 SEX 0;2 SET (Required) (audited)
'M' FOR MALE;
'F' FOR FEMALE;
LAST EDITED: JUN 24, 2006
HELP-PROMPT: Enter 'M' for MALE, or 'F' for FEMALE.
DESCRIPTION:
Enter 'M' if this applicant is a male, or 'F' if female.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
GROUP: DEMOG
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ASX
1)= S ^DPT("ASX",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT("ASX",$E(X,1,30),DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR02^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^IVM02^MUMPS
1)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
2)= S IVMX=X,IVMKILL=2,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX,IVMKILL
This cross-reference will check the IVM PATIENT file to see if a change to this field will require
transmission to the IVM Center. If it does, the IVM PATIENT file entry's TRANSMISSION STATUS will
be set to 0 and the nightly background job will transmit the updated information.
Also, if this field is edited, this cross-reference will check to see if the patient requires a
financial query to be sent to the IVM Center (Data Collection Division (DCD).
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AVAFC02^MUMPS
1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".02;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".02;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of
the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7
PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the
change is being made from within the Registration process.
Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to
1.
The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S)
EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ADGRU02^MUMPS
1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the
PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference
will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of
an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part
of a re-indexing.
FIELD INDEX: ADGFMD02 (#811) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point if the data in the SEX (.02) field
changes.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.02,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.02,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): SEX (2,.02) (forwards)
2,.024 SELF IDENTIFIED GENDER .24;4 SET (audited)
'M' FOR Man;
'F' FOR Woman;
'TM' FOR Transgender Man;
'TF' FOR Transgender Woman;
'O' FOR A gender not listed here;
'N' FOR Prefer not to answer;
'B' FOR Non-Binary;
LAST EDITED: JAN 03, 2023
HELP-PROMPT: Select the code that specifies the patient's preferred gender.
DESCRIPTION: This SELF IDENTIFIED GENDER value indicates the patient's view of their gender identity, if they
choose to provide it.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
FIELD INDEX: AVAFC024 (#993) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.024,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.024,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): SELF IDENTIFIED GENDER (2,.024) (forwards)
2,.025 SEXUAL ORIENTATION .025;0 POINTER Multiple #2.025
DESCRIPTION: The Sexual Orientation identifies the identities of the patient in relation to the gender to which
they associate with.
INDEXED BY: SEXUAL ORIENTATION & STATUS & DATE CREATED & DATE LAST UPDATED & NOTE & TYPE OF UPDATE (AHIST),
SEXUAL ORIENTATION (AVAFC202501), STATUS (AVAFC202502), DATE CREATED (AVAFC202503), DATE LAST
UPDATED (AVAFC202504)
2.025,.01 SEXUAL ORIENTATION 0;1 POINTER TO SEXUAL ORIENTATION TYPES FILE (#47.77) (Multiply asked) (audited)
LAST EDITED: APR 26, 2022
HELP-PROMPT: Select the appropriate SEXUAL ORIENTATION TYPE from the list that identifies the identity of the
patient in relation to the gender to which they associate with.
DESCRIPTION: The Sexual Orientation selected from the available list identifies the identity in relation to
the gender to which the patient associates with.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2.025^B
1)= S ^DPT(DA(1),.025,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT(DA(1),.025,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)
FIELD INDEX: AVAFC202501 (#1614) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to
monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as
indicated by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of
the information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2.025,.01,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2.025,.01,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): SEXUAL ORIENTATION (2.025,.01) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: AHIST (#1620), G202501 (#1616) (WHOLE FILE #2), G202502 (#1617) (WHOLE FILE #2), G202503 (#1618)
(WHOLE FILE #2), G202504 (#1619) (WHOLE FILE #2)
2.025,.02 STATUS 0;2 SET (audited)
'A' FOR ACTIVE;
'I' FOR INACTIVE;
'E' FOR ENTERED IN ERROR;
LAST EDITED: APR 26, 2022
HELP-PROMPT: Select the code that identifies the current status for this Sexual Orientation.
DESCRIPTION: This field is used to note/indicate the current status for this Sexual Orientation of the
patient.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
FIELD INDEX: AVAFC202502 (#1621) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to
monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as
indicated by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of
the information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2.025,.02,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2.025,.02,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): STATUS (2.025,.02) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: AHIST (#1620)
2.025,.03 DATE CREATED 0;3 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: APR 26, 2022
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date when the Sexual Orientation was added to the patient's record.
DESCRIPTION:
The date value entered identifies when this Sexual Orientation was added to the patient's record.
FIELD INDEX: AVAFC202503 (#1622) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to
monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as
indicated by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of
the information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2.025,.03,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2.025,.03,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): DATE CREATED (2.025,.03) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: AHIST (#1620), G202501 (#1616) (WHOLE FILE #2), G202503 (#1618) (WHOLE FILE #2)
2.025,.04 DATE LAST UPDATED 0;4 DATE (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: APR 26, 2022
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date when this Sexual Orientation information was last updated.
DESCRIPTION: The date value entered identifies when this Sexual Orientation was last updated on the patient's
record.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
FIELD INDEX: AVAFC202504 (#1623) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to
monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as
indicated by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of
the information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2.025,.04,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2.025,.04,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): DATE LAST UPDATED (2.025,.04) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: AHIST (#1620), G202502 (#1617) (WHOLE FILE #2), G202504 (#1619) (WHOLE FILE #2)
2.025,.05 NOTE 0;5 POINTER TO TIU DOCUMENT FILE (#8925) (audited)
LAST EDITED: MAY 12, 2022
HELP-PROMPT: Select the appropriate TIU DOCUMENT that is associated with this Sexual Orientation.
DESCRIPTION: This field specifies the Internal Entry Number (IEN) in the TIU DOCUMENT (#8925) file that is
associated with this Sexual Orientation on the patient's record.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
RECORD INDEXES: AHIST (#1620)
2.025,.06 TYPE OF UPDATE 0;6 SET
'L' FOR LOCAL;
'R' FOR REMOTE;
LAST EDITED: APR 26, 2022
HELP-PROMPT: Select the code that identifies how this Sexual Orientation was added/updated.
DESCRIPTION: 'L'ocal denotes the Sexual Orientations were added/updated by the Local VistA Instance. 'R'emote
denotes the Sexual Orientations were added/updated via a Remote VistA Instance, Self Service App
or Website via HL7.
RECORD INDEXES: AHIST (#1620)
2,.0251 SEXUAL ORIENTATION FREE TEXT .241;1 FREE TEXT (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>255!($L(X)<3) X
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 255
LAST EDITED: OCT 17, 2023
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the free text value (3-255 characters) of the specified 'Other' Sexual Orientation associated
with the patient.
DESCRIPTION: This free text value defines the 'Other' specified Sexual Orientation identity of the patient in
relation to the gender to which they associate with.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
FIELD INDEX: AHIST (#774) MUMPS IR SORTING ONLY
Short Descr: Sexual Orientation Free Text
Description: The purpose of this index is to give MPI the ability to rollback Sexual Orientation Free Text
changes to a previous value by looking at the history of the changes that occurred.
Set Logic: D SETSOD^VAFCAPI
Kill Logic: D KILLSOD^VAFCAPI
X(1): SEXUAL ORIENTATION FREE TEXT (2,.0251) (forwards)
FIELD INDEX: AVAFC0251 (#1602) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.0251,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.0251,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): SEXUAL ORIENTATION FREE TEXT (2,.0251) (forwards)
2,.03 DATE OF BIRTH 0;3 DATE (Required) (audited)
DOB
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="EP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:1701231>X!(DT30!($L(X)<1) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 21, 1999
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the patient's occupation [1-30 characters].
DESCRIPTION:
If applicable, enter this applicant's current occupation [1-30 characters].
GROUP: EM1
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ADGRU07^MUMPS
1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the
PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference
will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of
an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part
of a re-indexing.
2,.08 RELIGIOUS PREFERENCE 0;8 POINTER TO RELIGION FILE (#13) (audited)
RELIGION
LAST EDITED: FEB 25, 2022
HELP-PROMPT: Select from the available list this patients religious preference.
DESCRIPTION:
Select from the available listing the religious preference of this applicant.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
GROUP: DEMOG
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AVAFC08^MUMPS
1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".08;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".08;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of
the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7
PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the
change is being made from within the Registration process.
Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to
1.
The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S)
EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ADGRU08^MUMPS
1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the
PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference
will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of
an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part
of a re-indexing.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR08^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
2,.081 DUPLICATE STATUS 0;18 SET
'0' FOR NO UNRESOLVED DUPLICATES;
'1' FOR CHECK DUPLICATE RECORDS FILE;
LAST EDITED: MAR 25, 1987
DESCRIPTION: This field is currently not being utilized. It will be active when Patient Merge/Purge options are
available to the user. Duplicate Status field will be defined at that time.
2,.082 PATIENT MERGED TO 0;19 POINTER TO PATIENT FILE (#2)
LAST EDITED: MAR 25, 1987
DESCRIPTION: This field is currently not being utilized. It will be active when Patient Merge/Purge options are
available to the user. Patient Merged To: field will be defined at that time.
2,.083 CHECK FOR DUPLICATE 0;20 SET
'1' FOR YES;
LAST EDITED: MAR 25, 1987
DESCRIPTION: This field is currently not being utilized. It will be active when Patient Merge/Purge options are
available to the user. Check for Duplicate field will be defined at that time.
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the DATE OF BIRTH field of the PATIENT File
TRIGGERED by the SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ANEW^MUMPS
1)= S ^DPT("ANEW",DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT("ANEW",DA)
2,.09 SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER 0;9 FREE TEXT (Required) (audited)
SSN
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) S:'$D(DPTX) DFN=DA D SSN^DGINP Q I $L(X)>10
OUTPUT TRANSFORM: NOT EXECUTABLE!! -- SPECIFIER NEEDS AN "O"!
LAST EDITED: OCT 06, 2005
HELP-PROMPT: Enter 9-digit SSN or 'P' for pseudo-SSN.
DESCRIPTION: Answer with the individual's social security number. Answer must be 9 numbers in length. The SSN
will be sent to the SSA for verification. This will be displayed next to the SSN. Once an SSN has
received a status of Verified, it is locked from user updating and a "VERIFIED" will be displayed
by the SSN field. Only the Identity Management Data QUality Team are able to change a
beneficiary's (veteran/non veteran) SSN. If an Invalid per SSA status is received for the SSN,
then an "INVALID" will appear next to the invalid SSN of the individual. Facilities should make
every effort to obtain the accurate SSN from the individual for any invalid or pseudo SSN entry.
If a valid SSN is not known, then a "P" will be entered at the SSN prompt for the system to
automatically assign a Pseudo-SSN. If a Pseudo SSN is entered, a Reason for entering it will be
required.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
SOURCE OF DATA: 10/10 FORM
DATA DESTINATION: 10/10 FORM
GROUP: DEMOG
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^BS^MUMPS
1)= S ^DPT("BS",$E(X,6,9),DA)=""
2)= K:$E(X,6,9)'="" ^DPT("BS",$E(X,6,9),DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.083
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,0)):^(0),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,20),X=X S DIU=X
K Y S X=DIV S X="1" X ^DD(2,.09,1,2,1.4)
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),0)):^(0),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,19,99)) S DIH=DIH_U" S
%=$P(DIH,U,21,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,20),^(0)=$P(DIH,U,1,19)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.083 D ^
DICR
2)= Q
CREATE VALUE)= "1"
DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
FIELD)= #.083
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^BS5^MUMPS
1)= S ^DPT("BS5",$E(^DPT(DA,0),1)_$E(X,6,9),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT("BS5",$E(^DPT(DA,0),1)_$E(X,6,9),DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AODS1^MUMPS
1)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
2)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ATP^MUMPS
1)= I $E(X,1,5)="00000" D SET^DGREGDD1(DA,.6,0,21,1)
2)= D KILL^DGREGDD1(DA,.6,0,21,0)
This cross reference is used to indentify test patients. Test patients are designated by five
leading zeros in the SSN.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^SSN
1)= S ^DPT("SSN",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT("SSN",$E(X,1,30),DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AVADPT6^MUMPS
1)= S VADFN=DA D SET^VADPT6 K VADFN
2)= S VADFN=DA D KILL^VADPT6 K VADFN
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AD^MUMPS
1)= S PPP=X,X="PPPFMX" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T SNSSN^PPPFMX S X=PPP K PPP
2)= S PPP=X,X="PPPFMX" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T KNSSN^PPPFMX S X=PPP K PPP
This cross-reference is used to add a new SSN to the Prescription Practices Files when a new
patient is added to the patient file.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.0906
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S X=Y(0)'["P" I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,"SSN")):^
("SSN"),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,1),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.09,1,10,1.4)
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),"SSN")),DIV=X S $P(^("SSN"),U,1)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.0906 D ^DICR
2)= Q
CREATE CONDITION)= #.09'["P"
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
FIELD)= PSEUDO SSN REAS
Pseudo SSN Reason will have a value only if SSN is a Pseudo SSN.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^IVM09^MUMPS
1)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
2)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
This cross-reference will check the IVM PATIENT file to see if a change to this field will require
transmission to the IVM Center. If it does, the IVM PATIENT file entry's TRANSMISSION STATUS will
be set to 0 and the nightly background job will transmit the updated information.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^PX09^MUMPS
1)= S PX=X,X="PXXDPT" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T SETSSN^PXXDPT S X=PX K PX
2)= S PX=X,X="PXXDPT" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T KILLSSN^PXXDPT S X=PX K PX
This cross-reference is used to add a new SSN to the 9000001 IHS Patient File when a new patient is
added to the Patient File.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AVAFC09^MUMPS
1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".09;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".09;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of
the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7
PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the
change is being made from within the Registration process.
Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to
1.
The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S)
EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ADGRU09^MUMPS
1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the
PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference
will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of
an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part
of a re-indexing.
FIELD INDEX: ADGFMD09 (#179) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.09,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.09,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER (2,.09) (forwards)
2,.0901 TERMINAL DIGIT OF SSN ; COMPUTED
MUMPS CODE: S %=$S($D(^DPT(D0,0)):$P(^(0),U,9),1:""),X=$E(%,8,9)_$E(%,6,7)_$E(%,4,5)_$E(%,1,3)
ALGORITHM: S %=$S($D(^DPT(D0,0)):$P(^(0),U,9),1:""),X=$E(%,8,9)_$E(%,6,7)_$E(%,4,5)_$E(%,1,3)
LAST EDITED: NOV 07, 1995
HELP-PROMPT: Computed field which determines last four digits of SSN.
DESCRIPTION: This is a computed field which returns the terminal digit value of the patient's social security
number. This value is computed to be the last 2 digits of the social security number concatenated
with the sixth and seventh digits of the social security number concatenated with the forth and
fifth pieces of the social security number concatenated with the first 3 digits of the social
security number.
2,.0905 1U4N ; COMPUTED
MUMPS CODE: X ^DD(2,.0905,9.2) S X=$E(Y(.0905,4),Y(.0905,5),X) S Y=X,X=Y(.0905,3),X=X_Y
9.2 = S Y(.0905,1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,0)):^(0),1:"") S X=$P(Y(.0905,1),U,1),Y(.0905,2)=X S X=1,X=$E(Y(.0
905,2),X),Y(.0905,3)=X S X=$P(Y(.0905,1),U,9),Y(.0905,4)=X S X=6,Y(.0905,5)=X S X=9
ALGORITHM: $E(NAME,1)_$E(SSN,6,9)
HELP-PROMPT: Computed field which determines first characters of last name and last four digits of SSN, i.e.,
'L1234'.
DESCRIPTION: This is a computed field used to display the first character of the patient's last name
concatenated with the last four digits of the patient's social security number. This combination
of characters can be used to look-up a patient in DHCP.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2,.0906 PSEUDO SSN REASON SSN;1 SET
'R' FOR REFUSED TO PROVIDE;
'S' FOR SSN UNKNOWN/FOLLOW-UP REQUIRED;
'N' FOR NO SSN ASSIGNED;
LAST EDITED: MAR 30, 2007
DESCRIPTION: This field is used to document the reason the individual was assigned a pseudo SSN. Based on your
selection, the Pseudo SSN Report (Patient) option located in the Registration Menu can provide you
a current report of the reasons entered at this prompt. The following reasons are available for
selection:
Refused to Provide - use this reason when the individual was asked for his/her SSN and refused to
provide the number.
SSN Unknown/Follow-up required - use this reason when the individual is not available to ask/answer
the request for SSN. The facility should initiate Follow-up activity to obtain the SSN.
No SSN Assigned - use this reason when the individual has not been assigned an SSN. This generally
applies to spouse or dependents of veterans who are not US citizens and infrequently, non-citizen
beneficiaries.
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER field of the PATIENT File
FIELD INDEX: AVAFC0906 (#714) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.0906,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.0906,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): PSEUDO SSN REASON (2,.0906) (forwards)
2,.0907 SSN VERIFICATION STATUS SSN;2 SET
'4' FOR VERIFIED;
'2' FOR INVALID;
LAST EDITED: APR 06, 2006
DESCRIPTION: This field designates whether or not the SSN has been verified. This field will be received in the
HL7 record. It is not editable by the user. Once the SSN is verified by the SSA, it is no longer
editable.
2,.091 REMARKS 0;10 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>60!($L(X)<3) X
HELP-PROMPT: Enter remarks concerning this patient for general display [3-60 characters].
DESCRIPTION: If so desired, you may enter a short remark about this applicant between 3-60 characters. The
remark entered should be significant and tact should be exercised since this field is viewable to
virtually all other users who have the ability to 'call up' a patient for any purpose.
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the INELIGIBLE DATE field of the PATIENT File
TRIGGERED by the DATE OF DEATH field of the PATIENT File
2,.092 PLACE OF BIRTH [CITY] 0;11 FREE TEXT (audited)
POB CITY
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<2) X
LAST EDITED: NOV 27, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter city in which patient was born (or foreign country) [2-20 characters].
DESCRIPTION: Enter the city in which this applicant was born (or foreign country if born outside the U.S.) [2-20
characters].
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AVAFC092^MUMPS
1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".092;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".092;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of
the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7
PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the
change is being made from within the Registration process.
Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to
1.
The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S)
EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ADGRU092^MUMPS
1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the
PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference
will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of
an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part
of a re-indexing.
2,.093 PLACE OF BIRTH [STATE] 0;12 POINTER TO STATE FILE (#5) (audited)
POB STATE
LAST EDITED: NOV 27, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: If born in US enter the state in which this patient was born.
DESCRIPTION: If the applicant was born within the U.S. select from the available listing the state in which s/he
was born.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AVAFC093^MUMPS
1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".093;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".093;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of
the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7
PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the
change is being made from within the Registration process.
Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to
1.
The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S)
EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ADGRU093^MUMPS
1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the
PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference
will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of
an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part
of a re-indexing.
2,.0931 PLACE OF BIRTH COUNTRY .24;6 POINTER TO COUNTRY CODE FILE (#779.004) (audited)
LAST EDITED: MAY 01, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Select the COUNTRY CODE from the list that identifies the country where the individual was born.
DESCRIPTION: The PLACE OF BIRTH COUNTRY field identifies the Country that was selected from the available
COUNTRY CODE list for where the individual was born.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
FIELD INDEX: AVAFC0931 (#1478) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.0931,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.0931,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): PLACE OF BIRTH COUNTRY (2,.0931) (forwards)
2,.0932 PLACE OF BIRTH PROVINCE .24;7 FREE TEXT (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<1) X
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 20
LAST EDITED: MAY 01, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Province (1-20 characters) where the individual was born.
DESCRIPTION: The PLACE OF BIRTH PROVINCE field identifies the location within certain countries containing
additional divisions of where the individual was born.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
FIELD INDEX: AVAFC0932 (#1479) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.0932,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.0932,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): PLACE OF BIRTH PROVINCE (2,.0932) (forwards)
2,.096 WHO ENTERED PATIENT 0;15 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200)
LAST EDITED: OCT 06, 1990
HELP-PROMPT: The name of the user who entered this patient into the PATIENT file.
DESCRIPTION:
The name of the user who first entered this applicant into the patient file.
DELETE AUTHORITY: ^
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
UNEDITABLE
2,.097 DATE ENTERED INTO FILE 0;16 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: OCT 30, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: The date this patient record was established in the patient file.
DESCRIPTION: This field stores the date this patient was initially stored into the PATIENT file. This is filled
in automatically once a patient is successfully added to the database.
DELETE AUTHORITY: ^
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
UNEDITABLE
FIELD INDEX: ADGFMD097 (#812) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point if field DATE ENTERED INTO FILE
(.097) is modified.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.097,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.097,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): DATE ENTERED INTO FILE (2,.097) (forwards)
Transform (Display):
FIELD INDEX: BMS (#1513) REGULAR IR LOOKUP & SORTING
Short Descr: Speed up LISTPATIENT query in BMS
Set Logic: S ^DPT("BMS",X,DA)=""
Kill Logic: K ^DPT("BMS",X,DA)
Whole Kill: K ^DPT("BMS")
X(1): DATE ENTERED INTO FILE (2,.097) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
Transform (Display):
2,.098 HOW WAS PATIENT ENTERED? 0;17 SET
'1' FOR 10-10T REGISTRATION;
LAST EDITED: DEC 20, 1996
DESCRIPTION:
How was the patient entered into the system.
2,.1 WARD LOCATION .1;E1,30 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<2) X
LAST EDITED: OCT 21, 1990
HELP-PROMPT: The ward on which this patient is currently residing [2-30 characters].
DESCRIPTION:
The ward location on which this patient is currently residing if an inpatient [2-30 characters].
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^CN^MUMPS
1)= D CN^DGPMDDCN
2)= K ^DPT("CN",X,DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ACN
1)= S ^DPT("ACN",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT("ACN",$E(X,1,30),DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ANURS^MUMPS
1)= S %X=X,X="NURSCPL" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") S X=%X D:$T EN1^NURSCPL
2)= S %X=X,X="NURSCPL" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") S X=%X D:$T EN2^NURSCPL
2,.101 ROOM-BED .101;1 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>15!($L(X)<3) X
LAST EDITED: OCT 22, 1990
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 3-15 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: If desired, for this inpatient, enter the room and bed indicator to which s/he is assigned in
'ROOM-BED' format.
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^RM
1)= S ^DPT("RM",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT("RM",$E(X,1,30),DA)
2,.102 CURRENT MOVEMENT .102;1 POINTER TO PATIENT MOVEMENT FILE (#405)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DIC("S")="I $P(^(0),U,3)=DA" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
LAST EDITED: DEC 18, 1989
DESCRIPTION: This field contains the internal entry number of the PATIENT MOVEMENT file denoting the most recent
movement for an inpatient. This field is only stored for current inpatients. It must NOT be
edited as this could affect the integrity of many options within MAS and other packages. When
displaying this field, the date/time of the most recent movement will display.
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I $P(^(0),U,3)=DA"
EXPLANATION: Allows only movements for patient
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
2,.103 TREATING SPECIALTY .103;1 POINTER TO FACILITY TREATING SPECIALTY FILE (#45.7)
LAST EDITED: MAR 28, 1984
HELP-PROMPT: The treating specialty to which this inpatient applicant is currently assigned.
DESCRIPTION: From the available listing choose the treating specialty to which this inpatient is currently
assigned.
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ATR
1)= S ^DPT("ATR",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT("ATR",$E(X,1,30),DA)
2,.104 PROVIDER .104;1 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DIC("S")="I $$SCREEN^DGPMDD(Y,DA,DT)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
LAST EDITED: JUN 24, 2006
HELP-PROMPT: The provider currently assigned to this inpatient applicant.
DESCRIPTION:
From the available listing select the provider who is currently treating this patient.
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I $$SCREEN^DGPMDD(Y,DA,DT)"
EXPLANATION: Allow only active providers.
EXECUTABLE HELP: D HELP^DGPMDD(DA,DT)
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^APR
1)= S ^DPT("APR",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT("APR",$E(X,1,30),DA)
FIELD INDEX: ADGFMD104 (#813) MUMPS ACTION
Short Descr: x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point if the PROVIDER (.104) is modified.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.104,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.104,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): PROVIDER (2,.104) (forwards)
2,.1041 ATTENDING PHYSICIAN .1041;1 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DIC("S")="I $$SCREEN^DGPMDD(Y,DA,DT)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
LAST EDITED: DEC 07, 1994
HELP-PROMPT: This field should contain the attending physician currently responsible for this patient's care.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains the attending physician currently responsible for the care of this patient.
This field is maintained automatically for all inpatients and must not be edited. Once a patient
is discharged, the data in this field is removed.
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I $$SCREEN^DGPMDD(Y,DA,DT)"
EXPLANATION: Allow only active providers.
EXECUTABLE HELP: D HELP^DGPMDD(DA,DT)
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AAP
1)= S ^DPT("AAP",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT("AAP",$E(X,1,30),DA)
This cross-reference contains all current inpatients, stored by their current attending physician.
2,.105 CURRENT ADMISSION .105;1 POINTER TO PATIENT MOVEMENT FILE (#405)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DIC("S")="I $P(^(0),U,3)=DA,$P(^(0),U,2)=1" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
LAST EDITED: DEC 14, 1989
DESCRIPTION: This field contains the internal entry number of the PATIENT MOVEMENT file denoting the current
admission for an inpatient. This field is only stored for current inpatients. It must NOT be
edited as this could affect the integrity of many options within MAS and other DHCP packages. When
displaying this field, the date/time of the current admission will be displayed.
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I $P(^(0),U,3)=DA,$P(^(0),U,2)=1"
EXPLANATION: Allows only admissions for patient.
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ACA
1)= S ^DPT("ACA",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT("ACA",$E(X,1,30),DA)
2,.106 LAST DMMS EPISODE NUMBER .106;1 NUMBER
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:+X'=X!(X>99999)!(X<1)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X
LAST EDITED: FEB 15, 1990
HELP-PROMPT: Type a Number between 1 and 99999, 0 Decimal Digits
DESCRIPTION: This field was added at the request of the DMMS package developed at the Birmingham ISC. It will
be utilized in a future release of that package.
2,.107 LODGER WARD LOCATION .107;1 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<2) X
LAST EDITED: APR 09, 1990
HELP-PROMPT: If the patient is a lodger, this is the ward on which the patient resides (2-30 characters).
DESCRIPTION:
The ward on which the patient currently resides if the patient is a lodger.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^LD^MUMPS
1)= D LD^DGPMDDLD
2)= K ^DPT("LD",X,DA)
2,.108 CURRENT ROOM .108;1 POINTER TO ROOM-BED FILE (#405.4)
LAST EDITED: MAR 22, 1990
DESCRIPTION: This field contains a pointer to the ROOM-BED file denoting the current room-bed in which this
inpatient resides. This field is filled in only for inpatients. It must NOT be edited as editing
could adversely affect the operation of the MAS package as well as other DHCP packages. This field
is filled in automatically by the module.
2,.109 EXCLUDE FROM FACILITY DIR .109;1 SET
'0' FOR NO;
'1' FOR YES;
LAST EDITED: FEB 18, 2003
DESCRIPTION: Denotes whether or not the patient wished to be excluded from the Facility Directory for current
admission. This field is only stored for current inpatients. It must NOT be edited as this could
affect the integrity of many options within PIMS and other packages.
2,.111 STREET ADDRESS [LINE 1] .11;1 FREE TEXT (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>35!($L(X)<3) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 35
LAST EDITED: FEB 27, 2018
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the first line of this applicant's residence street address [3-35 characters].
DESCRIPTION:
Enter the first line of this applicant's residence street address [3-35 characters].
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
GROUP: DEMOG
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AXR29^MUMPS
1)= Q
2)= S DGXRF=.111 D ^DGDDC Q
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AODS111^MUMPS
1)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
2)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR111^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.118
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S D
IU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG
=.118 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S D
IU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG
=.118 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
FIELD)= ADDRESS CHANGE DT/TM
This cross-reference will be used to update the Date/Time stamp for an Address Change.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^IVM111^MUMPS
1)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
2)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
This cross-reference will check the IVM PATIENT file to see if a change to this field will require
transmission to the IVM Center. If it does, the IVM PATIENT file entry's TRANSMISSION STATUS will
be set to 0 and the nightly background job will transmit the updated information.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AVAFC111^MUMPS
1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".111;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".111;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of
the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7
PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the
change is being made from within the Registration process.
Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to
1.
The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S)
EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ADGRU111^MUMPS
1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the
PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference
will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of
an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part
of a re-indexing.
FIELD INDEX: ADGFMD111 (#230) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.111,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.111,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): STREET ADDRESS [LINE 1] (2,.111) (forwards)
2,.1112 ZIP+4 .11;12 FREE TEXT (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<5) X I $D(X) D ZIPIN^VAFADDR
OUTPUT TRANSFORM: D ZIPOUT^VAFADDR
LAST EDITED: JUN 28, 2003
HELP-PROMPT: Answer with either 5 digit or 9 digit zip code.
DESCRIPTION: Answer with either the 5 digit format (e.g. 12345) or the nine digit format (e.g. 12345-6789 or
123456789).
TECHNICAL DESCR: Related to other address fields on this node. This field 'triggers' the ZIP CODE (#.116) field,
using the first 5 digits of this field.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
GROUP: DEMOG
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AZIP4^MUMPS
1)= D SET^DGREGDD1(DA,.116,.11,6,$E(X,1,5))
2)= D KILL^DGREGDD1(DA,.116,.11,6,$E(X,1,5))
This sets the corresponding zip code field to the first 5 digits of this field.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR1112^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.118
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S D
IU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG
=.118 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S D
IU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG
=.118 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
FIELD)= address change dt
This cross-reference will update the Address Change DT/TM field when address data changes for a
patient.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^IVM1112^MUMPS
1)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
2)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
This cross-reference will check the IVM PATIENT file to see if a change to this field will require
transmission to the IVM Center. If it does, the IVM PATIENT file entry's TRANSMISSION STATUS will
be set to 0 and the nightly background job will transmit the updated information.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AVAFC1112^MUMPS
1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".1112;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".1112;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of
the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7
PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the
change is being made from within the Registration process.
Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to
1.
The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S)
EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ADGRU1112^MUMPS
1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the
PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference
will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of
an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part
of a re-indexing.
FIELD INDEX: AZIPLINK (#185) MUMPS SORTING ONLY
Short Descr: This x-ref will link the zip, city, state, and county fields
Set Logic: Q
Set Cond: I X1(1)'=X2(1)
Kill Logic: K EASDO2
Kill Cond: I X1(1)'=X2(1)
X(1): ZIP+4 (2,.1112) (forwards)
X(2): Computed Code: S:('$G(EASDO2)&($D(EASZIPLK))) X=$$ZIP^DGREGDD1(DA,X(1))
FIELD INDEX: ADGFMD1112 (#231) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1112,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1112,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): ZIP+4 (2,.1112) (forwards)
2,.1118 STREET ADDRESS CASS IND .11;18 SET
'Y' FOR CERTIFIED BY CASS;
'F' FOR FAILED CASS CERTIFICATION;
'NC' FOR NOT CHECKED AGAINST CASS;
'PV' FOR PROCESSING;
LAST EDITED: FEB 13, 2018
HELP-PROMPT: Select the CASS status for the street address.
DESCRIPTION: The Street Address CASS Indicator is used to determine whether the street address has been
certified by CASS.
2,.112 STREET ADDRESS [LINE 2] .11;2 FREE TEXT (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP
LAST EDITED: AUG 02, 2006
HELP-PROMPT: If necessary, enter the second line of this applicant's street address [3-30 characters].
DESCRIPTION: Enter the second line of this applicant's residence street address [3-30 characters] if the space
provided in 'street address' was not sufficient.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
GROUP: DEMOG
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AXR30^MUMPS
1)= Q
2)= S DGXRF=.112 D ^DGDDC Q
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AODS112^MUMPS
1)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
2)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR112^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.118
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S D
IU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG
=.118 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S D
IU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG
=.118 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
FIELD)= ADDRESS CHANGE DT
This cross-reference will update the Address Change DT/TM field when address data changes for a
patient.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^IVM112^MUMPS
1)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
2)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
This cross-reference will check the IVM PATIENT file to see if a change to this field will require
transmission to the IVM Center. If it does, the IVM PATIENT file entry's TRANSMISSION STATUS will
be set to 0 and the nightly background job will transmit the updated information.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AVAFC112^MUMPS
1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".112;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".112;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of
the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7
PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the
change is being made from within the Registration process.
Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to
1.
The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S)
EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ADGRU112^MUMPS
1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the
PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference
will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of
an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part
of a re-indexing.
FIELD INDEX: ADGFMD112 (#232) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.112,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.112,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): STREET ADDRESS [LINE 2] (2,.112) (forwards)
2,.113 STREET ADDRESS [LINE 3] .11;3 FREE TEXT (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 30
LAST EDITED: FEB 27, 2018
HELP-PROMPT: If necessary, enter a third line of this applicant's street address [3-30 characters].
DESCRIPTION: Enter the third line of this applicant's residence street address [3-30 characters] if the space
provided in 'street address' and 'street address 2' was not sufficient.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
GROUP: DEMOG
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AODS113^MUMPS
1)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
2)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR113^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.118
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S D
IU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG
=.118 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S D
IU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG
=.118 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
FIELD)= ADDRESS CHANGE DT
This cross-reference will update the Address Change DT/TM field when address data changes for a
patient.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^IVM113^MUMPS
1)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
2)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
This cross-reference will check the IVM PATIENT file to see if a change to this field will require
transmission to the IVM Center. If it does, the IVM PATIENT file entry's TRANSMISSION STATUS will
be set to 0 and the nightly background job will transmit the updated information.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AVAFC113^MUMPS
1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".113;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".113;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of
the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7
PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the
change is being made from within the Registration process.
Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to
1.
The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S)
EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ADGRU113^MUMPS
1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the
PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference
will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of
an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part
of a re-indexing.
FIELD INDEX: ADGFMD113 (#233) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.113,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.113,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): STREET ADDRESS [LINE 3] (2,.113) (forwards)
2,.114 CITY .11;4 FREE TEXT (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>15!($L(X)<2) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 15
LAST EDITED: FEB 27, 2018
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 2-15 characters in length
DESCRIPTION: Enter the city in which this applicant resides [2-15 characters]. If the space provided is not
sufficient please abbreviate the city to the best of your ability.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
GROUP: DEMOG
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AODS114^MUMPS
1)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
2)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR114^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.118
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S D
IU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG
=.118 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S D
IU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG
=.118 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
FIELD)= ADDRESS CHANGE DT
This cross-reference will update the Address Change DT/TM field when address data changes for a
patient.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^IVM114^MUMPS
1)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
2)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
This cross-reference will check the IVM PATIENT file to see if a change to this field will require
transmission to the IVM Center. If it does, the IVM PATIENT file entry's TRANSMISSION STATUS will
be set to 0 and the nightly background job will transmit the updated information.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AVAFC114^MUMPS
1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".114;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".114;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of
the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7
PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the
change is being made from within the Registration process.
Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to
1.
The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S)
EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ADGRU114^MUMPS
1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the
PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference
will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of
an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part
of a re-indexing.
FIELD INDEX: ADGFMD114 (#234) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.114,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.114,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): CITY (2,.114) (forwards)
2,.115 STATE .11;5 POINTER TO STATE FILE (#5) (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DIC("S")="I $P(^DIC(5,Y,0),U,6)=1" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
LAST EDITED: JUN 26, 2007
HELP-PROMPT: Select from the available listing the state in which this applicant resides.
DESCRIPTION:
From the available listing choose the state in which this applicant resides.
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I $P(^DIC(5,Y,0),U,6)=1"
EXPLANATION: This screen prevents selection of entires that are valid US states or possessions.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
GROUP: DEMOG
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.117
1)= Q
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:""),Y=$P(Y(1),U,7) X:$D(^DD(2
,.117,2)) ^(2) S X=Y S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="" X ^DD(2,.115,1,1,2.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)):^(.11),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,6,99)) S DIH=DIH_U
" S %=$P(DIH,U,8,999),^(.11)=$P(DIH,U,1,6)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.117 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= COUNTY
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AODS115^MUMPS
1)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
2)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR115^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.118
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S D
IU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG
=.118 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S D
IU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.
118 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT
FIELD)= ADDRESS CHANGE DT
This cross-reference will update the Address Change DT/TM field when address data changes for a
patient.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^IVM115^MUMPS
1)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
2)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
This cross-reference will check the IVM PATIENT file to see if a change to this field will require
transmission to the IVM Center. If it does, the IVM PATIENT file entry's TRANSMISSION STATUS will
be set to 0 and the nightly background job will transmit the updated information.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AVAFC115^MUMPS
1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".115;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".115;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of
the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7
PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the
change is being made from within the Registration process.
Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to
1.
The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S)
EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ADGRU115^MUMPS
1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the
PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference
will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of
an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part
of a re-indexing.
FIELD INDEX: ADGFMD115 (#235) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.115,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.115,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): STATE (2,.115) (forwards)
2,.1151 RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS [LINE 1] .115;1 FREE TEXT (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>35!($L(X)<3) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 35
LAST EDITED: JUL 13, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 3-35 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION:
This is the first line of this applicant's residential address
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.1152
1)= Q
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.115)):^(.115),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,
1)="" I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.115)):^(.115),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,2),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=""
X ^DD(2,.1151,1,1,2.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.115)),DIV=X S $P(^(.115),U,2)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.1152 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
DELETE CONDITION)= RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS [LINE 1]=""
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS [LINE 2]
This cross-reference will delete the contents of RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS [LINE 2] whenever this field
is deleted.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR1151^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AIVM1151^MUMPS
1)= D DPT^IVMPXFR
2)= D DPT^IVMPXFR
This cross-reference will check the IVM PATIENT file to see if a change to this field will require
transmission to the IVM Center. If it does, the IVM PATIENT file entry's TRANSMISSION STATUS will
be set to 0 and the nightly background job will transmit the updated information.
FIELD INDEX: AVAFC1151 (#1603) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG Field Monitor event point.
Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1151,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1151,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS [LINE 1] (2,.1151) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM8 (#1532)
2,.1152 RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS [LINE 2] .115;2 FREE TEXT (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 30
LAST EDITED: JUL 13, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 3-30 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: This is the second line of this applicant's residential address [3-30 characters] if the space
provided in 'residential address [Line 1]' was not sufficient.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS [LINE 1] field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR1152^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.1153
1)= Q
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.115)):^(.115),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,
2)="" I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.115)):^(.115),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,3),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=""
X ^DD(2,.1152,1,2,2.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.115)),DIV=X S $P(^(.115),U,3)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.1153 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
DELETE CONDITION)= RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS [LINE 2]=""
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS [LINE 3]
This cross-reference will delete the contents of RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS [LINE 3] whenever this field
is deleted.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AIVM1152^MUMPS
1)= D DPT^IVMPXFR
2)= D DPT^IVMPXFR
This cross-reference will check the IVM PATIENT file to see if a change to this field will require
transmission to the IVM Center. If it does, the IVM PATIENT file entry's TRANSMISSION STATUS will
be set to 0 and the nightly background job will transmit the updated information.
FIELD INDEX: AVAFC1152 (#1604) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG Field Monitor event point.
Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1152,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1152,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS [LINE 2] (2,.1152) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM8 (#1532)
2,.1153 RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS [LINE 3] .115;3 FREE TEXT (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 30
LAST EDITED: JUL 13, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 3-30 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: This is the third line of this applicant's residential address [3-30 characters] if the space
provided in 'residential address [Line 1]' and 'residential address [Line 2]' was not sufficient.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS [LINE 2] field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR1153^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AIVM1153^MUMPS
1)= D DPT^IVMPXFR
2)= D DPT^IVMPXFR
This cross-reference will check the IVM PATIENT file to see if a change to this field will require
transmission to the IVM Center. If it does, the IVM PATIENT file entry's TRANSMISSION STATUS will
be set to 0 and the nightly background job will transmit the updated information.
FIELD INDEX: AVAFC1153 (#1605) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG Field Monitor event point.
Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1153,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1153,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS [LINE 3] (2,.1153) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM8 (#1532)
2,.1154 RESIDENTIAL CITY .115;4 FREE TEXT (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>15!($L(X)<2) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 15
LAST EDITED: JUL 13, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 2-15 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION:
This is the city in which this applicant resides
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR1154^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AIVM1154^MUMPS
1)= D DPT^IVMPXFR
2)= D DPT^IVMPXFR
This cross-reference will check the IVM PATIENT file to see if a change to this field will require
transmission to the IVM Center. If it does, the IVM PATIENT file entry's TRANSMISSION STATUS will
be set to 0 and the nightly background job will transmit the updated information.
FIELD INDEX: AVAFC1154 (#1606) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG Field Monitor event point.
Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1154,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1154,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): RESIDENTIAL CITY (2,.1154) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM8 (#1532)
2,.1155 RESIDENTIAL STATE .115;5 POINTER TO STATE FILE (#5) (audited)
LAST EDITED: JUL 13, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Select from the available listing the state in which this applicant resides.
DESCRIPTION:
This is the state in which this applicant resides
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR1155^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AIVM1155^MUMPS
1)= D DPT^IVMPXFR
2)= D DPT^IVMPXFR
This cross-reference will check the IVM PATIENT file to see if a change to this field will require
transmission to the IVM Center. If it does, the IVM PATIENT file entry's TRANSMISSION STATUS will
be set to 0 and the nightly background job will transmit the updated information.
FIELD INDEX: AVAFC1155 (#1607) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG Field Monitor event point.
Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1155,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1155,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): RESIDENTIAL STATE (2,.1155) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM8 (#1532)
2,.1156 RESIDENTIAL ZIP+4 .115;6 FREE TEXT (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<5) X I $D(X) D ZIPIN^VAFADDR
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 20
OUTPUT TRANSFORM: D ZIPOUT^VAFADDR
LAST EDITED: JUL 13, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Answer with either 5 digit or 9 digit zip code.
DESCRIPTION:
This is the zip code for the city in which this applicant resides
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
GROUP: DEMOG
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR1156^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AIVM1156^MUMPS
1)= D DPT^IVMPXFR
2)= D DPT^IVMPXFR
This cross-reference will check the IVM PATIENT file to see if a change to this field will require
transmission to the IVM Center. If it does, the IVM PATIENT file entry's TRANSMISSION STATUS will
be set to 0 and the nightly background job will transmit the updated information.
FIELD INDEX: AVAFC1156 (#1608) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG Field Monitor event point.
Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1156,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1156,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): RESIDENTIAL ZIP+4 (2,.1156) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM8 (#1532)
2,.1157 RESIDENTIAL COUNTY .115;7 NUMBER (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S Z0=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.115)):+$P(^(.115),"^",5),1:0) K:'Z0 X Q:'Z0!'$D(^DIC(5,Z0,1,0)) S DIC="^DIC(5,
Z0,1,",DIC(0)="QEM" D ^DIC S X=+Y K:Y'>0 X K Z0,DIC
OUTPUT TRANSFORM: Q:Y']"" S Z0=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.115)):+$P(^(.115),"^",5),1:"") Q:'Z0 S Y=$P($S($D(^DIC(5,Z0,1,Y,0)):^
(0),1:""),"^",3)
LAST EDITED: JAN 24, 2018
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the county in which this applicant resides.
DESCRIPTION: If a state of residence is entered select from the available listing the county in which this
applicant resides. If no state (or a non-state) is entered no selection is possible.
EXECUTABLE HELP: S ZD=D,X="?",Z0=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.115)):+$P(^(.115),U,5),1:0) Q:'Z0!'$D(^DIC(5,Z0,1,0)) S DIC="^DIC(5
,Z0,1,",DIC(0)="QEM" D ^DIC S DIC=DIE,D=ZD K ZD
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR1157^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AIVM1157^MUMPS
1)= D DPT^IVMPXFR
2)= D DPT^IVMPXFR
This cross-reference will check the IVM PATIENT file to see if a change to this field will require
transmission to the IVM Center. If it does, the IVM PATIENT file entry's TRANSMISSION STATUS will
be set to 0 and the nightly background job will transmit the updated information.
2,.11571 RESIDENTIAL PROVINCE .115;8 FREE TEXT (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<1) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 20
LAST EDITED: JUL 13, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 1-20 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION:
This is the Province for a foreign residential address
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
FIELD INDEX: AVAFC11571 (#1609) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG Field Monitor event point.
Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.11571,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.11571,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): RESIDENTIAL PROVINCE (2,.11571) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM8 (#1532)
2,.11572 RESIDENTIAL POSTAL CODE .115;9 FREE TEXT (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>10!($L(X)<1) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 10
LAST EDITED: JUL 13, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 1-10 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION:
This is the Postal Code for a patient which has a foreign address.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
FIELD INDEX: AVAFC11572 (#1610) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG Field Monitor event point.
Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.11572,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.11572,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): RESIDENTIAL POSTAL CODE (2,.11572) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM8 (#1532)
2,.11573 RESIDENTIAL COUNTRY .115;10 POINTER TO COUNTRY CODE FILE (#779.004) (audited)
LAST EDITED: JUL 13, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the country where the patient's residential address is located. If entering an Army/Air
Force Post Office (APO) or a Fleet Post Office (FPO) address select United States as the country.
DESCRIPTION:
This is the country where the patient's residential address is located.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
FIELD INDEX: AXRCTNRY (#1533) MUMPS R ACTION
Short Descr: Clear Residential Addr fields when country changes
Description: This cross reference is fired whenever the field RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS COUNTRY is changed. It will
clear data in fields associated with whether the COUNTRY value is domestic or foreign. In the case
of a foreign address, this cross reference will clear the RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS STATE, RESIDENTIAL
ADDRESS COUNTY and RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS ZIP+4 fields. For a domestic residential address, this
cross reference will clear the RESIDENTIAL PROVINCE and RESIDENTIAL POSTAL CODE fields. See
routine ^DGCNTRY for modifying which fields are cleared by this cross reference.
Set Logic: D EN^DGCNTRY(2,"RESI",.11573)
Kill Logic: Q
X(1): RESIDENTIAL COUNTRY (2,.11573) (forwards)
FIELD INDEX: AVAFC11573 (#1611) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG Field Monitor event point.
Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.11573,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.11573,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): RESIDENTIAL COUNTRY (2,.11573) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM8 (#1532)
2,.1158 RESIDENTIAL ADDR CHANGE DT/TM .115;11 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="ESTX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: JUN 04, 2021
DESCRIPTION:
This field will hold the date and time of the last Residential Address update.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.11581
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.115)):^(.115),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,15),X=X S
DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$GETSITE^DGMTU4($G(DUZ)) I X S X=$O(^DIC(4,"D",X,"")) X ^DD(2,.1158,1,1,1.4
)
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.115)),DIV=X S $P(^(.115),U,15)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.11581 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.115)):^(.115),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,15),X=X S
DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$GETSITE^DGMTU4($G(DUZ)) I X S X=$O(^DIC(4,"D",X,"")) X ^DD(2,.1158,1,1,2.4
)
2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.115)),DIV=X S $P(^(.115),U,15)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.11581 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$GETSITE^DGMTU4($G(DUZ)) I X S X=$O(^DIC(4,"D",X,""))
DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$GETSITE^DGMTU4($G(DUZ)) I X S X=$O(^DIC(4,"D",X,""))
FIELD)= RESIDENTIAL ADDR CHANGE SITE
This cross-reference will trigger the population of the RESIDENTIAL ADDR CHANGE SITE field with the
appropriate station number.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.11582
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.115)):^(.115),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,12),X=X S
DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="VAMC" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.115)),DIV=X S $P(^(.115),U,12)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.1
1582 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.115)):^(.115),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,12),X=X S
DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="VAMC" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.115)),DIV=X S $P(^(.115),U,12)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.1
1582 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= S X="VAMC"
DELETE VALUE)= S X="VAMC"
FIELD)= RESIDENTIAL ADDR CHANGE SOURCE
This cross-reference will update the Residential Addr Source field when address data changes for a
patient. The source will be set to 'VAMC', and should be overwritten for instances where the
Address source is something different.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.11583
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.115)):^(.115),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,16),X=X S
DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$G(DUZ) S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.115)),DIV=X S $P(^(.115),U,16)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.
11583 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.115)):^(.115),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,16),X=X S
DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$G(DUZ) S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.115)),DIV=X S $P(^(.115),U,16)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.
11583 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$G(DUZ)
DELETE VALUE)= S X=$G(DUZ)
FIELD)= RESIDENTIAL ADDR CHANGE USER
This cross-reference will record the user who has just changed the patient's residential address.
2,.11581 RESIDENTIAL ADDR CHANGE SITE .115;15 POINTER TO INSTITUTION FILE (#4)
LAST EDITED: AUG 14, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Please enter the site that last changed this patient's residential address.
DESCRIPTION:
This field will hold the Site that last changed this patient's residential address.
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the RESIDENTIAL ADDR CHANGE DT/TM field of the PATIENT File
2,.11582 RESIDENTIAL ADDR CHANGE SOURCE .115;12 SET (audited)
'HEC' FOR HEC;
'VAMC' FOR VAMC;
'HBSC' FOR HBSC;
'NCOA' FOR NCOA;
'BVA' FOR BVA;
'USPS' FOR USPS;
'LACS' FOR LACS;
'VOA' FOR VOA;
'VET360' FOR VET360;
'VAINS' FOR VAINS;
LAST EDITED: FEB 13, 2018
HELP-PROMPT: Please enter the source of the address change.
DESCRIPTION:
This field will hold the source of the last Residential Address change.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the RESIDENTIAL ADDR CHANGE DT/TM field of the PATIENT File
2,.11583 RESIDENTIAL ADDR CHANGE USER .115;16 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200)
LAST EDITED: JUN 04, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the name of the user who has changed this patient's residential address.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains the user who changed this patient's residential address. It is automatically
set when the residential address is entered or edited.
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the RESIDENTIAL ADDR CHANGE DT/TM field of the PATIENT File
2,.1159 RESIDENTIAL ADDR CASS IND .115;19 SET (audited)
'Y' FOR CERTIFIED BY CASS;
'F' FOR FAILED CASS CERTIFICATION;
'NC' FOR NOT CHECKED AGAINST CASS;
'PV' FOR PROCESSING;
LAST EDITED: FEB 13, 2018
HELP-PROMPT: Select the CASS status for the residential address
DESCRIPTION: The Residential Addr CASS Indicator is used to determine whether the residential address has been
certified by CASS.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
2,.116 ZIP CODE .11;6 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>5!($L(X)<5)!'(X?5N) X
LAST EDITED: JUN 28, 2003
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the zip code for the city in which this applicant resides.
DESCRIPTION:
Enter the zip code [5 numerics] for the city in which this applicant resides.
TECHNICAL DESCR: This field will become un-editable in a later release. Programmers should modify code from this
field (.116) to the ZIP+4 field (.1112) Currently, modifications to this field will create an entry
in the ZIP+4 field (without the +4 of course).
GROUP: DEMOG
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AODS116^MUMPS
1)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
2)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AZIP^MUMPS
1)= D SET^DGREGDD1(DA,.1112,.11,12,X)
2)= D KILL^DGREGDD1(DA,.1112,.11,12,X)
This sets the corresponding zip+4 field to be equal to the zip field after the zip is edited.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.118
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S D
IU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG
=.118 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S D
IU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG
=.118 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
FIELD)= ADDRESS CHANGE DT
This cross-reference will update the Address Change DT/TM field when address data changes for a
patient.
FIELD INDEX: AZIPLNK2 (#186) MUMPS SORTING ONLY
Short Descr: Update City, State, and County fields based on Zipcode
Set Logic: Q
Set Cond: I X1(1)'=X2(1)
Kill Logic: K EASDO2
Kill Cond: I X1(1)'=X2(1)
X(1): ZIP CODE (2,.116) (forwards)
X(2): Computed Code: S:'$G(EASDO2) X=$$ZIP^DGREGDD1(DA,X(1)),EASDO2=1
FIELD INDEX: ADGFMD116 (#236) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.116,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.116,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): ZIP CODE (2,.116) (forwards)
2,.117 COUNTY .11;7 NUMBER (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S Z0=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):+$P(^(.11),"^",5),1:0) K:'Z0 X Q:'Z0!'$D(^DIC(5,Z0,1,0)) S DIC="^DIC(5,Z0
,1,",DIC(0)="QEM" D ^DIC S X=+Y K:Y'>0 X K Z0,DIC
OUTPUT TRANSFORM: Q:Y']"" S Z0=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):+$P(^(.11),"^",5),1:"") Q:'Z0 S Y=$P($S($D(^DIC(5,Z0,1,Y,0)):^(0
),1:""),"^",3)
LAST EDITED: MAY 20, 1998
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the county in which this applicant resides.
DESCRIPTION: If a state of residence is entered select from the available listing the county in which this
applicant resides. If no state (or a non-state) is entered no selection is possible.
EXECUTABLE HELP: S ZD=D,X="?",Z0=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):+$P(^(.11),U,5),1:0) Q:'Z0!'$D(^DIC(5,Z0,1,0)) S DIC="^DIC(5,Z
0,1,",DIC(0)="QEM" D ^DIC S DIC=DIE,D=ZD K ZD
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
GROUP: DEMOG
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the STATE field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AODS117^MUMPS
1)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
2)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR117^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^IVM117^MUMPS
1)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
2)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
This cross-reference will check the IVM PATIENT file to see if a change to this field will require
transmission to the IVM Center. If it does, the IVM PATIENT file entry's TRANSMISSION STATUS will
be set to 0 and the nightly background job will transmit the updated information.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AVAFC117^MUMPS
1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".117;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".117;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of
the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7
PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the
change is being made from within the Registration process.
Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to
1.
The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S)
EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
2,.1171 PROVINCE .11;8 FREE TEXT (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<1) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 20
LAST EDITED: FEB 27, 2018
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 1-20 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: Enter a Province if the patient has provided one for his/her foreign address.
The entry can be alphanumeric and up to 20 characters in length.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.118
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S D
IU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG
=.118 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S D
IU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG
=.118 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
FIELD)= #.118
This cross-reference will be used to update the Date/Time stamp for an Address Change.
FIELD INDEX: AX1171 (#688) MUMPS R ACTION
Short Descr: This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes
Description: This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment. This cross
reference is needed on this field because the update to the ADDRESS CHANGE DT/TM field does NOT
trigger a message to the HEC.
Set Logic: D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
Kill Logic: D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
X(1): PROVINCE (2,.1171) (forwards)
2,.1172 POSTAL CODE .11;9 FREE TEXT (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>10!($L(X)<1) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 10
LAST EDITED: FEB 27, 2018
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 1-10 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: Enter with patient's postal code if the patient has provided one for his/her foreign address.
The entry can be alphanumeric and up to 10 characters in length.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.118
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S D
IU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG
=.118 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S D
IU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG
=.118 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
FIELD)= #.118
This cross-reference will be used to update the Date/Time stamp for an Address Change.
FIELD INDEX: AX1172 (#793) MUMPS R ACTION
Short Descr: This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes.
Description: This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment. This cross
reference is necessary because the update of ADDRESS CHANGE DT/TM field does NOT trigger a message
to the HEC.
Set Logic: D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
Kill Logic: D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
X(1): POSTAL CODE (2,.1172) (forwards)
2,.1173 COUNTRY .11;10 POINTER TO COUNTRY CODE FILE (#779.004) (audited)
LAST EDITED: MAY 27, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the country where the patient's mailing address is located.
DESCRIPTION: Enter the country where the patient's mailing address is located.
If entering an Army/Air Force Post Office (APO) or a Fleet Post Office (FPO) address select United
States as the country.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.118
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S D
IU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG
=.118 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S D
IU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG
=.118 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
FIELD)= #.118
This cross-reference will be used to update the Date/Time stamp for an Address Change.
FIELD INDEX: AX1173 (#794) MUMPS R ACTION
Short Descr: This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes.
Description: This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment. This cross
reference is needed on this field because the update to the ADDRESS CHANGE DT/TM field does NOT
trigger a message to the HEC.
Set Logic: D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
Kill Logic: D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
X(1): COUNTRY (2,.1173) (forwards)
FIELD INDEX: AXCNTRY (#796) MUMPS R ACTION
Short Descr: Trigger cross reference to clear related fields
Set Logic: I ($T(EN^DGCNTRY)'="") D EN^DGCNTRY(2,"PERM",.1173)
Kill Logic: Q
X(1): COUNTRY (2,.1173) (forwards)
2,.118 ADDRESS CHANGE DT/TM .11;13 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="ESTX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: OCT 24, 2006
HELP-PROMPT: (No range limit on date)
DESCRIPTION:
This field will hold the date and time of the last Address Update.
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the STREET ADDRESS [LINE 1] field of the PATIENT File
TRIGGERED by the ZIP+4 field of the PATIENT File
TRIGGERED by the STREET ADDRESS [LINE 2] field of the PATIENT File
TRIGGERED by the STREET ADDRESS [LINE 3] field of the PATIENT File
TRIGGERED by the CITY field of the PATIENT File
TRIGGERED by the STATE field of the PATIENT File
TRIGGERED by the ZIP CODE field of the PATIENT File
TRIGGERED by the BAD ADDRESS INDICATOR field of the PATIENT File
TRIGGERED by the PROVINCE field of the PATIENT File
TRIGGERED by the POSTAL CODE field of the PATIENT File
TRIGGERED by the COUNTRY field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.119
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,14),X=X S D
IU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="VAMC" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,14)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.119 D
^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,14),X=X S D
IU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="VAMC" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,14)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.119 D
^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= S X="VAMC"
DELETE VALUE)= S X="VAMC"
FIELD)= ADDRESS CHANGE SOURCE
This cross-reference will update the Address Source field when address data changes for a patient.
The source will be set to 'VAMC', and should be overwritten for instances where the Address source
is something different. The incoming Z05 process has been updated to overwrite this field as
appropriate.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.122
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,17),X=X S D
IU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$G(DUZ) S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,17)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.122
D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,17),X=X S D
IU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$G(DUZ) S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,17)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.122
D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$G(DUZ)
DELETE VALUE)= S X=$G(DUZ)
FIELD)= ADDRESS CHANGE USER
This cross-reference will record the user who has just changed the patient's primary address.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR118^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
2,.119 ADDRESS CHANGE SOURCE .11;14 SET
'HEC' FOR HEC;
'VAMC' FOR VAMC;
'HBSC' FOR HBSC;
'NCOA' FOR NCOA;
'BVA' FOR BVA;
'VAINS' FOR VAINS;
'USPS' FOR USPS;
'LACS' FOR LACS;
'VOA' FOR VOA;
'VET360' FOR VET360;
LAST EDITED: DEC 08, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Please enter the source of the address change.
DESCRIPTION:
This field will hold the source of the Last address change.
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the ADDRESS CHANGE DT/TM field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.12
1)= X ^DD(2,.119,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,15),X=X
S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$GETSITE^DGMTU4($G(DUZ)) I X S X=$O(^DIC(4,"D",X,"")) X ^DD(2,.119,1,1,1.
4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.119,0)),U,3) S X=$P($P(Y(1)
,$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59))="VAMC"
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,15)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.12 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.119,0)),U,3) S X=$P($P(Y(1),$
C(59)_X_":",2),$C(59))="VAMC" I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,15)
,X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.119,1,1,2.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,15)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.12 D ^DICR
CREATE CONDITION)= ADDRESS CHANGE SOURCE="VAMC"
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$GETSITE^DGMTU4($G(DUZ)) I X S X=$O(^DIC(4,"D",X,""))
DELETE CONDITION)= OLD ADDRESS CHANGE SOURCE="VAMC"
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= ADDRESS CHANGE SITE
This cross-reference will trigger the population of the ADDRESS CHANGE SITE field with the
appropriate station number if the ADDRESS CHANGE SOURCE equals "VAMC". The ADDRESS CHANGE SITE
field should be overwritten for cases where the site would be incorrect (i.e. uploading Z05
message).
2,.12 ADDRESS CHANGE SITE .11;15 POINTER TO INSTITUTION FILE (#4)
LAST EDITED: JUL 03, 2002
HELP-PROMPT: Please enter the site that last changed this patient's address.
DESCRIPTION: This field will hold the Site that last changed this patient's address. This field is only
populated when the Address Source is listed as VAMC.
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the ADDRESS CHANGE SOURCE field of the PATIENT File
2,.121 BAD ADDRESS INDICATOR .11;16 SET
'1' FOR UNDELIVERABLE;
'2' FOR HOMELESS;
'3' FOR OTHER;
'4' FOR ADDRESS NOT FOUND;
LAST EDITED: JUL 07, 2014
HELP-PROMPT: Please enter 1 if the address is 'UNDELIVERABLE', 2 if the patient is 'HOMELESS', or 3 for 'OTHER'
bad address reasons. Enter "@" to remove the indicator.
DESCRIPTION: The Bad Address Indicator field applies to the address at which the patient resides. This field
should be set as follows (if applicable):
"UNDELIVERABLE" - Bad Address based on returned mail.
"HOMELESS" - Patient is known to be homeless.
"OTHER" - Other Bad Address Reason
Setting this field will prevent a Bad Address from being shared with HEC and other VAMC facilities.
Once the Bad Address Indicator is set, incoming "newer" addresses will automatically remove the Bad
Address Indicator, and allow the "updated" address to be transmitted to HEC and other VAMC
facilities. To manually remove the Bad Address Indicator enter the "@" symbol.
TECHNICAL DESCR: This field is being used in conjunction with Patient Address fields .111, .1112, .112, .113, .114,
.115, .116, and .117, which are located in the Patient (#2) file.
A programmer API, $$BADADR^DGUTL3(DFN) will allow the return of the Bad Address Indicator. The
following parameters are used:
Input Parameter: DFN - internal entry number for the Patient file (#2)
Return value: internal value of the Bad Address Indicator or
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I Y'=4"
EXPLANATION: Only 1-3 may be selected.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR121^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.118
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S D
IU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG
=.118 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S D
IU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG
=.118 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
FIELD)= #.118
This cross-reference will be used to update the Date/Time stamp for an Address Change.
FIELD INDEX: AVAFC121 (#801) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.121,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.121,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): BAD ADDRESS INDICATOR (2,.121) (forwards)
2,.12105 TEMPORARY ADDRESS ACTIVE? .121;9 SET (Required)
WANT TO ENTER TEMP ADDR
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA I X="N" D TADD^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: APR 19, 1993
HELP-PROMPT: Enter 'Y' if you want to enter/edit Temporary address data, 'N' if not.
DESCRIPTION: Enter 'Y' if you wish to enter a temporary address for this applicant at this time, or 'N' if not.
A 'NO' response will cause the temporary address 'Start Date' and 'End Date' fields to be
automatically deleted while all other temporary address data will remain on file for future use.
GROUP: TAD
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AXR11^MUMPS
1)= Q
2)= S DGXRF=.12105 D ^DGDDC Q
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM1 (#603)
2,.1211 TEMPORARY STREET [LINE 1] .121;1 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<2) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP I $D(X) S DFN=DA D TAD^DGLOC
K
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 30
LAST EDITED: FEB 27, 2018
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the first line of this applicants temporary address [2-30 characters].
DESCRIPTION: If the WANT TO ENTER A TEMPORARY ADDRESS prompt is answered YES enter the first line of the
temporary street address for this applicant [2-30 characters] otherwise nothing may be entered.
This field cannot be deleted as long as the need for a temporary address is indicated.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D TADD^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
GROUP: TAD
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AXR12^MUMPS
1)= Q
2)= S DGXRF=.1211 D ^DGDDC Q
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM1 (#603)
2,.12111 TEMPORARY ADDRESS COUNTY .121;11 NUMBER
INPUT TRANSFORM: S Z0=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.121)):+$P(^(.121),"^",5),1:0) K:'Z0 X Q:'$D(^DIC(5,Z0,1,0)) S DIC="^DIC(5,Z0,1
,",DIC(0)="QEM" D ^DIC S X=+Y K:Y'>0 X K Z0,DIC
OUTPUT TRANSFORM: S Y(0)=Y Q:Y']"" S Z0=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.121)):+$P(^(.121),"^",5),1:0) Q:'Z0 S Y=$P($S($D(^DIC(5,Z0,1
,Y,0)):^(0),1:""),"^",3)
LAST EDITED: JAN 10, 2001
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the county in which the applicant's temporary address exists.
DESCRIPTION: If a state is entered for the temporary residence, enter the county in which that residence
resides. If a state does not exist for the temporary address, a county can not be entered.
EXECUTABLE HELP: S ZD=D,X="?",Z0=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.121)):$P(^(.121),"^",5),1:0) Q:'$D(^DIC(5,+Z0,1,0)) S DIC="^DIC(5,Z
0,1,",DIC(0)="QEM" D ^DIC S DIC=DIE,D=ZD K ZD
GROUP: TAD
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR12111^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
2,.12112 TEMPORARY ZIP+4 .121;12 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D TAD^DGLOCK I $D(X) K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<5) X I $D(X) D ZIPIN^
VAFADDR
OUTPUT TRANSFORM: D ZIPOUT^VAFADDR
LAST EDITED: JUN 03, 1993
HELP-PROMPT: Answer with either 5 digit or 9 digit zip code.
DESCRIPTION: Answer with either the 5 digit format (e.g. 12345) or the nine digit format (e.g. 12345-6789 or
123456789).
TECHNICAL DESCR: Related to other address fields on this node. This field 'triggers' the TEMPORARY ZIP CODE
(#.1216) field, using the first 5 digits of
this field.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D TADD^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
GROUP: TAD
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ATZIP4^MUMPS
1)= D SET^DGREGDD1(DA,.1216,.121,6,$E(X,1,5))
2)= D KILL^DGREGDD1(DA,.1216,.121,6,$E(X,1,5))
This sets the corresponding zip code field to the first 5 digits of this field.
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM1 (#603)
2,.12113 TEMPORARY ADDRESS CHANGE DT/TM .121;13 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="ESTX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:X<1 X
LAST EDITED: JUN 15, 2005
HELP-PROMPT: (No range limit on date)
DESCRIPTION:
This field will hold the date and time of the last Temporary Address Update.
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR12113^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.12114
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.121)):^(.121),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,14),X=X S
DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$GETSITE^DGMTU4($G(DUZ)) I X S X=$O(^DIC(4,"D",X,"")) X ^DD(2,.12113,1,2,1.
4)
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.121)),DIV=X S $P(^(.121),U,14)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.12114 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.121)):^(.121),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,14),X=X S
DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$GETSITE^DGMTU4($G(DUZ)) I X S X=$O(^DIC(4,"D",X,"")) X ^DD(2,.12113,1,2,2.
4)
2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.121)),DIV=X S $P(^(.121),U,14)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.12114 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$GETSITE^DGMTU4($G(DUZ)) I X S X=$O(^DIC(4,"D",X,""))
DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$GETSITE^DGMTU4($G(DUZ)) I X S X=$O(^DIC(4,"D",X,""))
FIELD)= `.12114
2,.12114 TEMPORARY ADDRESS CHANGE SITE .121;14 POINTER TO INSTITUTION FILE (#4)
LAST EDITED: MAY 19, 2005
DESCRIPTION:
This field will hold the Site that last changed this patient's temporary address.
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the TEMPORARY ADDRESS CHANGE DT/TM field of the PATIENT File
2,.12115 TEMPORARY ADDR CASS IND .121;15 SET
'Y' FOR CERTIFIED BY CASS;
'F' FOR FAILED CASS CERTIFICATION;
'NC' FOR NOT CHECKED AGAINST CASS;
'PV' FOR PROCESSING;
LAST EDITED: FEB 13, 2018
HELP-PROMPT: Select the CASS status for the temporary address
DESCRIPTION: The Temporary Addr CASS Indicator is used to determine whether the
temporary address has been certified by CASS.
2,.12116 TEMPORARY COUNTRY CODE .121;16 POINTER TO TELEPHONE COUNTRY CODE FILE (#12.12)
LAST EDITED: JUL 22, 2024
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the country dialing code for TEMPORARY PHONE NUMBER.
DESCRIPTION: TEMPORARY COUNTRY CODE is the international dialing code for TEMPORARY PHONE NUMBER, Field (#.1219)
from the PATIENT File (#2).
2,.12117 TEMPORARY EXTENSION .121;17 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>6!($L(X)<1)!'(X?.N) X
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 6
LAST EDITED: AUG 29, 2024
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 1-6 digits in length.
DESCRIPTION: TEMPORARY EXTENSION is the telephone extension for TEMPORARY PHONE NUMBER, Field (#.1219) from the
PATIENT File (#2).
2,.1212 TEMPORARY STREET [LINE 2] .121;2 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<2) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP I $D(X) S DFN=DA D TAD^DGLOC
K
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 30
LAST EDITED: APR 11, 2018
HELP-PROMPT: Enter, if necessary, the second line of this applicants temporary address [2-30 characters].
DESCRIPTION: If the WANT TO ENTER A TEMPORARY ADDRESS prompt is answered YES enter the second line of the
temporary street address [2-30 characters], if necessary, otherwise nothing may be entered. This
field may not be deleted as long as the need for a temporary address is indicated.
GROUP: TAD
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AXR13^MUMPS
1)= Q
2)= S DGXRF=.1212 D ^DGDDC Q
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM1 (#603)
2,.1213 TEMPORARY STREET [LINE 3] .121;3 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<2) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP I $D(X) S DFN=DA D TAD^DGLOCK
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 30
LAST EDITED: FEB 27, 2018
HELP-PROMPT: Enter, if necessary, the third line of this applicants temporary address [2-30 characters].
DESCRIPTION: If the WANT TO ENTER A TEMPORARY ADDRESS prompt is answered YES enter the third line of the
temporary street address [2-30 characters], if necessary, otherwise nothing may be entered. This
field may not be deleted as long as the need for a temporary address is indicated.
GROUP: TAD
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM1 (#603)
2,.1214 TEMPORARY CITY .121;4 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<2) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP I $D(X) S DFN=DA D TAD^DGLOCK
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 30
LAST EDITED: FEB 27, 2018
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the city in which this applicant is temporarily residing [2-30 characters].
DESCRIPTION: If the WANT TO ENTER A TEMPORARY ADDRESS prompt is answered YES enter the city in which the
temporary address lies [2-30 characters], otherwise nothing may be entered. This field may not be
deleted as long as the need for a temporary address is indicated.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D TADD^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
GROUP: TAD
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM1 (#603)
2,.1215 TEMPORARY STATE .121;5 POINTER TO STATE FILE (#5)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DIC("S")="I $P(^DIC(5,Y,0),U,6)=1" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D TAD^DGL
OCK Q
LAST EDITED: JUN 26, 2007
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the state in which this applicant is temporarily residing.
DESCRIPTION: If the WANT TO ENTER A TEMPORARY ADDRESS prompt is answered YES select from the available listing
the state in which the temporary address lies, otherwise nothing may be entered. This field may
not be deleted as long as the need for a temporary address is indicated.
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I $P(^DIC(5,Y,0),U,6)=1"
EXPLANATION: This screen will restrict the entry of a state to valid US states or possessions.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D TADD^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
GROUP: TAD
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM1 (#603)
2,.1216 TEMPORARY ZIP CODE .121;6 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>5!($L(X)<5)!'(X?5N) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D TAD^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: JUN 03, 1993
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the zip code of the temporary address at which this patient is currently residing.
DESCRIPTION: If the WANT TO ENTER A TEMPORARY ADDRESS prompt is answered YES enter the zip code assigned to the
temporary city [5 numerics], otherwise nothing may be entered. This field may not be deleted as
long as the need for a temporary address is indicated.
TECHNICAL DESCR: This five-digit zip code associated with the temporary address is populated by the five or nine
digit TEMPORARY ZIP+4 field (via a trigger). The TEMPORARY ZIP CODE field will be made
un-editiable several months following the release of PIMS 5.3.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D TADD^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
GROUP: TAD
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ATZIP^MUMPS
1)= D SET^DGREGDD1(DA,.12112,.121,12,X)
2)= D KILL^DGREGDD1(DA,.12112,.121,12,X)
This sets the corresponding zip+4 field to be equal to this field's value.
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM1 (#603)
2,.1217 TEMPORARY ADDRESS START DATE .121;7 DATE
START DATE OF TEMP ADDRESS
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D TAD^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: JAN 15, 1989
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date on which the patient will first be found at the temporary address indicated.
DESCRIPTION: If the WANT TO ENTER A TEMPORARY ADDRESS prompt is answered YES enter the date on which the
applicant will commence being contacted at the temporary address indicated, otherwise nothing may
be entered. This field may not be deleted as long as the need for a temporary address is
indicated.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D TADD^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
GROUP: TAD
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AGU1^MUMPS
1)= Q
2)= Q
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM1 (#603)
2,.1218 TEMPORARY ADDRESS END DATE .121;8 DATE
END DATE OF TEMP ADDRESS
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D TAD^DGLOCK I $D(X),(X<$P(^DPT(DFN,.121),"^",7)) K
X
LAST EDITED: JAN 13, 1989
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date as of which the patient will no longer be at the temporary address indicated.
DESCRIPTION: If the WANT TO ENTER A TEMPORARY ADDRESS prompt is answered YES enter the date as of which the
applicant will no longer be contacted at that temporary address, otherwise nothing may be entered.
This field may not be deleted as long as the need for a temporary address is indicated.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D TADD^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
GROUP: TAD
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM1 (#603)
2,.1219 TEMPORARY PHONE NUMBER .121;10 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<4) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D TAD^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: MAY 28, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the telephone number of the temporary address at which the patient is located [4-20
characters].
DESCRIPTION: If the WANT TO ENTER A TEMPORARY ADDRESS prompt is answered YES enter the telephone number at which
the applicant can be contacted [4-20 characters] during his/her absence from their residence,
otherwise nothing may be entered. This field may not be deleted as long as the need for a
temporary address is indicated.
GROUP: TAD
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR1219^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
2,.122 ADDRESS CHANGE USER .11;17 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200)
LAST EDITED: JUN 04, 2003
DESCRIPTION:
The name of the user who has changed this patient's primary address.
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the ADDRESS CHANGE DT/TM field of the PATIENT File
2,.1221 TEMPORARY ADDRESS PROVINCE .122;1 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<1) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 20
LAST EDITED: FEB 27, 2018
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 1-20 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: Enter a Province if the patient has provided one for his/her foreign address.
The entry can be alphanumeric and up to 20 characters in length.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM1 (#603)
2,.1222 TEMPORARY ADDRESS POSTAL CODE .122;2 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>10!($L(X)<1) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 10
LAST EDITED: FEB 27, 2018
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 1-10 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: Enter with patient's postal code if the patient has provided one for his/her foreign address.
The entry can be alphanumeric and up to 10 characters in length.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM1 (#603)
2,.1223 TEMPORARY ADDRESS COUNTRY .122;3 POINTER TO COUNTRY CODE FILE (#779.004)
LAST EDITED: JUN 15, 2006
DESCRIPTION: Enter the country where the patient's temporary address is located.
If entering an Army/Air Force Post Office (APO) or a Fleet Post Office (FPO) address select United
States as the country.
FIELD INDEX: AXTCNTRY (#797) MUMPS R ACTION
Short Descr: Clear temporary addr fields when country changes
Description: This cross reference is fired whenever the field TEMPORARY ADDRESS COUNTRY is changed. It will
clear data in fields associated with whether the COUNTRY value is domestic or foreign. In the case
of a foreign address, this cross reference will clear the TEMPORARY ADDRESS STATE, TEMPORARY
ADDRESS COUNTY and TEMPORARY ADDRESS ZIP+4 fields. For a domestic temporary address, this cross
reference will clear the TEMPORARY PROVINCE and TEMPORARY POSTAL CODE fields. See routine ^DGCNTRY
for modifying which fields are cleared by this cross reference.
Set Logic: I ($T(EN^DGCNTRY)'="") D EN^DGCNTRY(2,"TEMP",.1223)
Kill Logic: Q
X(1): TEMPORARY ADDRESS COUNTRY (2,.1223) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM1 (#603)
2,.131 PHONE NUMBER [RESIDENCE] .13;1 FREE TEXT (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<4) X
LAST EDITED: JAN 31, 2012
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the patients home telephone number [4-20 characters].
DESCRIPTION:
Enter the telephone number [4-20 characters] to this applicant's place of residence.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
GROUP: DEMOG
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR131^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^F
1)= S ^DPT("F",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT("F",$E(X,1,30),DA)
This cross reference will update the PHONE NUMBER CHANGE DT/TM field with current date and time
stamp each time this field is changed.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.1321
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.132)):^(.132),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,1),X=X S
DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.132)),DIV=X S $P(^(.132),U,1)=DIV,DIH=2,D
IG=.1321 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.132)):^(.132),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,1),X=X S
DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.132)),DIV=X S $P(^(.132),U,1)=DIV,DIH=2,D
IG=.1321 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
FIELD)= RESIDENCE NUMBER CHANGE DT/TM
This cross reference will update the RESIDENCE NUMBER CHANGE DT/TM field with the current date and
time stamp each time this field is changed.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^IVM131^MUMPS
1)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
2)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
This cross-reference will check the IVM PATIENT file to see if a change to this field will require
transmission to the IVM Center. If it does, the IVM PATIENT file entry's TRANSMISSION STATUS will
be set to 0 and the nightly background job will transmit the updated information.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AVAFC131^MUMPS
1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".131;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".131;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of
the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7
PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the
change is being made from within the Registration process.
Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to
1.
The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S)
EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ADGRU131^MUMPS
1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the
PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference
will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of
an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part
of a re-indexing.
2,.1311 CELLULAR NUMBER CHANGE SOURCE .13;10 SET
'HEC' FOR HEC;
'VAMC' FOR VAMC;
'HBSC' FOR HBSC;
'VOA' FOR VOA;
'VET360' FOR VET360;
LAST EDITED: DEC 08, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Please enter the source of the Cellular number change.
DESCRIPTION:
This field will hold the source of the last Cellular number change.
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the CELLULAR NUMBER CHANGE DT/TM field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.13111
1)= X ^DD(2,.1311,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.13)):^(.13),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,11),X=
X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$GETSITE^DGMTU4($G(DUZ)) I X S X=$O(^DIC(4,"D",X,"")) X ^DD(2,.1311,1,1,
1.4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.1311,0)),U,3) S X=$P($P(Y(1
),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59))="VAMC"
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.13)),DIV=X S $P(^(.13),U,11)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.13111 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.1311,0)),U,3) S X=$P($P(Y(1),
$C(59)_X_":",2),$C(59))="VAMC" I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.13)):^(.13),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,11
),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.1311,1,1,2.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.13)),DIV=X S $P(^(.13),U,11)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.13111 D ^DICR
CREATE CONDITION)= CELLULAR NUMBER CHANGE SOURCE="VAMC"
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$GETSITE^DGMTU4($G(DUZ)) I X S X=$O(^DIC(4,"D",X,""))
DELETE CONDITION)= OLD CELLULAR NUMBER CHANGE SOU="VAMC"
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= CELLULAR NUMBER CHANGE SITE
This cross-reference will trigger the population of the CELLULAR NUMBER CHANGE SITE field with the
appropriate station number if the CELLULAR NUMBER CHANGE SOURCE equals "VAMC". The CELLULAR NUMBER
CHANGE SITE field should be overwritten for cases where the site would be incorrect (i.e. uploading
Z05 message).
2,.13111 CELLULAR NUMBER CHANGE SITE .13;11 POINTER TO INSTITUTION FILE (#4)
LAST EDITED: APR 10, 2006
HELP-PROMPT: Please enter the site that last changed this patient's Cellular number.
DESCRIPTION: This field will hold the site that last changed this patient's Cellular number. This field is only
populated when the Cellular Number Change Source is listed as VAMC.
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the CELLULAR NUMBER CHANGE SOURCE field of the PATIENT File
2,.1312 PAGER NUMBER CHANGE DT/TM .13;12 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="ESTX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: APR 10, 2006
DESCRIPTION:
This field will contain the date and time of the last Pager number update.
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the PAGER NUMBER field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.1313
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.13)):^(.13),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S D
IU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="VAMC" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.13)),DIV=X S $P(^(.13),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.1313
D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.13)):^(.13),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S D
IU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="VAMC" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.13)),DIV=X S $P(^(.13),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.1313
D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= S X="VAMC"
DELETE VALUE)= S X="VAMC"
FIELD)= #.1313
This cross reference will update the PAGER NUMBER CHANGE SOURCE field (#.1313).
2,.1313 PAGER NUMBER CHANGE SOURCE .13;13 SET
'HEC' FOR HEC;
'VAMC' FOR VAMC;
'HBSC' FOR HBSC;
'VOA' FOR VOA;
LAST EDITED: MAY 22, 2013
HELP-PROMPT: Please enter the source of the Pager number change.
DESCRIPTION:
This field will hold the source of the last Pager number change.
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the PAGER NUMBER CHANGE DT/TM field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.1314
1)= X ^DD(2,.1313,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.13)):^(.13),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,14),X=
X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$GETSITE^DGMTU4($G(DUZ)) I X S X=$O(^DIC(4,"D",X,"")) X ^DD(2,.1313,1,1,
1.4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.1313,0)),U,3) S X=$P($P(Y(1
),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59))="VAMC"
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.13)),DIV=X S $P(^(.13),U,14)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.1314 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.1313,0)),U,3) S X=$P($P(Y(1),
$C(59)_X_":",2),$C(59))="VAMC" I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.13)):^(.13),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,14
),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.1313,1,1,2.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.13)),DIV=X S $P(^(.13),U,14)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.1314 D ^DICR
CREATE CONDITION)= PAGER NUMBER CHANGE SOURCE="VAMC"
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$GETSITE^DGMTU4($G(DUZ)) I X S X=$O(^DIC(4,"D",X,""))
DELETE CONDITION)= OLD PAGER NUMBER CHANGE SOURCE="VAMC"
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= PAGER NUMBER CHANGE SITE
This cross-reference will trigger the population of the PAGER NUMBER CHANGE SITE field with the
appropriate station number if the PAGER NUMBER CHANGE SOURCE equals "VAMC". The PAGER NUMBER
CHANGE SITE field should be overwritten for cases where the site would be incorrect (i.e. uploading
Z05 message).
2,.1314 PAGER NUMBER CHANGE SITE .13;14 POINTER TO INSTITUTION FILE (#4)
LAST EDITED: APR 10, 2006
HELP-PROMPT: Please enter the site that last changed this patient's Pager number.
DESCRIPTION: This field will hold the site that last changed this patient's Pager number. This field is only
populated when the Pager Number Change Source is listed as VAMC.
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the PAGER NUMBER CHANGE SOURCE field of the PATIENT File
2,.1315 CONFIDENTIAL PHONE NUMBER .13;15 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<4) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D CAD^DGLOCK3
LAST EDITED: JUN 04, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the telephone number of the confidential address at which the patient is located [4-20
characters].
DESCRIPTION: If the 'Confidential Address Active' prompt is answered YES, enter the telephone number of the
confidential address at which the patient is located [4-20 characters].
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.14119
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.141)):^(.141),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,19),X=X S
DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$G(DUZ) S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.141)),DIV=X S $P(^(.141),U,19)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.
14119 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.141)):^(.141),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,19),X=X S
DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$G(DUZ) S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.141)),DIV=X S $P(^(.141),U,19)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.
14119 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$G(DUZ)
DELETE VALUE)= S X=$G(DUZ)
FIELD)= CONFIDENTIAL PHONE CHANGE USER
This cross-reference will record the user who has just changed the patient's confidential phone
number.
FIELD INDEX: ADGFMD1315 (#888) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1315,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1315,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): CONFIDENTIAL PHONE NUMBER (2,.1315) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM2 (#604)
2,.1316 EMAIL ADDRESS INDICATOR .13;16 SET (Required)
Email Address Indicator
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
LAST EDITED: NOV 19, 2012
HELP-PROMPT: Does the Veteran have an Email address?
DESCRIPTION:
This field indicates whether or not the Veteran has an Email address.
2,.1317 EMAIL ADDRESS INDICATOR DT/TM .13;17 DATE
Email Address Indicator date/time
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="ESTX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: NOV 20, 2012
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date and time of the Email Address Indicator response.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains the date and time of the last Email Address Indicator response.
2,.1318 EMAIL ADDRESS CHANGE USER .13;18 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200)
LAST EDITED: JUN 04, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the name of the user who has changed this patient's email address.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains the user who changed this patient's email address. It is automatically set
when the email address is entered or edited.
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the EMAIL ADDRESS CHANGE DT/TM field of the PATIENT File
2,.1319 CELLULAR NUMBER CHANGE USER .13;19 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200)
LAST EDITED: JUN 17, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the name of the user who has changed this patient's cell number.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains the user who changed this patient's cell phone number. It is automatically set
when the cell phone number is entered or edited.
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the CELLULAR NUMBER CHANGE DT/TM field of the PATIENT File
2,.132 PHONE NUMBER [WORK] .13;2 FREE TEXT (audited)
OFFICE PHONE
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<4) X
LAST EDITED: NOV 21, 2024
HELP-PROMPT: If employed, enter the telephone number of this applicants place of employment [4-20 characters].
DESCRIPTION: Enter the office phone number [4-20 characters] where this applicant can be reached while employed,
if employed.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
GROUP: PEMP
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR132^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.1325
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.132)):^(.132),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,5),X=X S
DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$G(DUZ) S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.132)),DIV=X S $P(^(.132),U,5)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.13
25 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.132)):^(.132),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,5),X=X S
DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$G(DUZ) S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.132)),DIV=X S $P(^(.132),U,5)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.13
25 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$G(DUZ)
DELETE VALUE)= S X=$G(DUZ)
FIELD)= PHONE [WORK] CHANGE USER
This cross-reference will record the user who has just changed the patient's work phone number.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.1326
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.132)):^(.132),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,6),X=X S
DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.132)),DIV=X S $P(^(.132),U,6)=DIV,DIH=2,D
IG=.1326 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.132)):^(.132),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,6),X=X S
DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.132)),DIV=X S $P(^(.132),U,6)=DIV,DIH=2,D
IG=.1326 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
FIELD)= PHONE [WORK] CHANGE DT/TM
This cross reference will update the PHONE [WORK] CHANGE DT/TM field with the current date and time
stamp each time this field is changed.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.1329
1)= Q
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.13)):^(.13),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,2)
="" I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.132)):^(.132),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,9),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X
^DD(2,.132,1,4,2.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.132)),DIV=X S $P(^(.132),U,9)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.1329 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
DELETE CONDITION)= PHONE NUMBER [WORK]=""
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= COUNTRY CODE [WORK]
Trigger the deletion of COUNTRY CODE [WORK] whenever this field is deleted.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.13213
1)= Q
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.13)):^(.13),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,2)
="" I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.132)):^(.132),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=""
X ^DD(2,.132,1,5,2.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.132)),DIV=X S $P(^(.132),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.13213 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
DELETE CONDITION)= PHONE NUMBER [WORK]=""
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= EXTENSION [WORK]
Trigger the deletion of EXTENSION [WORK] whenever this field is deleted.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^IVM132^MUMPS
1)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
2)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
This cross-reference will check the IVM PATIENT file to see if a change to this field will require
transmission to the IVM Center. If it does, the IVM PATIENT file entry's TRANSMISSION STATUS will
be set to 0 and the nightly background job will transmit the updated information.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AVAFC132^MUMPS
1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".132;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".132;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of
the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7
PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the
change is being made from within the Registration process.
Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to
1.
The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S)
EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ADGRU132^MUMPS
1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the
PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference
will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of
an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part
of a re-indexing.
2,.13201 CONFIDENTIAL COUNTRY CODE .132;10 POINTER TO TELEPHONE COUNTRY CODE FILE (#12.12)
LAST EDITED: JUL 26, 2024
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the country dialing code for CONFIDENTIAL PHONE NUMBER.
DESCRIPTION: CONFIDENTIAL COUNTRY CODE is the international dialing code for CONFIDENTIAL PHONE NUMBER, Field
(#.1315) from the PATIENT File (#2).
2,.1321 RESIDENCE NUMBER CHANGE DT/TM .132;1 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="ESTX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: JUN 04, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Please enter the date and time of the Residence phone number change.
DESCRIPTION:
This field will contain the date and time of the last Residence phone number update.
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the PHONE NUMBER [RESIDENCE] field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.1322
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.132)):^(.132),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,2),X=X S
DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="VAMC" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.132)),DIV=X S $P(^(.132),U,2)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.132
2 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.132)):^(.132),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,2),X=X S
DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="VAMC" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.132)),DIV=X S $P(^(.132),U,2)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.132
2 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= S X="VAMC"
DELETE VALUE)= S X="VAMC"
FIELD)= RESIDENCE NUMBER CHANGE SOURCE
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.1324
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.132)):^(.132),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,4),X=X S
DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$G(DUZ) S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.132)),DIV=X S $P(^(.132),U,4)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.13
24 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.132)):^(.132),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,4),X=X S
DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$G(DUZ) S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.132)),DIV=X S $P(^(.132),U,4)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.13
24 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$G(DUZ)
DELETE VALUE)= S X=$G(DUZ)
FIELD)= #.1324
This cross-reference will record the user who has just changed the patient's residential phone
number.
2,.13211 EXTENSION [RESIDENCE] .132;11 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>6!($L(X)<1)!'(X?.N) X
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 6
LAST EDITED: AUG 29, 2024
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 1-6 digits in length.
DESCRIPTION: EXTENSION [RESIDENCE] is the telephone extension for PHONE NUMBER [RESIDENCE], Field (#.131) from
the PATIENT File (#2).
2,.13212 EXTENSION [CELLULAR] .132;12 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>6!($L(X)<1)!'(X?.N) X
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 6
LAST EDITED: AUG 29, 2024
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 1-6 digits in length.
DESCRIPTION: EXTENSION [CELLULAR] is the telephone extension for PHONE NUMBER [CELLULAR], Field (#.134) from the
PATIENT File (#2).
2,.13213 EXTENSION [WORK] .132;13 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>6!($L(X)<1)!'(X?.N) X
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 6
LAST EDITED: AUG 29, 2024
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 1-6 digits in length.
DESCRIPTION: EXTENSION [WORK] is the telephone extension for PHONE NUMBER [WORK] Field, (#.132) from the PATIENT
File (#2).
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the PHONE NUMBER [WORK] field of the PATIENT File
2,.13214 CONFIDENTIAL EXTENSION .132;14 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>6!($L(X)<1)!'(X?.N) X
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 6
LAST EDITED: AUG 29, 2024
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 1-6 digits in length.
DESCRIPTION: CONFIDENTIAL EXTENSION is the telephone extension for the CONFIDENTIAL PHONE NUMBER, Field (#.1315)
from the PATIENT File (#2).
2,.1322 RESIDENCE NUMBER CHANGE SOURCE .132;2 SET
'HEC' FOR HEC;
'VAMC' FOR VAMC;
'HBSC' FOR HBSC;
'VOA' FOR VOA;
'VET360' FOR VET360;
LAST EDITED: DEC 08, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Please enter the source of the Residence phone number change.
DESCRIPTION:
This field will hold the source of the last Residence phone number change.
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the RESIDENCE NUMBER CHANGE DT/TM field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.1323
1)= X ^DD(2,.1322,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.132)):^(.132),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,3),X
=X S DIU=X K Y X ^DD(2,.1322,1,1,1.1) S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.132)),DIV=X S $P(^(.132),U,3)=DIV,DIH=2
,DIG=.1323 D ^DICR
1.1)= S X=DIV S X=$$GETSITE^DGMTU4($G(DUZ)) I X S X=$$FIND1^DIC(4,"","QX",X,"D","","^TMP(""DGSTAERR
"",$J)")
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.1322,0)),U,3) S X=$P($P(Y(1
),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59))="VAMC"
2)= X ^DD(2,.1322,1,1,2.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.132)):^(.132),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,3),X
=X S DIU=X K Y X ^DD(2,.1322,1,1,2.1) S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.132)),DIV=X S $P(^(.132),U,3)=DIV,DIH=2
,DIG=.1323 D ^DICR
2.1)= S X=DIV S X=$$GETSITE^DGMTU4($G(DUZ)) I X S X=$$FIND1^DIC(4,"","QX",X,"D","","^TMP(""DGSTAERR
"",$J)")
2.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(2)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.1322,0)),U,3),Y(1)=$S($D(^D
PT(D0,.132)):^(.132),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(2),$C(59)_$P(Y(1),U,2)_":",2),$C(59))="VAMC"
CREATE CONDITION)= RESIDENCE NUMBER CHANGE SOURCE="VAMC"
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$GETSITE^DGMTU4($G(DUZ)) I X S X=$$FIND1^DIC(4,"","QX",X,"D","","^TMP(""DGSTAER
R"",$J)")
DELETE CONDITION)= RESIDENCE NUMBER CHANGE SOURCE="VAMC"
DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$GETSITE^DGMTU4($G(DUZ)) I X S X=$$FIND1^DIC(4,"","QX",X,"D","","^TMP(""DGSTAER
R"",$J)")
FIELD)= RESIDENCE NUMBER CHANGE SITE
This cross-reference will trigger the population of the RESIDENCE NUMBER CHANGE SITE field with the
appropriate station number if the RESIDENCE NUMBER CHANGE SOURCE equals "VAMC". The RESIDENCE
NUMBER CHANGE SITE field should be overwritten for the cases where the site would be incorrect
(i.e. uploading Z05 message).
2,.1323 RESIDENCE NUMBER CHANGE SITE .132;3 POINTER TO INSTITUTION FILE (#4)
LAST EDITED: APR 24, 2012
HELP-PROMPT: Please enter the site that last changed this patient's Residence phone number.
DESCRIPTION: This field will hold the site that last changed this patient's Residence phone number. This field
is only populated when the Residence Number Change Source is listed as VAMC.
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the RESIDENCE NUMBER CHANGE SOURCE field of the PATIENT File
2,.1324 RESIDENCE NUMBER CHANGE USER .132;4 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200)
LAST EDITED: JUN 04, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the name of the user who has changed this patient's residential phone number.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains the user who changed this patient's residential phone number. It is
automatically set when the residential phone number is entered or edited.
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the RESIDENCE NUMBER CHANGE DT/TM field of the PATIENT File
2,.1325 PHONE [WORK] CHANGE USER .132;5 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200)
LAST EDITED: JUN 04, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the name of the user who has changed this patient's work phone number.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains the user who changed this patient's work phone number. It is automatically set
when the work phone number is entered or edited.
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the PHONE NUMBER [WORK] field of the PATIENT File
2,.1326 PHONE [WORK] CHANGE DT/TM .132;6 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="ESTXR" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: JUL 01, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Please enter the date and time of the work phone number change.
DESCRIPTION:
This field will contain the date and time of the last work phone number update.
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the PHONE NUMBER [WORK] field of the PATIENT File
2,.1327 COUNTRY CODE [RESIDENCE] .132;7 POINTER TO TELEPHONE COUNTRY CODE FILE (#12.12)
LAST EDITED: JUL 22, 2024
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the country dialing code for PHONE NUMBER [RESIDENCE].
DESCRIPTION: COUNTRY CODE [RESIDENCE] is the international dialing code for PHONE NUMBER [RESIDENCE], Field
(#.131) from the PATIENT File (#2).
2,.1328 COUNTRY CODE [CELLULAR] .132;8 POINTER TO TELEPHONE COUNTRY CODE FILE (#12.12)
LAST EDITED: JUL 26, 2024
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the country dialing code for PHONE NUMBER [CELLULAR].
DESCRIPTION: COUNTRY CODE [CELLULAR] is the international dialing code for PHONE NUMBER [CELLULAR], Field
(#.134) from the PATIENT File (#2).
2,.1329 COUNTRY CODE [WORK] .132;9 POINTER TO TELEPHONE COUNTRY CODE FILE (#12.12)
LAST EDITED: JUL 22, 2024
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the country dialing code for PHONE NUMBER [WORK].
DESCRIPTION: COUNTRY CODE [WORK] is the international dialing code for PHONE NUMBER [WORK], Field (#.132) from
the PATIENT File (#2).
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the PHONE NUMBER [WORK] field of the PATIENT File
2,.133 EMAIL ADDRESS .13;3 FREE TEXT
Email Address
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>50!($L(X)<3)!'(X?1.E1"@"1.E1"."1.E) X
LAST EDITED: APR 10, 2009
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the applicant's email address [3-50 characters]. The entry must include an '@'.
EXECUTABLE HELP: D 133^DGMTDD5
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.136
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.13)):^(.13),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,6),X=X S DI
U=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.13)),DIV=X S $P(^(.13),U,6)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.
136 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.13)):^(.13),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,6),X=X S DI
U=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.13)),DIV=X S $P(^(.13),U,6)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.
136 D ^DICR
3)= DO NOT DELETE
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
FIELD)= #.136
This cross reference will update the EMAIL ADDRESS CHANGE DT/TM field with current date and time
stamp each time this field is changed.
FIELD INDEX: AVAFC133 (#802) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.133,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.133,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): EMAIL ADDRESS (2,.133) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: AXENR13 (#715)
2,.134 PHONE NUMBER [CELLULAR] .13;4 FREE TEXT (audited)
Cell Phone
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<4) X I $D(X) N CTR,CHR,VAR S VAR=X F CTR=1:1:20 S CHR=$E(VAR,CTR) K:("1234567890
-()."'[CHR) X
LAST EDITED: JUN 23, 2022
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 4-20 characters in length, be numeric with only spaces, parenthesis, periods, and
dashes for separators.
DESCRIPTION:
Enter the telephone number [4-20 characters] to the applicant's mobile phone.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.139
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.13)):^(.13),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,9),X=X S DI
U=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.13)),DIV=X S $P(^(.13),U,9)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.
139 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.13)):^(.13),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,9),X=X S DI
U=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.13)),DIV=X S $P(^(.13),U,9)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.
139 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
FIELD)= #.139
This cross reference will update the CELLULAR NUMBER CHANGE DT/TM field with current date and time
stamp each time this field is changed.
FIELD INDEX: AVAFC134 (#803) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.134,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.134,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): PHONE NUMBER [CELLULAR] (2,.134) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: AXENR13 (#715)
2,.135 PAGER NUMBER .13;5 FREE TEXT
Pager #
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<4) X I $D(X) N CTR,CHR,VAR S VAR=X F CTR=1:1:20 S CHR=$E(VAR,CTR) K:("1234567890
-()."'[CHR) X
LAST EDITED: APR 10, 2009
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 4-20 characters in length, be numeric with only spaces, parenthesis, periods, and
dashes for separators.
DESCRIPTION:
Enter the applicant's pager number [4-20 characters].
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Contains between 4 and 20 Free Text characters.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.1312
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.13)):^(.13),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,12),X=X S D
IU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.13)),DIV=X S $P(^(.13),U,12)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG
=.1312 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.13)):^(.13),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,12),X=X S D
IU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.13)),DIV=X S $P(^(.13),U,12)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG
=.1312 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
FIELD)= #.1312
This cross reference will update the PAGER NUMBER CHANGE DT/TM field with current date and time
stamp each time this field is changed.
RECORD INDEXES: AXENR13 (#715)
2,.136 EMAIL ADDRESS CHANGE DT/TM .13;6 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="ESTX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: JUN 04, 2021
DESCRIPTION:
This field will contain the date and time of the last EMAIL address update.
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the EMAIL ADDRESS field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.137
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.13)):^(.13),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,7),X=X S DI
U=X K Y S X=DIV S X="VAMC" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.13)),DIV=X S $P(^(.13),U,7)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.137 D ^
DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.13)):^(.13),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,7),X=X S DI
U=X K Y S X=DIV S X="VAMC" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.13)),DIV=X S $P(^(.13),U,7)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.137 D ^
DICR
CREATE VALUE)= S X="VAMC"
DELETE VALUE)= S X="VAMC"
FIELD)= #.137
This cross reference will update the EMAIL ADDRESS CHANGE SOURCE field (#.137).
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.1318
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.13)):^(.13),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,18),X=X S D
IU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$G(DUZ) S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.13)),DIV=X S $P(^(.13),U,18)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.1318
D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.13)):^(.13),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,18),X=X S D
IU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$G(DUZ) S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.13)),DIV=X S $P(^(.13),U,18)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.1318
D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$G(DUZ)
DELETE VALUE)= S X=$G(DUZ)
FIELD)= EMAIL ADDRESS CHANGE USER
This cross-reference will record the user who has just changed the patient's email address.
2,.137 EMAIL ADDRESS CHANGE SOURCE .13;7 SET
'HEC' FOR HEC;
'VAMC' FOR VAMC;
'HBSC' FOR HBSC;
'VOA' FOR VOA;
'VET360' FOR VET360;
LAST EDITED: DEC 08, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Please enter the source of the EMAIL address change.
DESCRIPTION:
This field will hold the source of the last EMAIL address change.
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the EMAIL ADDRESS CHANGE DT/TM field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.138
1)= X ^DD(2,.137,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.13)):^(.13),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,8),X=X
S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$GETSITE^DGMTU4($G(DUZ)) I X S X=$O(^DIC(4,"D",X,"")) X ^DD(2,.137,1,1,1.4
)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.137,0)),U,3) S X=$P($P(Y(1)
,$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59))="VAMC"
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.13)),DIV=X S $P(^(.13),U,8)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.138 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.137,0)),U,3) S X=$P($P(Y(1),$
C(59)_X_":",2),$C(59))="VAMC" I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.13)):^(.13),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,8),
X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.137,1,1,2.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.13)),DIV=X S $P(^(.13),U,8)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.138 D ^DICR
CREATE CONDITION)= EMAIL ADDRESS CHANGE SOURCE="VAMC"
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$GETSITE^DGMTU4($G(DUZ)) I X S X=$O(^DIC(4,"D",X,""))
DELETE CONDITION)= OLD EMAIL ADDRESS CHANGE SOURC="VAMC"
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= EMAIL ADDRESS CHANGE SITE
This cross-reference will trigger the population of the EMAIL ADDRESS CHANGE SITE field with the
appropriate station number if the EMAIL ADDRESS CHANGE SOURCE equals "VAMC". The EMAIL ADDRESS
CHANGE SITE field should be overwritten for cases where the site would be incorrect (i.e. uploading
Z05 message).
2,.138 EMAIL ADDRESS CHANGE SITE .13;8 POINTER TO INSTITUTION FILE (#4)
LAST EDITED: APR 10, 2006
HELP-PROMPT: Please enter the site that last changed this patient's EMAIL address.
DESCRIPTION: This field will hold the site that last changed this patient's EMAIL address. This field is only
populated when the EMAIL Address Source is listed as VAMC.
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the EMAIL ADDRESS CHANGE SOURCE field of the PATIENT File
2,.139 CELLULAR NUMBER CHANGE DT/TM .13;9 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="ESTX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: JUN 04, 2021
DESCRIPTION:
This field will contain the date and time of the last Cellular number update.
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the PHONE NUMBER [CELLULAR] field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.1311
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.13)):^(.13),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,10),X=X S D
IU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="VAMC" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.13)),DIV=X S $P(^(.13),U,10)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.1311
D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.13)):^(.13),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,10),X=X S D
IU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="VAMC" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.13)),DIV=X S $P(^(.13),U,10)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.1311
D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= S X="VAMC"
DELETE VALUE)= S X="VAMC"
FIELD)= #.1311
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.1319
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.13)):^(.13),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,19),X=X S D
IU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$G(DUZ) S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.13)),DIV=X S $P(^(.13),U,19)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.1319
D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.13)):^(.13),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,19),X=X S D
IU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$G(DUZ) S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.13)),DIV=X S $P(^(.13),U,19)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.1319
D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$G(DUZ)
DELETE VALUE)= S X=$G(DUZ)
FIELD)= CELLULAR NUMBER CHANGE USER
This cross-reference will record the user who has just changed the patient's cell phone number.
2,.14 CURRENT MEANS TEST STATUS 0;14 POINTER TO MEANS TEST STATUS FILE (#408.32)
LAST EDITED: JUN 24, 2006
HELP-PROMPT: This field is computed by the system. It contains the current means test status for a patient.
DESCRIPTION:
This field is computed by the system. It contains the current means test status for a patient.
TECHNICAL DESCR: This field is computed by the system. It is updated by a mumps cross-reference on the 'STATUS'
field (#.03) in the Annual Means Test file (#408.31). The current means test status is based on
the status of the last means test on file for the patient.
UNEDITABLE
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ACS
1)= S ^DPT("ACS",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT("ACS",$E(X,1,30),DA)
FIELD INDEX: ADGFMD14 (#814) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point if the field CURRENT MEANS TEST
STATUS (#.14) is modified.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.14,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.14,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): CURRENT MEANS TEST STATUS (2,.14) (forwards)
2,.141 CONFIDENTIAL ADDRESS CATEGORY .14;0 SET Multiple #2.141
DESCRIPTION:
This is a multiple valued field containing the confidential address categories for this applicant.
INDEXED BY: CONFIDENTIAL ADDRESS CATEGORY & CONFIDENTIAL CATEGORY ACTIVE (ACEE141), CONFIDENTIAL CATEGORY
ACTIVE (ADGFM1), CONFIDENTIAL ADDRESS CATEGORY (ADGFMD01)
2.141,.01 CONFIDENTIAL ADDRESS CATEGORY 0;1 SET (Multiply asked)
'1' FOR ELIGIBILITY/ENROLLMENT;
'2' FOR APPOINTMENT/SCHEDULING;
'3' FOR COPAYMENTS/VETERAN BILLING;
'4' FOR MEDICAL RECORDS;
'5' FOR ALL OTHERS;
LAST EDITED: MAY 18, 2006
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the confidential address category for the applicant's confidential communications.
DESCRIPTION: If the 'Confidential Address Active' prompt is answered YES, select the confidential address
category for this applicant's confidential communications.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2.141^B
1)= S ^DPT(DA(1),.14,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT(DA(1),.14,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)
FIELD INDEX: ADGFMD01 (#245) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to
monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as
indicated by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of
the information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2.141,.01,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2.141,.01,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): CONFIDENTIAL ADDRESS CATEGORY (2.141,.01) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ACEE141 (#716)
2.141,1 CONFIDENTIAL CATEGORY ACTIVE 0;2 SET
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
LAST EDITED: MAY 18, 2006
HELP-PROMPT: Enter Yes if the confidential address category for the applicant's confidential communications is
active.
DESCRIPTION: If the applicant's confidential communications for this category should be sent to the
confidential address, Confidential Category Active field should be set to yes. If not, select N
or No.
FIELD INDEX: ADGFM1 (#246) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to
monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as
indicated by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of
the information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2.141,1,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2.141,1,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): CONFIDENTIAL CATEGORY ACTIVE (2.141,1) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ACEE141 (#716)
2,.14105 CONFIDENTIAL ADDRESS ACTIVE? .141;9 SET (Required)
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA I X="N" D CADD^DGLOCK3
LAST EDITED: AUG 29, 2006
HELP-PROMPT: Enter 'Y' if you want to enter or edit confidential address data.
DESCRIPTION: Enter 'Y' if you wish to enter a confidential address for this applicant at this time. A 'NO'
response will cause the Confidential Start Date and Confidential End Date fields to be
automatically deleted while other confidential address information will remain on file for future
use.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AXR31^MUMPS
1)= Q
2)= S DGXRF=.14105 D ^DGDDC Q
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR4105^MUMPS
1)= I $$EECONF^DGRPCTRG(DFN) D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= I $$EECONF^DGRPCTRG(DFN) D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment. It is necessary
to have this trigger in addition to the triggers on CONFIDENTIAL ADDRESS CATEGORY and CONFIDENTIAL
ADDRESS CHANGE DT/TM because of the order in which the fields are input.
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM2 (#604)
2,.1411 CONFIDENTIAL STREET [LINE 1] .141;1 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<2) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP I $D(X) S DFN=DA D CAD^DGLOCK3
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 30
LAST EDITED: FEB 27, 2018
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the first line of the applicant's confidential street address [2-30 characters].
DESCRIPTION: If the 'Confidential Address Active' prompt is answered YES, the user will be prompted for the
first line of the confidential street address. This field cannot be deleted as long as the need
for a confidential address is indicated.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D CADD1^DGLOCK3 I '$D(X)
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AXR32^MUMPS
1)= Q
2)= S DGXRF=.1411 D ^DGDDC Q
FIELD INDEX: ADGFMD1411 (#237) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1411,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1411,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): CONFIDENTIAL STREET [LINE 1] (2,.1411) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM2 (#604)
2,.14111 CONFIDENTIAL ADDRESS COUNTY .141;11 NUMBER
INPUT TRANSFORM: N Z0,DIC S Z0=+$P($G(^DPT(D0,.141)),"^",5) K:'Z0 X Q:'$D(^DIC(5,Z0,1,0)) S DIC="^DIC(5,Z0,1,",DIC(
0)="QEM" D ^DIC S X=+Y K:Y'>0 X
OUTPUT TRANSFORM: S Y(0)=Y Q:Y']"" N Z0 S Z0=$P($G(^DPT(D0,.141)),"^",5) Q:'Z0 S Y=$P($G(^DIC(5,Z0,1,Y,0)),"^",3)
LAST EDITED: AUG 29, 2006
HELP-PROMPT: Enter a valid county for the applicant's confidential address.
DESCRIPTION: If the 'Confidential Address Active' prompt is answered YES, enter the county for the applicant's
confidential address.
EXECUTABLE HELP: N Z0,DIC S X="?",Z0=+$P($G(^DPT(D0,.141)),"^",5) Q:'$D(^DIC(5,Z0,1,0)) S DIC="^DIC(5,Z0,1,",DIC(0)
="QEM" D ^DIC
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR14111^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM2 (#604)
2,.14112 CONFIDENTIAL ADDR CHANGE DT/TM .141;12 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="ESTX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:X<1 X
LAST EDITED: JUN 04, 2021
DESCRIPTION: This field will hold the date and time of the last Confidential Address Update.
Any change to the following Confidential Address fields will trigger an update: Confidential Street
[Line 1], Confidential Street [Line 2], Confidential Street [Line 3], Confidential Address City,
Confidential Address State, Confidential Address Zip Code, Confidential Start Date, Confidential
End Date, Confidential Address Active?, Confidential Address County, Confidential Addr Province,
Confidential Addr Postal Code, Confidential Addr Country and Confidential Phone Number
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR14112^MUMPS
1)= I $$EECONF^DGRPCTRG(DFN) D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= I $$EECONF^DGRPCTRG(DFN) D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.14113
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.141)):^(.141),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S
DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$GETSITE^DGMTU4($G(DUZ)) I X S X=$O(^DIC(4,"D",X,"")) X ^DD(2,.14112,1,2,1.
4)
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.141)),DIV=X S $P(^(.141),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.14113 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.141)):^(.141),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S
DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$GETSITE^DGMTU4($G(DUZ)) I X S X=$O(^DIC(4,"D",X,"")) X ^DD(2,.14112,1,2,2.
4)
2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.141)),DIV=X S $P(^(.141),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.14113 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$GETSITE^DGMTU4($G(DUZ)) I X S X=$O(^DIC(4,"D",X,""))
DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$GETSITE^DGMTU4($G(DUZ)) I X S X=$O(^DIC(4,"D",X,""))
FIELD)= #.14113
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.14118
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.141)):^(.141),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,18),X=X S
DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$G(DUZ) S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.141)),DIV=X S $P(^(.141),U,18)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.
14118 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.141)):^(.141),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,18),X=X S
DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$G(DUZ) S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.141)),DIV=X S $P(^(.141),U,18)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.
14118 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$G(DUZ)
DELETE VALUE)= S X=$G(DUZ)
FIELD)= CONFIDENTIAL ADDR CHANGE USER
This cross-reference will record the user who has just changed the patient's confidential address.
2,.14113 CONFIDENTIAL ADDR CHANGE SITE .141;13 POINTER TO INSTITUTION FILE (#4)
LAST EDITED: MAY 19, 2005
DESCRIPTION:
This field will hold the Site that last changed this patient's confidential address.
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the CONFIDENTIAL ADDR CHANGE DT/TM field of the PATIENT File
2,.14114 CONFIDENTIAL ADDR PROVINCE .141;14 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<1) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 20
LAST EDITED: FEB 27, 2018
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 1-20 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: Enter a Province if the patient has provided one for his/her foreign address.
The entry can be alphanumeric and up to 20 characters in length.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM2 (#604)
2,.14115 CONFIDENTIAL ADDR POSTAL CODE .141;15 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>10!($L(X)<1) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 10
LAST EDITED: FEB 27, 2018
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 1-10 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: Enter with patient's postal code if the patient has provided one for his/her foreign address.
The entry can be alphanumeric and up to 10 characters in length.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM2 (#604)
2,.14116 CONFIDENTIAL ADDR COUNTRY .141;16 POINTER TO COUNTRY CODE FILE (#779.004)
LAST EDITED: MAY 28, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the country where the patient's address is located.
DESCRIPTION: Enter the country where the patient's confidential address is located.
If entering an Army/Air Force Post Office (APO) or a Fleet Post Office (FPO) address select United
States as the country.
FIELD INDEX: AXCCNTRY (#795) MUMPS R ACTION
Short Descr: Clears country specific fields when triggered
Description: This cross reference is fired whenever the field CONFIDENTIAL ADDR COUNTRY is changed. It will
clear data in fields associated with whether the COUNTRY value is domestic or foreign. In the
case of a foreign address, this cross reference will clear the CONFIDENTIAL ADDR STATE,
CONFIDENTIAL ADDR COUNTY and CONFIDENTIAL ADDR ZIP+4 fields. For a domestic CONFIDENTIAL address,
this cross reference will clear the CONFIDENTIAL PROVINCE and CONFIDENTIAL POSTAL CODE fields.
See routine ^DGCNTRY for modifying which fields are cleared by this cross reference.
Set Logic: I ($T(EN^DGCNTRY)'="") D EN^DGCNTRY(2,"CONF",.14116)
Kill Logic: Q
X(1): CONFIDENTIAL ADDR COUNTRY (2,.14116) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM2 (#604)
2,.14117 CONFIDENTIAL ADDR CASS IND .141;17 SET
'Y' FOR CERTIFIED BY CASS;
'F' FOR FAILED CASS CERTIFICATION;
'NC' FOR NOT CHECKED AGAINST CASS;
'PV' FOR PROCESSING;
LAST EDITED: FEB 13, 2018
HELP-PROMPT: Select the CASS status for the confidential address
DESCRIPTION: The Confidential Addr CASS Indicator is used to determine whether the
confidential address has been certified by CASS.
2,.14118 CONFIDENTIAL ADDR CHANGE USER .141;18 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200)
LAST EDITED: JUN 04, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the name of the user who has changed this patient's confidential address.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains the user who changed this patient's confidential address. It is automatically
set when the confidential address is entered or edited.
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the CONFIDENTIAL ADDR CHANGE DT/TM field of the PATIENT File
2,.14119 CONFIDENTIAL PHONE CHANGE USER .141;19 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200)
LAST EDITED: JUN 04, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the name of the user who has changed this patient's confidential phone number.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains the user who changed this patient's confidential phone number. It is
automatically set when the confidential phone number is entered or edited.
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the CONFIDENTIAL PHONE NUMBER field of the PATIENT File
2,.1412 CONFIDENTIAL STREET [LINE 2] .141;2 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<2) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP I $D(X) S DFN=DA D CAD^DGLOCK3
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 30
LAST EDITED: FEB 27, 2018
HELP-PROMPT: If necessary, enter the second line of this applicant's confidential address [2-30 characters].
DESCRIPTION: If the 'Confidential Address Active' prompt is answered YES, the user will be prompted for the
second line of the confidential street address [2-30 characters]. The second line of the street
address is optional and may be left blank.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AXR33^MUMPS
1)= Q
2)= S DGXRF=.1412 D ^DGDDC Q
FIELD INDEX: ADGFMD1412 (#238) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1412,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1412,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): CONFIDENTIAL STREET [LINE 2] (2,.1412) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM2 (#604)
2,.1413 CONFIDENTIAL STREET [LINE 3] .141;3 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<2) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP I $D(X) S DFN=DA D CAD^DGLOCK3
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 30
LAST EDITED: FEB 27, 2018
HELP-PROMPT: If necessary, enter the third line of this applicant's confidential street address [2-30
characters]
DESCRIPTION: If the 'Confidential Address Active' prompt is answered YES, the user will be prompted for the
third line of the confidential street address. The third line of the street address is
optional and may be left blank.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
FIELD INDEX: ADGFMD1413 (#239) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1413,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1413,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): CONFIDENTIAL STREET [LINE 3] (2,.1413) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM2 (#604)
2,.1414 CONFIDENTIAL ADDRESS CITY .141;4 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<2) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP I $D(X) S DFN=DA D CAD^DGLOCK3
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 30
LAST EDITED: FEB 27, 2018
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the city for the applicant's confidential address [2-30 characters].
DESCRIPTION: If the 'Confidential Address Active' prompt is answered YES, enter the confidential address city
for this applicant [2-30 characters]. This field may not be deleted as long as the need for a
confidential address is indicated.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D CADD1^DGLOCK3 I '$D(X)
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
FIELD INDEX: ADGFMD1414 (#240) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1414,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1414,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): CONFIDENTIAL ADDRESS CITY (2,.1414) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM2 (#604)
2,.1415 CONFIDENTIAL ADDRESS STATE .141;5 POINTER TO STATE FILE (#5)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA D CAD^DGLOCK3 Q
LAST EDITED: AUG 29, 2006
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the State for the applicant's confidential address.
DESCRIPTION: If the 'Confidential Address Active' prompt is answered YES, the user will be asked to select the
confidential address state from the available listing. This field may not be deleted as long as
the need for a confidential address is indicated.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D CADD1^DGLOCK3 I '$D(X)
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
FIELD INDEX: ADGFMD1415 (#241) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1415,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1415,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): CONFIDENTIAL ADDRESS STATE (2,.1415) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM2 (#604)
2,.1416 CONFIDENTIAL ADDRESS ZIP CODE .141;6 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<5) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D CAD^DGLOCK3 I $D(X) D ZIPIN^VAFADDR
OUTPUT TRANSFORM: D ZIPOUT^VAFADDR
LAST EDITED: AUG 29, 2006
HELP-PROMPT: Answer with either the 5 digit or 9 digit zip code.
DESCRIPTION: If the 'Confidential Address Active' prompt is answered YES, the user will be asked to enter the
zip code assigned to the city for the confidential address. This field may not be deleted as long
as the need for a confidential address is indicated.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D CADD1^DGLOCK3 I '$D(X)
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
FIELD INDEX: ADGFMD1416 (#242) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1416,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1416,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): CONFIDENTIAL ADDRESS ZIP CODE (2,.1416) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM2 (#604)
2,.1417 CONFIDENTIAL START DATE .141;7 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="EX",%DT(0)=DT D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X K %DT(0) I $D(X) S DFN=DA D CAD^DGLOCK3
LAST EDITED: AUG 01, 2007
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date to begin contacting the applicant at the confidential address. Date cannot be in
the past.
DESCRIPTION: If the 'Confidential Address Active' prompt is answered YES, enter the date to begin contacting the
applicant at the confidential address.
TECHNICAL DESCR: This field contains an input transform which does a number of things. It validates the date
entered, does not allow a date prior to the current date, and prevents changes to this field if the
Confidential Address is flagged INACTIVE.
Special note: the input transform sets %DT(0)=DT to validate the date entered. Because changes to
this field will update the CONFIDENTIAL ADDRESS CHANGE DT/TM field, it is necessary to kill %DT(0)
after the validation. This variable, if valued, can prevent EVENT^IVMPLOG from setting the
transmit flag if only the Start and End dates are changed.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D CADD1^DGLOCK3 I '$D(X)
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
FIELD INDEX: ADGFMD1417 (#243) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1417,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1417,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): CONFIDENTIAL START DATE (2,.1417) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM2 (#604)
2,.1418 CONFIDENTIAL END DATE .141;8 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D CAD^DGLOCK3 I $D(X),(X<$P(^DPT(DFN,.141),"^",7))
K X
LAST EDITED: AUG 01, 2007
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date the applicant will no longer be contacted at the confidential address. End date
must be after start date.
DESCRIPTION: If the 'Confidential Address Active' prompt is answered YES, enter the date the applicant will no
longer be contacted at this address.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D CADD1^DGLOCK3 I '$D(X)
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
FIELD INDEX: ADGFMD1418 (#244) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1418,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1418,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): CONFIDENTIAL END DATE (2,.1418) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM2 (#604)
2,.152 INELIGIBLE DATE .15;2 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="EP",%DT(0)=-DT D ^%DT K %DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) D EK^DGLOCK I $D(X) S DFN=DA D INEL^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: JUN 13, 2022
HELP-PROMPT: The Ineligible Date cannot be prior to the beneficiary Date of Birth. Enter the date this patient
was identified as being ineligible for treatment.
DESCRIPTION: **DG*5.3*1081 removed the ability to edit this field. All edits must now be made in the VHA
Enrollment System.**
If this applicant is ineligible for treatment enter the effective date. Only users who hold the
designated security key may enter/edit this field. The Ineligible Date cannot be prior to the
beneficiary Date of Birth.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= D EK^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
GROUP: IPT
UNEDITABLE
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.091
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,0)):^(0),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,10),X=X S DIU=X
K Y S X=DIV S X=DIU_"**INELIGIBLE**" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),0)),DIV=X S $P(^(0),U,10)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=
.091 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,0)):^(0),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,10),X=X S DIU=X
K Y S X=DIV X ^DD(2,.152,1,1,59.2) S X=$P(Y(4),Y(5),Y(6),X) S Y=X,X=Y(3),X=X_Y X ^DD(2,.152,1,1,2.
4)
2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),0)),DIV=X S $P(^(0),U,10)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.091 D ^DICR
59.2)= S X=DIU,Y(1)=$G(X) S X="**INELIGIBLE**",Y(2)=$G(X) S X=1,X=$P(Y(1),Y(2),X),Y(3)=$G(X) S X=DI
U,Y(4)=$G(X) S X="**INELIGIBLE**",Y(5)=$G(X) S X=2,Y(6)=$G(X) S X=99
CREATE VALUE)= REMARKS_"**INELIGIBLE**"
DELETE VALUE)= $P(REMARKS,"**INELIGIBLE**",1)_$P(REMARKS,"**INELIGIBLE**",2,99)
FIELD)= REMARKS
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR152^MUMPS
1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA,2)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AXR7^MUMPS
1)= Q
2)= S DGXRF=.152 D ^DGDDC Q
2,.153 MISSING PERSON DATE .15;3 DATE
DATE REPORTED AS MISSING PERSON
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E",%DT(0)=-DT D ^%DT K %DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: APR 18, 1990
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date this patient was identified as being a missing person.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains the date this patient was initially listed as missing.
GROUP: MPT
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AXR8^MUMPS
1)= Q
2)= S DGXRF=.153 D ^DGDDC Q
2,.16 MISSING OR INELIGIBLE .16;0 WORD-PROCESSING #2.16
DESCRIPTION: This is a word processing field to contain information on the patient's ineligibility or
information about this missing patient.
GROUP: MPT
2,.1651 INELIGIBLE TWX SOURCE INE;1 SET (Required)
TWX SOURCE-INELIGIBLE
'1' FOR VAMC;
'2' FOR REGIONAL OFFICE;
'3' FOR RPC;
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA D INE^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: JUL 21, 2022
HELP-PROMPT: The source of the TWX which informed you this patient is ineligible for treatment.
DESCRIPTION: *The need to collect data in this field is obsolete. DG*5.3*1081 removed the ability to edit this
field. The field remains for historical data only.*
Choose from the available listing the source of the TWX which informed you that this applicant was
ineligible for treatment. An ineligible date must be specified in order to enter/edit this field
and the user must hold the designated security key. This field may not be deleted as long as an
ineligible date is on file.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D INED^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
GROUP: IPT
UNEDITABLE
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2,.1653 INELIGIBLE TWX CITY INE;3 FREE TEXT
TWX CITY-INELIGIBLE
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D INE^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: JUL 21, 2022
HELP-PROMPT: The city from which the TWX informing you of this patients ineligibility originated [3-30
characters].
DESCRIPTION: *The need to collect data in this field is obsolete. DG*5.3*1081 removed the ability to edit this
field. The field remains for historical data only.*
Enter the city from which the TWX which informed you this applicant was ineligible for treatment
originated [3-30 characters]. An ineligible date must be specified in order to enter/edit this
field and the user must hold the designated security key. This field may not be deleted as long as
an ineligible date is on file.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D INED^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
GROUP: IPT
UNEDITABLE
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2,.1654 INELIGIBLE TWX STATE INE;4 POINTER TO STATE FILE (#5)
TWX STATE-INELIGIBLE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA D INE^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: JUL 21, 2022
HELP-PROMPT: The state from which the TWX informing you of this patients ineligiblity originated.
DESCRIPTION: *The need to collect data in this field is obsolete. DG*5.3*1081 removed the ability to edit this
field. The field remains for historical data only.*
Enter the state from which the TWX which informed you this applicant was ineligible for treatment
originated. An ineligible date must be specified in order to enter/edit this field and the user
must hold the designated security key. This field may not be deleted as long as an ineligible date
is on file.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D INED^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
GROUP: IPT
UNEDITABLE
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2,.1656 INELIGIBLE VARO DECISION INE;6 FREE TEXT
VARO DECISION-INELIGIBLE
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>75!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D INE^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: JUL 21, 2022
HELP-PROMPT: The decision made by the VARO concerning this patient's ineligibility [3-75 characters].
DESCRIPTION: *The need to collect data in this field is obsolete. DG*5.3*1081 removed the ability to edit this
field. The field remains for historical data only.*
Enter the VARO decision concerning this applicant's ineligibility [between 3-75 characters]. An
ineligible date must be specified in order to enter/edit this field and the user must hold the
designated security key. This field may not be deleted as long as an ineligible date is on file.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D INED^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
GROUP: IPT
UNEDITABLE
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR1656^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
2,.1657 MISSING PERSON TWX SOURCE INE;7 SET
TWX SOURCE-MISSING PERSON
'1' FOR VAMC;
'2' FOR REGIONAL OFFICE;
'3' FOR RPC;
LAST EDITED: MAY 27, 1988
HELP-PROMPT: The location from which the TWX originated advising you that this patient was missing.
DESCRIPTION: If this patient is missing, enter the source of the TWX that originally listed the patient as
missing.
GROUP: MPT
2,.1658 MISSING PERSON TWX CITY INE;8 FREE TEXT
TWX CITY-MISSING PERSON
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X
LAST EDITED: MAY 27, 1988
HELP-PROMPT: ANSWER MUST BE 3-30 CHARACTERS IN LENGTH
DESCRIPTION: If this patient is missing, enter the city where the TWX reporting the patient as missing was
originated.
GROUP: MPT
2,.1659 MISSING PERSON TWX STATE INE;9 POINTER TO STATE FILE (#5)
TWX STATE-MISSING PERSON
LAST EDITED: MAY 27, 1988
HELP-PROMPT: The state from which the TWX informing you this patient was missing originated.
DESCRIPTION: If this patient is missing, enter the state where the TWX reporting the patient as missing was
originated.
GROUP: MPT
2,.172 FEE HOSPITAL I.D. .17;2 SET
FEE HOSPITAL I.D.
'I' FOR ISSUED;
'C' FOR CANCELLED;
LAST EDITED: MAR 26, 1993
DESCRIPTION: This field is not used by any DHCP packages and has been *'d for deletion with the release of MAS
v5.2. It will be removed in a future release of MAS.
2,.181 EMERGENCY RESPONSE INDICATOR .18;1 SET
'P' FOR PANDEMIC;
LAST EDITED: MAR 27, 2020
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the appropriate ER Indicator to identify patients impacted by the COVID-19 Pandemic.
DESCRIPTION:
Enter the appropriate ER Indicator to identify patients impacted by the COVID-19 Pandemic.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AERI
1)= S ^DPT("AERI",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT("AERI",$E(X,1,30),DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR181^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
2,.182 HISTORIC KATRINA ERI KATR;1 SET
'K' FOR HURRICANE KATRINA;
LAST EDITED: APR 01, 2020
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the appropriate ER Indicator to identify patients from impacted zip code areas designated by
FEMA.
DESCRIPTION:
This is the historic Hurricane Katrina Emergency Response Indicator for a patient.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^KATRI
1)= S ^DPT("KATRI",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT("KATRI",$E(X,1,30),DA)
KATRI cross reference is used for look up of historic Hurricane Katrina Emergency Response
Indicator patients.
2,.19 DIVISION ; COMPUTED
MUMPS CODE: X ^DD(2,.19,9.2) S Y(2,.19,101)=$S($D(^DIC(42,D0,0)):^(0),1:"") S X=$S('$D(^DG(40.8,+$P(Y(2,.19,101
),U,11),0)):"",1:$P(^(0),U,1)) S D0=I(0,0)
9.2 = S I(0,0)=$S($D(D0):D0,1:""),Y(2,.19,1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.1)):^(.1),1:"") S X=$E(Y(2,.19,1),1,19)
K DIC S DIC="^DIC(42,",DIC(0)="NMF" D ^DIC S D0=+Y
ALGORITHM: WARD LOCATION:WARD LOCATION:DIVISION
HELP-PROMPT: A computed field which determines the current division to which this inpatient is assigned.
DESCRIPTION:
Division of inpatient location
2,.2101 K2-COUNTRY .211;12 POINTER TO COUNTRY CODE FILE (#779.004)
LAST EDITED: DEC 03, 2019
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the country where the secondary NOK address is located. If entering an Army/Air Force Post
Office (APO) or a Fleet Post Office (FPO) address select United States as the country.
DESCRIPTION:
This is the country where the secondary NOK address is located.
FIELD INDEX: AXK2CTNRY (#779) MUMPS R ACTION
Short Descr: Clear Secondary NOK Addr fields when country changes
Description: This cross reference is fired whenever the field K2-COUNTRY is changed. It will clear data in
fields associated with whether the COUNTRY value is domestic or foreign. In the case of a foreign
address, this cross reference will clear the K2-STATE, and K2-ZIP+4 fields. For a domestic
address, this cross reference will clear the K2-PROVINCE and K2-POSTAL CODE fields. See routine
^DGCNTRY for modifying which fields are cleared by this cross reference.
Set Logic: D EN^DGCNTRY(2,"NOK2",.2101)
Kill Logic: Q
X(1): K2-COUNTRY (2,.2101) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM4 (#606)
2,.21011 K-WORK PHONE NUMBER .21;11 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<4) X
LAST EDITED: MAY 28, 2010
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the next of kin's work phone number. Answer must be 4-20 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: If the person designated as next of kin for this patient is employed, enter the phone number at
which the NOK can be reached while at work.
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM3 (#605)
2,.21012 PRIMARY NOK CHANGE DATE/TIME .212;1 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="ESTX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:X<1 X
LAST EDITED: JUN 16, 2005
DESCRIPTION:
This field will hold the date and time of the last Primary Next of Kin Update.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR21012^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
2,.2102 K2-PROVINCE .211;13 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<1) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 20
LAST EDITED: DEC 03, 2019
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 1-20 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: Enter a Province if the secondary NOK has provided one for his/her foreign address. The entry can
be alphanumeric and up to 20 characters in length.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM4 (#606)
2,.2103 K2-POSTAL CODE .211;14 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>10!($L(X)<1) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 10
LAST EDITED: DEC 03, 2019
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 1-10 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: Enter a postal code if the secondary NOK has provided one for his/her foreign address. The entry
can be alphanumeric and up to 10 characters in length.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM4 (#606)
2,.2104 K2-RELATIONSHIP TYPE .211;15 POINTER TO PATIENT CONTACT RELATION FILE (#12.11) (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DIC("S")="I $$GET1^DIQ(12.11,Y,.03,""I"")" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D
K2^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: JAN 05, 2022
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the relationship of the secondary NOK to the patient.
DESCRIPTION: If a secondary next-of-kin is specified, enter the relationship of that person to the applicant.
This field cannot be deleted as long as a secondary NOK is on file.
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I $$GET1^DIQ(12.11,Y,.03,""I"")"
EXPLANATION: Enter active relation types only.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D K2D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM4 (#606)
2,.211 K-NAME OF PRIMARY NOK .21;1 FREE TEXT (audited)
NEXT OF KIN
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>35!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DG20NAME=X,(X,DG20NAME)=$$FORMAT^XLFNAME7(.DG20NAME,3,35) K:'$L(X)
X,DG20NAME
LAST EDITED: JUN 11, 2005
HELP-PROMPT: Enter name in 'LAST,FIRST MIDDLE SUFFIX' format, must be 3-35 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: Enter the primary next of kin's name in 'LAST,FIRST MIDDLE SUFFIX' format. This value must be 3-35
characters in length and may contain only uppercase alpha characters, spaces, apostrophes, hyphens
and one comma. All other characters and parenthetical text will be removed.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
GROUP: NK1
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AXR^MUMPS
1)= Q
2)= S DGXRF=.211 D ^DGDDC Q
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AVAFC211^MUMPS
1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".211;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".211;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of
the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7
PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the
change is being made from within the Registration process.
Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to
1.
The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S)
EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ADGRU211^MUMPS
1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the
PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference
will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of
an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part
of a re-indexing.
FIELD INDEX: ANAM211 (#590) MUMPS IR ACTION
Short Descr: This index keeps the NAME COMPONENTS file in synch with field #.211.
Description: This cross reference uses Kernel name standardization APIs to keep the NAME COMPONENTS (#20) file
record associated with the #.211 field synchronized with the data value stored in that field.
Set Logic: I '$G(XUNOTRIG) N XUNOTRIG S XUNOTRIG=1,DG20NAME=X D NARY^XLFNAME7(.DG20NAME),UPDCOMP^XLFNAME2(2,.D
A,.211,.DG20NAME,1.02,+$P($G(^DPT(DA,"NAME")),U,2),"CL35") K DG20NAME Q
Kill Logic: I '$G(XUNOTRIG) N XUNOTRIG S XUNOTRIG=1 D DELCOMP^XLFNAME2(2,.DA,.211,1.02) Q
X(1): K-NAME OF PRIMARY NOK (2,.211) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM3 (#605)
2,.211011 K2-WORK PHONE NUMBER .211;11 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<4) X
LAST EDITED: MAY 28, 2010
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the work phone for the secondary next of kin. Answer must be 4-20 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: If the person designated as secondary next of kin for this patient is employed, enter the phone
number that individual can be reached at while at work.
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM4 (#606)
2,.211012 SECONDARY NOK CHANGE DATE/TIME .212;2 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="ESTX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:X<1 X
LAST EDITED: MAY 26, 2010
DESCRIPTION: This field will hold the date and time of the last Secondary Next of Kin Update.
Any change to the following Secondary Next of Kin fields will trigger an update: K2-Name Of
Secondary NOK, K2-Relationship To Patient, K2-Street Address [Line 1], K2-Street Address [Line 2],
K2-Street Address [Line 3], K2-City, K2-State, K2-Zip Code, K2-Phone Number, K2-Address Same As
Patient's? and K2-Work Phone Number
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR211012^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
2,.212 K-RELATIONSHIP TO PATIENT .21;2 FREE TEXT (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D K1^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: FEB 25, 2022
HELP-PROMPT: Enter any notes related to the relationship of the primary NOK to the patient [1-30 characters].
DESCRIPTION: If a primary next-of-kin is specified, enter any additional information regarding the relationship
of that person to the applicant [1-30 characters]. This field cannot be deleted as long as a 'next
of kin' name is on file.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D K1D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
GROUP: NK1
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ADGRU212^MUMPS
1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the
PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference
will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of
an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part
of a re-indexing.
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM3 (#605)
2,.2125 K-ADDRESS SAME AS PATIENT'S? .21;10 SET (Required)
IS NOK ADDRESS SAME AS PATIENT'S
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
INPUT TRANSFORM: I $D(X),X="Y" S DFN=DA D K1^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: OCT 02, 1986
HELP-PROMPT: Enter 'Y' if primary NOK address/phone number same as patients otherwise enter 'N'.
DESCRIPTION: Enter 'Y' if the next-of-kin should be contacted at the same address and phone number as the
applicant, otherwise enter 'N'.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D K1D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
GROUP: NK1
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM3 (#605)
2,.213 K-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 1] .21;3 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D K1^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: SEP 20, 1999
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the first line of the primary NOK's address [3-30 characters].
DESCRIPTION: If a primary next-of-kin is specified enter the first line of that person's street address [3-30
characters], otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a 'next of
kin' name is on file.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D K1D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
GROUP: NK1
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AXR14^MUMPS
1)= Q
2)= S DGXRF=.213 D ^DGDDC Q
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ADGRU213^MUMPS
1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the
PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference
will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of
an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part
of a re-indexing.
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM3 (#605)
2,.214 K-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 2] .21;4 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D K1^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: SEP 21, 1999
HELP-PROMPT: If necessary, enter the second line of the primary NOK's address [3-30 characters].
DESCRIPTION: If a primary next-of-kin is specified enter the second line of that person's street address [3-30
characters], if necessary, otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long
as a 'next of kin' name is on file.
GROUP: NK1
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AXR15^MUMPS
1)= Q
2)= S DGXRF=.214 D ^DGDDC Q
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ADGRU214^MUMPS
1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the
PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference
will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of
an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part
of a re-indexing.
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM3 (#605)
2,.215 K-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 3] .21;5 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D K1^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: OCT 02, 1986
HELP-PROMPT: If necessary, enter the third line of the primary NOK's address [3-30 characters].
DESCRIPTION: If a primary next-of-kin is specified enter the third line of that person's street address [3-30
characters], if necessary, otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long
as a 'next of kin' name is on file.
GROUP: NK1
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM3 (#605)
2,.216 K-CITY .21;6 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D K1^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: SEP 21, 1999
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the city in which the primary NOK resides [3-30 characters].
DESCRIPTION: If a primary next-of-kin is specified enter the city in which that person resides [3-30
characters], otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a 'next of
kin' name is on file.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D K1D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
GROUP: NK1
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ADGRU216^MUMPS
1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the
PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference
will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of
an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part
of a re-indexing.
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM3 (#605)
2,.217 K-STATE .21;7 POINTER TO STATE FILE (#5)
INPUT TRANSFORM: I $D(X) S DFN=DA D K1^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: SEP 21, 1999
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the state in which the primary NOK resides.
DESCRIPTION: If a primary next-of-kin is specified select from the available listing the state in which that
person resides, otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a 'next
of kin' name is on file.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D K1D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
GROUP: NK1
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ADGRU217^MUMPS
1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the
PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference
will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of
an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part
of a re-indexing.
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM3 (#605)
2,.218 K-ZIP CODE .21;8 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>5!($L(X)<5)!'(X?5N) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D K1^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: JUN 03, 1993
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the 5-digit zip code where the primary NOK resides.
DESCRIPTION: If a primary next-of-kin is specified enter the zip code [5 numerics] in which his/her city lies,
otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a 'next of kin' name is
on file.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D K1D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
GROUP: NK1
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ANK1ZIP^MUMPS
1)= D SET^DGREGDD1(DA,.2207,.22,7,X)
2)= D KILL^DGREGDD1(DA,.2207,.22,7,X)
This sets the corresponding zip+4 field to be equal to this field's value.
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM3 (#605)
2,.219 K-PHONE NUMBER .21;9 FREE TEXT (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<4) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D K1^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: MAY 28, 2010
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the phone number of the primary NOK [4-20 characters].
DESCRIPTION: If a primary next-of-kin is specified enter that person's telephone number [4-20 characters],
otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a 'next of kin' name is
on file.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
GROUP: NK1
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AVAFC219^MUMPS
1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".219;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".219;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of
the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7
PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the
change is being made from within the Registration process.
Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to
1.
The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S)
EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ADGRU219^MUMPS
1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the
PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference
will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of
an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part
of a re-indexing.
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM3 (#605)
2,.2191 K2-NAME OF SECONDARY NOK .211;1 FREE TEXT (audited)
NEXT OF KIN-2
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>35!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DG20NAME=X,(X,DG20NAME)=$$FORMAT^XLFNAME7(.DG20NAME,3,35) K:'$L(X)
X,DG20NAME I $D(X) D K1^DGLOCK2
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 35
LAST EDITED: AUG 21, 2019
HELP-PROMPT: Enter name in 'LAST,FIRST MIDDLE SUFFIX' format, must be 3-35 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: Enter the secondary next of kin's name in 'LAST,FIRST MIDDLE SUFFIX' format. This value must be
3-35 characters in length and may contain only uppercase alpha characters, spaces, apostrophes,
hyphens and one comma. All other characters and parenthetical text will be removed.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
GROUP: NK2
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AXR1^MUMPS
1)= Q
2)= S DGXRF=.2191 D ^DGDDC Q
FIELD INDEX: ANAM2191 (#591) MUMPS IR ACTION
Short Descr: This index keeps the NAME COMPONENTS file in synch with field #.2191.
Description: This cross reference uses Kernel name standardization APIs to keep the NAME COMPONENTS (#20) file
record associated with the #.2191 field synchronized with the data value stored in that field.
Set Logic: I '$G(XUNOTRIG) N XUNOTRIG S XUNOTRIG=1,DG20NAME=X D NARY^XLFNAME7(.DG20NAME),UPDCOMP^XLFNAME2(2,.D
A,.2191,.DG20NAME,1.03,+$P($G(^DPT(DA,"NAME")),U,3),"CL35") K DG20NAME Q
Kill Logic: I '$G(XUNOTRIG) N XUNOTRIG S XUNOTRIG=1 D DELCOMP^XLFNAME2(2,.DA,.2191,1.03) Q
X(1): K2-NAME OF SECONDARY NOK (2,.2191) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM4 (#606)
2,.2192 K2-RELATIONSHIP TO PATIENT .211;2 FREE TEXT (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D K2^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: FEB 25, 2022
HELP-PROMPT: Enter any notes related to the relationship of the secondary NOK to the patient [1-30 characters].
DESCRIPTION: If a secondary next-of-kin is specified, enter any additional information regarding the
relationship of that person to the applicant [1-30 characters]. This field cannot be deleted as
long as a secondary NOK is on file.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D K2D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
GROUP: NK2
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM4 (#606)
2,.21925 K2-ADDRESS SAME AS PATIENT'S? .211;10 SET (Required)
IS K2-ADDR SAME AS PATIENT'S
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
INPUT TRANSFORM: I $D(X),X="Y" D K2^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: OCT 02, 1986
HELP-PROMPT: Enter 'Y' if the secondary NOK address/phone number is the same as the patients otherwise enter
'N'.
DESCRIPTION: Enter 'Y' if the secondary NOK should be contacted at the same address and phone number as the
applicant, otherwise enter 'N'.
GROUP: NK2
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM4 (#606)
2,.2193 K2-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 1] .211;3 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D K2^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: JAN 15, 1989
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the first line of the secondary NOK's address [3-30 characters].
DESCRIPTION: If a secondary NOK is specified enter the first line of that person's street address [3-30
characters], otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a secondary
NOK is on file.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D K2D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
GROUP: NK2
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AXR16^MUMPS
1)= Q
2)= S DGXRF=.2193 D ^DGDDC Q
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM4 (#606)
2,.2194 K2-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 2] .211;4 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D K2^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: JAN 15, 1989
HELP-PROMPT: If necessary, enter the second line of the secondary NOK's address [3-30 characters].
DESCRIPTION: If a secondary NOK is specified enter the second line of that person's street address [3-30
characters], if necessary, otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long
as a secondary NOK is on file.
GROUP: NK2
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AXR17^MUMPS
1)= Q
2)= S DGXRF=.2194 D ^DGDDC Q
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM4 (#606)
2,.2195 K2-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 3] .211;5 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D K2^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: OCT 02, 1986
HELP-PROMPT: If necessary, enter the third line of the secondary NOK's address [3-30 characters].
DESCRIPTION: If a secondary NOK is specified enter the third line of that person's street address [3-30
characters], if necessary, otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long
as a secondary NOK is on file.
GROUP: NK2
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM4 (#606)
2,.2196 K2-CITY .211;6 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D K2^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: OCT 02, 1986
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the city in which the secondary NOK resides [3-30 characters].
DESCRIPTION: If a secondary NOK is specified enter the city in which that person resides [3-30 characters],
otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a secondary NOK is on
file.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D K2D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
GROUP: NK2
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM4 (#606)
2,.2197 K2-STATE .211;7 POINTER TO STATE FILE (#5)
INPUT TRANSFORM: I $D(X) S DFN=DA D K2^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: OCT 02, 1986
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the state in which the secondary NOK resides.
DESCRIPTION: If a secondary NOK is specified select from the available listing the state in which that person
resides, otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a secondary NOK
is on file.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D K2D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
GROUP: NK2
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM4 (#606)
2,.2198 K2-ZIP CODE .211;8 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>5!($L(X)<5)!'(X?5N) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D K2^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: JUN 03, 1993
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the 5-digit zip code of the residence of the secondary NOK.
DESCRIPTION: If a secondary NOK is specified enter the zip code for the city in which that person resides [5
numerics], otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a secondary
NOK is on file.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D K2D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
GROUP: NK2
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ANK2ZIP^MUMPS
1)= D SET^DGREGDD1(DA,.2203,.22,3,X)
2)= D KILL^DGREGDD1(DA,.2203,.22,3,X)
This sets the corresponding zip+4 field to be equal to this field's value.
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM4 (#606)
2,.2199 K2-PHONE NUMBER .211;9 FREE TEXT (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D K2^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: AUG 21, 2019
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the phone number of the secondary NOK [3-20 characters].
DESCRIPTION: If a secondary NOK is specified enter the telephone number at which that person may be reached
[3-20 characters], otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a
secondary NOK is on file.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
GROUP: NK2
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM4 (#606)
2,.2201 E-ZIP+4 .22;1 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D E1^DGLOCK2 I $D(X) K:$L(X)>15!($L(X)<5) X I $D(X) D ZIPIN^
VAFADDR
OUTPUT TRANSFORM: D ZIPOUT^VAFADDR
LAST EDITED: JUN 03, 1993
HELP-PROMPT: Answer with either 5 digit or 9 digit zip code.
DESCRIPTION: Answer with either the 5 digit format (e.g. 12345) or the nine digit format (e.g. 12345-6789 or
123456789). This is related to the Emergency Contact Address.
TECHNICAL DESCR: Related to other Emergency Contact address fields. This field 'triggers' the E-ZIP CODE (#.338)
field, using the first 5 digits of this field.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D E1D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
GROUP: EC1
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AEC1ZIP4^MUMPS
1)= D SET^DGREGDD1(DA,.338,.33,8,$E(X,1,5))
2)= D KILL^DGREGDD1(DA,.338,.33,8,$E(X,1,5))
This sets the corresponding zip code field to the first 5 digits of this field.
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM5 (#607)
2,.2202 D-ZIP+4 .22;2 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D D^DGLOCK2 I $D(X) K:$L(X)>15!($L(X)<5) X I $D(X) D ZIPIN^V
AFADDR
OUTPUT TRANSFORM: D ZIPOUT^VAFADDR
LAST EDITED: JUN 03, 1993
HELP-PROMPT: Answer with either 5 digit or 9 digit zip code.
DESCRIPTION: Answer with either the 5 digit format (e.g. 12345) or the nine digit format (e.g. 12345-6789 or
123456789). This is related to the designee for personal effects' address.
TECHNICAL DESCR: Related to other Designee address fields. This field 'triggers' the D- ZIP CODE (#.348) field,
using the first 5 digits of this field.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D DD^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
GROUP: D1
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AD1ZIP4^MUMPS
1)= D SET^DGREGDD1(DA,.348,.34,8,$E(X,1,5))
2)= D KILL^DGREGDD1(DA,.348,.34,8,$E(X,1,5))
This sets the corresponding zip code field to the first 5 digits of this field.
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM7 (#609)
2,.2203 K2-ZIP+4 .22;3 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D K2^DGLOCK2 I $D(X) K:$L(X)>15!($L(X)<5) X I $D(X) D ZIPIN^
VAFADDR
OUTPUT TRANSFORM: D ZIPOUT^VAFADDR
LAST EDITED: JUN 03, 1993
HELP-PROMPT: Answer with either 5 digit or 9 digit zip code.
DESCRIPTION: Answer with either the 5 digit format (e.g. 12345) or the nine digit format (e.g. 12345-6789 or
123456789). This is related to the secondary next-of-kin's address.
TECHNICAL DESCR: Related to other secondary next-of-kin address fields. This field 'triggers' the K2-ZIP CODE
(#.2198) field, using the first 5 digits of this field.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D K2D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
GROUP: NK2
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ANK2ZIP4^MUMPS
1)= D SET^DGREGDD1(DA,.2198,.211,8,$E(X,1,5))
2)= D KILL^DGREGDD1(DA,.2198,.211,8,$E(X,1,5))
This sets the corresponding zip code field to the first 5 digits of this field.
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM4 (#606)
2,.2204 E2-ZIP+4 .22;4 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D E2^DGLOCK2 I $D(X) K:$L(X)>15!($L(X)<5) X I $D(X) D ZIPIN^
VAFADDR
OUTPUT TRANSFORM: D ZIPOUT^VAFADDR
LAST EDITED: JUN 03, 1993
HELP-PROMPT: Answer with either 5 digit or 9 digit zip code.
DESCRIPTION: Answer with either the 5 digit format (e.g. 12345) or the nine digit format (e.g. 12345-6789 or
123456789). This is related to the secondary emergency contact's address.
TECHNICAL DESCR: Related to other secondary emergency address fields. This field 'triggers' the E2-ZIP CODE
(#.3318) field, using the first 5 digits of this field.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D E2D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
GROUP: EC2
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AEC2ZIP4^MUMPS
1)= D SET^DGREGDD1(DA,.3318,.331,8,$E(X,1,5))
2)= D KILL^DGREGDD1(DA,.3318,.331,8,$E(X,1,5))
This sets the corresponding zip code field to the first 5 digits of this field.
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM6 (#608)
2,.2205 EMPLOYER ZIP+4 .22;5 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D EM1^DGLOCK2 I $D(X) K:$L(X)>15!($L(X)<5) X I $D(X) D ZIPIN
^VAFADDR
OUTPUT TRANSFORM: D ZIPOUT^VAFADDR
LAST EDITED: JUN 03, 1993
HELP-PROMPT: Answer with either 5 digit or 9 digit zip code.
DESCRIPTION: Answer with either the 5 digit format (e.g. 12345) or the nine digit format (e.g. 12345-6789 or
123456789). This is related to the patient employer's address.
TECHNICAL DESCR: Related to other patient employer address fields. This field 'triggers' the EMPLOYER ZIP CODE
(#.3118) field, using the first 5 digits of this field.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D EMD^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
GROUP: EM1
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AEM1ZIP4^MUMPS
1)= D SET^DGREGDD1(DA,.3118,.311,8,$E(X,1,5))
2)= D KILL^DGREGDD1(DA,.3118,.311,8,$E(X,1,5))
This sets the corresponding zip code field to the first 5 digits of this field.
2,.2206 SPOUSE'S EMP ZIP+4 .22;6 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D SE^DGLOCK2 I $D(X) K:$L(X)>15!($L(X)<5) X I $D(X) D ZIPIN^
VAFADDR
OUTPUT TRANSFORM: D ZIPOUT^VAFADDR
LAST EDITED: JUN 03, 1993
HELP-PROMPT: Answer with either 5 digit or 9 digit zip code.
DESCRIPTION: Answer with either the 5 digit format (e.g. 12345) or the nine digit format (e.g. 12345-6789 or
123456789). This is related to the spouse's employer's address.
TECHNICAL DESCR: Related to other spouse's employer address fields. This field 'triggers' the SPOUSE'S EMP ZIP CODE
(#.257) field, using the first 5 digits of this field.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D SED^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
GROUP: SP1
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ASP1ZIP4^MUMPS
1)= D SET^DGREGDD1(DA,.257,.25,7,$E(X,1,5))
2)= D KILL^DGREGDD1(DA,.257,.25,7,$E(X,1,5))
This sets the corresponding zip code field to the first 5 digits of this field.
2,.2207 K-ZIP+4 .22;7 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D K1^DGLOCK2 I $D(X) K:$L(X)>15!($L(X)<5) X I $D(X) D ZIPIN^
VAFADDR
OUTPUT TRANSFORM: D ZIPOUT^VAFADDR
LAST EDITED: SEP 22, 1995
HELP-PROMPT: Answer with either 5 digit or 9 digit zip code.
DESCRIPTION: Answer with either the 5 digit format (e.g. 12345) or the nine digit format (e.g. 12345-6789 or
123456789). This is related to the primary emergency contact's address.
TECHNICAL DESCR: Related to other primary emergency contact address fields. This field 'triggers' the K-ZIP CODE
(#.218) field, using the first 5 digits of this field.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D K1D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
GROUP: NK1
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ANK1ZIP4^MUMPS
1)= D SET^DGREGDD1(DA,.218,.21,8,$E(X,1,5))
2)= D KILL^DGREGDD1(DA,.218,.21,8,$E(X,1,5))
This sets the corresponding zip code field to the first 5 digits of this field.
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM3 (#605)
2,.221 K-COUNTRY .21;12 POINTER TO COUNTRY CODE FILE (#779.004)
LAST EDITED: DEC 03, 2019
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the country where the primary NOK address is located. If entering an Army/Air Force Post
Office (APO) or a Fleet Post Office (FPO) address select United States as the country.
DESCRIPTION:
This is the country where the primary NOK address is located.
FIELD INDEX: AXKCTNRY (#780) MUMPS R ACTION
Short Descr: Clear Primary NOK Addr fields when country changes
Description: This cross reference is fired whenever the field K-COUNTRY is changed. It will clear data in
fields associated with whether the COUNTRY value is domestic or foreign. In the case of a foreign
address, this cross reference will clear the K-STATE, and K-ZIP+4 fields. For a domestic address,
this cross reference will clear the K-PROVINCE and K-POSTAL CODE fields. See routine ^DGCNTRY for
modifying which fields are cleared by this cross reference.
Set Logic: D EN^DGCNTRY(2,"NOK",.221)
Kill Logic: Q
X(1): K-COUNTRY (2,.221) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM3 (#605)
2,.222 K-PROVINCE .21;13 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<1) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 20
LAST EDITED: DEC 03, 2019
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 1-20 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: Enter a Province if the primary NOK has provided one for his/her foreign address. The entry can be
alphanumeric and up to 20 characters in length.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM3 (#605)
2,.223 K-POSTAL CODE .21;14 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>10!($L(X)<1) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 10
LAST EDITED: DEC 03, 2019
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 1-10 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: Enter a postal code if the primary NOK has provided one for his/her foreign address. The entry can
be alphanumeric and up to 10 characters in length.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM3 (#605)
2,.224 K-RELATIONSHIP TYPE .21;15 POINTER TO PATIENT CONTACT RELATION FILE (#12.11) (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DIC("S")="I $$GET1^DIQ(12.11,Y,.03,""I"")" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D
K1^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: JAN 06, 2022
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the relationship of the primary NOK to the patient.
DESCRIPTION: If a primary next-of-kin is specified, enter the relationship of that person to the applicant. This
field cannot be deleted as long as a 'next of kin' name is on file.
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I $$GET1^DIQ(12.11,Y,.03,""I"")"
EXPLANATION: Enter active relation types only.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D K1D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM3 (#605)
2,.2401 FATHER'S NAME .24;1 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>35!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DG20NAME=X,(X,DG20NAME)=$$FORMAT^XLFNAME7(.DG20NAME,3,35) K:'$L(X)
X,DG20NAME
LAST EDITED: JUN 11, 2005
HELP-PROMPT: Enter name in 'LAST,FIRST MIDDLE SUFFIX' format, must be 3-35 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: Enter the father's name in 'LAST,FIRST MIDDLE SUFFIX' format. This value must be 3-35 characters
in length and may contain only uppercase alpha characters, spaces, apostrophes, hyphens and one
comma. All other characters and parenthetical text will be removed.
FIELD INDEX: ANAM2401 (#592) MUMPS IR ACTION
Short Descr: This index keeps the NAME COMPONENTS file in synch with field #.2401.
Description: This cross reference uses Kernel name standardization APIs to keep the NAME COMPONENTS (#20) file
record associated with the #.2401 field synchronized with the data value stored in that field.
Set Logic: I '$G(XUNOTRIG) N XUNOTRIG S XUNOTRIG=1,DG20NAME=X D NARY^XLFNAME7(.DG20NAME),UPDCOMP^XLFNAME2(2,.D
A,.2401,.DG20NAME,1.04,+$P($G(^DPT(DA,"NAME")),U,4),"CL35") K DG20NAME Q
Kill Logic: I '$G(XUNOTRIG) N XUNOTRIG S XUNOTRIG=1 D DELCOMP^XLFNAME2(2,.DA,.2401,1.04) Q
X(1): FATHER'S NAME (2,.2401) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
2,.2402 MOTHER'S NAME .24;2 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>35!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DG20NAME=X,(X,DG20NAME)=$$FORMAT^XLFNAME7(.DG20NAME,3,35) K:'$L(X)
X,DG20NAME
LAST EDITED: JUN 11, 2005
HELP-PROMPT: Enter name in 'LAST,FIRST MIDDLE SUFFIX' format, must be 3-35 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: Enter the mother's name in 'LAST,FIRST MIDDLE SUFFIX' format. This value must be 3-35 characters
in length and may contain only uppercase alpha characters, spaces, apostrophes, hyphens and one
comma. All other characters and parenthetical text will be removed.
FIELD INDEX: ANAM2402 (#593) MUMPS IR ACTION
Short Descr: This index keeps the NAME COMPONENTS file in synch with field #.2402.
Description: This cross reference uses Kernel name standardization APIs to keep the NAME COMPONENTS (#20) file
record associated with the #.2402 field synchronized with the data value stored in that field.
Set Logic: I '$G(XUNOTRIG) N XUNOTRIG S XUNOTRIG=1,DG20NAME=X D NARY^XLFNAME7(.DG20NAME),UPDCOMP^XLFNAME2(2,.D
A,.2402,.DG20NAME,1.05,+$P($G(^DPT(DA,"NAME")),U,5),"CL35") K DG20NAME Q
Kill Logic: I '$G(XUNOTRIG) N XUNOTRIG S XUNOTRIG=1 D DELCOMP^XLFNAME2(2,.DA,.2402,1.05) Q
X(1): MOTHER'S NAME (2,.2402) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
2,.2403 MOTHER'S MAIDEN NAME .24;3 FREE TEXT (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>35!($L(X)<2) X I $D(X) S DG20NAME=X,(X,DG20NAME)=$$FORMAT^XLFNAME7(.DG20NAME,3,35,,2,,1) K:
'$L(X) X,DG20NAME
LAST EDITED: JUN 11, 2005
HELP-PROMPT: Enter name in 'LAST,FIRST MIDDLE SUFFIX' format, must be 3-35 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: Enter the mother's maiden name in 'LAST,FIRST MIDDLE SUFFIX' format. Entry of the LAST name only
is permitted and the comma may be omitted. If the response contains no comma, one will be appended
to the value. Including the comma, the value must be at least 3 characters in length.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AVAFC2403^MUMPS
1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".2403;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".2403;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of
the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7
PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the
change is being made from within the Registration process.
Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to
1.
The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S)
EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
FIELD INDEX: ANAM2403 (#594) MUMPS IR ACTION
Short Descr: This index keeps the NAME COMPONENTS file in synch with field #.2403.
Description: This cross reference uses Kernel name standardization APIs to keep the NAME COMPONENTS (#20) file
record associated with the #.2403 field synchronized with the data value stored in that field.
Set Logic: I '$G(XUNOTRIG) N XUNOTRIG S XUNOTRIG=1,DG20NAME=X D NARY^XLFNAME7(.DG20NAME),UPDCOMP^XLFNAME2(2,.D
A,.2403,.DG20NAME,1.06,+$P($G(^DPT(DA,"NAME")),U,6),"CL35") K DG20NAME Q
Kill Logic: I '$G(XUNOTRIG) N XUNOTRIG S XUNOTRIG=1 D DELCOMP^XLFNAME2(2,.DA,.2403,1.06) Q
X(1): MOTHER'S MAIDEN NAME (2,.2403) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
2,.2405 PREFERRED NAME .24;5 FREE TEXT (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S X=$$TRIM^XLFSTR(X) K:$L(X)>25!($L(X)<1)!($TR(X," ","")?.E1NP.E) X I $D(X) S X=$$UP^XLFSTR(X)
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 25
LAST EDITED: MAY 27, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Preferred Name (1-25 alphabetic characters and/or spaces) for how the patient would like
to be addressed at the facility. Vulgarities and offensive language are NOT appropriate responses.
DESCRIPTION: The PREFERRED NAME field identifies the name that the patient would prefer to be referenced by
during interactions at the medical facility. Only alphabetic characters and/or spaces are allowed
to be entered. The PREFERRED NAME value will be converted/stored as uppercase. Note: Vulgarities
and other offensive language such as curse and/or
sexual words are NOT appropriate responses. Note: Examples of Preferred Name for a patient
could include their rank
(Ie. Private LastName), a nickname, etc...
EXECUTABLE HELP: N DPTX S DPTX="The response must be 1-25 characters in length and may contain only alphabetical cha
racters and spaces." D EN^DDIOL(DPTX),EN^DDIOL(" ")
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= W !,*7,"The Preferred Name cannot be deleted by the VistA user. The Patient's First Name may
be entered as the Preferred Name." K X
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
FIELD INDEX: AVAFC2405 (#1435) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.2405,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.2405,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): PREFERRED NAME (2,.2405) (forwards)
2,.2406 PRONOUN .2406;0 POINTER Multiple #2.2406
DESCRIPTION:
The Pronoun(s) identify how the patient should be addressed.
INDEXED BY: PRONOUN (AVAFC2240601)
2.2406,.01 PRONOUN 0;1 POINTER TO PRONOUN TYPES FILE (#47.78) (Multiply asked) (audited)
LAST EDITED: JUN 28, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Select the appropriate PRONOUN TYPE from the list that identifies how the patient should be
addressed.
DESCRIPTION:
The Pronoun selected from the available list identifies how the patient should be addressed.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2.2406^B
1)= S ^DPT(DA(1),.2406,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT(DA(1),.2406,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)
FIELD INDEX: AVAFC2240601 (#1615) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to
monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as
indicated by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of
the information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2.2406,.01,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2.2406,.01,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): PRONOUN (2.2406,.01) (forwards)
2,.24061 PRONOUN DESCRIPTION .241;2 FREE TEXT (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>255!($L(X)<3) X
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 255
LAST EDITED: JUN 24, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the description (3-255 characters) of the 'Other' Pronoun for specifically addressing the
patient.
DESCRIPTION: The PRONOUN DESCRIPTION field defines the selected 'Other' Pronoun for specifically addressing the
patient.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
FIELD INDEX: AVAFC24061 (#1612) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.24061,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.24061,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): PRONOUN DESCRIPTION (2,.24061) (forwards)
2,.251 SPOUSE'S EMPLOYER NAME .25;1 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D MAR^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: JUL 25, 1988
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the name of this spouse's employer [3-20 characters].
DESCRIPTION: For this married applicant (marital status must be married) enter the name of his/her spouse's
employer [3-20 characters].
GROUP: SP1
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the SPOUSE'S EMPLOYMENT STATUS field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AXR2^MUMPS
1)= Q
2)= S DGXRF=.251 D ^DGDDC Q
2,.2514 SPOUSE'S OCCUPATION .25;14 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X
LAST EDITED: JAN 10, 1992
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the spouse's current occupation. Answer must be 3-30 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: If this patient's spouse is currently employed, enter the spouse's occupation here. Otherwise,
leave this field blank.
2,.2515 SPOUSE'S EMPLOYMENT STATUS .25;15 SET (Required)
'1' FOR EMPLOYED FULL TIME;
'2' FOR EMPLOYED PART TIME;
'3' FOR NOT EMPLOYED;
'4' FOR SELF EMPLYED;
'5' FOR RETIRED;
'6' FOR ACTIVE MILITARY DUTY;
'9' FOR UNKNOWN;
LAST EDITED: NOV 30, 2004
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the current employment status for this patient's spouse.
DESCRIPTION: Choose from the available list the choice that most correctly indicates the current employment
status for this patient's spouse.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.251
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X I "^3^9^"[("^"_$P(^DPT(DA,.25),"^",15)_"^") I X S X=DIV
S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.25)):^(.25),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,1),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.2515,1,1,1
.4)
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.25)):^(.25),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.25),U,1)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.251 D ^DICR:
$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X I "^3^9^"[("^"_$P(^DPT(DA,.25),"^",15)_"^") I X S X=DIV
S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.25)):^(.25),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,1),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.2515,1,1,2
.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.25)):^(.25),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.25),U,1)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.251 D ^DICR:
$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
CREATE CONDITION)= I "^3^9^"[("^"_$P(^DPT(DA,.25),"^",15)_"^")
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE CONDITION)= I "^3^9^"[("^"_$P(^DPT(DA,.25),"^",15)_"^")
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= SPOUSE'S EMPLOYER NAME
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.2516
1)= X ^DD(2,.2515,1,2,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.25)):^(.25),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,16),X=
X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.25)),DIV=X S $P(^(.25),U,16)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.2516 D ^DICR
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.2515,0)),U,3) S X=$P($P(Y(1
),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59))'="RETIRED"
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.25)):^(.25),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,16),X=X S D
IU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.25)),DIV=X S $P(^(.25),U,16)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.2516 D ^DICR
CREATE CONDITION)= SPOUSE'S EMPLOYMENT STATUS'="RETIRED"
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= SPOUSE'S RETIREMENT DATE
2,.2516 SPOUSE'S RETIREMENT DATE .25;16 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X K:Y>DT X K:(+$P(^DPT(DA,0),"^",3)>Y) X K:(+$P($G(^DPT(DA,.25)),"^",1
5)'=5) X
LAST EDITED: MAY 26, 2005
HELP-PROMPT: For this veteran applicant's spouse, enter the date s/he retired from her/his place of employment.
A date may only be entered if the spouse is RETIRED.
DESCRIPTION:
For this veteran applicant's spouse, enter the date s/he retired from her/his place of employment.
TECHNICAL DESCR: The Input Transform prevents entry of a Spouse Date of Retirement earlier than the Veteran s Date
of Birth or later than the current date (i.e.: future retirement dates and retirement dates prior
to Veteran's birthdate are not be permitted).
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the SPOUSE'S EMPLOYMENT STATUS field of the PATIENT File
2,.252 SPOUSE'S EMP STREET [LINE 1] .25;2 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>35!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D SE^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: JAN 15, 1989
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the first line of the spouse's employers address [3-35 characters].
DESCRIPTION: If applicant is married and a spouse's employer name has been entered enter the first line of the
spouse's employer's street address [3-35 characters, otherwise nothing may be entered. This field
may not be deleted as long as a spouse's employer's name is on file.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D SED^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
GROUP: SP1
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AXR18^MUMPS
1)= Q
2)= S DGXRF=.252 D ^DGDDC Q
2,.253 SPOUSE'S EMP STREET [LINE 2] .25;3 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>35!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D SE^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: JAN 15, 1989
HELP-PROMPT: If necessary, enter the second line of the spouse's employers address [3-35 characters].
DESCRIPTION: If applicant is married and a spouse's employer name has been entered enter the second line of the
spouse's employer's street address [3-35 characters, if necessary, otherwise nothing may be
entered. This field may not be deleted as long as a spouse's employer's name is on file.
GROUP: SP1
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AXR19^MUMPS
1)= Q
2)= S DGXRF=.253 D ^DGDDC Q
2,.254 SPOUSE'S EMP STREET [LINE 3] .25;4 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>35!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D SE^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: OCT 02, 1986
HELP-PROMPT: If necessary, enter the third line of the spouse's employers address [3-35 characters].
DESCRIPTION: If applicant is married and a spouse's employer name has been entered enter the third line of the
spouse's employer's street address [3-35 characters, if necessary, otherwise nothing may be
entered. This field may not be deleted as long as a spouse's employer's name is on file.
GROUP: SP1
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2,.255 SPOUSE'S EMPLOYER'S CITY .25;5 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<2) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D SE^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: OCT 02, 1986
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the city in which the spouse is employed [2-20 characters].
DESCRIPTION: If applicant is married and a spouse's employer name has been entered enter the spouse's employer
city [2-20 characters], otherwise nothing may be entered. This field may not be deleted as long as
a spouse's employer's name is on file.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D SED^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
GROUP: SP1
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2,.256 SPOUSE'S EMPLOYER'S STATE .25;6 POINTER TO STATE FILE (#5)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA D SE^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: OCT 02, 1986
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the state in which the spouse is employed.
DESCRIPTION: If applicant is married and a spouse's employer name has been entered select from the available
listing the spouse's employer's state. This field may not be deleted as long as a spouse's
employer's name is on file.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D SED^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
GROUP: SP1
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2,.257 SPOUSE'S EMP ZIP CODE .25;7 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>5!($L(X)<5)!'(X?5N) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D SE^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: JUN 03, 1993
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the 5-digit zip code of the spouse's place of employment.
DESCRIPTION: If applicant is married and spouse's employer name has been entered enter the spouse's employer zip
code [5 numerics], otherwise nothing may be entered. This field may not be deleted as long as a
spouse's employer's name is on file.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D SED^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
GROUP: SP1
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ASP1ZIP^MUMPS
1)= D SET^DGREGDD1(DA,.2206,.22,6,X)
2)= D KILL^DGREGDD1(DA,.2206,.22,6,X)
This sets the corresponding zip+4 field to be equal to this field's value.
2,.258 SPOUSE'S EMP PHONE NUMBER .25;8 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<4) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D SE^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: OCT 02, 1986
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the spouse's employment telephone number [4-20 characters].
DESCRIPTION: If applicant is married and spouse's employer name has been entered enter the spouse's employer
telephone number [4-20 characters], otherwise nothing may be entered. This field may not be
deleted as long as a spouse's employer's name is on file.
GROUP: SP1
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2,.290012 ZIP+4 (CIVIL) .291;12 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>15!($L(X)<5) X I $D(X) D ZIPIN^VAFADDR
OUTPUT TRANSFORM: D ZIPOUT^VAFADDR
LAST EDITED: SEP 13, 1993
HELP-PROMPT: Answer with either 5 digit or 9 digit zip code.
DESCRIPTION: Enter the zip code of the address where the person responsible for handling this patient's funds
resides. Answer with either the 5 digit format (e.g. 12345) or the nine digit format (e.g.
12345-6789 or 123456789).
TECHNICAL DESCR: Related to other address fields for the person responsible for handling this patient's funds. This
field 'triggers' the ZIP (CIVIL) (#.2928) field, using the first 5 digits of this field.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ACIVZIP4^MUMPS
1)= D SET^DGREGDD1(DA,.2928,.291,10,$E(X,1,5))
2)= D KILL^DGREGDD1(DA,.2928,.291,10,$E(X,1,5))
This sets the corresponding zip code field to the first 5 digits of this field.
2,.29013 ZIP+4 (VA) .29;13 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>15!($L(X)<5) X I $D(X) D ZIPIN^VAFADDR
OUTPUT TRANSFORM: D ZIPOUT^VAFADDR
LAST EDITED: SEP 13, 1993
HELP-PROMPT: Answer with either 5 digit or 9 digit zip code.
DESCRIPTION: If this patient has a VA guardian responsible for handling the patient's funds, enter the
guardian's zip code here. Answer with either the 5 digit format (e.g. 12345) or the nine digit
format (e.g. 12345-6789 or 123456789).
TECHNICAL DESCR: Related to other address fields for the VA guardian. This field 'triggers' the ZIP (VA) (#.2918)
field, using the first 5 digits of this field.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AVAZIP4^MUMPS
1)= D SET^DGREGDD1(DA,.2918,.29,10,$E(X,1,5))
2)= D KILL^DGREGDD1(DA,.2918,.29,10,$E(X,1,5))
This sets the corresponding zip code field to the first 5 digits of this field.
2,.291 DATE RULED INCOMPETENT (VA) .29;1 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D INCOM^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: MAY 22, 2007
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date this patient was ruled incompetent to handle his VA funds. The Date Ruled
Incompetent cannot be after the Date of Death.
DESCRIPTION: Enter the date this patient was ruled to be incompetent to handle his VA funds. The Date Ruled
Incompetent cannot be after the Date of Death.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2,.2911 INSTITUTION (VA) .29;3 POINTER TO INSTITUTION FILE (#4)
LAST EDITED: SEP 14, 1984
DESCRIPTION:
Enter the VA facility or institution responsible for this patient's VA funds.
2,.2912 GUARDIAN (VA) .29;4 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<2) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 14, 1984
HELP-PROMPT: ANSWER MUST BE 2-30 CHARACTERS IN LENGTH
DESCRIPTION:
Enter the name of the VA representative responsible for this patient's funds.
2,.2913 RELATIONSHIP (VA) .29;5 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<2) X
HELP-PROMPT: ANSWER MUST BE 2-30 CHARACTERS IN LENGTH
DESCRIPTION: Enter the relationship to the patient of the VA representative responsible for handling this
patient's funds.
2,.2914 STREET ADDRESS 1 (VA) .29;6 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<2) X
HELP-PROMPT: ANSWER MUST BE 2-30 CHARACTERS IN LENGTH
DESCRIPTION: Enter the first line of the street address of the VA representative responsible for handling this
patient's funds.
2,.2915 STREET ADDRESS 2 (VA) .29;7 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<2) X
HELP-PROMPT: ANSWER MUST BE 2-30 CHARACTERS IN LENGTH
DESCRIPTION: Enter the second line of the street address of the VA representative responsible for handling this
patient's funds.
2,.2916 CITY (VA) .29;8 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<2) X
HELP-PROMPT: ANSWER MUST BE 2-30 CHARACTERS IN LENGTH
DESCRIPTION:
Enter the city in which the person reponsible for handling this patient's funds resides.
2,.2917 STATE (VA) .29;9 POINTER TO STATE FILE (#5)
LAST EDITED: SEP 14, 1984
DESCRIPTION:
Enter the state in which the person responsible for handling this patient's funds resides.
2,.2918 ZIP (VA) .29;10 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>5!($L(X)<5)!'(X?5N) X
LAST EDITED: JUN 03, 1993
HELP-PROMPT: ANSWER MUST BE 5 CHARACTERS IN LENGTH
DESCRIPTION: If this patient has a VA guardian responsible for handling the patient's funds, enter the
guardian's zip code here.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AVAZIP^MUMPS
1)= D SET^DGREGDD1(DA,.29013,.29,13,X)
2)= D KILL^DGREGDD1(DA,.29013,.29,13,X)
This sets the corresponding zip+4 field to be equal to this field's value.
2,.2919 PHONE (VA) .29;11 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<3) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 14, 1984
HELP-PROMPT: ANSWER MUST BE 3-20 CHARACTERS IN LENGTH
DESCRIPTION: If this patient has a VA guardian responsible for handling the patient's funds, enter the
guardian's phone number here.
2,.292 DATE RULED INCOMPETENT (CIVIL) .29;2 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="EP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D INCOM2^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: SEP 04, 2009
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date ruled incompetent. The Date Ruled Incompetent cannot be after the Date of Death.
DESCRIPTION: If this patient was ruled incompetent to handle his funds, enter the date he was ruled incompetent.
The Date Ruled Incompetent cannot be after the Date of Death.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2,.2921 INSTITUTION (CIVIL) .291;3 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<2) X
HELP-PROMPT: ANSWER MUST BE 2-30 CHARACTERS IN LENGTH
DESCRIPTION: If this patient has been ruled incompetant to handle his financial matters, enter the instituition
reponsible for handling the funds on the patient's behalf.
2,.2922 GUARDIAN (CIVIL) .291;4 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<2) X
HELP-PROMPT: ANSWER MUST BE 2-30 CHARACTERS IN LENGTH
DESCRIPTION: If this patient has been ruled incompetant to handle his financial matters, enter the name of the
individual responsible for handling the funds on the patient's behalf.
2,.2923 RELATIONSHIP (CIVIL) .291;5 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<2) X
HELP-PROMPT: ANSWER MUST BE 2-30 CHARACTERS IN LENGTH
DESCRIPTION: If this patient has been ruled incompetant to handle his financial funds, and someone else is
responsible for handling the funds, enter the relationship of that person to the patient.
2,.2924 STREET ADDRESS 1 (CIVIL) .291;6 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<2) X
HELP-PROMPT: ANSWER MUST BE 2-30 CHARACTERS IN LENGTH
DESCRIPTION: Enter the first line of the street address of the person responsible for handling this patient's
funds.
2,.2925 STREET ADDRESS 2 (CIVIL) .291;7 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<2) X
HELP-PROMPT: ANSWER MUST BE 2-30 CHARACTERS IN LENGTH
DESCRIPTION: Enter the second line of the street address of the person responsible for handling this patient's
funds.
2,.2926 CITY (CIVIL) .291;8 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<2) X
HELP-PROMPT: ANSWER MUST BE 2-30 CHARACTERS IN LENGTH
DESCRIPTION:
Enter the city in which the person responsible for this patient's funds resides.
2,.2927 STATE (CIVIL) .291;9 POINTER TO STATE FILE (#5)
DESCRIPTION:
Enter the state in which the person responsible for handling this patient's funds resides.
2,.2928 ZIP (CIVIL) .291;10 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>5!($L(X)<5)!'(X?5N) X
LAST EDITED: JUN 03, 1993
HELP-PROMPT: ANSWER MUST BE 5 CHARACTERS IN LENGTH
DESCRIPTION: Enter the zip code of the address where the person responsible for handling this patient's funds
resides.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ACIVZIP^MUMPS
1)= D SET^DGREGDD1(DA,.290012,.291,12,X)
2)= D KILL^DGREGDD1(DA,.290012,.291,12,X)
This sets the corresponding zip+4 field to be equal to this field's value.
2,.2929 PHONE (CIVIL) .291;11 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<3) X
HELP-PROMPT: ANSWER MUST BE 3-20 CHARACTERS IN LENGTH
DESCRIPTION: If this patient has been ruled incompetant to handle his money and another person has been assigned
to handle the patient's financial matters, enter that person's phone number here.
2,.293 RATED INCOMPETENT? .29;12 SET
'0' FOR NO;
'1' FOR YES;
LAST EDITED: MAY 05, 1989
HELP-PROMPT: Used by A.M.I.E, may differ from the Date ruled incompetent
DESCRIPTION: This field was originated for the use of AMIE (Automated Medical Information Exchange). One will
receive from DVB the information on whether the patient was rated incompetent by the VA. This may
differ from the date rated incompetent field in the patient file.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR293^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
2,.301 SERVICE CONNECTED? .3;1 SET (Required) (audited)
SC APPLICANT
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA D EV^DGLOCK I $D(X),X="Y" D VET^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: SEP 11, 1996
HELP-PROMPT: Enter 'Y' if this patient is service connected, 'N' if not.
DESCRIPTION: Enter 'Y' if this applicant is service connected, 'N' if not. Applicants identified as being
non-veterans cannot be entered as service connected. Once eligibility has been verified only users
holding the designated security key may enter/edit this field.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D EV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
GROUP: ECD
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the VETERAN (Y/N)? field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.302
1)= X ^DD(2,.301,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.3)):^(.3),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,2),X=X S
DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.301,1,1,1.4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.301,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"")
S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.3)):^(.3),1:""),DIV=X S %=$P(DIH,U,3,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,2),^(.3)=$P(D
IH,U,1,1)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.302 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
2)= Q
CREATE CONDITION)= #.301="NO"
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
FIELD)= #.302
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.3012
1)= X ^DD(2,.301,1,2,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.3)):^(.3),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,12),X=X S
DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.301,1,2,1.4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.301,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"")
S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.3)):^(.3),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.3),U,12)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.3012 D ^DICR:$
N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
2)= Q
CREATE CONDITION)= #.301="NO"
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
FIELD)= #.3012
This will delete the SC AWARD DATE (#.3012) field when the SERVICE CONNECTED? field is changed to
NO.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR301^MUMPS
1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to update the patient's current Patient Enrollment record.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AVAFC301^MUMPS
1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".301;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".301;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of
the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7
PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the
change is being made from within the Registration process.
Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to
1.
The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S)
EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ADGRU301^MUMPS
1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the
PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference
will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of
an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part
of a re-indexing.
2,.3012 SC AWARD DATE .3;12 DATE
DATE AWARDED SERVICE CONNECTION
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X N DFN S DFN=DA D SC^DGLOCK1
LAST EDITED: APR 19, 1993
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date on which Service Connection is effective based on VBA decision. This can be
obtained from either HINQ or the award letter.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains the effective date of service connection, based on the VBA decision. This can
be obtained either through HINQ or the award letter.
TECHNICAL DESCR: This field is dependent on the SERVICE CONNECTED? field (#.301). Changing the SERVICE CONNECTED?
response from YES to NO will delete this field. No entry to this field is allowed if SERVICE
CONNECTED? is not answered YES.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the SERVICE CONNECTED? field of the PATIENT File
2,.3013 P&T EFFECTIVE DATE .3;13 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="EXP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:X<1!(DTDT) X
LAST EDITED: JUL 14, 2005
DESCRIPTION: Data will be filed automatically from HL7 message from the HEC. This is the date that the combined
Service Connected Disability % was awarded.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2,.302 SERVICE CONNECTED PERCENTAGE .3;2 NUMBER (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA D EV^DGLOCK Q:'$D(X) K:+X'=X!(X>100)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X I $D(X),$D(^DPT(DA,.3)),$P(^(
.3),U,1)'="Y" W !?4,*7,"Only applies to service-connected applicants." K X
LAST EDITED: JUN 09, 2003
HELP-PROMPT: For this service connected applicant enter the percentage of service connection between 0 and 100%.
DESCRIPTION: If this applicant is service connected (SERVICE CONNECTED prompt must be answered YES) enter the
service connected percentage [a number between 0-100]. Once eligibility has been verified only
users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field. Field may not be deleted as
long as service connection is indicated.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D EV^DGLOCK Q:'$D(X) I $D(^DPT(DFN,.3)),$P(^(.3),U,1)="Y" W !?4,*7,"Service Connect
ed Applicant...CAN'T DELETE!!" K X
GROUP: ECD
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the SERVICE CONNECTED? field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ASCP^MUMPS
1)= Q
2)= Q
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR302^MUMPS
1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to update the patient's current Patient Enrollment record.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AR^MUMPS
1)= S DFN=DA D EN^DGMTR K DGREQF
2)= Q
3)= DO NOT DELETE!
This MUMPS cross-reference is needed to determine whether a change in service connected percentage
requires that a means test be done.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AVAFC302^MUMPS
1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".302;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".302;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of
the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7
PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the
change is being made from within the Registration process.
Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to
1.
The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S)
EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ADGRU302^MUMPS
1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the
PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference
will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of
an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part
of a re-indexing.
2,.3025 RECEIVING VA DISABILITY? .3;11 SET
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
'U' FOR UNKNOWN;
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK I $D(X),X="Y" D EC^DGLOCK1
LAST EDITED: JAN 07, 2001
HELP-PROMPT: Enter 'Y' if receiving a VA Disability, 'N' if not.
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant enter 'Y' if s/he is in receipt of a disability payment, 'N' if not, or
'U' if unknown. Once monetary benefits have been verified only users who hold the designated
security key may enter/edit this field.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
GROUP: MB
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.303
1)= X ^DD(2,.3025,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.3)):^(.3),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,3),X=X S
DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.3025,1,1,1.4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.3025,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"")
S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.3)):^(.3),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,2,99)) S DIH=DIH_U"
S %=$P(DIH,U,4,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,3),^(.3)=$P(DIH,U,1,2)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.303 D ^D
ICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
2)= X ^DD(2,.3025,1,1,2.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.3)):^(.3),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,3),X=X S
DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.3025,1,1,2.4)
2.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(2)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.3025,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"")
,Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.3)):^(.3),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(2),$C(59)_$P(Y(1),U,11)_":",2),$C(59),1)=""
2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.3)):^(.3),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,2,99)) S DIH=DIH_U"
S %=$P(DIH,U,4,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,3),^(.3)=$P(DIH,U,1,2)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.303 D ^D
ICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
CREATE CONDITION)= #.3025="NO"
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE CONDITION)= #.3025=""
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #.303
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.36295
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S X='$$TOTCHK^DGLOCK2(DA) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(
D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,20),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.3025,1,2,1.4)
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.362)):^(.362),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.362),U,20)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.36295 D
^DICR:$O(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S X='$$TOTCHK^DGLOCK2(DA) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(
D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,20),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.3025,1,2,2.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.362)):^(.362),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.362),U,20)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.36295 D
^DICR:$O(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
CREATE CONDITION)= S X='$$TOTCHK^DGLOCK2(DA)
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE CONDITION)= S X='$$TOTCHK^DGLOCK2(DA)
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #.36295
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR3025^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
2,.303 AMOUNT OF VA DISABILITY .3;3 NUMBER
VA DISABILITY AMOUNT
INPUT TRANSFORM: D DOL^DGLOCK2 K:+X'=X&(X'?.N1"."2N)!(X>99999)!(X<1) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK I $D(X) X ^DD(2,
.303,9.3)
9.2 = I $D(^DPT(DA,.3)),$P(^(.3),U,11)="Y" W !?4,*7,"Delete by answering 'RECEIPT OF DISABILITY PAY
MENT' prompt NO." K X
9.3 = X ^DD(2,.303,9.4) I $D(X),$D(^DPT(DFN,.3)),$P(^(.3),U,11)'="Y" W !?4,*7,"Receipt of Disabilit
y payment not indicated." K X Q
9.4 = I $D(^DPT(DFN,.362)),$P(^(.362),U,4)]"" W !?4,*7,"Already receiving VA Pension monies...Can't
receive both..." K X Q
LAST EDITED: SEP 23, 1988
HELP-PROMPT: If in receipt of VA Disability, enter the dollar amount awarded.
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant who is in receipt of disability payment (RECEIPT OF DISABILITY PAYMENT
prompt must be answered YES) enter the amount received [a number between 0-99999]. Once monetary
benefits are verified only users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field.
Any dollar amomount on file cannot be deleted as long as receipt of disability payment is
indicated.
If you wish to enter a monthly amount either preceed or follow it with an asterisk and I'll
multiply it out for you.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK X ^DD(2,.303,9.2):$D(X) I '$D(X)
GROUP: MB
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the RECEIVING VA DISABILITY? field of the PATIENT File
2,.304 P&T .3;4 SET
PERMANENT AND TOTAL
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA D EV2^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: JUL 12, 2006
HELP-PROMPT: Is this patient permanently and totally disabled due to an SC condition?
DESCRIPTION: This field will contain YES if the patient is determined to be permanently and totally disabled by
VARO due to a service connected condition.
Answering "YES" will prompt you to enter a P&T Effective Date.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR304^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.3013
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.304,0)),U,3) S X=$P($P(Y(1),$
C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59))'="Y" I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.3)):^(.3),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),
X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.304,1,2,1.4)
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.3)),DIV=X S $P(^(.3),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.3013 D ^DICR
2)= X ^DD(2,.304,1,2,2.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.3)):^(.3),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S
DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.3)),DIV=X S $P(^(.3),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.3013 D ^DICR
2.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(2)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.304,0)),U,3),Y(1)=$S($D(^DP
T(D0,.3)):^(.3),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(2),$C(59)_$P(Y(1),U,4)_":",2),$C(59))'="Y"
CREATE CONDITION)= #.304'="Y"
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE CONDITION)= #.304'="Y"
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= P&T EFFECTIVE DATE
This cross reference will delete the P&T Effective date field (#.3103) if the P&T field is not YES.
2,.305 UNEMPLOYABLE .3;5 SET
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
LAST EDITED: NOV 17, 2004
HELP-PROMPT: Is this patient unemployable due to an SC condition as rated by VARO?
DESCRIPTION:
Is this patient rated unemployable by the VARO due to a service connected condition?
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR305^MUMPS
1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to update the patient's current Patient Enrollment record.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AT^MUMPS
1)= S DFN=DA D EN^DGMTCOR K DGMTCOR
2)= S DFN=DA D EN^DGMTCOR K DGMTCOR
This cross reference acts like a trigger. It 'triggers' the status field in file 408.31 (ANNUAL
MEANS TEST) for the co-pay exemption test. It will update the field to 'NO LONGER APPLICABLE' if
appropriate.
2,.306 MONETARY BEN. VERIFY DATE .3;6 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E",%DT(0)=-DT D ^%DT K %DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) D EK^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: APR 18, 1990
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date on which monetary benefits were verified to be accurate.
DESCRIPTION: Once monetary benefits, and amounts, are verified enter the date of verification. All monetary
benefits data fields will become uneditable to any user who does not hold the designated security
key once the benefits are verified. Only users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit
this field.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= D EK^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
GROUP: MB
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2,.307 INELIGIBLE REASON .3;7 FREE TEXT
REASON-INELIGIBLE
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>40!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) D EK^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: JUN 13, 2022
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the reason this patient is considered to be ineligible for treatment NTE 40 characters.
DESCRIPTION: **DG*5.3*1081 removed the ability to edit this field. All edits must now be made in the VHA
Enrollment System.**
If this applicant is ineligible for treatment enter the reason [not to exceed 40 characters]. An
ineligible date must be specified in order to enter/edit this field and the user must hold the
designated security key. This field may not be deleted as long as an ineligible date is on file.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= D EK^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
GROUP: IPT
UNEDITABLE
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR307^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
2,.309 AGENCY/ALLIED COUNTRY .3;9 POINTER TO OTHER FEDERAL AGENCY FILE (#35)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA D AAC^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: OCT 07, 1986
HELP-PROMPT: If applicable, enter the federal agency or allied country associated with this patient.
DESCRIPTION: For this applicant whose eligibility code is either 'OTHER FEDERAL AGENCY' or 'ALLIED VETERAN'
select from the available listing the federal agency or allied country, as appropriate, which best
classifies this applicant.
SCREEN: S %Z1=$S($D(^DPT(DA,.31)):+$P(^(0),U,1),1:""),%Z=$S('$D(^("VET")):"",^("VET")="N"&(%Z1=4):"A",%Z="Y
"&(%Z1=5):"C",1:""),DIC("S")="I $P(^(0),U,4)=%Z"
EXPLANATION: Screen selections by eligibility code
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D EV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
GROUP: ECD
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2,.31 *CATEGORY OF BENEFICIARY .3;10 POINTER TO CATEGORY OF BENEFICIARY FILE (#45.82)
CATEGORY OF BENEFICIARY
INPUT TRANSFORM: D CAT^DGINP
LAST EDITED: DEC 16, 1991
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the category of benificiary for this patient.
DESCRIPTION: This field is no longer used by the MAS package. It was previously updated via a cross-reference
on the CATEGORY OF BENEFICIARY field in the PTF file. In a prior release of MAS, the use of
category of beneficiary was discontinued and period of service is now solely used. In a future
release of MAS, this field will be removed along with the ACB cross-reference on the PATIENT file
and the cross-reference in the PTF file which sets this data.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ACB
1)= S ^DPT("ACB",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT("ACB",$E(X,1,30),DA)
2,.3111 EMPLOYER NAME .311;1 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) D EM^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: MAY 30, 1989
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the name of this patient's employer [1-30 characters].
DESCRIPTION: If employment status is indicated and is not unemployed enter the employer name [1-30 characters],
otherwise nothing may be entered.
GROUP: EM1
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the EMPLOYMENT STATUS field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AXR3^MUMPS
1)= Q
2)= S DGXRF=.3111 D ^DGDDC Q
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR3111^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
2,.31115 EMPLOYMENT STATUS .311;15 SET (Required) (audited)
'1' FOR EMPLOYED FULL TIME;
'2' FOR EMPLOYED PART TIME;
'3' FOR NOT EMPLOYED;
'4' FOR SELF EMPLOYED;
'5' FOR RETIRED;
'6' FOR ACTIVE MILITARY DUTY;
'9' FOR UNKNOWN;
LAST EDITED: AUG 02, 2006
HELP-PROMPT: Enter this patient's current employment status.
DESCRIPTION:
Enter the patient's current employment status. Choose from the available choices.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
GROUP: PEMP
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.31116
1)= X ^DD(2,.31115,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.311)):^(.311),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,16)
,X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.311)),DIV=X S $P(^(.311),U,16)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.31116 D
^DICR
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.31115,0)),U,3) S X=$P($P(Y(
1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59))'="RETIRED"
2)= X ^DD(2,.31115,1,1,2.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.311)):^(.311),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,16)
,X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.311)),DIV=X S $P(^(.311),U,16)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.31116 D
^DICR
2.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.31115,0)),U,3) S X=$P($P(Y(
1),$C(59)_X_":",2),$C(59))="RETIRED"
CREATE CONDITION)= EMPLOYMENT STATUS'="RETIRED"
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE CONDITION)= OLD EMPLOYMENT STATUS="RETIRED"
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= DATE OF RETIREMENT
This trigger Cross Reference will remove the DATE OF RETIREMENT value when the EMPLOYMENT STATUS
changes from RETIRED to any other status.
When the EMPLOYMENT STATUS changes from anything other than RETIRED, no change should be made to
the DATE OF RETIREMENT.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.3111
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X I "^3^9^"[$P(^DPT(DA,.311),U,15) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($
D(^DPT(D0,.311)):^(.311),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,1),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.31115,1,2,1.4)
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.311)):^(.311),1:""),DIV=X S %=$P(DIH,U,2,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,1),^(.311
)=DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.3111 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X I "^3^9^"[$P(^DPT(DA,.311),U,15) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($
D(^DPT(D0,.311)):^(.311),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,1),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.31115,1,2,2.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.311)):^(.311),1:""),DIV=X S %=$P(DIH,U,2,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,1),^(.311
)=DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.3111 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
CREATE CONDITION)= I "^3^9^"[$P(^DPT(DA,.311),U,15)
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE CONDITION)= I "^3^9^"[$P(^DPT(DA,.311),U,15)
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= EMPLOYER NAME
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AVAFC31115^MUMPS
1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".31115;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".31115;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of
the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7
PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the
change is being made from within the Registration process.
Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to
1.
The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S)
EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR31115^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
2,.31116 DATE OF RETIREMENT .311;16 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X K:Y>DT X K:(+$P(^DPT(DA,0),"^",3)>Y) X K:(+$P($G(^DPT(DA,.311)),"^",
15)'=5) X
LAST EDITED: MAY 26, 2005
HELP-PROMPT: For this veteran applicant enter the date s/he retired from her/his place of employment. A date
may only be entered if the veteran is RETIRED.
DESCRIPTION:
For this veteran applicant, enter the date s/he retired from her/his place of employment.
TECHNICAL DESCR: The Input Transform for the DATE OF RETIREMENT compares the date entered to the Patient's DATE OF
BIRTH. If the DATE OF BIRTH is later than the DATE OF RETIREMENT, the entered date is not accepted
for the DATE OF RETIREMENT.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the EMPLOYMENT STATUS field of the PATIENT File
2,.3112 GOVERNMENT AGENCY .311;2 SET
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
INPUT TRANSFORM: I $D(X),X="Y" S DFN=DA D EM1^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: MAY 31, 1989
HELP-PROMPT: Enter 'Y' if this patient is employed by a government agency, 'N' if not.
DESCRIPTION: If this patient is currently employed by a government agency, respond yes to this question. If the
patient is employed by the private sector or currently is unemployed, respond no.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D EMD^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2,.3113 EMPLOYER STREET [LINE 1] .311;3 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D EM1^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: MAY 31, 1989
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the first line of the employer's address [1-30 characters].
DESCRIPTION: If employment status is indicated, applicant is not unemployed and an employer name is entered
enter the first line of the employer street address [1-30 characters], otherwise nothing may be
entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as an employer name is on file.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D EMD^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
GROUP: EM1
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AXR20^MUMPS
1)= Q
2)= S DGXRF=.3113 D ^DGDDC Q
2,.3114 EMPLOYER STREET [LINE 2] .311;4 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D EM1^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: MAY 31, 1989
HELP-PROMPT: If necessary, enter the second line of the employer's address [1-30 characters].
DESCRIPTION: If employment status is indicated, applicant is not unemployed and an employer name is entered
enter the second line of the employer street address [1-30 characters], if necessary, otherwise
nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as an employer name is on file.
GROUP: EM1
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AXR21^MUMPS
1)= Q
2)= S DGXRF=.3114 D ^DGDDC Q
2,.3115 EMPLOYER STREET [LINE 3] .311;5 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D EM1^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: MAY 31, 1989
HELP-PROMPT: If necessary, enter the third line of the employer's address [1-30 characters].
DESCRIPTION: If employment status is indicated, applicant is not unemployed and an employer name is entered
enter the third line of the employer street address [1-30 characters], if necessary, otherwise
nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as an employer name is on file.
GROUP: EM1
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2,.3116 EMPLOYER CITY .311;6 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D EM1^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: MAY 31, 1989
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the city in which this patient is employed [1-30 characters].
DESCRIPTION: If employment status is indicated, applicant is not unemployed and an employer name is entered
enter the employer city [1-30 characters], otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be
deleted as long as an employer name is on file.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D EMD^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
GROUP: EM1
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2,.3117 EMPLOYER STATE .311;7 POINTER TO STATE FILE (#5)
INPUT TRANSFORM: I $D(X) S DFN=DA D EM1^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: MAY 31, 1989
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the state in which this patient is employed.
DESCRIPTION: If employment status is indicated, applicant is not unemployed and an employer name is entered
select from the available listing the employer state, otherwise nothing may be entered. This field
cannot be deleted as long as an employer name is on file.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D EMD^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
GROUP: EM1
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2,.3118 EMPLOYER ZIP CODE .311;8 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>5!($L(X)<5)!'(X?5N) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D EM1^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: JUN 03, 1993
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the 5-digit zip code for this patient's place of employment.
DESCRIPTION: If employment status is indicated, applicant is not unemployed and an employer name is entered
enter the employer zip code [5 numerics], otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be
deleted as long as an employer name is on file.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D EMD^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
GROUP: EM1
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AEM1ZIP^MUMPS
1)= D SET^DGREGDD1(DA,.2205,.22,5,X)
2)= D KILL^DGREGDD1(DA,.2205,.22,5,X)
This sets the corresponding zip+4 field to be equal to this field's value.
2,.3119 EMPLOYER PHONE NUMBER .311;9 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D EM1^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: MAY 31, 1989
HELP-PROMPT: Enter this patient's employment telephone number [3-20 characters].
DESCRIPTION: If employment status is indicated, applicant is not unemployed and an employer name is entered
enter the employer telephone number [3-20 characters], otherwise nothing may be entered. This
field cannot be deleted as long as an employer name is on file.
TECHNICAL DESCR: If employment status is indicated, applicant is not unemployed and an employer name is entered
enter the employer telephone number [3-20 characters], otherwise nothing may be entered. This
field cannot be deleted as long as an employer name is on file.
GROUP: EM1
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2,.312 *CLAIM FOLDER LOCATION .31;2 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>40!($L(X)<2) X
LAST EDITED: APR 13, 1993
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the location of this patient's VA claim folder [2-40 characters].
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant enter, if applicable, the location of his/her VA claim folder [2-40
characters].
GROUP: ECD
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR312^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
2,.3121 INSURANCE TYPE .312;0 POINTER Multiple #2.312 (Add New Entry without Asking)
HELP-PROMPT: Select from the listing available the type of insurance under which this patient is covered.
DESCRIPTION: From the available listing enter the type of insurance under which this applicant is covered
regardless of who holds the policy.
GROUP: II
IDENTIFIED BY:
2.312,.01 INSURANCE TYPE 0;1 POINTER TO INSURANCE COMPANY FILE (#36) (Multiply asked) (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM:S DIC("S")="I '$P(^(0),""^"",5)" S:$D(DGCRINSS) DIC("S")=DIC("S")_",$P(^(0),""^"",2)'=""N""" D ^DIC
K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
LAST EDITED: MAY 20, 2020
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the insurance company with which the patient has insurance coverage.
DESCRIPTION: Choose from the available listing the name(s) of the insurance company(ies) under which this
applicant is covered.
TECHNICAL DESCR:DEVELOPERS, as long as there is a cross-reference calling the EVENT^IVMPLOG tag associated with
this field, contact the Enrollment System (ES) leadership if your patch modification will result in
mass updates to this field upon installation.
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I '$P(^(0),""^"",5)" S:$D(DGCRINSS) DIC("S")=DIC("S")_",$P(^(0),""^"",2)'=""N"""
EXPLANATION: ACTIVE INSURANCE COMPANIES ONLY
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
DELETE TEST: 399,0)= I $$DELP^IBCNSU(DA(1),$P(^DPT(DA(1),.312,DA,0),U),DA) W !!,$C(7),"THERE ARE BILLS ASSOCIATE
D WITH THIS COMPANY, DELETION NOT ALLOWED"
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.312^ADGRU31201^MUMPS
1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(+$G(DA(1)))
2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(+$G(DA(1)))
RAI/MDS: field monitored for changes.
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.312^B
1)= S ^DPT(DA(1),.312,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT(DA(1),.312,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE:2^AB
1)= S ^DPT("AB",$E(X,1,30),DA(1),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT("AB",$E(X,1,30),DA(1),DA)
Index of all insurance companies for the entire patient file. This will be used to prevent
deleting of insurance companies that are pointed to by the patient file.
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^2.312^1.01
1)= X ^DD(2.312,.01,1,4,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.312,D1,1)):^(1),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,
1),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=DT S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.312,DIV(1),1)),DIV=X S $P(^(1),U,1)=DIV,DIH
=2.312,DIG=1.01 D ^DICR
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.312,D1,1)):^(
1),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,1)=""
2)= Q
CREATE CONDITION)= #1.01=""
CREATE VALUE)= S X=DT
DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
FIELD)= DATE ENTERED
Triggers date entered field to current date only if null.
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^2.312^1.02
1)= X ^DD(2.312,.01,1,5,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.312,D1,1)):^(1),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,
2),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=DUZ S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.312,DIV(1),1)),DIV=X S $P(^(1),U,2)=DIV,DI
H=2.312,DIG=1.02 D ^DICR
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.312,D1,1)):^(
1),1:"") S X=$P($G(^VA(200,+$P(Y(1),U,2),0)),U)=""
2)= Q
CREATE CONDITION)= #1.02=""
CREATE VALUE)= S X=DUZ
DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
FIELD)= ENTERED BY
Store user who entered insurance.
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.312^AENR01^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG($G(DA(1)))
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG($G(DA(1)))
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
2.312,.18 GROUP PLAN 0;18 POINTER TO GROUP INSURANCE PLAN FILE (#355.3)
INPUT TRANSFORM:S DIC("S")="I +$P(^(0),U)=+$G(^DPT(DA(1),.312,DA,0))" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
LAST EDITED: APR 13, 2020
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the name or number of the Insurance Company you are trying to update benefits for.
DESCRIPTION: Select the plan under which this patient is covered by the specified insurance company. If this is
a group plan then there may already be an entry for this plan that you may select. Or, you may add
a new plan. If this is an individual plan then it will be associated with only this patient.
TECHNICAL DESCR:DEVELOPERS, as long as there is a cross-reference calling the EVENT^IVMPLOG tag associated with
this field, contact the Enrollment System (ES) leadership if your patch modification will result in
mass updates to this field upon installation.
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I +$P(^(0),U)=+$G(^DPT(DA(1),.312,DA,0))"
EXPLANATION: MUST BE SAME INSURANCE COMPANY
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.312^ADGRU31218^MUMPS
1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(+$G(DA(1)))
2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(+$G(DA(1)))
RAI/MDS: field monitored for changes.
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.312^AENR18^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG($G(DA(1)))
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG($G(DA(1)))
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
2.312,.2 COORDINATION OF BENEFITS 0;20 SET
'1' FOR PRIMARY;
'2' FOR SECONDARY;
'3' FOR TERTIARY;
LAST EDITED: JUL 02, 1993
2.312,1 *SUBSCRIBER ID 0;2 FREE TEXT
INSURANCE NUMBER
INPUT TRANSFORM:D SUBID^IBCNSU1
LAST EDITED: APR 13, 2020
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 3-20 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: Enter the Subscriber's Primary ID number. This number is assigned by the payer and can be found on
the subscriber's insurance card.
This field is scheduled for deletion in May 2015.
TECHNICAL DESCR:DEVELOPERS, as long as there is a cross-reference calling the EVENT^IVMPLOG tag associated with
this field, contact the Enrollment System (ES) leadership if your patch modification will result in
mass updates to this field upon installation.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the SUBSCRIBER ID field of the INSURANCE TYPE sub-field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.312^ADGRU3121^MUMPS
1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(+$G(DA(1)))
2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(+$G(DA(1)))
RAI/MDS: field monitored for changes.
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.312^AENR1^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG($G(DA(1)))
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG($G(DA(1)))
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^2.312^7.02
1)= X ^DD(2.312,1,1,3,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.312,D1,7)):^(7),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,2)
,X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$P(^DPT(DA(1),.312,DA,0),U,2) X ^DD(2.312,1,1,3,1.4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(0)=X S X=($P(^DPT(DA(1),.312,DA,0),U,2)'
=$E($P($G(^DPT(DA(1),.312,DA,7)),U,2),1,20))
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.312,DIV(1),7)),DIV=X S $P(^(7),U,2)=DIV,DIH=2.312,DIG=7.02 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(0)=X S X=($P(^DPT(DA(1),.312,DA,0),U,2)=""
) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.312,D1,7)):^(7),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,2),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X
^DD(2.312,1,1,3,2.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.312,DIV(1),7)),DIV=X S $P(^(7),U,2)=DIV,DIH=2.312,DIG=7.02 D ^DICR
CREATE CONDITION)= S X=($P(^DPT(DA(1),.312,DA,0),U,2)'=$E($P($G(^DPT(DA(1),.312,DA,7)),U,2),1,20))
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$P(^DPT(DA(1),.312,DA,0),U,2)
DELETE CONDITION)= S X=($P(^DPT(DA(1),.312,DA,0),U,2)="")
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= SUBSCRIBER ID
Triggers field 2.312/7.02 if first 20 chars of its value differ from the value in this field.
Deletes field 2.312/7.02 if field 2.312/1 is deleted.
2.312,1.01 DATE ENTERED 1;1 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM:S %DT="ETXR" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: JUL 07, 1993
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Date time this entry was entered
DESCRIPTION: This is the date this entry was added. It will be created by the system whenever a new policy is
added. Entries created prior the installation of IB v2.0 will not have an entry in this field.
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the INSURANCE TYPE field of the INSURANCE TYPE sub-field of the PATIENT File
2.312,1.02 ENTERED BY 1;2 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200)
LAST EDITED: MAR 03, 1993
DESCRIPTION: This the user who added this entry. It will be entered by the system whenever a new policy is
added. Entries created prior the installation of IB v2.0 will not have an entry in this field.
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the INSURANCE TYPE field of the INSURANCE TYPE sub-field of the PATIENT File
2.312,1.03 DATE LAST VERIFIED 1;3 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM:S %DT="ETX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: JAN 31, 2000
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date that this policy was last verified.
DESCRIPTION: Insurance coverage is generally verified by calling the insurer and requesting an explanation of
benefits. When coverage has been verified the person verifying the coverage should use the options
to verify the coverage in VISTA.
This is the date that this policy for this patient was last verified with the insurance company.
It is important to update the verification date regularly so that other users will know how current
the information in VISTA is.
2.312,1.04 VERIFIED BY 1;4 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200)
LAST EDITED: MAR 03, 1993
DESCRIPTION: This is the user that last contacted the insurance company to verify the policy. It is updated by
using the appropriate DHCP options. It is important to update the verification date and user so
that other users will know the insurance policy information is current.
2.312,1.05 DATE LAST EDITED 1;5 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM:S %DT="ETXR" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: APR 28, 2010
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date the policy was last edited.
DESCRIPTION: This is the date this policy was last edited. This field is updated by the computer whenever
anyone edits this patient's policy information.
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^2.312^4.04
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.312,D1,4)):^(4),1:"") S
X=$P(Y(1),U,4),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="0" X ^DD(2.312,1.05,1,1,1.4)
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.312,DIV(1),4)),DIV=X S $P(^(4),U,4)=DIV,DIH=2.312,DIG=4.04 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.312,D1,4)):^(4),1:"") S
X=$P(Y(1),U,4),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="0" X ^DD(2.312,1.05,1,1,2.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.312,DIV(1),4)),DIV=X S $P(^(4),U,4)=DIV,DIH=2.312,DIG=4.04 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= "0"
DELETE VALUE)= "0"
FIELD)= EIV AUTO-UPDATE
Any change to this field will set EIV AUTO-UPDATE field (4.04) to "NO".
2.312,1.06 LAST EDITED BY 1;6 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200)
LAST EDITED: MAR 03, 1993
DESCRIPTION: This is the user that last edited the policy. This field is updated by the computer whenever
anyone edits this patients policy information.
2.312,1.08 *COMMENT - PATIENT POLICY 1;8 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>80!($L(X)<3) X
LAST EDITED: JUN 16, 2015
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 3-80 characters in length. This is a short comment about this patients policy.
DESCRIPTION: This is a place to record a short comment about this patients policy. It is specific to this
patient and to this policy. The answer must be 3 to 80 characters.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the COMMENT field of the COMMENT - SUBSCRIBER POLICY sub-field of the INSURANCE TYPE
sub-field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE:2^AP^MUMPS
1)= D TRIGSET^IBCN118
2)= D TRIGKIL^IBCN118
Triggers the edit of an existing entry or adds a new entry. If existing entry exists at 2.312,1.18
for the same user and same date AND if the first 80 characters of the comment at 2.312,1.18,.03
differ from the comment at 2.312,1.08 then trigger the update at 2.312,1.18.
2.312,1.09 SOURCE OF INFORMATION 1;9 POINTER TO SOURCE OF INFORMATION FILE (#355.12)
OUTPUT TRANSFORM:S Y=$$GET1^DIQ(355.12,Y_",",.02,"E")
LAST EDITED: OCT 31, 2006
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the source by which this insurance information was obtained.
DESCRIPTION: Enter the last source of this information. If the insurance information was obtained by patient
interview, then enter interview, etc. If the information was initially or previously obtained by
one source but updated by another source, then enter the most recent source of the information.
The data in this field will be initially set to INTERVIEW with IB v2. The data may be passed to
Accounts Receivable and/or the MCCR NDB.
If this field is being edited through the use of the pre-registration software, the default for
this field will be set to PRE-REGISTRATION.
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^2.312^1.1
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.312,D1,1)):^(1),1:"") S
X=$P(Y(1),U,10),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV N %I,%H,% D NOW^%DTC S X=% X ^DD(2.312,1.09,1,1,1.4)
1.1)= S X=DIV S %=$P($H,",",2),X=$E(DT_(%\60#60/100+(%\3600)+(%#60/10000)/100),1,12)
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.312,DIV(1),1)),DIV=X S $P(^(1),U,10)=DIV,DIH=2.312,DIG=1.1 D ^DICR
2)= Q
CREATE VALUE)= NOW
DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
FIELD)= #1.1
2.312,1.1 DATE OF SOURCE OF INFORMATION 1;10 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM:S %DT="ETXR" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: JUL 12, 1993
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the SOURCE OF INFORMATION field of the INSURANCE TYPE sub-field of the PATIENT File
2.312,1.18 COMMENT - SUBSCRIBER POLICY 13;0 DATE Multiple #2.342 (Add New Entry without Asking)
DESCRIPTION: This sub-file (#2.342 COMMENT - SUBSCRIBER POLICY) will contain the Subscriber's Policy Comments,
the Date and Time the Subscriber's Policy Comments was entered, and the User's ID that entered the
Subscriber's Policy comments.
INDEXED BY: LAST EDITED BY & COMMENT DATE/TIME (BB)
2.342,.01 COMMENT DATE/TIME 0;1 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM:S %DT="ETXR" D ^%DT S X=Y K:X<1 X
LAST EDITED: JUN 29, 2015
HELP-PROMPT: (No range limit on date)
DESCRIPTION:
The date/time that the user entered the subscriber's policy comment.
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.342^B
1)= S ^DPT(DA(2),.312,DA(1),13,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT(DA(2),.312,DA(1),13,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)
RECORD INDEXES: BB (#1337)
2.342,.02 LAST EDITED BY 0;2 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200)
LAST EDITED: JUN 18, 2015
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the usr who entered the subscriber's policy comment.
DESCRIPTION:
This is the local user ID of the person that entered the Subscriber's Policy comment.
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.342^C
1)= S ^DPT(DA(2),.312,DA(1),13,"C",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT(DA(2),.312,DA(1),13,"C",$E(X,1,30),DA)
RECORD INDEXES: BB (#1337)
2.342,.03 COMMENT 1;1 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>245!($L(X)<3) X
LAST EDITED: DEC 29, 2015
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 3-245 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains a specific comment about this Subscriber's Policy. The comment must be
between 3 and 245 characters in length.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^2.312^1.08
1)= X ^DD(2.342,.03,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.312,D1,1)):^(1),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,
8),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$E($P(^DPT(DA(2),.312,DA(1),13,DA,1),U),1,80) X ^DD(2.342,.03,1,1,1.
4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(2),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA(1),DIV(1)=D1,D2=DA S Y(0)=X S X=($P($G(^DPT(DA(2),.312
,DA(1),1)),U,8)'=$E($P(^DPT(DA(2),.312,DA(1),13,DA,1),U),1,80))
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.312,DIV(1),1)),DIV=X S $P(^(1),U,8)=DIV,DIH=2.312,DIG=1.08 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(2),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA(1),DIV(1)=D1,D2=DA S Y(0)=X S X=($P(^DPT(DA(2),.312,DA(1
),13,DA,1),U)="") I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.312,D1,1)):^(1),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,8),X=X S DI
U=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2.342,.03,1,1,2.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.312,DIV(1),1)),DIV=X S $P(^(1),U,8)=DIV,DIH=2.312,DIG=1.08 D ^DICR
CREATE CONDITION)= S X=($P($G(^DPT(DA(2),.312,DA(1),1)),U,8)'=$E($P(^DPT(DA(2),.312,DA(1),13,DA,1),
U),1,80))
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$E($P(^DPT(DA(2),.312,DA(1),13,DA,1),U),1,80)
DELETE CONDITION)= S X=($P(^DPT(DA(2),.312,DA(1),13,DA,1),U)="")
DELETE VALUE)= @
DIC)=
FIELD)= *COMMENT - PATIENT POLICY
Triggers field 2.312,1.08 if its value differs from first 80 chars of the value in 2.342,.03.
Deletes field 2.312,1.08 if field 2.342,.03 is deleted.
2.342,.04 PERSON CONTACTED 0;4 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X
LAST EDITED: NOV 16, 2015
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the name of the person contacted between 3-30 characters in length..
DESCRIPTION: This is the name of the person you contacted. Enter a free text name. It is recommended that you
use the format of Firstname MI Lastname, just as they would say it to you.
2.342,.05 CONTACT PHONE # 0;5 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<7) X
LAST EDITED: NOV 16, 2015
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the phone number of the person who was contacted between 7-20 characters in length..
DESCRIPTION: This is the phone number of the person you contacted. If you contacted an insurance company and
this number is not in the insurance company file, then you may want to enter it into that file as
well. The number entered here will only be seen when looking at this contact.
2.342,.06 CALL REFERENCE NUMBER 0;6 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>35!($L(X)<3) X
LAST EDITED: NOV 16, 2015
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Call reference number which was provided by the Person Contacted between 3-35 characters
in length.
DESCRIPTION: If the company you called gave you a reference number for the call then enter that reference number
here. Many companies will issue reference numbers so that they can track their calls and allow
reference back to them by others.
2.342,.07 METHOD OF CONTACT 0;7 SET
'1' FOR PHONE;
'2' FOR MAIL;
'3' FOR OVERNIGHT MAIL;
'4' FOR PERSONAL;
'5' FOR VOICE MAIL;
'6' FOR OTHER;
LAST EDITED: NOV 17, 2015
HELP-PROMPT: Select the Method of Contact: '1' for Phone, '2' for Mail, '3' for Overnight mail, '4' for
Personal, '5' for Voice mail or '6' for Other.
DESCRIPTION: This is the method that you used to contact the person contacted in this entry. Most contacts will
be by phone but many others will be my mail.
2.342,.08 AUTHORIZATION NUMBER 0;8 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>35!($L(X)<3) X
LAST EDITED: NOV 16, 2015
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Authorization Number between 3-35 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: Enter the treatment authorization number that the insurance company gave you during this contact.
The data in this field, if it exists will be connsidered the Treatment Authoirzation code for this
care and will automatically be used by the biling module.
2.312,2 *GROUP NUMBER 0;3 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>17!($L(X)<1) X
LAST EDITED: APR 13, 2020
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 1-17 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: Enter any other appropriate number which identifies this policy, i.e., group number/code, under
which this applicant is covered. Answer must be between 1 and 17 characters.
This field is moved to the HEALTH INSURANCE POLICY file (355.3) beginning with IB v2.0. It will be
deleted with the first release 18 months after the release of IB V2.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
DEVELOPERS, as long as there is a cross-reference calling the EVENT^IVMPLOG tag associated with
this field, contact the Enrollment System (ES) leadership if your patch modification will result in
mass updates to this field upon installation.
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.312^AENR2^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG($G(DA(1)))
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG($G(DA(1)))
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
2.312,2.01 SEND BILL TO EMPLOYER 2;1 SET
'1' FOR YES;
'0' FOR NO;
LAST EDITED: MAR 03, 1993
HELP-PROMPT: Enter 'YES' if the employer should be mailed insurance claims for pre-processing. Enter 'NO' if
the employer does not receive claims.
DESCRIPTION: If the employer of the person who holds this policy requires that they pre-processed for the
insurance policy then enter 'YES'. You will then be allowed to enter the company name and address
that these bills should be sent to. The bills will then automatically use this address.
If the employer does not require this, or unknown, enter 'NO'. The bills will then be sent to the
insurance company.
If the policy is held by other than the patient then this will not be the patient's employer but
the employer of the person who is insured.
2.312,2.015 SUBSCRIBER'S EMPLOYER NAME 2;9 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X
LAST EDITED: JAN 15, 2007
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 3-30 characters in length. This is the name of the subsriber's employer that will
appear on the UB-04 if this employer pre-processes insurance claims.
DESCRIPTION: This is the name of the employer that will appear on the UB-04 if the bills should be sent to the
employer for pre-processing.
2.312,2.02 EMPLOYER CLAIMS STREET ADDRESS 2;2 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X
LAST EDITED: MAR 03, 1993
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 3-30 characters in length. This is the street address, line 1, of the employer who
should receive claims to pre-processs.
DESCRIPTION: This is the street address of the employer who should receive claims to be pre-processed before the
are forwarded to the insurance carrier. The answer should be 3 to 30 characters.
2.312,2.03 EMPLOY CLAIM ST ADDRESS LINE 2 2;3 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X
LAST EDITED: MAR 03, 1993
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 3-30 characters in length. This is line 2 of the street address for employers who
pre-process insurance claims.
DESCRIPTION: This is line 2 of the street address for employers who pre-process insurance claims before they are
forwarded to the insurance carrier for processing. Answer must be 3-30 characters.
2.312,2.04 EMPLOY CLAIM ST ADDRESS LINE 3 2;4 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X
LAST EDITED: MAR 03, 1993
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 3-30 characters in length. This is line 3 of the street address for employers who
pre-process insurance claims.
DESCRIPTION: This is line 3 of the street address for employers who pre-process insurance claims before they are
forwarded to the insurance carrier for processing. Answer must be 3-30 characters.
2.312,2.05 EMPLOYER CLAIMS CITY 2;5 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<3) X
LAST EDITED: MAR 03, 1993
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 3-20 characters in length. Enter the city of the employer's address if the employer
pre-processes insurance claims.
DESCRIPTION: If the employer of the person who holds this policy pre-processes insurance claims prior to
forwarding to the insurance carrier enter the city that claim should be sent to. This will be
printed on the claim form. Answer must be 3 to 20 characters.
2.312,2.06 EMPLOYER CLAIMS STATE 2;6 POINTER TO STATE FILE (#5)
LAST EDITED: MAR 03, 1993
DESCRIPTION: If the employer of the person who holds this policy pre-processes insurance claims prior to
forwarding to the insurance carrier enter the state that the claim should be sent to. This will be
printed on the claim form. Answer must be 3 to 20 characters.
2.312,2.07 EMPLOYER CLAIMS ZIP CODE 2;7 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<5) X D:$D(X) ZIPIN^VAFADDR
LAST EDITED: JUN 03, 1993
HELP-PROMPT: Answer with either the 5 or 9 digit zip code.
DESCRIPTION: Enter the zip code of the mailing address for this employer. Answer with either the 5 digit zip
code (format 12345) or with the 9 digit zip code (in format 123456789 or 12345-6789).
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2.312,2.08 EMPLOYER CLAIMS PHONE 2;8 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>15!($L(X)<7) X
LAST EDITED: MAR 04, 1993
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 7-15 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: Enter the phone number of the employer. This should be the phone number of the person to contact
regarding insurance claims.
2.312,2.1 ESGHP 2;10 SET
'1' FOR YES;
'0' FOR NO;
LAST EDITED: AUG 13, 1997
HELP-PROMPT: Enter 'Yes' if this policy is part of an Employer Sponsored Group Health Plan.
DESCRIPTION: Enter 'Yes' if this policy is part of a plan that is sponsored or provided by the insured's current
or past employer.
2.312,2.11 EMPLOYMENT STATUS 2;11 SET
'1' FOR FULL TIME;
'2' FOR PART TIME;
'3' FOR NOT EMPLOYED;
'4' FOR SELF EMPLOYED;
'5' FOR RETIRED;
'6' FOR ACTIVE MILITARY;
'9' FOR UNKNOWN;
LAST EDITED: AUG 13, 1997
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the insured's employment status with the employer that sponsors this plan.
DESCRIPTION: If this is an Employer Sponsored Group Health Plan then this should be the employment status of the
insured with the employer that sponsors the plan.
2.312,2.12 RETIREMENT DATE 2;12 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM:S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: AUG 13, 1997
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date the insured retired from the employer that sponsors this plan.
DESCRIPTION: If this is an Employer Sponsored Group Health Plan then this should be the date the insured retired
from the employer that sponsors the plan.
2.312,3 INSURANCE EXPIRATION DATE 0;4 DATE (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM:S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:((Y<1)!(X<$P($G(^DPT(DA(1),.312,DA,0)),"^",8))) X
LAST EDITED: APR 13, 2020
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date this policy expires for the applicant, date must not be before effective date of
policy.
DESCRIPTION:
This is the date the policy expires for the applicant.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
DEVELOPERS, as long as there is a cross-reference calling the EVENT^IVMPLOG tag associated with
this field, contact the Enrollment System (ES) leadership if your patch modification will result in
mass updates to this field upon installation.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.312^ADGRU3123^MUMPS
1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(+$G(DA(1)))
2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(+$G(DA(1)))
RAI/MDS: field monitored for changes. Cross reference also needed to force filing so input
transform works.
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.312^AENR3^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG($G(DA(1)))
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG($G(DA(1)))
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
RECORD INDEXES: ACHI (#1483) (WHOLE FILE #2)
2.312,3.01 INSURED'S DOB 3;1 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM:S %DT="EXP",%DT(0)=-DT D ^%DT K %DT(0) S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: SEP 05, 2006
HELP-PROMPT: Please enter the insured person's date of birth.
DESCRIPTION: The field is used to store the date of birth of the insured person. The field value may be printed
in block 11a of the CMS-1500 claim form. This is a required field for billing ChampUS patients.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2.312,3.02 INSURED'S BRANCH 3;2 POINTER TO BRANCH OF SERVICE FILE (#23)
LAST EDITED: SEP 05, 2006
HELP-PROMPT: Please enter the Service Branch of the insured person.
DESCRIPTION: This field may be used to store the service branch of the insured person. The field will be used
primarily for CHAMPUS policies, where the subscriber, or sponsor, may be an active duty member of
the military. The field value may be printed in block 11b of the CMS-1500 claim form.
2.312,3.03 INSURED'S RANK 3;3 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>12!($L(X)<2) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 05, 2006
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 2-12 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains the insured person's military rank. The field will be used primarily for
CHAMPUS policies, where the subscriber, or sponsor, may be an active duty member of the military.
The field value may be printed in block 11c of the CMS-1500 claim form.
2.312,3.04 STOP POLICY FROM BILLING 3;4 SET
'0' FOR NO;
'1' FOR YES;
LAST EDITED: APR 14, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter YES if claims should not be created against this policy.
DESCRIPTION: Determines whether or not claims may be created for the insurance policy. This field is used
primarily for CHAMPUS policies. If the patient is covered under CHAMPUS, but it is known that
claims should never be submitted to the CHAMPUS Fiscal Intermediary, then entering YES in this
field will cause Pharmacy claims to the FI not to be created.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2.312,3.05 INSURED'S SSN 3;5 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>13!($L(X)<9) X I $D(X) S X=$TR(X,"-","")
OUTPUT TRANSFORM:S Y=$E(Y,1,3)_"-"_$E(Y,4,5)_"-"_$E(Y,6,9)
LAST EDITED: MAY 06, 1997
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 9-13 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains the policyholder's social security number, if it is different than the
Subscriber ID. For CHAMPUS policies, this value may be automatically inserted into this field from
the PATIENT (#2) or SPONSOR PERSON (#355.82) files.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2.312,3.06 INSURED'S STREET 1 3;6 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>55!($L(X)<3)!'$$LENCHK^IBCNEUT1(X,30,0) X
LAST EDITED: JUN 05, 2013
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 3-30 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains the first street address of the policyholder.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Length of this field is temporarily limited to 30 characters.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2.312,3.07 INSURED'S STREET 2 3;7 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>55!($L(X)<3)!'$$LENCHK^IBCNEUT1(X,30,0) X
LAST EDITED: JUN 05, 2013
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 3-30 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains the second line of the street address of the policyholder.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Length of this field is temporarily limited to 30 characters.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2.312,3.08 INSURED'S CITY 3;8 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<2)!'$$LENCHK^IBCNEUT1(X,25,0) X
LAST EDITED: JUN 05, 2013
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 2-25 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains the city of the policyholder.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Length of this field is temporarily limited to 25 characters.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2.312,3.09 INSURED'S STATE 3;9 POINTER TO STATE FILE (#5)
LAST EDITED: MAY 05, 1997
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains the state of the policyholder.
2.312,3.1 INSURED'S ZIP 3;10 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<5) X I $D(X) D ZIPIN^VAFADDR
OUTPUT TRANSFORM:D ZIPOUT^VAFADDR
LAST EDITED: MAY 05, 1997
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 5-20 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains the zip code of the policyholder.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2.312,3.11 INSURED'S PHONE 3;11 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<7) X
LAST EDITED: MAY 05, 1997
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 7-20 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains the phone number of the policyholder.
2.312,3.12 INSURED'S SEX 3;12 SET
'F' FOR FEMALE;
'M' FOR MALE;
LAST EDITED: OCT 02, 2006
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the sex (M or F) of the policy holder.
DESCRIPTION: This field is used in insurance billing to help verify the policy coverage when the bill is
submitted to the carrier. If the patient is the policy holder, this value should match the
patient's sex. If the patient's spouse or other relative is the policy holder, the appropriate
value should be determined and entered.
2.312,3.13 INSURED'S COUNTRY 3;13 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>3!($L(X)<2) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 16, 2010
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 2-3 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains the country code of the policyholder.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, PID.11.6.
2.312,3.14 INSURED'S COUNTRY SUBDIVISION 3;14 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>3!($L(X)<1) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 16, 2010
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 1-3 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains the country subdivision code of the policyholder.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, PID.11.8.
2.312,4.01 PRIMARY CARE PROVIDER 4;1 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X
LAST EDITED: AUG 14, 1997
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 3-30 characters in length. Non-VA Provider to obtain a referral from for this
patient.
DESCRIPTION: This is the patient's Primary Care Provider within their managed care network that may refer the
patient to the VA.
2.312,4.02 PRIMARY PROVIDER PHONE 4;2 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<7) X
LAST EDITED: AUG 14, 1997
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 7-20 characters in length. The phone number of the PCP a referral may be obtained
from.
DESCRIPTION:
This is the phone number of the Primary Care Provider that may refer the patient to the VA.
2.312,4.03 PT. RELATIONSHIP - HIPAA 4;3 SET (Required)
'01' FOR SPOUSE;
'18' FOR SELF;
'19' FOR CHILD;
'20' FOR EMPLOYEE;
'29' FOR SIGNIFICANT OTHER;
'32' FOR MOTHER;
'33' FOR FATHER;
'39' FOR ORGAN DONOR;
'41' FOR INJURED PLAINTIFF;
'53' FOR LIFE PARTNER;
'G8' FOR OTHER RELATIONSHIP;
LAST EDITED: APR 27, 2020
HELP-PROMPT: Select the HIPAA relationship code that describes the relationship this patient has to the holder
of this insurance policy.
DESCRIPTION: Enter the code which best describes the patient's relationship to the person who holds this policy
(or insured).
TECHNICAL DESCR:
DEVELOPERS, as long as there is a trigger to another field which has a cross-reference calling the
EVENT^IVMPLOG tag, contact the Enrollment System (ES) leadership if your patch modification will
result in mass updates to this field upon installation.
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the PT. RELATIONSHIP TO INSURED field of the INSURANCE TYPE sub-field of the PATIENT
File
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^2.312^16
1)= X ^DD(2.312,4.03,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.312,D1,0)):^(0),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U
,16),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$PRELCNV^IBCNSP1($P(^DPT(DA(1),.312,DA,4),U,3),0) X ^DD(2.312,4.0
3,1,1,1.4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 N Z S Z=$$PRELCNV^IBCNSP1($P(^DPT(D0,.312,D1
,4),U,3),0),X=(Z'=""&(Z'=$P(^DPT(D0,.312,D1,0),U,16)))
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.312,DIV(1),0)),DIV=X S $P(^(0),U,16)=DIV,DIH=2.312,DIG=16 D ^DICR
2)= Q
CREATE CONDITION)= N Z S Z=$$PRELCNV^IBCNSP1($P(^DPT(D0,.312,D1,4),U,3),0),X=(Z'=""&(Z'=$P(^DPT(D0,
.312,D1,0),U,16)))
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$PRELCNV^IBCNSP1($P(^DPT(DA(1),.312,DA,4),U,3),0)
DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
FIELD)= #16
Triggers field 16 if its value differs from value in this field.
2.312,4.04 EIV AUTO-UPDATE 4;4 SET
'0' FOR NO;
'1' FOR YES;
LAST EDITED: AUG 02, 2009
HELP-PROMPT: Set this to YES if last update to INSURANCE TYPE sub-file was done via eIV auto-update.
DESCRIPTION: Flag that determines how the last update to INSURANCE TYPE sub-file was done. Value of "YES" means
that data was last updated via eIV auto-update, value of "NO" means that data was last updated via
other means.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
This flag is set by eIV processing code (IBCNEHL* series) and cleared by a trigger on field
2.312/1.05 (DATE LAST EDITED).
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the DATE LAST EDITED field of the INSURANCE TYPE sub-field of the PATIENT File
2.312,4.05 PHARMACY RELATIONSHIP CODE 4;5 POINTER TO BPS NCPDP PATIENT RELATIONSHIP CODE FILE (#9002313.19)
LAST EDITED: JUN 20, 2011
HELP-PROMPT: Select the relationship of the patient to the cardholder.
DESCRIPTION: This is the relationship of the patient to the cardholder.
Code Description
---- -----------
0 Not Specified
1 Cardholder - The individual that is enrolled in and receives
benefits from a health plan
2 Spouse - Patient is the husband/wife/partner of the cardholder
3 Child - Patient is a child of the cardholder
4 Other - Relationship to cardholder is not precise
TECHNICAL DESCR:
This field is NCPDP field 306-C6 - Patient Relationship Code
2.312,4.06 PHARMACY PERSON CODE 4;6 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>3!($L(X)<1) X
LAST EDITED: JUN 21, 2011
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 1-3 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: This is the code that is assigned by the payer to identify the patient. The payer may use a unique
person code to identify each specific person on the pharmacy insurance policy. This code may also
describe the patient's relationship to the cardholder.
Enrollment Standard Examples:
001 = Cardholder
002 = Spouse
003 - 999 = Dependents and Others (including second spouses, etc.)
TECHNICAL DESCR:
This is NCPDP field 303-C3 - Person Code
2.312,5.01 PATIENT ID 5;1 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<1) X
LAST EDITED: JUN 20, 2007
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 1-30 characters in length
DESCRIPTION: This is the patient's primary ID number for this insurance company. Enter this field when the
patient and the subscriber are different and the patient has been given a unique ID number. If
issued by this payer, the number should be present on the patient's insurance card.
This data will print in box 8a on the UB-04 for institutional claims when the patient and the
subscriber are different.
2.312,5.02 SUBSCRIBER'S SEC QUALIFIER(1) 5;2 SET
'23' FOR Client Number;
'IG' FOR Insurance Policy Number;
'SY' FOR Social Security Number;
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:'$$CHKQUAL^IBCNSU1(DA(1),DA,X,4,6) X Q
LAST EDITED: JUN 26, 2007
HELP-PROMPT: Enter a Qualifier to identify the type of ID number.
DESCRIPTION: Enter the subscriber secondary ID qualifier# 1. The qualifier describes the type of ID number.
Up to 3 secondary ID's and qualifiers may be entered, but you cannot use the same qualifier more
than once. SY is not a valid qualifier when the payer is Medicare.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2.312,5.03 SUBSCRIBER'S SEC ID(1) 5;3 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<1) X
LAST EDITED: JUN 26, 2007
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 1-30 characters in length
DESCRIPTION:
Enter the subscriber's secondary ID #1. You may enter up to 3 secondary ID's and qualifiers.
2.312,5.04 SUBSCRIBER'S SEC QUALIFIER(2) 5;4 SET
'23' FOR Client Number;
'IG' FOR Insurance Policy Number;
'SY' FOR Social Security Number;
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:'$$CHKQUAL^IBCNSU1(DA(1),DA,X,2,6) X Q
LAST EDITED: JUN 26, 2007
HELP-PROMPT: Enter a Qualifier to identify the type of ID number.
DESCRIPTION: Enter the subscriber secondary ID qualifier# 2. The qualifier describes the type of ID number.
Up to 3 secondary ID's and qualifiers may be entered, but you cannot use the same qualifier more
than once. SY is not a valid qualifier when the payer is Medicare.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2.312,5.05 SUBSCRIBER'S SEC ID(2) 5;5 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<1) X
LAST EDITED: JUN 26, 2007
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 1-30 characters in length
DESCRIPTION:
Enter the subscriber's secondary ID #2. You may enter up to 3 secondary ID's and qualifiers.
2.312,5.06 SUBSCRIBER'S SEC QUALIFIER(3) 5;6 SET
'23' FOR Client Number;
'IG' FOR Insurance Policy Number;
'SY' FOR Social Security Number;
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:'$$CHKQUAL^IBCNSU1(DA(1),DA,X,2,4) X Q
LAST EDITED: JUN 26, 2007
HELP-PROMPT: Enter a Qualifier to identify the type of ID number.
DESCRIPTION: Enter the subscriber secondary ID qualifier# 3. The qualifier describes the type of ID number.
Up to 3 secondary ID's and qualifiers may be entered, but you cannot use the same qualifier more
than once. SY is not a valid qualifier when the payer is Medicare.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2.312,5.07 SUBSCRIBER'S SEC ID(3) 5;7 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<1) X
LAST EDITED: JUN 26, 2007
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 1-30 characters in length
DESCRIPTION:
Enter the subscriber's secondary ID #3. You may enter up to 3 secondary ID's and qualifiers.
2.312,5.08 PATIENT'S SEC QUALIFIER(1) 5;8 SET
'23' FOR Client Number;
'IG' FOR Insurance Policy Number;
'SY' FOR Social Security Number;
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:'$$CHKQUAL^IBCNSU1(DA(1),DA,X,10,12) X Q
LAST EDITED: JUN 26, 2007
HELP-PROMPT: Enter a Qualifier to identify the type of ID number.
DESCRIPTION: Enter the patient secondary ID qualifier# 1. The qualifier describes the type of ID number. This
should only be used when the patient and the subscriber are different.
Up to 3 secondary ID's and qualifiers may be entered, but you cannot use the same qualifier more
than once. SY is not a valid qualifier when the payer is Medicare.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2.312,5.09 PATIENT'S SECONDARY ID(1) 5;9 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<1) X
LAST EDITED: JUN 26, 2007
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 1-30 characters in length
DESCRIPTION: Enter the patient secondary ID #1. You may enter up to 3 secondary ID's and qualifiers. This
should only be used when the patient and the subscriber are different.
2.312,5.1 PATIENT'S SEC QUALIFIER(2) 5;10 SET
'23' FOR Client Number;
'IG' FOR Insurance Policy Number;
'SY' FOR Social Security Number;
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:'$$CHKQUAL^IBCNSU1(DA(1),DA,X,8,12) X Q
LAST EDITED: JUN 26, 2007
HELP-PROMPT: Enter a Qualifier to identify the type of ID number.
DESCRIPTION: Enter the patient secondary ID qualifier# 2. The qualifier describes the type of ID number. This
should only be used when the patient and the subscriber are different.
Up to 3 secondary ID's and qualifiers may be entered, but you cannot use the same qualifier more
than once. SY is not a valid qualifier when the payer is Medicare.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2.312,5.11 PATIENT'S SECONDARY ID(2) 5;11 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<1) X
LAST EDITED: JUN 26, 2007
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 1-30 characters in length
DESCRIPTION: Enter the patient secondary ID #2. You may enter up to 3 secondary ID's and qualifiers. This
should only be used when the patient and the subscriber are different.
2.312,5.12 PATIENT'S SEC QUALIFIER(3) 5;12 SET
'23' FOR Client Number;
'IG' FOR Insurance Policy Number;
'SY' FOR Social Security Number;
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:'$$CHKQUAL^IBCNSU1(DA(1),DA,X,8,10) X Q
LAST EDITED: JUN 26, 2007
HELP-PROMPT: Enter a Qualifier to identify the type of ID number.
DESCRIPTION: Enter the patient secondary ID qualifier# 3. The qualifier describes the type of ID number. This
should only be used when the patient and the subscriber are different.
Up to 3 secondary ID's and qualifiers may be entered, but you cannot use the same qualifier more
than once. SY is not a valid qualifier when the payer is Medicare.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2.312,5.13 PATIENT'S SECONDARY ID(3) 5;13 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<1) X
LAST EDITED: JUN 26, 2007
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 1-30 characters in length
DESCRIPTION: Enter the patient secondary ID #3. You may enter up to 3 secondary ID's and qualifiers. This
should only be used when the patient and the subscriber are different.
2.312,6 WHOSE INSURANCE 0;6 SET (Required)
'v' FOR VETERAN;
's' FOR SPOUSE;
'o' FOR OTHER;
LAST EDITED: APR 13, 2020
DESCRIPTION: Enter 'v' if this insurance policy is held by the veteran (applicant), 's' if the veteran is
married and the spouse holds the policy, or 'o' if someone other than the veteran or his/her spouse
hold the policy, i.e., employer.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
DEVELOPERS, as long as there is a cross-reference calling the EVENT^IVMPLOG tag associated with
this field, contact the Enrollment System (ES) leadership if your patch modification will result in
mass updates to this field upon installation.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the PT. RELATIONSHIP TO INSURED field of the INSURANCE TYPE sub-field of the PATIENT
File
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.312^AENR6^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG($G(DA(1)))
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG($G(DA(1)))
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
2.312,7.01 NAME OF INSURED 7;1 FREE TEXT (Required)
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>130!($L(X)<2)!'$$LENCHK^IBCNEUT1(X,50,0)!(X'[",") X
LAST EDITED: APR 13, 2020
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 2-50 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: Enter the name of the individual for which this insurance policy was issued. If the patient and the
insurance subscriber are the same, then this field will be defaulted from the patient name field.
The name must contain a comma and be entered in Last,First format.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
DEVELOPERS, as long as there is a trigger to another field which has a cross-reference calling the
EVENT^IVMPLOG tag, contact the Enrollment System (ES) leadership if your patch modification will
result in mass updates to this field upon installation.
Replace field 17. Length of this field is temporarily limited to 50 characters.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the *NAME OF INSURED field of the INSURANCE TYPE sub-field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^2.312^17
1)= X ^DD(2.312,7.01,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.312,D1,0)):^(0),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U
,17),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$E($P(^DPT(DA(1),.312,DA,7),U),1,50) X ^DD(2.312,7.01,1,1,1.4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(0)=X S X=($P(^DPT(DA(1),.312,DA,0),U,17)
'=$E($P(^DPT(DA(1),.312,DA,7),U),1,50))
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.312,DIV(1),0)),DIV=X S $P(^(0),U,17)=DIV,DIH=2.312,DIG=17 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(0)=X S X=($P(^DPT(DA(1),.312,DA,7),U)="")
I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.312,D1,0)):^(0),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,17),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X
^DD(2.312,7.01,1,1,2.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.312,DIV(1),0)),DIV=X S $P(^(0),U,17)=DIV,DIH=2.312,DIG=17 D ^DICR
CREATE CONDITION)= S X=($P(^DPT(DA(1),.312,DA,0),U,17)'=$E($P(^DPT(DA(1),.312,DA,7),U),1,50))
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$E($P(^DPT(DA(1),.312,DA,7),U),1,50)
DELETE CONDITION)= S X=($P(^DPT(DA(1),.312,DA,7),U)="")
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= *NAME OF INSURED
Triggers field 2.312/17 if its value differs from first 50 chars of the value in this field.
Deletes field 2.312/17 if field 2.312/7.01 is deleted.
2.312,7.02 SUBSCRIBER ID 7;2 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>80!($L(X)<1)!'$$LENCHK^IBCNEUT1(X,20,0) X
LAST EDITED: APR 13, 2020
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 1-20 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: Enter the Subscriber's Primary ID number. This number is assigned by the payer and can be found on
the subscriber's insurance card.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
DEVELOPERS, as long as there is a trigger to another field which has a cross-reference calling the
EVENT^IVMPLOG tag, contact the Enrollment System (ES) leadership if your patch modification will
result in mass updates to this field upon installation.
Replaces field 1. Length of this field is temporarily limited to 20 characters.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the *SUBSCRIBER ID field of the INSURANCE TYPE sub-field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^2.312^1
1)= X ^DD(2.312,7.02,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.312,D1,0)):^(0),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U
,2),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$E($P(^DPT(DA(1),.312,DA,7),U,2),1,20) X ^DD(2.312,7.02,1,1,1.4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(0)=X S X=($P(^DPT(DA(1),.312,DA,0),U,2)'
=$E($P(^DPT(DA(1),.312,DA,7),U,2),1,20))
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.312,DIV(1),0)),DIV=X S $P(^(0),U,2)=DIV,DIH=2.312,DIG=1 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(0)=X S X=($P(^DPT(DA(1),.312,DA,7),U,2)=""
) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.312,D1,0)):^(0),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,2),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X
^DD(2.312,7.02,1,1,2.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.312,DIV(1),0)),DIV=X S $P(^(0),U,2)=DIV,DIH=2.312,DIG=1 D ^DICR
CREATE CONDITION)= S X=($P(^DPT(DA(1),.312,DA,0),U,2)'=$E($P(^DPT(DA(1),.312,DA,7),U,2),1,20))
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$E($P(^DPT(DA(1),.312,DA,7),U,2),1,20)
DELETE CONDITION)= S X=($P(^DPT(DA(1),.312,DA,7),U,2)="")
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= *SUBSCRIBER ID
Triggers field 2.312/1 if its value differs from first 20 chars of the value in this field. Deletes
field 2.312/1 if field 2.312/7.02 is deleted.
2.312,7.03 SUBSCRIBER ID ROLLBACK 7;3 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>80!($L(X)<1) X
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 80
LAST EDITED: JUN 19, 2019
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 1-80 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION:
This field is used to store the original data from the SUBSCRIBER ID (#7.02) field.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
This field is only used as a rollback data for patch IB*2.0*652. It will be used in case a problem
with the Subscriber ID needs to be rolled back to the original data.
2.312,7.04 PATIENT ID ROLLBACK 7;4 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<1) X
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 30
LAST EDITED: JUN 20, 2019
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 1-30 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains the original data from the PATIENT ID (#5.01) field.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
This field is only used as a rollback data for patch IB*2.0*652. It will be used in case a problem
with the PATIENT ID needs to be rolled back to the original data.
2.312,8 EFFECTIVE DATE OF POLICY 0;8 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM:S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:(Y<1) X I $D(X),$P($G(^DPT(DA(1),.312,DA,0)),"^",4)'="",X>$P($G(^DPT(DA
(1),.312,DA,0)),"^",4) K X
LAST EDITED: APR 13, 2020
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the effective date of this policy for the applicant, date must not be greater than the
insurance expiration date.
DESCRIPTION:
This is the date the policy went into effect for the applicant.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
DEVELOPERS, as long as there is a cross-reference calling the EVENT^IVMPLOG tag associated with
this field, contact the Enrollment System (ES) leadership if your patch modification will result in
mass updates to this field upon installation.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.312^ADGRU3128^MUMPS
1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(+$G(DA(1)))
2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(+$G(DA(1)))
RAI/MDS: field monitored for changes. Cross reference also needed to force filing so input
transform works.
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.312^AENR8^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG($G(DA(1)))
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG($G(DA(1)))
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
RECORD INDEXES: ACHI (#1483) (WHOLE FILE #2)
2.312,8.01 REQUESTED SERVICE DATE 8;1 DATE
SERVICE DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM:S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:X<1 X
LAST EDITED: SEP 12, 2013
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Service Date of the Response.
DESCRIPTION: This is the Eligibility/Service Date that is received on the eIV Response message. If it is not
present on the Response message then this is the Eligibility Date that was sent on the Inquiry
message.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
The Service Date associated with the Eligibility Benefits when the Eligibility Benefits are saved
from the Insurance Buffer to the Patient's Policy. This is the Service Date the Payer responded to
at the top of the Eligibility Benefit section above the Insurance Status.
2.312,8.02 REQUESTED SERVICE TYPE 8;2 POINTER TO X12 271 SERVICE TYPE FILE (#365.013)
SERVICE TYPE
LAST EDITED: SEP 12, 2013
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Service Type of the Response
DESCRIPTION:
This is the Service Type that is received on the Response message.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
The Service Type that was inquired about when the Eligibility Benefits are saved from the Insurance
Buffer to the Patient's Policy. This is the Service Type inquired about at the top of the
Eligibility Benefit section above the Insurance Status.
2.312,8.03 EB DISPLAY ENTRY 8;3 POINTER TO IIV RESPONSE FILE (#365)
LAST EDITED: JAN 28, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter a valid IIV Response entry.
DESCRIPTION: This field will contains a pointer to the IIV Response entry that was manually or automatically
accepted. It is used to display fields from the IIV Response file in the Eligibility Benefits
action.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Before this field is set, it is checked to see if it contains a previous value. If it does, the DO
NOT PURGE field (#.11) in the IIV Response file (#365) of the previously set entry is set to 0.
This allows the previous IIV Response entry to be purged the next time the purge is run. The DO
NOT PURGE flag of the current IIV Response entry is then set to 1 to prevent it from being purged.
2.312,9 GROUP REFERENCE INFORMATION 9;0 Multiple #2.3129
DESCRIPTION:
Subscriber/Dependent additional identification data.
2.3129,.01 SEQUENCE 0;1 NUMBER (Required) (Multiply asked)
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:+X'=X!(X>99999)!(X<1)!(X?.E1"."1.N) X
LAST EDITED: JUN 10, 2013
HELP-PROMPT: Type a number between 1 and 99999, 0 decimal digits.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains a sequential number generated at the time a record is stored in the subfile.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Sequential number 1..N, assigned automatically.
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.3129^B
1)= S ^DPT(DA(2),.312,DA(1),9,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT(DA(2),.312,DA(1),9,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)
2.3129,.02 REFERENCE ID (GROUP) 0;2 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>50!($L(X)<1) X
LAST EDITED: MAY 22, 2013
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 1-50 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION:
Subscriber Supplemental Identifier.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
X12: 271, 2100C/2100D, REF02 Reference Identification. Source: 271 HL7 message, ZRF.3
2.3129,.03 REF ID QUALIFIER (GROUP) 0;3 POINTER TO X12 271 REFERENCE IDENTIFICATION FILE (#365.028)
LAST EDITED: MAY 22, 2013
HELP-PROMPT: Select the reference ID qualifier.
DESCRIPTION:
Describes the type of reference ID at the REFERENCE ID (GROUP) (#.02) field.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
X12: 271, 2100C/2100D, REF01 Reference Identification Qualifier. Source: 271 HL7 message,
ZRF.2.1
2.3129,.04 DESCRIPTION 0;4 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>80!($L(X)<1) X
LAST EDITED: MAY 22, 2013
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 1-80 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: A free-form description to clarify the Reference ID in the REFERENCE ID (GROUP) (#.02) field. It
will be populated with the Plan, Group or Plan Network Name.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
X12: 271, 2100C/2100D, REF03 DESCRIPTION. 271 HL7 message, ZRF.4
2.312,10 GROUP PROVIDER INFO 10;0 Multiple #2.332
DESCRIPTION:
Entries in this sub-file identify the characteristics of a provider.
2.332,.01 SEQUENCE 0;1 NUMBER (Required) (Multiply asked)
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:+X'=X!(X>99999)!(X<1)!(X?.E1"."1.N) X
LAST EDITED: JUN 10, 2013
HELP-PROMPT: Type a number between 1 and 99999, 0 decimal digits.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains a sequential number generated at the time a record is stored in the
subfile.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Sequential number 1..N, assigned automatically.
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.332^B
1)= S ^DPT(DA(2),.312,DA(1),10,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT(DA(2),.312,DA(1),10,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)
2.332,.02 PROVIDER CODE 0;2 POINTER TO X12 271 PROVIDER CODE FILE (#365.024)
LAST EDITED: MAY 22, 2013
HELP-PROMPT: Select the group provider code.
DESCRIPTION:
Code that identifies the type of provider (e.g., "AD" for Admitting).
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: X12 271 LOOPS 2100B, 2100C, 2100D. PRV01 PROVIDER CODE HL7 message, ROL.3.1
2.332,.03 PROV REFERENCE ID 0;3 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>50!($L(X)<1) X
LAST EDITED: MAY 22, 2013
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 1-50 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION:
Provider specialty type identifier.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: X12 271 LOOPS 2100B, 2100C, 2100D. PRV03 PROVIDER CODE HL7 message ROL.4.1
2.312,11 HEALTH CARE CODE INFORMATION 11;0 Multiple #2.31211
DESCRIPTION:
To supply information related to the delivery of health care.
2.31211,.01 SEQUENCE 0;1 NUMBER (Required) (Multiply asked)
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:+X'=X!(X>99999)!(X<1)!(X?.E1"."1.N) X
LAST EDITED: JUN 10, 2013
HELP-PROMPT: Type a number between 1 and 99999, 0 decimal digits.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains a sequential number generated at the time a record is stored in the
subfile.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Sequential number 1..N, assigned automatically.
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.31211^B
1)= S ^DPT(DA(2),.312,DA(1),11,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT(DA(2),.312,DA(1),11,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)
2.31211,.02 DIAGNOSIS CODE 0;2 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
LAST EDITED: MAY 22, 2013
HELP-PROMPT: Select the diagnosis code.
DESCRIPTION:
Diagnosis Code sent by the payer in response to the insurance eligibility inquiry.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: Health Care Diagnosis Code information in the X12 271 HI segment in these X12 loops:
2100C, 2100D. 271 HL7 message DG1.3.1
2.31211,.03 DIAGNOSIS CODE QUALIFIER 0;3 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>10!($L(X)<1) X
LAST EDITED: MAY 22, 2013
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 1-10 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION:
Diagnosis Type Code identifying a specific industry code list ICD-9 or ICD-10.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message DG1.3.3 "ABK or BK" - represent ICD-10-CM and ICD-9-CM principal
diagnosis code qualifiers. These qualifiers also represent the code as a primary code.
"ABF or BF" - also represent ICD-10-CM and ICD-9-CM diagnosis code qualifiers and these
qualifiers represent the code as a secondary code.
When the payer sends an ABK or an ABF, the Eligibility Communicator will map these to the HL7
code "I10C". When the payer sends an ABK or an ABF, the Eligibility Communicator will map
these to the HL7 code "I9C".
2.31211,.04 PRIMARY OR SECONDARY? 0;4 SET
'P' FOR PRIMARY;
'S' FOR SECONDARY;
LAST EDITED: MAY 22, 2013
HELP-PROMPT: Does this code represent a primary or secondary diagnosis?
DESCRIPTION: This field indicates whether the code in the DIAGNOSIS CODE (#.02) field is a primary or
secondary diagnosis.
2.312,12.01 MILITARY INFO STATUS CODE 12;1 POINTER TO X12 271 MILITARY PERSONNEL INFO STATUS CODE FILE (#365.039)
LAST EDITED: MAY 20, 2013
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the military information status code.
DESCRIPTION:
Code to indicate the status of the military information sent by the payer.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message ZMP.2
2.312,12.02 MILITARY EMPLOYMENT STATUS 12;2 POINTER TO X12 271 MILITARY EMPLOYMENT STATUS CODE FILE (#365.046)
LAST EDITED: MAY 20, 2013
HELP-PROMPT: Select the appropriate code for claimant's military employment status.
DESCRIPTION:
Code showing the general military employment status of an employee/claimant.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message ZMP.3
2.312,12.03 MILITARY GOVT AFFILIATION CODE 12;3 POINTER TO X12 271 MILITARY GOVT SERVICE AFFILIATION FILE (#365.041)
LAST EDITED: JUN 12, 2013
HELP-PROMPT: Select the code that supports the claimant's military affiliation.
DESCRIPTION:
Code specifying the military service affiliation.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message ZMP.4
2.312,12.04 MILITARY PERSONNEL DESCRIPTION 12;4 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>80!($L(X)<1) X
LAST EDITED: MAY 20, 2013
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 1-80 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION:
This field further identifies the exact military unit.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message ZMP.5
2.312,12.05 MILITARY SERVICE RANK CODE 12;5 POINTER TO X12 271 MILITARY SERVICE RANK FILE (#365.042)
LAST EDITED: MAY 21, 2013
HELP-PROMPT: Select the Military Service Rank code.
DESCRIPTION:
Code specifying the military service rank.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message ZMP.6
2.312,12.06 DATE TIME PERIOD FORMAT QUAL 12;6 POINTER TO X12 271 DATE FORMAT QUALIFIER FILE (#365.032)
LAST EDITED: MAY 20, 2013
HELP-PROMPT: Select the qualifier for the date time period.
DESCRIPTION: Code qualifier indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format respective of
the DATE TIME PERIOD field (#12.07).
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message ZMP.7
2.312,12.07 DATE TIME PERIOD 12;7 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>17!($L(X)<8)!'(X?8N!(X?8N1"-"8N)) X
LAST EDITED: MAY 20, 2013
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date or range of dates in CCYYMMD or CCYYMMDD-CCYYMMDD format
DESCRIPTION:
Expression of a date or range of dates that indicates the date span of military service.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message ZMP.8
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2.312,15 *GROUP NAME 0;15 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<1) X
LAST EDITED: JUN 01, 1993
HELP-PROMPT: ANSWER MUST BE 1-20 CHARACTERS IN LENGTH
DESCRIPTION: If this insurance policy is a group policy, enter the name of the group.
This field is moved to the HEALTH INSURANCE POLICY file (355.3) beginning with IB v2.0. It
will be deleted with the first release 18 months after the release of IB V2.
2.312,16 PT. RELATIONSHIP TO INSURED 0;16 SET (Required)
'01' FOR PATIENT;
'02' FOR SPOUSE;
'03' FOR NATURAL CHILD;
'08' FOR EMPLOYEE;
'09' FOR DO NOT USE;
'11' FOR ORGAN DONOR;
'15' FOR INJURED PLANTIFF;
'18' FOR DO NOT USE;
'32' FOR MOTHER;
'33' FOR FATHER;
'34' FOR SIGNIFICANT OTHER;
'35' FOR LIFE PARTNER;
'36' FOR OTHER RELATIONSHIP;
LAST EDITED: APR 27, 2020
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the code which indicates the patient's relationship to the insured party.
DESCRIPTION: Select the relationship code that describes the relationship this patient has to the holder
of this insurance policy. If the policy belongs to the patient enter '01' for patient. If the
policy belongs to the spouse enter '02' for spouse, etc.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
DEVELOPERS, as long as there is a trigger to another field which has a cross-reference
calling the EVENT^IVMPLOG tag, contact the Enrollment System (ES) leadership if your patch
modification will result in mass updates to this field upon installation.
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I X'=""09"",X'=""18"""
EXPLANATION: Cannot use 09 or 18 anymore
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the PT. RELATIONSHIP - HIPAA field of the INSURANCE TYPE sub-field of the
PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^2.312^6
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.312,D1,0)):^(0),1:"") S
X=$P(Y(1),U,6),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$S(+X=1:"v",+X=2:"s",1:"o") X ^DD(2.312,16,1,1,1.4)
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.312,DIV(1),0)),DIV=X S $P(^(0),U,6)=DIV,DIH=2.312,DIG=6 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.312,D1,0)):^(0),1:"") S
X=$P(Y(1),U,6),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.312,DIV(1),0)),DIV=X S $P(^(0),U,6)=DIV
,DIH=2.312,DIG=6 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$S(+X=1:"v",+X=2:"s",1:"o")
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= WHOSE INSURANCE
This trigger will set the WHOSE INSURANCE field (#6). WHOSE INSURANCE will no longer be asked on
user interface screens.
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^2.312^4.03
1)= X ^DD(2.312,16,1,2,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.312,D1,4)):^(4),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,3
),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$PRELCNV^IBCNSP1($P(^DPT(DA(1),.312,DA,0),U,16),1) X ^DD(2.312,16,1,
2,1.4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 N Z S Z=$$PRELCNV^IBCNSP1($P(^DPT(D0,.312,D1
,0),U,16),1),X=(Z'=""&(Z'=$P($G(^DPT(D0,.312,D1,4)),U,3)))
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.312,DIV(1),4)),DIV=X S $P(^(4),U,3)=DIV,DIH=2.312,DIG=4.03 D ^DICR
2)= Q
CREATE CONDITION)= N Z S Z=$$PRELCNV^IBCNSP1($P(^DPT(D0,.312,D1,0),U,16),1),X=(Z'=""&(Z'=$P($G(^DPT
(D0,.312,D1,4)),U,3)))
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$PRELCNV^IBCNSP1($P(^DPT(DA(1),.312,DA,0),U,16),1)
DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
FIELD)= #4.03
Triggers field 4.03 if its value differs from value in this field.
2.312,17 *NAME OF INSURED 0;17 FREE TEXT (Required)
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>50!($L(X)<2)!(X'[",") X
LAST EDITED: APR 13, 2020
HELP-PROMPT:Enter 2-50 character name of person who holds this insurance policy.
DESCRIPTION:
Enter the name of the individual for which this insurance policy was issued. If the patient and
the insurance subscriber are the same, then this field will be defaulted from the patient name
field.
The name must contain a comma and be entered in Last,First format.
This field is scheduled for deletion in May 2015.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
DEVELOPERS, as long as there is a cross-reference calling the EVENT^IVMPLOG tag associated with
this field, contact the Enrollment System (ES) leadership if your patch modification will result in
mass updates to this field upon installation.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the NAME OF INSURED field of the INSURANCE TYPE sub-field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.312^AENR17^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG($G(DA(1)))
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG($G(DA(1)))
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^2.312^7.01
1)= X ^DD(2.312,17,1,2,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.312,D1,7)):^(7),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,1
),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$P(^DPT(DA(1),.312,DA,0),U,17) X ^DD(2.312,17,1,2,1.4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(0)=X S X=($P(^DPT(DA(1),.312,DA,0),U,17)
'=$E($P($G(^DPT(DA(1),.312,DA,7)),U),1,50))
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.312,DIV(1),7)),DIV=X S $P(^(7),U,1)=DIV,DIH=2.312,DIG=7.01 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(0)=X S X=($P(^DPT(DA(1),.312,DA,0),U,17)="
") I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.312,D1,7)):^(7),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,1),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=""
X ^DD(2.312,17,1,2,2.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.312,DIV(1),7)),DIV=X S $P(^(7),U,1)=DIV,DIH=2.312,DIG=7.01 D ^DICR
CREATE CONDITION)= S X=($P(^DPT(DA(1),.312,DA,0),U,17)'=$E($P($G(^DPT(DA(1),.312,DA,7)),U),1,50))
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$P(^DPT(DA(1),.312,DA,0),U,17)
DELETE CONDITION)= S X=($P(^DPT(DA(1),.312,DA,0),U,17)="")
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= NAME OF INSURED
Triggers field 2.312/7.01 if first 50 chars of its value differ from the value in this field.
Deletes field 2.312/7.01 if field 2.312/17 is deleted.
2.312,20 NEW GROUP NAME ; COMPUTED
MUMPS CODE: X ^DD(2.312,20,9.2) S D0=$P(Y(2.312,20,1),U,18) S:'$D(^IBA(355.3,+D0,0)) D0=-1 S Y(2.312,20,101
)=$S($D(^IBA(355.3,D0,2)):^(2),1:"") S X=$P(Y(2.312,20,101),U,1) S D0=Y(2.312,20,80) S D1=Y(2.312,2
0,81)
9.2 = S Y(2.312,20,81)=$S($D(D1):D1,1:""),Y(2.312,20,80)=$S($D(D0):D0,1:""),Y(2.312,20,1)=$S($D(^DP
T(D0,.312,D1,0)):^(0),1:"")
ALGORITHM: #.18:GROUP NAME
LAST EDITED: SEP 11, 2014
DESCRIPTION:
This computed field will yield the Group Name from file# 355.3 based on the current Group Plan in
field# .18.
2.312,21 NEW GROUP NUMBER ; COMPUTED
MUMPS CODE: X ^DD(2.312,21,9.2) S D0=$P(Y(2.312,21,1),U,18) S:'$D(^IBA(355.3,+D0,0)) D0=-1 S Y(2.312,21,101
)=$S($D(^IBA(355.3,D0,2)):^(2),1:"") S X=$P(Y(2.312,21,101),U,2) S D0=Y(2.312,21,80) S D1=Y(2.312,2
1,81)
9.2 = S Y(2.312,21,81)=$S($D(D1):D1,1:""),Y(2.312,21,80)=$S($D(D0):D0,1:""),Y(2.312,21,1)=$S($D(^DP
T(D0,.312,D1,0)):^(0),1:"")
ALGORITHM: #.18:GROUP NUMBER
LAST EDITED: SEP 11, 2014
DESCRIPTION:
This computed field will yield the Group Number from file# 355.3 based on the current Group Plan in
field# .18.
2.312,60 ELIGIBILITY/BENEFIT 6;0 Multiple #2.322 (Add New Entry without Asking)
LAST EDITED: JUL 22, 2009
DESCRIPTION:
This multiple contains all of the eligibility and benefit data for a specific insured person
returned from the Payer.
2.322,.01 EB NUMBER 0;1 NUMBER
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:+X'=X!(X>999)!(X<1)!(X?.E1"."1.N) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 11, 2009
HELP-PROMPT:Type a number between 1 and 999, 0 Decimal Digits.
DESCRIPTION:
This is a sequential number corresponding to the Set-ID for all of the eligibility/benefit (X.12
EB segments) segments coming into VISTA.
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.322^B
1)= S ^DPT(DA(2),.312,DA(1),6,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT(DA(2),.312,DA(1),6,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)
2.322,.02 ELIGIBILITY/BENEFIT INFO 0;2 POINTER TO X12 271 ELIGIBILITY/BENEFIT FILE (#365.011)
Elig/Ben Info
LAST EDITED: MAR 07, 2013
HELP-PROMPT:Enter an eligibility/benefit code from the list.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains a code identifying the eligibility status of the individual or the benefit
returned by the Payer.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
It corresponds to X.12 271 EB01 data element.
2.322,.03 COVERAGE LEVEL 0;3 POINTER TO X12 271 COVERAGE LEVEL FILE (#365.012)
Coverage Level
LAST EDITED: MAR 07, 2013
HELP-PROMPT:Enter a coverage level code from the list.
DESCRIPTION:
This field identifies the level of coverage of benefits.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
It corresponds to X.12 271 EB02 data element.
2.322,.04 *SERVICE TYPE 0;4 POINTER TO X12 271 SERVICE TYPE FILE (#365.013)
Service Type
LAST EDITED: NOV 30, 2010
HELP-PROMPT:Enter the service type code from the list.
DESCRIPTION:
This field is a code identifying the classification of service.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
It corresponds to X.12 271 EB03 data element. This field is deprecated via IB*2.0*438. Replaced
with 2.322/11 which is a multiple with #2.32292/.01.
2.322,.05 INSURANCE TYPE 0;5 POINTER TO X12 271 INSURANCE TYPE FILE (#365.014)
Insurance Type
LAST EDITED: MAR 07, 2013
HELP-PROMPT:Enter the insurance type code from the list.
DESCRIPTION:
This is a code identifying the type of insurance policy within a specific insurance program.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
It corresponds to X.12 271 EB04 data element.
2.322,.06 PLAN COVERAGE DESCRIPTION 0;6 FREE TEXT
Plan Coverage Description
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>50!($L(X)<1) X
LAST EDITED: OCT 13, 2009
HELP-PROMPT:Answer must be 1-50 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION:
This code is a description or number that identifies the plan or coverage.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
It corresponds to X.12 271 EB05 data element.
2.322,.07 TIME PERIOD QUALIFIER 0;7 POINTER TO X12 271 TIME PERIOD QUALIFIER FILE (#365.015)
Time Period
LAST EDITED: MAR 07, 2013
HELP-PROMPT:Enter the type of time period code from the list.
DESCRIPTION:
This is a code for the time period category that determines for how long the benefits are
available.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
It corresponds to X.12 271 EB06 data element.
2.322,.08 MONETARY AMOUNT 0;8 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:S:X["$" X=$P(X,"$",2) K:X'?.N.1".".2N!(+X>999999999999999)!(+X<0)!(X?.E1"."3.N) X
LAST EDITED: JUN 12, 2013
HELP-PROMPT:Type a dollar amount between 0 and 999999999999999, 2 decimal digits.
DESCRIPTION:
This field is populated if eligibility or benefit must be qualified by a monetary amount.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
It corresponds to X.12 271 EB07 data element.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2.322,.09 PERCENT 0;9 NUMBER
Percentage
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:+X'=X!(X>100)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."6.N) X
LAST EDITED: OCT 13, 2009
HELP-PROMPT:Type a number between 0 and 100, 5 Decimal Digits.
DESCRIPTION:
This field is used if eligibility or benefit must be qualified by a percentage.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
It corresponds to X.12 271 EB08 data element.
2.322,.1 QUANTITY QUALIFIER 0;10 POINTER TO X12 271 QUANTITY QUALIFIER FILE (#365.016)
Quantity
LAST EDITED: MAR 07, 2013
HELP-PROMPT:Enter the type of quantity code from the list.
DESCRIPTION:
This field is used to identify the type of units that are being conveyed in the QUANTITY field
(#.11).
TECHNICAL DESCR:
It corresponds to X.12 271 EB09 data element.
2.322,.11 QUANTITY 0;11 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>15!($L(X)<1) X
LAST EDITED: APR 28, 2010
HELP-PROMPT:Answer must be 1-15 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION:
This field number is used for the quantity value as qualified by the QUANTITY QUALIFIER field.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
It corresponds to X.12 271 EB10 data element.
2.322,.12 AUTHORIZATION/CERTIFICATION 0;12 POINTER TO X12 271 YES/NO RESPONSE CODE FILE (#365.033)
Authorization/Certification
LAST EDITED: MAR 26, 2013
HELP-PROMPT:Enter YES if authorization or certification is required.
DESCRIPTION:
This field indicates that an authorization or certification is required per plan provisions.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
It corresponds to X.12 271 EB11 data element.
2.322,.13 IN PLAN 0;13 POINTER TO X12 271 YES/NO RESPONSE CODE FILE (#365.033)
In-Plan-Network
LAST EDITED: MAR 26, 2013
HELP-PROMPT:Enter YES if the benefits identified are In-Plan-Network.
DESCRIPTION:
This field indicates the plan network indicator. A YES value indicates the benefits identified
are considered In-Plan-Network. A NO value indicates that the benefits identified are considered
Out-Of-Plan-Network. A "U" value indicates it is unknown whether the benefits identified are
part of the Plan Network.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
It corresponds to X.12 271 EB12 data element.
2.322,1.01 PROCEDURE CODING METHOD 1;1 POINTER TO X12 271 PROCEDURE CODING METHOD FILE (#365.035)
LAST EDITED: MAR 07, 2013
HELP-PROMPT:Enter the code describing procedure coding method.
DESCRIPTION:
Two character code describing procedure coding method.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, ZEB.14.1
2.322,1.02 PROCEDURE CODE 1;2 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>48!($L(X)<1) X
LAST EDITED: JUL 23, 2009
HELP-PROMPT:Answer must be 1-48 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION:
Identification code for the procedure.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, ZEB.15
2.322,1.03 PROCEDURE MODIFIER 1 1;3 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>2!($L(X)<1) X
LAST EDITED: JUL 23, 2009
HELP-PROMPT:Answer must be 1-2 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION:
Identifies special circumstances related to the procedure; first modifier.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, ZEB.16 (repetition 1)
2.322,1.04 PROCEDURE MODIFIER 2 1;4 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>2!($L(X)<1) X
LAST EDITED: JUL 23, 2009
HELP-PROMPT:Answer must be 1-2 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION:
Identifies special circumstances related to the procedure; second modifier.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, ZEB.16 (repetition 2)
2.322,1.05 PROCEDURE MODIFIER 3 1;5 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>2!($L(X)<1) X
LAST EDITED: JUL 23, 2009
HELP-PROMPT:Answer must be 1-2 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION:
Identifies special circumstances related to the procedure; third modifier.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, ZEB.16 (repetition 3)
2.322,1.06 PROCEDURE MODIFIER 4 1;6 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>2!($L(X)<1) X
LAST EDITED: JUL 23, 2009
HELP-PROMPT:Answer must be 1-2 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION:
Identifies special circumstances related to the procedure; fourth modifier.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, ZEB.16 (repetition 4)
2.322,2 NOTES 2;0 WORD-PROCESSING #2.3222
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains any additional text about the eligibility benefit information. It is
transcribed from X.12 271 MSG segments.
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2009
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains any additional text about the eligibility benefit information. It is
transcribed from X.12 271 MSG segments.
2.322,3.01 ENTITY ID CODE 3;1 POINTER TO X12 271 ENTITY IDENTIFIER CODE FILE (#365.022)
LAST EDITED: MAR 05, 2013
HELP-PROMPT:Select X12 code for entity identifier.
DESCRIPTION:
X12 Entity Identifier Code.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, ZTY.2.1
2.322,3.02 ENTITY TYPE 3;2 POINTER TO X12 271 ENTITY TYPE QUALIFIER FILE (#365.043)
LAST EDITED: MAR 05, 2013
HELP-PROMPT:Select type of the entity.
DESCRIPTION:
Entity Type Qualifier.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, ZTY.3.1
2.322,3.03 NAME 3;3 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>98!($L(X)<1) X
LAST EDITED: JUL 23, 2009
HELP-PROMPT:Answer must be 1-98 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION:
Name of person or organization.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, combined elements ZTY.4.1.1 (last name or organization name), ZTY.4.2
(first name) , ZTY.4.3 (middle name), and ZTY.4.4 (suffix).
2.322,3.04 ENTITY ID 3;4 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>80!($L(X)<1) X
LAST EDITED: JUL 23, 2009
HELP-PROMPT:Answer must be 1-80 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION:
Entity identifier.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, ZTY.6
2.322,3.05 ENTITY ID QUALIFIER 3;5 POINTER TO X12 271 IDENTIFICATION QUALIFIER FILE (#365.023)
LAST EDITED: MAR 06, 2013
HELP-PROMPT:Select X12 code for ID qualifier.
DESCRIPTION:
Code designating the system/method used for Identification.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, ZTY.5.1
2.322,3.06 ENTITY RELATIONSHIP CODE 3;6 POINTER TO X12 271 ENTITY RELATIONSHIP CODE FILE (#365.031)
LAST EDITED: MAR 05, 2013
HELP-PROMPT:Enter the code that represents the relationship to the patient.
DESCRIPTION:
Benefit Related Entity's relationship to the patient.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Populated by the eInsurance application when processing the data from the incoming HL7 271
MESSAGE.
2.322,4.01 ADDRESS LINE 1 4;1 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>55!($L(X)<1) X
LAST EDITED: JUL 23, 2009
HELP-PROMPT:Answer must be 1-55 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION:
Entity address, line 1.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL message, ZTY.7.1.1
2.322,4.02 ADDRESS LINE 2 4;2 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>55!($L(X)<1) X
LAST EDITED: JUL 23, 2009
HELP-PROMPT:Answer must be 1-55 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION:
Entity address, line 2.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, ZTY.7.2
2.322,4.03 CITY 4;3 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<1) X
LAST EDITED: JUL 23, 2009
HELP-PROMPT:Answer must be 1-30 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION:
Entity address, city.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, ZTY.7.3
2.322,4.04 STATE 4;4 POINTER TO STATE FILE (#5)
LAST EDITED: JUL 23, 2009
HELP-PROMPT:Select state/province code.
DESCRIPTION:
Entity address, state or province code.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, ZTY.7.4
2.322,4.05 ZIP 4;5 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>15!($L(X)<1) X
LAST EDITED: JUL 23, 2009
HELP-PROMPT:Answer must be 1-15 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION:
Entity address, zip or postal code.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, ZTY.7.5
2.322,4.06 COUNTRY CODE 4;6 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>3!($L(X)<2) X
LAST EDITED: JUL 23, 2009
HELP-PROMPT:Answer must be 2-3 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION:
Entity address, country code.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, ZTY.7.6
2.322,4.07 LOCATION 4;7 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<1) X
LAST EDITED: JUL 23, 2009
HELP-PROMPT:Answer must be 1-30 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION:
Entity address, location identifier.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, ZTY.9
2.322,4.08 LOCATION QUALIFIER 4;8 POINTER TO X12 271 LOCATION QUALIFER FILE (#365.034)
LAST EDITED: MAR 06, 2013
HELP-PROMPT:Select location qualifier.
DESCRIPTION:
Entity address, location qualifier.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, ZTY.8
2.322,4.09 SUBDIVISION CODE 4;9 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>3!($L(X)<1) X
LAST EDITED: AUG 10, 2010
HELP-PROMPT:Answer must be 1-3 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION:
Entity address, country subdivision code.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, ZTY.7.8.
2.322,5.01 PROVIDER CODE 5;1 POINTER TO X12 271 PROVIDER CODE FILE (#365.024)
LAST EDITED: MAR 06, 2013
HELP-PROMPT:Select provider code.
DESCRIPTION:
Code identifying the type of provider.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, ZTY.10.1
2.322,5.02 REFERENCE ID 5;2 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<1) X
LAST EDITED: JUL 24, 2009
HELP-PROMPT:Answer must be 1-30 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION:
Reference identifier.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, ZTY.12
2.322,5.03 REFERENCE ID QUALIFIER 5;3 POINTER TO X12 271 REFERENCE IDENTIFICATION FILE (#365.028)
LAST EDITED: MAR 06, 2013
HELP-PROMPT:Select reference id qualifier.
DESCRIPTION:
Reference identifier type.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, ZTY.11.1
2.322,6 CONTACT INFORMATION 6;0 Multiple #2.3226 (Add New Entry without Asking)
DESCRIPTION:
This multiple contains contact information for an eligibility/benefit entity.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, CTD segment within G2O group.
2.3226,.01 SEQUENCE 0;1 NUMBER (Required)
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:+X'=X!(X>99999)!(X<1)!(X?.E1"."1.N) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2009
HELP-PROMPT:Type a number between 1 and 99999, 0 Decimal Digits.
DESCRIPTION:
Sequential entry number.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Sequential number of G2O.CTD segment.
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.3226^B
1)= S ^DPT(DA(3),.312,DA(2),6,DA(1),6,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT(DA(3),.312,DA(2),6,DA(1),6,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)
2.3226,.02 NAME 0;2 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>98!($L(X)<1) X
LAST EDITED: JUL 24, 2009
HELP-PROMPT:Answer must be 1-98 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION:
Name of the contact.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, G2O.CTD.2 - combined data from CTD.2.5 (prefix), CTD.2.1.1 (last
name), CTD.2.2 (first name), CTD.2.3 (middle name), CTD.2.4 (suffix), and CTD.2.6 (degree).
2.3226,.03 *COMMUNICATION NUMBER 0;3 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<1) X
LAST EDITED: NOV 20, 2013
HELP-PROMPT:Answer must be 1-30 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION:
Phone, fax, email, etc.
This field is scheduled for deletion in May 2015.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
This field has been moved to 2.3226/1 Source: 271 HL7 message, G2O.CTD.5.1
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the COMMUNICATION NUMBER field of the CONTACT INFORMATION sub-field of the
ELIGIBILITY/BENEFIT sub-field of the INSURANCE TYPE sub-field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^2.3226^1
1)= X ^DD(2.3226,.03,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.312,D1,6,D2,6,D3,1)):^(1),1:"") S X
=$P(Y(1),U,1),X=X S DIU=X K Y X ^DD(2.3226,.03,1,1,1.1) X ^DD(2.3226,.03,1,1,1.4)
1.1)= S X=DIV S X=$P(^DPT(DA(3),.312,DA(2),6,DA(1),6,DA,0),U,3)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(3),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA(2),DIV(1)=D1,D2=DA(1),DIV(2)=D2,D3=DA,DIV(3)=D3 S Y(0)
=X S X=($P(^DPT(DA(3),.312,DA(2),6,DA(1),6,DA,0),U,3)'=$E($P($G(^DPT(DA(3),.312,DA(2),6,DA(1),6,DA,
1)),U),1,30))
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.312,DIV(1),6,DIV(2),6,DIV(3),1)),DIV=X S $P(^(1),U,1)=DIV,DIH=2.3226,DI
G=1 D ^DICR
2)= X ^DD(2.3226,.03,1,1,2.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.312,D1,6,D2,6,D3,1)):^(1),1:"") S X
=$P(Y(1),U,1),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2.3226,.03,1,1,2.4)
2.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(3),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA(2),DIV(1)=D1,D2=DA(1),DIV(2)=D2,D3=DA,DIV(3)=D3 S Y(0)
=X S X=($P(^DPT(DA(3),.312,DA(2),6,DA(1),6,DA,0),U,3)="")
2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.312,DIV(1),6,DIV(2),6,DIV(3),1)),DIV=X S $P(^(1),U,1)=DIV,DIH=2.3226,DI
G=1 D ^DICR
CREATE CONDITION)= S X=($P(^DPT(DA(3),.312,DA(2),6,DA(1),6,DA,0),U,3)'=$E($P($G(^DPT(DA(3),.312,DA(
2),6,DA(1),6,DA,1)),U),1,30))
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$P(^DPT(DA(3),.312,DA(2),6,DA(1),6,DA,0),U,3)
DELETE CONDITION)= S X=($P(^DPT(DA(3),.312,DA(2),6,DA(1),6,DA,0),U,3)="")
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= COMMUNICATION NUMBER (LONG)
Triggers field 2.3226/1 if first 30 chars of its value differ from the value in this field. Deletes
field 2.3226/1 if field 2.3226/.03 is deleted.
2.3226,.04 COMMUNICATION QUALIFIER 0;4 POINTER TO X12 271 CONTACT QUALIFIER FILE (#365.021)
LAST EDITED: MAR 06, 2013
HELP-PROMPT:Select type of communication number.
DESCRIPTION:
Code describing type of communication number.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, G2O.CTD.5.9
2.3226,1 COMMUNICATION NUMBER 1;1 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>245!($L(X)<1) X
LAST EDITED: NOV 20, 2013
HELP-PROMPT:Answer must be 1-245 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION:
Phone, fax, email, URL
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Replaces field .03. Source: 271 HL7 message, G2O.CTD.5.1
NOTES:XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the *COMMUNICATION NUMBER field of the CONTACT INFORMATION sub-field of the
ELIGIBILITY/BENEFIT sub-field of the INSURANCE TYPE sub-field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^2.3226^.03
1)= X ^DD(2.3226,1,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.312,D1,6,D2,6,D3,0)):^(0),1:"") S X=$
P(Y(1),U,3),X=X S DIU=X K Y X ^DD(2.3226,1,1,1,1.1) X ^DD(2.3226,1,1,1,1.4)
1.1)= S X=DIV S X=$E($P(^DPT(DA(3),.312,DA(2),6,DA(1),6,DA,1),U),1,30)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(3),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA(2),DIV(1)=D1,D2=DA(1),DIV(2)=D2,D3=DA,DIV(3)=D3 S Y(0)
=X S X=($P(^DPT(DA(3),.312,DA(2),6,DA(1),6,DA,0),U,3)'=$E($P(^DPT(DA(3),.312,DA(2),6,DA(1),6,DA,1),
U),1,30))
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.312,DIV(1),6,DIV(2),6,DIV(3),0)),DIV=X S $P(^(0),U,3)=DIV,DIH=2.3226,DI
G=.03 D ^DICR
2)= X ^DD(2.3226,1,1,1,2.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.312,D1,6,D2,6,D3,0)):^(0),1:"") S X=$
P(Y(1),U,3),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2.3226,1,1,1,2.4)
2.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(3),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA(2),DIV(1)=D1,D2=DA(1),DIV(2)=D2,D3=DA,DIV(3)=D3 S Y(0)
=X S X=($P(^DPT(DA(3),.312,DA(2),6,DA(1),6,DA,1),U)="")
2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.312,DIV(1),6,DIV(2),6,DIV(3),0)),DIV=X S $P(^(0),U,3)=DIV,DIH=2.3226,DI
G=.03 D ^DICR
CREATE CONDITION)= S X=($P(^DPT(DA(3),.312,DA(2),6,DA(1),6,DA,0),U,3)'=$E($P(^DPT(DA(3),.312,DA(2),
6,DA(1),6,DA,1),U),1,30))
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$E($P(^DPT(DA(3),.312,DA(2),6,DA(1),6,DA,1),U),1,30)
DELETE CONDITION)= S X=($P(^DPT(DA(3),.312,DA(2),6,DA(1),6,DA,1),U)="")
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= COMMUNICATION NUMBER
Triggers field 2.3226/.03 if its value differs from first 30 chars of the value in this field.
Deletes field 2.3226/.03 if field 2.3226/1 is deleted.
2.322,7 HEALTHCARE SERVICES DELIVERY 7;0 Multiple #2.3227 (Add New Entry without Asking)
DESCRIPTION:
Healthcare services delivery multiple.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 ZHS segment.
2.3227,.01 SEQUENCE 0;1 NUMBER
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:+X'=X!(X>99999)!(X<1)!(X?.E1"."1.N) X
LAST EDITED: JUL 27, 2009
HELP-PROMPT:Type a number between 1 and 99999, 0 Decimal Digits.
DESCRIPTION:
Sequential entry number.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Sequential number of ZHS segment.
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.3227^B
1)= S ^DPT(DA(3),.312,DA(2),6,DA(1),7,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT(DA(3),.312,DA(2),6,DA(1),7,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)
2.3227,.02 BENEFIT QUANTITY 0;2 NUMBER
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:+X'=X!(X>99999)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."4.N) X
LAST EDITED: APR 28, 2010
HELP-PROMPT:Type a number between 0 and 99999, 3 Decimal Digits.
DESCRIPTION:
Numeric value of benefit quantity as qualified by QUANTITY QUALIFIER field.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, ZHS.3
2.3227,.03 QUANTITY QUALIFIER 0;3 POINTER TO X12 271 QUANTITY QUALIFIER FILE (#365.016)
LAST EDITED: MAY 02, 2013
HELP-PROMPT:Select benefit quantity qualifier.
DESCRIPTION:
Benefit quantity qualifier.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, ZHS.2.1
2.3227,.04 SAMPLE SELECTION MODULUS 0;4 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>6!($L(X)<1) X
LAST EDITED: APR 28, 2010
HELP-PROMPT:Answer must be 1-6 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION:
Sampling frequency in terms of a modulus of the Unit of Measure. Qualified by UNITS OF
MEASUREMENT field.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, ZHS.5
2.3227,.05 UNITS OF MEASUREMENT 0;5 POINTER TO X12 271 UNITS OF MEASUREMENT FILE (#365.029)
LAST EDITED: MAR 07, 2013
HELP-PROMPT:Select units of measurement.
DESCRIPTION:
Units of measurement for frequency of the benefits.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, ZHS.4.1
2.3227,.06 TIME PERIODS 0;6 NUMBER
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:+X'=X!(X>99999)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."3.N) X
LAST EDITED: APR 28, 2010
HELP-PROMPT:Type a number between 0 and 99999, 2 Decimal Digits.
DESCRIPTION:
Number of time periods as qualified by TIME PERIOD QUALIFIER field.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, ZHS.7
2.3227,.07 TIME PERIOD QUALIFIER 0;7 POINTER TO X12 271 TIME PERIOD QUALIFIER FILE (#365.015)
LAST EDITED: MAY 02, 2013
HELP-PROMPT:Select qualifier for the time period.
DESCRIPTION:
Code that defines a time period.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, ZHS.6.1
2.3227,.08 DELIVERY FREQUENCY 0;8 POINTER TO X12 271 DELIVERY FREQUENCY CODE FILE (#365.025)
LAST EDITED: MAR 07, 2013
HELP-PROMPT:Select code for delivery frequency.
DESCRIPTION:
Code that defines frequency of deliveries.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, ZHS.8.1
2.3227,.09 DELIVERY PATTERN 0;9 POINTER TO X12 271 DELIVERY PATTERN FILE (#365.036)
LAST EDITED: MAR 07, 2013
HELP-PROMPT:Select delivery pattern.
DESCRIPTION:
Code that defines pattern of deliveries.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, ZHS.9.1
2.322,8 SUBSCRIBER DATES 8;0 Multiple #2.3228 (Add New Entry without Asking)
DESCRIPTION:
Subscriber dates multiple.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, ZSD segment.
2.3228,.01 SEQUENCE 0;1 NUMBER
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:+X'=X!(X>99999)!(X<1)!(X?.E1"."1.N) X
LAST EDITED: JUL 27, 2009
HELP-PROMPT:Type a number between 1 and 99999, 0 Decimal Digits.
DESCRIPTION:
Sequential number of ZSD segment.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Sequential number 1..N, assigned automatically.
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.3228^B
1)= S ^DPT(DA(3),.312,DA(2),6,DA(1),8,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT(DA(3),.312,DA(2),6,DA(1),8,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)
2.3228,.02 DATE 0;2 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>50!($L(X)<8) X
LAST EDITED: JUL 27, 2009
HELP-PROMPT:Answer must be 8-50 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION:
Date or range of dates.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, ZSD.4.1
2.3228,.03 DATE QUALIFIER 0;3 POINTER TO X12 271 DATE QUALIFIER FILE (#365.026)
LAST EDITED: MAR 06, 2013
HELP-PROMPT:Select date qualifier.
DESCRIPTION:
Code describing the type of date.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, ZSD.2.1
2.3228,.04 DATE FORMAT 0;4 POINTER TO X12 271 DATE FORMAT QUALIFIER FILE (#365.032)
LAST EDITED: MAR 07, 2013
HELP-PROMPT:Select date format.
DESCRIPTION:
Format of the date representation.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, ZSD.3.1
2.322,9 SUBSCRIBER ADDITIONAL INFO 9;0 Multiple #2.3229 (Add New Entry without Asking)
DESCRIPTION:
Additional subscriber information multiple.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, ZII segment.
2.3229,.01 SEQUENCE 0;1 NUMBER
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:+X'=X!(X>99999)!(X<1)!(X?.E1"."1.N) X
LAST EDITED: JUL 27, 2009
HELP-PROMPT:Type a number between 1 and 99999, 0 Decimal Digits.
DESCRIPTION:
Sequential number of ZII segment.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Sequential number 1..N, assigned automatically.
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.3229^B
1)= S ^DPT(DA(3),.312,DA(2),6,DA(1),9,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT(DA(3),.312,DA(2),6,DA(1),9,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)
2.3229,.02 PLACE OF SERVICE 0;2 POINTER TO PLACE OF SERVICE FILE (#353.1)
LAST EDITED: MAR 06, 2013
HELP-PROMPT:Select code for place of service.
DESCRIPTION:
Place of service code.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, ZII.3.1 when ZII.2.1 has value of "ZZ"
2.3229,.03 DIAGNOSIS 0;3 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80)
LAST EDITED: JUL 27, 2009
HELP-PROMPT:Select diagnosis code.
DESCRIPTION:
Diagnosis code.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, ZII.3.1 when ZII.2.1 has value of "BF" or "BK"
2.3229,.04 QUALIFIER 0;4 POINTER TO X12 271 CODE LIST QUALIFIER FILE (#365.044)
LAST EDITED: MAR 06, 2013
HELP-PROMPT:Select additional information qualifier.
DESCRIPTION:
Additional information qualifier.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, ZII.2.1
2.3229,.05 NATURE OF INJURY CODE 0;5 POINTER TO X12 271 NATURE OF INJURY CODES FILE (#365.045)
LAST EDITED: MAR 06, 2013
HELP-PROMPT:Enter the nature of injury code.
DESCRIPTION:
Code that represents the nature of the patient injury.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, ZII.4 when ZII.2.1 has value of "GR" or "NI".
2.3229,.06 NATURE OF INJURY CATEGORY 0;6 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<1) X
LAST EDITED: MAR 06, 2013
HELP-PROMPT:Answer must be 1-30 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION:
Specifies the situation or category to which the code applies.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, ZII.5
2.3229,.07 NATURE OF INJURY TEXT 0;7 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>80!($L(X)<1) X
LAST EDITED: MAR 06, 2013
HELP-PROMPT:Answer must be 1-80 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION:
Describes the injured body part or parts.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, ZII.6
2.322,10 SUBSCRIBER REFERENCE ID 10;0 Multiple #2.32291
DESCRIPTION:
Subscriber reference id multiple.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, ZRF segment.
2.32291,.01 SEQUENCE 0;1 NUMBER
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:+X'=X!(X>99999)!(X<1)!(X?.E1"."1.N) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 11, 2009
HELP-PROMPT:Type a number between 1 and 99999, 0 Decimal Digits.
DESCRIPTION:
Sequential number of ZRF segment.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Sequential number 1..N, assigned automatically.
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.32291^B
1)= S ^DPT(DA(3),.312,DA(2),6,DA(1),10,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT(DA(3),.312,DA(2),6,DA(1),10,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)
2.32291,.02 REFERENCE ID 0;2 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<1) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2009
HELP-PROMPT:Answer must be 1-30 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION:
Reference id value.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, ZRF.3.
2.32291,.03 REFERENCE ID QUALIFIER 0;3 POINTER TO X12 271 REFERENCE IDENTIFICATION FILE (#365.028)
LAST EDITED: MAR 06, 2013
HELP-PROMPT:Select reference id qualifier.
DESCRIPTION:
Code describing the type of reference id.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, ZRF.2.1.
2.32291,.04 DESCRIPTION 0;4 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>80!($L(X)<1) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2009
HELP-PROMPT:Answer must be 1-80 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION:
Short description of reference id.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Source: 271 HL7 message, ZRF.4.
2.322,11 SERVICE TYPES 11;0 POINTER Multiple #2.32292 (Add New Entry without Asking)
2.32292,.01 SERVICE TYPES 0;1 POINTER TO X12 271 SERVICE TYPE FILE (#365.013)
LAST EDITED: MAR 07, 2013
HELP-PROMPT:Select a service type code returned from eligibility inquiry.
DESCRIPTION:
This is a service type code returned from an eligibility inquiry.
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.32292^B
1)= S ^DPT(DA(3),.312,DA(2),6,DA(1),11,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT(DA(3),.312,DA(2),6,DA(1),11,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)
2,.313 CLAIM NUMBER .31;3 FREE TEXT (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA D EV^DGLOCK I $D(X) S L=$S($D(^DPT(DA,0)):$P(^(0),U,9),1:X) W:X?1"SS".E " ",L S:X?1"SS".E
X=L K:$L(X)>9 X Q:'$D(X) I X'=L K:$L(X)>8!($L(X)<7)!'(X?.N) X
OUTPUT TRANSFORM: S Y=$E(Y,1,10)
LAST EDITED: JUN 09, 2023
HELP-PROMPT: Enter this patient's claim number as 7-8 numerics or enter SS if the claim number is the same as
his/her SSN. Pseudo SSNs are not allowed.
DESCRIPTION: If the applicant is a veteran enter his/her claim number as 7-8 numerics or by entering the
characters 'SS' if his/her claim number is the same as his/her social security number. Once
eligibility has been verified only users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this
field.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D EV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
GROUP: ECD
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AVAFC313^MUMPS
1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".313;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".313;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of
the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7
PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the
change is being made from within the Registration process.
Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to
1.
The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S)
EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR313^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
2,.314 CLAIM FOLDER LOCATION .31;4 POINTER TO INSTITUTION FILE (#4)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DIC("S")="I $$CFLTF^DGREGDD(Y)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
LAST EDITED: JUL 12, 2023
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the location of the patient's claim folder.
DESCRIPTION: This is the location of the patient's claim folder. It must be an entry in the INSTITUTION File.
Valid facility types: RO (Regional Office) RO&IC (Regional Office and Insurance
Center) RO-OC (Regional Office - Outpatient Clinic) RPC (Record Processing Center)
M&ROC (Medical and Regional Office Center) M&ROC (M&RO) (Medical and Regional Office Center)
TECHNICAL DESCR:
This is a pointer to the INSTITUTION File (#4).
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I $$CFLTF^DGREGDD(Y)"
EXPLANATION: Only allow active sites with station # and valid facility type
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ACFL4^MUMPS
1)= D SET^DGREGDD(DA,X)
2)= D KILL^DGREGDD(DA)
This sets the *CLAIM FOLDER LOCATION field to be the station number concatenated with the name of
the institution.
2,.3192 COVERED BY HEALTH INSURANCE? .31;11 SET (Required) (audited)
ARE YOU COVERED BY ANY HEALTH INSURANCE
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
'U' FOR UNKNOWN;
LAST EDITED: MAY 20, 2020
HELP-PROMPT: Enter 'Y' if this patient is covered by health insurance, 'N' if not.
DESCRIPTION: Enter 'Y' if this applicant is covered by a health insurance policy regardless of who holds policy
(applicant, spouse, employer, etc.), 'N' if s/he isn't covered by any policy, or 'U' if unknown.
TECHNICAL DESCR: DEVELOPERS, as long as there is a cross-reference calling the EVENT^IVMPLOG tag associated with
this field, contact the Enrollment System (ES) leadership if your patch modification will result in
mass updates to this field upon installation.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
GROUP: II
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR3192^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
2,.32101 VIETNAM SERVICE INDICATED? .321;1 SET (Required)
DID YOU SERVE IN VIET NAM
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
'U' FOR UNKNOWN;
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: JUN 14, 2004
HELP-PROMPT: Enter 'Y' if this patient served in Vietnam, 'N' if not, 'U' if unknown.
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant enter 'Y' if s/he actually served in the Republic of Vietnam, 'N' if
not, or 'U' if unknown. Once the service record has been verified only users who hold the
designated security key may enter/edit this field.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
GROUP: VN
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.32104
1)= X ^DD(2,.32101,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.321)):^(.321),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,4)
S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="" X ^DD(2,.32101,1,1,1.4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.32101,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:""
) S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.321)):^(.321),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,3,99)) S DIH=DIH
_U" S %=$P(DIH,U,5,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,4),^(.321)=$P(DIH,U,1,3)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.32
104 D ^DICR
2)= Q
CREATE CONDITION)= #.32101="NO"
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
FIELD)= #.32104
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.32105
1)= X ^DD(2,.32101,1,2,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.321)):^(.321),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,5)
S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="" X ^DD(2,.32101,1,2,1.4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.32101,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:""
) S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.321)):^(.321),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,4,99)) S DIH=DIH
_U" S %=$P(DIH,U,6,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,5),^(.321)=$P(DIH,U,1,4)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.32
105 D ^DICR
2)= Q
CREATE CONDITION)= #.32101="NO"
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
FIELD)= #.32105
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR32101^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the VIETNAM SERVICE INDICATED?
field.
2,.32102 AGENT ORANGE EXPOS. INDICATED? .321;2 SET (Required)
EXPOSED TO AGENT ORANGE
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
'U' FOR UNKNOWN;
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: MAR 18, 2022
HELP-PROMPT: Enter 'Y' if this patient claims exposure to agent orange, 'N' if not, 'U' if unknown.
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant enter 'Y' if s/he was exposed to the chemical agent orange, 'N' if not,
or 'U' if unknown.
Exposure can be claimed by those serving in the KOREAN DMZ between January 1, 1968 and December 31,
1969; or served in country in Vietnam or the offshore waters of Vietnam during Jan 9, 1962 to May
7, 1975.
When Consistency Check # 25 is active (AGENT ORANGE EXPOSURE INDICATED WITHOUT VIETNAM ERA PERIOD
OF SERVICE), exposure cannot be claimed unless the Period of Service (#.323) field in the Patient
(#2) file is answered VIETNAM ERA, which entails those serving in the Korean DMZ between January 1,
1968 and December 31, 1969 or served in country in Vietnam or the offshore waters of Vietnam during
Jan 9, 1962 to May 7, 1975.
Once eligibility is verified in VES only VES users with edit capability may enter/edit this field.
GROUP: AO
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.32107
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.32102,0)),U,3) S X=$P($P(Y(1)
,$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59))="NO" I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.321)):^(.321),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),
U,7),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.32102,1,1,1.4)
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.321)),DIV=X S $P(^(.321),U,7)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.32107 D ^DICR
2)= Q
CREATE CONDITION)= #.32102="NO"
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
FIELD)= #.32107
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.3211
1)= X ^DD(2,.32102,1,2,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.321)):^(.321),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,10)
,X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.321)),DIV=X S $P(^(.321),U,10)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.3211 D
^DICR
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.32102,0)),U,3) S X=$P($P(Y(
1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59))="NO"
2)= Q
CREATE CONDITION)= #.32102="NO"
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
FIELD)= #.3211
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.32109
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.32102,0)),U,3) S X=$P($P(Y(1)
,$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59))="NO" I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.321)):^(.321),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),
U,9),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.32102,1,3,1.4)
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.321)),DIV=X S $P(^(.321),U,9)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.32109 D ^DICR
2)= Q
CREATE CONDITION)= #.32102="NO"
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
FIELD)= #.32109
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR32102^MUMPS
1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to update the patient's current Patient Enrollment record.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.3213
1)= X ^DD(2,.32102,1,5,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.321)):^(.321),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13)
,X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.321)),DIV=X S $P(^(.321),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.3213 D
^DICR
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.32102,0)),U,3) S X=$P($P(Y(
1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
2)= Q
CREATE CONDITION)= #.32102="NO"
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
FIELD)= #.3213
2,.32103 RADIATION EXPOSURE INDICATED? .321;3 SET (Required)
WERE YOU EXPOSED TO RADIATION
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
'U' FOR UNKNOWN;
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: MAR 18, 2022
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the RADIATION EXPOSURE INDICATED associated with the enrollment priority determination
DESCRIPTION: Enter 'Y' if the veteran was exposed to ionizing radiation:
2) Nagasaki/Hiroshima - Veteran was exposed to ionizing radiation as a POW or while serving in
Hiroshima and/or Nagasaki, Japan from August 6, 1945 through July 1, 1946.
3) Atmospheric Nuclear Testing - exposure occurred at an atmospheric nuclear device test site (e.g.
the Pacific Islands, NM or NV).
4) H/N and Atmospheric Testing - exposure occurred as a POW in Hiroshima or Nagasaki AND at an
atmospheric nuclear device test site.
5) Underground Nuclear Testing - exposure occurred while at Longshot, Milrow, or Cannikin
underground nuclear tests at Amchitka Island, AK prior to January 1, 1974.
6) Exposure at Nuclear Facility - exposure occurred while at Department of Energy plants at
Paducah, KY, Portsmouth, OH or the K25 area at Oak Ridge, TN for at least 250 days before February
1, 1992.
7) Other - a method that does not fit any of the other categories
Only Veterans exposed by methods #2, 3 or 4 are eligible for copayment exemption or enrollment in
priority 6 based on their IR exposure.
Enter 'N' if not exposed or 'U' if unknown.
Once the record has been verified in VES only VES users may enter/edit this field.
GROUP: IRD
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.3212
1)= X ^DD(2,.32103,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(2)=";"_$S($D(^DD(2,.3212,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:""),Y(1)=$S
($D(^DPT(D0,.321)):^(.321),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(2),";"_$P(Y(1),U,12)_":",2),";",1) S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV
S X="" X ^DD(2,.32103,1,1,1.4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.32103,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:""
) S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.321)):^(.321),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,11,99)) S DIH=DI
H_U" S %=$P(DIH,U,13,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,12),^(.321)=$P(DIH,U,1,11)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG
=.3212 D ^DICR:$O(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
2)= Q
CREATE CONDITION)= #.32103="NO"
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
FIELD)= #.3212
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.32111
1)= X ^DD(2,.32103,1,2,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.321)):^(.321),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,11)
S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="" X ^DD(2,.32103,1,2,1.4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.32103,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:""
) S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.321)):^(.321),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,10,99)) S DIH=DI
H_U" S %=$P(DIH,U,12,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,11),^(.321)=$P(DIH,U,1,10)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG
=.32111 D ^DICR:$O(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
2)= Q
CREATE CONDITION)= #.32103="NO"
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
FIELD)= #.32111
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR32103^MUMPS
1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to update the patient's current Patient Enrollment record.
2,.32104 VIETNAM FROM DATE .321;4 DATE (Required)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y I $D(X) K:'$$VALCON^DGRPMS(DA,"VIET",X,0) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D VN^DGLOCK S:$
D(X) DGFRDT=X
LAST EDITED: JUL 22, 2004
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date this patient commenced service in the Republic of Vietnam.
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant who served in the Republic of Vietnam (DID YOU SERVE IN VIETNAM prompt
must be answered YES) enter the date on which service in vietnam commenced [between February 28,
1961 and May 7, 1975]. Once the service record is verified only users who hold the designated
security key may enter/edit this field. As long as Vietnam service is indicated this date may not
be deleted.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D VND^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
GROUP: VN
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the VIETNAM SERVICE INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR32104^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the VIETNAM FROM DATE field.
2,.32105 VIETNAM TO DATE .321;5 DATE (Required)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y I $D(X) K:'$$VALCON^DGRPMS(DA,"VIET",X,1) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D VN^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: JUN 14, 2004
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date this patient ended service in the Republic of Vietnam.
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant who served in the Republic of Vietnam (DID YOU SERVE IN VIETNAM prompt
must be answered YES) enter the date on which service in Vietnam ended [between February 28, 1961
and May 7, 1975]. Once the service record is verified only user who hold the designated security
key may enter/edit this field. As long as Vietnam service is indicated this date may not be
deleted.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D VND^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
GROUP: VN
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the VIETNAM SERVICE INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR32105^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the VIETNAM TO DATE field.
2,.32107 AGENT ORANGE REGISTRATION DATE .321;7 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E",%DT(0)=-DT D ^%DT K %DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D AO^DGLOCK I $D(X) D DOB^DGHELP
LAST EDITED: JAN 07, 2001
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date on which this patient was registered as being exposed to agent orange.
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant who was exposed to agent orange (EXPOSED TO AGENT ORANGE prompt must be
answered YES) enter the date registered. Once the service record is verified only users who hold
the designated security key may enter/edit this field. As long as agent orange exposure is
indicated this field may not be deleted.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D AOD^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
GROUP: AO
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the AGENT ORANGE EXPOS. INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
2,.32108 AGENT ORANGE REPORTED TO C.O. .321;8 DATE
AGENT ORANGE REPORTED TO C.O.
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E",%DT(0)=-DT D ^%DT K %DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D AO^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: APR 18, 1990
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date on which this patient's claim for agent orange exposure was reported to C.O.
DESCRIPTION: Enter the date on which this patient's claim of exposure to Agent Orange was initially reported to
VA Central Office.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D AOD^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
GROUP: AO
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2,.32109 AGENT ORANGE EXAM DATE .321;9 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E",%DT(0)=-DT D ^%DT K %DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D AO^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: APR 18, 1990
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date this patient was examined for the agent orange condition claimed.
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant who was exposed to agent orange (EXPOSED TO AGENT ORANGE prompt must be
answered YES) enter the date s/he was examined for this exposure, if any. Once the service record
is verified only users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field. As long as
agent orange exposure is indicated this field may not be deleted.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D AOD^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
GROUP: AO
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the AGENT ORANGE EXPOS. INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
2,.3211 AGENT ORANGE REGISTRATION # .321;10 NUMBER
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:+X'=X!(X>999999)!(X<1)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D AO^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: AUG 06, 1986
HELP-PROMPT: Enter this patient's agent orange registration number [a number between 1-999999].
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant who was exposed to agent orange (EXPOSED TO AGENT ORANGE prompt must be
answered YES) enter the registration number assigned [a number between 1-999999]. Once the service
record has been verified only users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field.
This field cannot be deleted as long as agent orange exposure is indicated.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D AOD^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
GROUP: AO
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the AGENT ORANGE EXPOS. INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
2,.32111 RADIATION REGISTRATION DATE .321;11 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E",%DT(0)=-DT D ^%DT K %DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D IR^DGLOCK I $D(X) D DOB^DGHELP
LAST EDITED: APR 18, 1990
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date on which this patient was registered as claiming exposure to ionizing radiation.
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant who was exposed to ionizing radiation (WERE YOU EXPOSED TO RADIATION
prompt must be answered YES) enter the date registered. Once the service record is verified only
users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field. This field cannot be deleted
as long as ionizing radiation exposure is indicated.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D IRD^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
GROUP: IRD
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the RADIATION EXPOSURE INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
2,.32115 PROJ 112/SHAD .321;15 SET
'1' FOR YES;
'0' FOR NO;
LAST EDITED: JUL 13, 2006
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR32115^MUMPS
1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to update the patient's current Patient Enrollment record.
2,.32116 TOXIC EXPOSURE RISK ACTIVITY .321;16 SET (BOOLEAN Data Type)
LAST EDITED: MAR 22, 2024
HELP-PROMPT: This field is not editable in VistA and is only shared so that it may be displayed to a VistA user
along with the patient's other Environmental Factors. Any required updates can only be made in VES.
DESCRIPTION: This field should be set to YES if the patient claims exposure to Toxic Exposure Risk Activity
(TERA), NO if there was no exposure or UNKNOWN if exposure is not known. The Toxic Exposure Risk
Activity indicator will be entered and maintained by the VHA Enrollment System and shared with
VistA via HL7 messaging. The field will not be editable in VistA and is only shared so that it may
be displayed to a VistA user along with the patient's other Environmental Factors.
The TERA Indicator is stored internally as 1 for YES, 0 for No and NULL for UNKNOWN.
TECHNICAL DESCR: The Toxic Exposure Risk Activity (TERA) Indicator is stored internally as 1 for YES, 0 for No and
NULL for UNKNOWN. It will be entered and maintained by the VHA Enrollment System and shared with
VistA via HL7 messaging.
Write access for this field is "^". This field is UNEDITABLE.
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
UNEDITABLE
2,.32117 PERSIAN GULF INDICATOR .321;17 SET (BOOLEAN Data Type)
LAST EDITED: AUG 19, 2024
HELP-PROMPT: If the patient indicates deployment to the Persian Gulf, enter "YES". If the patient indicates
there was no deployment to the Persian Gulf, enter "NO". Enter no response if deployment is
unknown.
DESCRIPTION: This field should be set to YES if the patient deployed to the Persian Gulf, NO if the patient did
not deploy to the Persian Gulf or left blank if it is unknown. The Persian Gulf Indicator is
entered and maintained by the VHA Enrollment System and shared with VistA via HL7 messaging. The
field is not editable in VistA and is only shared so that it may be displayed to a VistA user along
with the patient's other Environmental Factors.
The Persian Gulf Indicator is stored internally as 1 for YES, 0 for NO and NULL for UNKNOWN.
TECHNICAL DESCR: The Persian Gulf Indicator is stored internally as 1 for YES, 0 for No and NULL for UNKNOWN. It is
entered and maintained by the VHA Enrollment System and shared with VistA via HL7 messaging.
This field is UNEDITABLE.
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
2,.32118 PERSIAN GULF LAST CHANGE DATE .321;18 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:3991231X) X
LAST EDITED: AUG 28, 2024
HELP-PROMPT: Type a date between 8/2/1999 and 12/31/2099.
DESCRIPTION:
This is the date that the Persian Gulf Indicator was last changed.
TECHNICAL DESCR: The Persian Gulf Last Change Date is a record of when the Persian Gulf Indicator was last changed
in the system. It is stored in the internal FileMan format.
This field is not displayed on any VistA screens and is for internal reference only. It is
maintained by the VHA Enrollment System and is shared with VistA via HL7 messaging.
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
2,.3212 RADIATION EXPOSURE METHOD .321;12 SET
'2' FOR HIROSHIMA/NAGASAKI;
'3' FOR ATMOS NUCLR TESTING;
'4' FOR H/N AND ATMOS TESTING;
'5' FOR UNDERGRD NUCLR TESTING;
'6' FOR EXPOS AT NUCLR FACILITY;
'7' FOR OTHER;
'8' FOR ENEWETAK;
'9' FOR EXPOS IN PALOMARES B52;
'10' FOR THULE AFB B52;
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA D IR^DGLOCK Q
LAST EDITED: FEB 01, 2023
HELP-PROMPT: Select from the listing available the method by which this patient was exposed to ionizing
radiation.
DESCRIPTION: This field represents the method by which the exposure to ionizing radiation occurred.
2) Hiroshima/Nagasaki - if the Veteran was exposed to ionizing radiation as a POW or while serving
in Hiroshima and/or Nagasaki, Japan from August 6, 1945 through July 1, 1946.
3) Atmos Nuclr Testing - if exposure occurred at an atmospheric nuclear device test site (e.g. the
Pacific Islands, NM or NV).
4) H/N and Atmos Testing - if exposure occurred as a POW in Hiroshima or Nagasaki AND at an
atmospheric nuclear device test site.
5) Undergrd Nuclr Testing - if exposure occurred while at Longshot, Milrow, or Cannikin underground
nuclear tests at Amchitka Island, AK prior to January 1, 1974.
6) Expos at Nuclr Facility - if exposure occurred while at Department of Energy plants at Paducah,
KY, Portsmouth, OH or the K25 area at Oak Ridge, TN for at least 250 days before February 1, 1992.
7) Other - a method that does not fit any of the other categories.
8) Enewetak - if exposure occurred during cleanup of Enewetak Atoll, from January 1, 1977, through
December 31, 1980.
9) Expos in Palomares B52 - if exposure occurred during cleanup of the Air Force B-52 bomber
carrying nuclear weapons off the coast of Palomares, Spain, from January 17, 1966, through March
31, 1967.
10) Thule AFB B52 - if exposure occurred during the response to the fire onboard an Air Force B-52
bomber carrying nuclear weapons near Thule Air Force Base in Greenland from January 21, 1968, to
September 25, 1968.
Only Veterans exposed by methods #2, 3, 4, 8, 9, or 10 are eligible for copayment exemption or
enrollment in priority 6 based on their Ionizing Radiation exposure.
Only Veterans Health Administration Enrollment System users may enter/edit this field.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D IRD^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
GROUP: IRD
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the RADIATION EXPOSURE INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR3212^MUMPS
1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to update the patient's current Patient Enrollment record.
2,.3213 AGENT ORANGE EXPOSURE LOCATION .321;13 SET (Required)
Agent Orange Exposure Location
'B' FOR BLUE WATER NAVY;
'K' FOR KOREAN DMZ;
'V' FOR VIETNAM;
'T' FOR THAILAND(U.S. OR ROYAL THAI MIL BASE);
'L' FOR LAOS;
'C' FOR CAMBODIA(MIMOT OR KREK,KAMPONG CHAM);
'G' FOR GUAM, AMERICAN SAMOA, OR TERRITORIAL WATERS;
'J' FOR JOHNSTON ATOLL;
'O' FOR OTHER;
LAST EDITED: JAN 06, 2023
HELP-PROMPT: Enter where the patient was exposed to agent orange.
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant who was exposed to agent orange (EXPOSED TO AGENT ORANGE prompt must be
answered YES) enter the location where the exposure occurred. Once eligibility is verified in VES
only VES users may enter/edit this field. This field cannot be deleted as long as agent orange
exposure is indicated.
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I $$CHKAOEL^DGRP6EF(Y)"
EXPLANATION: Available locations are shown.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D AOD^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the AGENT ORANGE EXPOS. INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR3213^MUMPS
1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to update the patient's current Patient Enrollment record.
2,.3214 FILIPINO VETERAN PROOF .321;14 SET
'PP' FOR US PASSPORT;
'BC' FOR US BIRTH CERTIFICATE;
'BA' FOR REPORT OF BIRTH ABROAD OF US CITIZEN;
'NA' FOR VERIFICATION OF NATURALIZATION;
'PR' FOR VERIFICATION OF PERMANENT RESIDENCY;
'VA' FOR VA COMPENSATION AT FULL DOLLAR RATE;
'NO' FOR NO PROOF;
LAST EDITED: JUN 14, 2004
DESCRIPTION: Enter in this field the documentation that was provided in order to establish US citizenship,
lawful permanent US residency, and/or VA Compensation at full-dollar rate for a Filipino Veteran
(i.e., a veteran whose Branch of Service is F. Commonwealth, F. Guerilla, or F. Scouts New)
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR3214^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the FILIPINO VETERAN PROOF field.
2,.3215 SERVICE [OEF OR OIF] .3215;0 SET Multiple #2.3215
LAST EDITED: JAN 04, 2006
DESCRIPTION: This contains the information relating to the deployment of the patient to a conflict location for
the operations Iraqi and Enduring Freedom (OIF, OEF respectively). It also includes records of
conflict that can be identified as being EITHER OIF OR OEF, but the specific location cannot be
determined.
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I Y'=3"
EXPLANATION: Users cannot enter 3 (UNSPECIFIED)
IDENTIFIED BY: OEF/OIF FROM DATE(#.02), OEF/OIF TO DATE(#.03)
INDEXED BY: OEF/OIF TO DATE (ACVCOM1), OEF/OIF TO DATE & OEF/OIF FROM DATE & LOCATION OF SERVICE (ALOEIF),
LOCATION OF SERVICE & OEF/OIF FROM DATE & OEF/OIF TO DATE (ALSTUP)
2.3215,.01 LOCATION OF SERVICE 0;1 SET
'1' FOR OIF;
'2' FOR OEF;
'3' FOR UNKNOWN OEF/OIF;
LAST EDITED: JUN 27, 2006
HELP-PROMPT: Enter OEF or OIF operation where this patient was in combat.
DESCRIPTION:
This is the operation in which the patient was in combat during the specified time period.
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I $P($G(^DPT(DA(1),.3215,DA,0)),U),$P(^(0),U)=Y"
EXPLANATION: CANNOT CHANGE THE LOCATION ONCE SET
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2.3215^B
1)= S ^DPT(DA(1),.3215,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT(DA(1),.3215,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2.3215^AENR321501^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA(1))
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA(1))
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the LOCATION OF SERVICE field.
RECORD INDEXES: ALOEIF (#675), ALSTUP (#676)
2.3215,.02 OEF/OIF FROM DATE 0;2 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM:S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y I $D(X) K:'$$VALCON1^DGRPMS(DA(1),DA,X,0) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA(1) D OEIF^DGLOC
K S:$D(X) DGFRDT=X
LAST EDITED: MAR 13, 2006
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date the patient was deployed to the OEF/OIF area, if known. Otherwise, enter the
military pay start date for this OEF/OIF deployment.
DESCRIPTION: If the service indicated is OEF or UNKNOWN OEF/OIF, this date must be on or after 9/01/2001 and the
end date must be after 9/11/2001. If the service indicated is OIF, this date must be on or after
3/01/2003 and the end date must be after 3/19/2003.
The meaning of this date depends on where the information was obtained from. If the data came from
the VIS, Environmental Medicine or FHIE systems, this is the start date of military pay for the
assignment to the OEF/OIF operation. If it came from any other source, it is the date the patient
was actually deployed to the OEF/OIF area.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.3215^AENR321502^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA(1))
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA(1))
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the OEF/OIF FROM DATE field.
RECORD INDEXES: ALOEIF (#675), ALSTUP (#676)
2.3215,.03 OEF/OIF TO DATE 0;3 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM:S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y I $D(X) K:'$$VALCON1^DGRPMS(DA(1),DA,X,1) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA(1) D OEIF^DGLOC
K
LAST EDITED: JUN 22, 2009
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date the patient left the OEF/OIF area if known. Otherwise, enter the end date of
military pay for this OEF/OIF deployment.
DESCRIPTION: If the service indicated is OEF or UNKNOWN OEF/OIF, this date must be on or after 9/11/2001. If the
service indicated is OIF, this date must be on or after 3/19/2003.
The meaning of this date depends on where the information was obtained from. If the data came from
the VIS, Environmental Medicine or FHIE systems, this is the military pay end date for the
assignment to the OEF/OIF operation. If it came from any other source, it is the date the patient
actually left the OEF/OIF area.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.3215^AENR321503^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA(1))
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA(1))
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the OEF/OIF TO DATE field.
FIELD INDEX: ACVCOM1 (#681) MUMPS ACTION
Short Descr: Set CV End Date based on OEF/OIF fields
Description: This MUMPS x-ref will trigger an update to the Combat Vet Eligibility End Date field under the
following conditions:
If the COMBAT VETERAN END DATE (#.5295) of the PATIENT file (#2) is null
AND either
The SERVICE SEPARATION DATE [LAST] (#.327) is missing
OR
The SERVICE SEPARATION DATE [LAST] (#.327) is less than the
OEF/OIF TO DATE - #.03 in subfile 2.3215
Set Logic: N DGZ S DGZ=$S(X2(3)'15!($L(X)<1)!'(X?.N) X
LAST EDITED: AUG 11, 2009
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the service number assigned to this patient during this episode of military service or 'SS'
if it's the same as the SSN. Answer must be 1-15 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION:
Enter the service number for this episode of military service.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.3216^AENR321605^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA(1))
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA(1))
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of any changes to the SERVICE NUMBER field.
2.3216,.06 SERVICE DISCHARGE TYPE 0;6 POINTER TO TYPE OF DISCHARGE FILE (#25) (Required)
INPUT TRANSFORM:S DFN=DA(1) D MSE^DGLOCK Q
LAST EDITED: FEB 24, 2009
HELP-PROMPT: Select from the list the discharge type for this episode of military service.
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant, select from the available list the discharge type which s/he received
for this episode of military service.
If the military service episode has been sent from the Health Eligibility Center (HEC), the data
will be locked and cannot be edited or deleted.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.3216^AENR321606^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA(1))
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA(1))
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of any changes to the SERVICE DISCHARGE TYPE
field.
2.3216,.07 DATA LOCKED 0;7 SET
'0' FOR NO;
'1' FOR YES;
INPUT TRANSFORM:S DFN=DA(1) D MSE^DGLOCK Q
LAST EDITED: FEB 24, 2009
HELP-PROMPT: This field is set to '1' (YES) when the military service episode data can no longer be changed or
deleted.
DESCRIPTION: When a military service episode is sent from HEC, the Data Locked field will be set to '1' (YES).
The data in the military service episode can no longer be changed or deleted.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2.3216,.08 FUTURE DISCHARGE DATE 0;8 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM:S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: JUN 29, 2018
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date that an active duty service member is expected to be discharged.
DESCRIPTION: The Future Discharge Date (FDD) is the date that an active duty service member is expected to be
discharged. This date is controlled in VistA by the Enrollment Service (ES) and cannot be edited
within VistA.
UNEDITABLE
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2.3216,.09 REASON FOR EARLY SEPARATION 0;9 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>128!($L(X)<3) X
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 128
LAST EDITED: JUN 29, 2018
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Reason For Early Separation when a service member is discharged early for example due to
disability, hardship or early out. 3 to 128 characters.
DESCRIPTION: The Reason For Early Separation explains why a service member was discharged early, and displays if
it was due to disability, hardship or early out reason. Reason for Early Separation for the patient
is updated from the Health Eligibility Center (HEC) Enrollment System; the data will be locked and
cannot be edited or deleted. Only Military Service Episodes that are sent from the HEC can have a
Reason for Early Separation.
UNEDITABLE
2.3216,.1 SEPARATION REASON CODE 0;10 POINTER TO SEPARATION REASON FILE (#26)
LAST EDITED: AUG 24, 2018
HELP-PROMPT: Select from the available listing the Separation Reason code.
DESCRIPTION:
The 3 digit code from the SEPARATION REASON file #26.
UNEDITABLE
2,.321701 CAMP LEJEUNE .3217;1 SET
CAMP LEJEUNE ELIGIBILITY INDICATOR
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
LAST EDITED: MAR 13, 2015
HELP-PROMPT: Enter "Y" if there is sufficient evidence that the Veteran was housed at Camp Lejeune for a minimum
of 30 days between and inclusive of August 1, 1953 and December 31, 1987. Otherwise, enter "N".
DESCRIPTION: This field should be set to Yes if the Patient is housed at Camp Lejeune, was a Veteran, and has 1
or more Military Service Episodes (MSEs) with a Character of Discharge other than Dishonorable,
Other Than Honorable, Undesirable, Bad Conduct, or Dishonorable-VA and these MSEs were between
August 1, 1953 and December 31, 1987, adding up to 30 days of service or greater.
TECHNICAL DESCR: This field is a SET OF CODES field which can be Y - YES or N - NO and represents whether the
Patient is Camp Lejeune eligible or not.
2,.321702 CAMP LEJEUNE DATE .3217;2 DATE
CAMP LEJEUNE ELIGIBILITY DATE REGISTERED
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: MAR 13, 2015
HELP-PROMPT: This is the date when the CAMP LEJEUNE ELIGIBILITY INDICATOR field was last changed.
DESCRIPTION: This is the system generated date noting when the CAMP LEJEUNE ELIGIBILITY INDICATOR field was last
changed.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
This field is System Generated and should never be entered in by a user.
UNEDITABLE
2,.321703 CAMP LEJEUNE CHANGE SITE .3217;3 FREE TEXT
CAMP LEJEUNE ELIGIBILITY CHANGE SITE
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>10!($L(X)<3) X
LAST EDITED: MAR 13, 2015
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 3-10 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: The System Generated point-of-entry site that last changed the CAMP LEJEUNE ELIGIBILITY INDICATOR
field.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
This field is System Generated and should never be entered in by a user.
UNEDITABLE
2,.321704 CAMP LEJEUNE SOURCE .3217;4 FREE TEXT
CAMP LEJEUNE ELIGIBILITY SOURCE OF CHANGE
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>10!($L(X)<3) X
LAST EDITED: MAR 13, 2015
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 3-10 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: The System Generated source that last affected a change to the CAMP LEJEUNE ELIGIBILITY INDICATOR
field.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
This field is System Generated and should never be entered in by a user.
UNEDITABLE
2,.32171 CAMP LEJEUNE DATA ENTRY LOCKED .32171;1 SET
'1' FOR LOCKED;
'0' FOR NOT LOCKED;
LAST EDITED: MAR 13, 2015
HELP-PROMPT: Enter 1 to Lock or 0 to unlock Camp Lejeune data entry.
DESCRIPTION: This is the master field to control entry of Camp Lejeune data into the Patient record. If 1 then
CAMP LEJEUNE ELIGIBILITY data cannot be entered. If 0, it can.
TECHNICAL DESCR: This is the master field to control entry of Camp Lejeune data into the .3217 node. If 1 then CAMP
LEJEUNE ELIGIBILITY data cannot be entered into this node. If 0, then it can.
UNEDITABLE
2,.322 SERVICE VERIFICATION DATE .32;2 DATE
VERIFICATION DATE-SERVICE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E",%DT(0)=-DT D ^%DT K %DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) D EK^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: APR 18, 1990
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date on whcih this patient's service record was verified as being accurate.
DESCRIPTION: Once the service record has been verified enter the date of verification. All service record data
will become uneditable to any user who does not hold the designated security key once the service
record is verified. Only users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= D EK^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
GROUP: SVC
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2,.32201 PERSIAN GULF SERVICE? .322;10 SET (Required)
DID YOU SERVE IN THE PERSIAN GULF WAR?
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
'U' FOR UNKNOWN;
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA S DGX=10 D SV^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: JUN 28, 2004
HELP-PROMPT: Did this patient serve in the Persian Gulf War? Answer yes, no, or unknown.
DESCRIPTION: If this patient served in the Persian Gulf during the war (anytime after August 2, 1990), enter yes
here. If the patient did not serve in the Persian Gulf during this timeframe, enter no. Enter
unknown if this information could not be obtained from the patient.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.322011
1)= X ^DD(2,.32201,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.322)):^(.322),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,11)
,X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.32201,1,1,1.4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.32201,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:""
) S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.322)):^(.322),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.322),U,11)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.322011 D
^DICR
2)= Q
CREATE CONDITION)= #.32201="NO"
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
FIELD)= PERSIAN GULF FROM DATE
If service in the Persian Gulf is no longer indicated, remove the PERSIAN GULF FROM DATE.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.322012
1)= X ^DD(2,.32201,1,2,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.322)):^(.322),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,12)
,X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.32201,1,2,1.4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.32201,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:""
) S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.322)):^(.322),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.322),U,12)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.322012 D
^DICR
2)= Q
CREATE CONDITION)= #.32201="NO"
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
FIELD)= PERSIAN GULF TO DATE
If service in the Persian Gulf is no longer indicated, remove the PERSIAN GULF TO DATE.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.322013
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X X ^DD(2,.32201,1,3,69.3) S X=X&Y I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($
D(^DPT(D0,.322)):^(.322),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.32201,1,3,1.4)
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.322)):^(.322),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.322),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.322013 D
^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X X ^DD(2,.32201,1,3,79.3) S Y=X,X=Y(3),X=X&Y I X S X=DIV
S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.322)):^(.322),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.32201,1
,3,2.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.322)):^(.322),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.322),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.322013 D
^DICR
69.2)= S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.32201,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:""),Y(4)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.322016,0)):
$P(^(0),U,3),1:""),Y(3)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.322)):^(.322),1:"")
69.3)= X ^DD(2,.32201,1,3,69.2) S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO",Y(2)=X S X=$P($P(Y
(4),$C(59)_$P(Y(3),U,16)_":",2),$C(59),1)'="YES",Y=X,X=Y(2),X=X
79.2)= S Y(2)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.32201,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:""),Y(4)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.322016,0)):
$P(^(0),U,3),1:""),Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.322)):^(.322),1:"")
79.3)= X ^DD(2,.32201,1,3,79.2) S X=$P($P(Y(2),$C(59)_$P(Y(1),U,10)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO",Y(3)=X S
X=$P($P(Y(4),$C(59)_$P(Y(1),U,16)_":",2),$C(59),1)'="YES"
CREATE CONDITION)= #.32201="NO"&(#.322016'="YES")
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE CONDITION)= #.32201="NO"&(#.322016'="YES")
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #.322013
If neither of the two fields (Persian Gulf Service? and Somalia Service Indicated?) are 'YES', the
Environmental Contaminants? field will be deleted.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR32201^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the PERSIAN GULF SERVICE? field.
RECORD INDEXES: ACVCOM (#303)
2,.322011 PERSIAN GULF FROM DATE .322;11 DATE (Required)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:'$$VALCON^DGRPMS(DA,"GULF",X) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA,DGX=10 D SVED^DGLOCK S:$D
(X) DGFRDT=X
LAST EDITED: JUL 22, 2004
HELP-PROMPT: TYPE A DATE BETWEEN 8/2/1990 AND TODAY INDICATING THE DATE THIS PATIENT BEGAN SERVING IN THE
PERSIAN GULF.
DESCRIPTION: If this patient served in the Persian Gulf during the war (PERSIAN GULF SERVICE? is answered YES),
respond with the date the patient began serving there. The date must be on or after August 2,
1990.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA,DGX=10 D SVDEL^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the PERSIAN GULF SERVICE? field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR322011^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the PERSIAN GULF FROM DATE field.
2,.322012 PERSIAN GULF TO DATE .322;12 DATE (Required)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:'$$VALCON^DGRPMS(DA,"GULF",X,1) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA,DGX=10 D SVED^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: JUN 28, 2004
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date this patient's service in the Persian Gulf ended. Date must either be null or in
the past.
DESCRIPTION: If this patient served in the Persian Gulf during the war, enter the date the patient's service in
that region ended. The date must be after the date selected as PERSIAN GULF FROM DATE which must
be on or after August 2, 1990.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA,DGX=10 D SVDEL^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the PERSIAN GULF SERVICE? field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR322012^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the PERSIAN GULF TO DATE field.
RECORD INDEXES: ACVCOM (#303)
2,.322013 SOUTHWEST ASIA CONDITIONS? .322;13 SET (Required)
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
'U' FOR UNKNOWN;
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: APR 22, 2008
HELP-PROMPT: Enter 'Y' if this patient claims exposure to Southwest Asia Conditions, 'N' if not, 'U' if unknown.
DESCRIPTION: Enter "Y" if veteran claims need for care of conditions related to service in SW Asia. Enter "N" if
veteran did not serve in SW Asia or does not claim need for care of conditions related to service
in SW Asia. Enter "U" when veteran served in SW Asia, but is unsure of whether conditions may be
related to that service. SW Asia Theater of operations is defined as: Iraq, Kuwait, Saudi Arabia,
the neutral zone between Iraq and Saudi Arabia, Bahrain, Qatar, the United Arab Emirates, Oman, the
Gulf of Aden, the Gulf of Oman, the Persian Gulf, the Arabian Sea, the Red Sea, and the airspace
above these locations.
TECHNICAL DESCR: This indicates that the veteran was affected by some kind of SW Asia conditions in the Persian
Gulf.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the SOMALIA SERVICE INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
TRIGGERED by the PERSIAN GULF SERVICE? field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.322014
1)= X ^DD(2,.322013,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.322)):^(.322),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,14
),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.322)),DIV=X S $P(^(.322),U,14)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.322014
D ^DICR
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.322013,0)),U,3) S X=$P($P(Y
(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59))'="YES"
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.322)):^(.322),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,14),X=X S
DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.322)),DIV=X S $P(^(.322),U,14)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.322014 D ^DIC
R
CREATE CONDITION)= #.322013'="YES"
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #.322014
This will delete the 'SW ASIA COND REGISTRATION DATE' field (#.322014) if the 'SOUTHWEST ASIA
CONDITIONS?' field is not "YES".
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.322015
1)= X ^DD(2,.322013,1,2,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.322)):^(.322),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,15
),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.322)),DIV=X S $P(^(.322),U,15)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.322015
D ^DICR
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.322013,0)),U,3) S X=$P($P(Y
(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59))'="YES"
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.322)):^(.322),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,15),X=X S
DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.322)),DIV=X S $P(^(.322),U,15)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.322015 D ^DIC
R
CREATE CONDITION)= #.322013'="YES"
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #.322015
This trigger deletes the 'SW ASIA EXAM DATE' field if the 'SOUTHWEST ASIA CONDITIONS?' field is not
"YES".
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR322013^MUMPS
1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to update the patient's current Patient Enrollment record.
2,.322014 SW ASIA COND REGISTRATION DATE .322;14 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E",%DT(0)=-DT D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D EC^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: MAY 03, 2006
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date on which this patient was registered as being exposed to Southwest Asia conditions.
This must be after 8/1/1990.
DESCRIPTION: This is the date on which the patient registered for being exposed to Conditions related to service
in SW Asia. This date must be after 8/1/1990.
TECHNICAL DESCR: This is the date on which the patient registered for being exposed to Southwest Asia conditions.
This date must be after 8/1/1990.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the SOUTHWEST ASIA CONDITIONS? field of the PATIENT File
2,.322015 SW ASIA COND EXAM DATE .322;15 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E",%DT(0)=-DT D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) D EC^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: MAY 03, 2006
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date this patient was examined for the Southwest Asia conditions claimed (Must be after
8/1/1990).
DESCRIPTION: This is the date on which an examination for exposure to Conditions related to service in SW Asia
was performed on the patient.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the SOUTHWEST ASIA CONDITIONS? field of the PATIENT File
2,.322016 SOMALIA SERVICE INDICATED? .322;16 SET (Required)
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
'U' FOR UNKNOWN;
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: JUN 28, 2004
HELP-PROMPT: Did this patient serve in Somalia?
DESCRIPTION: If this patient served in the Somalia, enter yes here. If the patient did not serve in Somalia,
enter no. Enter unknown if this information could not be obtained from the patient.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.322017
1)= X ^DD(2,.322016,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.322)):^(.322),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,17
),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.322016,1,1,1.4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.322016,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"
") S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.322)):^(.322),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.322),U,17)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.322017 D
^DICR
2)= Q
CREATE CONDITION)= #.322016="NO"
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
FIELD)= #.322017
If Somalia Indicated is NO, FROM DATE is deleted.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.322018
1)= X ^DD(2,.322016,1,2,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.322)):^(.322),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,18
),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.322016,1,2,1.4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.322016,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"
") S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.322)):^(.322),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.322),U,18)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.322018 D
^DICR
2)= Q
CREATE CONDITION)= #.322016="NO"
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
FIELD)= #.322018
If Somalia Indicated is NO, TO DATE is deleted.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.322013
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X X ^DD(2,.322016,1,3,69.3) S Y=X,X=Y(2),X=X&Y I X S X=DIV
S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.322)):^(.322),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.322016
,1,3,1.4)
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.322)):^(.322),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.322),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.322013 D
^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X X ^DD(2,.322016,1,3,79.3) S Y=X,X=Y(3),X=X&Y I X S X=DIV
S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.322)):^(.322),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.322016
,1,3,2.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.322)):^(.322),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.322),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.322013 D
^DICR
69.2)= S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.322016,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:""),Y(4)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.32201,0)):
$P(^(0),U,3),1:""),Y(3)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.322)):^(.322),1:"")
69.3)= X ^DD(2,.322016,1,3,69.2) S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)'="YES",Y(2)=X S X=$P($
P(Y(4),$C(59)_$P(Y(3),U,10)_":",2),$C(59),1)'="YES"
79.2)= S Y(2)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.322016,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:""),Y(4)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.32201,0)):
$P(^(0),U,3),1:""),Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.322)):^(.322),1:"")
79.3)= X ^DD(2,.322016,1,3,79.2) S X=$P($P(Y(2),$C(59)_$P(Y(1),U,16)_":",2),$C(59),1)'="YES",Y(3)=X
S X=$P($P(Y(4),$C(59)_$P(Y(1),U,10)_":",2),$C(59),1)'="YES"
CREATE CONDITION)= #.322016'="YES"&(#.32201'="YES")
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE CONDITION)= #.322016'="YES"&(#.32201'="YES")
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #.322013
This trigger deletes the 'ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINANTS?' field when neither the SOMALIA SERVICE
INDICATED? nor the PERSIAN GULF SERVICE? fields are YES.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR322016^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the SOMALIA SERVICE INDICATED?
field.
RECORD INDEXES: ACVCOM (#303)
2,.322017 SOMALIA FROM DATE .322;17 DATE (Required)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) K:'$$VALCON^DGRPMS(DA,"SOM",X) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA,DGX=16 D S
VED^DGLOCK S:$D(X) DGFRDT=X
LAST EDITED: JUL 22, 2004
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date veteran's service in Somalia began.
DESCRIPTION: If this patient served in Somalia (SOMALIA SERVICE INDICATED? is answered YES), enter the date this
patient's service in Somalia began. This date must be on or after September 28, 1992.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
This is the date Somalia service began.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the SOMALIA SERVICE INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR322017^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the SOMALIA FROM DATE field.
2,.322018 SOMALIA TO DATE .322;18 DATE (Required)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y I $D(X) K:'$$VALCON^DGRPMS(DA,"SOM",X,1) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA,DGX=16 D SVED^DG
LOCK
LAST EDITED: JUN 28, 2004
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date veteran's service in Somalia ended.
DESCRIPTION:
This is the last date of service in Somalia. This date must be on or after September 28, 1992.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the SOMALIA SERVICE INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR322018^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the SOMALIA TO DATE field.
RECORD INDEXES: ACVCOM (#303)
2,.322019 YUGOSLAVIA SERVICE INDICATED? .322;19 SET
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
'U' FOR UNKNOWN;
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: JUN 28, 2004
HELP-PROMPT: Respond yes if patient served in the Kosovo Conflict (the airspace above and the adjacent waters of
the Republic of Yugoslavia (Serbia/Montenegro), the Adriatic Sea & Ionian Sea n. of 39th parallel).
DESCRIPTION:
Field stores code indicating if patient served in the Yugolslavia Conflict.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.32202
1)= X ^DD(2,.322019,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.322)):^(.322),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,20
),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.322019,1,1,1.4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.322019,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"
") S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)["N"
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.322)):^(.322),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.322),U,20)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.32202 D
^DICR:$O(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
2)= Q
CREATE CONDITION)= KOSOVO SERVICE INDICATED?["N"
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
FIELD)= #.32202
If KOSOVO SERVICE is not indicated, delete the KOSOVO FROM DATE.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.322021
1)= X ^DD(2,.322019,1,2,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.322)):^(.322),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,21
),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.322019,1,2,1.4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.322019,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"
") S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)["N"
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.322)):^(.322),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.322),U,21)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.322021 D
^DICR
2)= Q
CREATE CONDITION)= KOSOVO SERVICE INDICATED?["N"
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
FIELD)= #.322021
This cross-reference will delete KOSOVO TO DATE if the KOSOVO SERVICE INDICATED? field is deleted.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR322019^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the YUGOSLAVIA SERVICE INDICATED?
field.
RECORD INDEXES: ACVCOM (#303)
2,.32202 YUGOSLAVIA FROM DATE .322;20 DATE (Required)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:'$$VALCON^DGRPMS(DA,"YUG",X) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA,DGX=19 D SVED^DGLOCK S:$D(
X) DGFRDT=X
LAST EDITED: JUL 22, 2004
HELP-PROMPT: Type a date between June 22, 1992 and today indicating the date this patient began serving in the
Yugoslavia Conflict.
DESCRIPTION: Enter the date that service in the Yugoslavia Conflict began for this patient. Earliest possible
date is 6/22/1992.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the YUGOSLAVIA SERVICE INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR32202^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the YUGOSLAVIA FROM DATE field.
2,.322021 YUGOSLAVIA TO DATE .322;21 DATE (Required)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:'$$VALCON^DGRPMS(DA,"YUG",X,1) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA,DGX=19 D SVED^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: JUN 28, 2004
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date this patient's service in the Yugoslavia Conflict ended. Date must be after June
22, 1992.
DESCRIPTION:
The date service in the Yugoslavia Conflict ended for this patient.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the YUGOSLAVIA SERVICE INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR322021^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the YUGOSLAVIA TO DATE field.
RECORD INDEXES: ACVCOM (#303)
2,.3221 LEBANON SERVICE INDICATED? .322;1 SET (Required)
DID YOU SERVE IN LEBANON?
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
'U' FOR UNKNOWN;
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: JUN 14, 2004
HELP-PROMPT: Did this veteran serve in Lebanon during the conflict there?
DESCRIPTION:
Did this patient serve in Lebanon between the dates of August 23, 1982 and February 26, 1984?
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.3222
1)= X ^DD(2,.3221,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.322)):^(.322),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,2),X
=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.3221,1,1,1.4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.3221,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"")
S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.322)):^(.322),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.322),U,2)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.3222 D ^D
ICR
2)= Q
CREATE CONDITION)= #.3221="NO"
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
FIELD)= LEBANON FROM DATE
If Lebanon service not indicated, remove the LEBANON FROM DATE.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.3223
1)= X ^DD(2,.3221,1,2,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.322)):^(.322),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,3),X
=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.3221,1,2,1.4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.3221,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"")
S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.322)):^(.322),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.322),U,3)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.3223 D ^D
ICR
2)= Q
CREATE CONDITION)= #.3221="NO"
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
FIELD)= LEBANON TO DATE
If Lebanon service not indicated, remove the to date.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR3221^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the LEBANON SERVICE INDICATED?
field.
2,.3222 LEBANON FROM DATE .322;2 DATE (Required)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:'$$VALCON^DGRPMS(DA,"LEB",X) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA,DGX=1 D SVED^DGLOCK S:$D(X
) DGFRDT=X
LAST EDITED: JUL 22, 2004
HELP-PROMPT: TYPE A DATE AFTER OCTOBER 1, 1983 TO INDICATE THE DATE THIS PATIENT BEGAN HIS SERVICE IN LEBANON
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant who served in Lebanon, enter the date which the applicant's service in
Lebanon began. The date must be on or after October 1, 1983.
.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA,DGX=1 D SVDEL^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the LEBANON SERVICE INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR3222^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the LEBANON FROM DATE field.
2,.3223 LEBANON TO DATE .322;3 DATE (Required)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:'$$VALCON^DGRPMS(DA,"LEB",X,1) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA,DGX=1 D SVED^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: JUN 14, 2004
HELP-PROMPT: TYPE A DATE AFTER OCTOBER 1, 1983 INDICATING THE DATE THIS PATIENT'S SERVICE IN LEBANON ENDED.
DESCRIPTION: For this patient, enter the date the patient's service in Lebanon ended. The 'LEBANON SERVICE
INDICATED?' field must be answered yes and the date in this field must be after October 1, 1983.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA,DGX=1 D SVDEL^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the LEBANON SERVICE INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR3223^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the LEBANON TO DATE field.
2,.3224 GRENADA SERVICE INDICATED? .322;4 SET (Required)
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
'U' FOR UNKNOWN;
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: JUN 14, 2004
HELP-PROMPT: If this patient served during the conflict in Grenada, enter YES here. Enter NO if the patient did
not serve in Grenada, or UNKNOWN if this can not be determined.
DESCRIPTION: Enter yes if this patient served in Grenada between the dates of October 23, 1983 and November 21,
1983.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.3225
1)= X ^DD(2,.3224,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.322)):^(.322),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,5),X
=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.3224,1,1,1.4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.3224,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"")
S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.322)):^(.322),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.322),U,5)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.3225 D ^D
ICR
2)= Q
CREATE CONDITION)= #.3224="NO"
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
FIELD)= GRENADA FROM DATE
If service in Grenada is not indicated, remove the GRENADA FROM DATE.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.3226
1)= X ^DD(2,.3224,1,2,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.322)):^(.322),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,6),X
=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.3224,1,2,1.4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.3224,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"")
S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.322)):^(.322),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.322),U,6)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.3226 D ^D
ICR
2)= Q
CREATE CONDITION)= #.3224="NO"
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
FIELD)= GRENADA TO DATE
If service in Grenada is not indicated, delete the GRENADA TO DATE.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR3224^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the GRENADA SERVICE INDICATED?
field.
2,.3225 GRENADA FROM DATE .322;5 DATE (Required)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:'$$VALCON^DGRPMS(DA,"GREN",X) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA,DGX=4 D SVED^DGLOCK S:$D(
X) DGFRDT=X
LAST EDITED: JUL 22, 2004
HELP-PROMPT: TYPE A DATE BETWEEN 10/23/1983 AND 11/21/1983 INDICATING THE DATE THIS PATIENT'S SERVICE IN GRENADA
BEGAN.
DESCRIPTION: Enter the date which this patient began service in Grenada. The 'GRENADA SERVICE INDICATED?' field
must be answered YES and the date entered here must be between October 23, 1983 and November 21,
1983.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA,DGX=4 D SVDEL^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the GRENADA SERVICE INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR3225^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the GRENADA FROM DATE field.
2,.3226 GRENADA TO DATE .322;6 DATE (Required)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:'$$VALCON^DGRPMS(DA,"GREN",X,1) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA,DGX=4 D SVED^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: JUN 14, 2004
HELP-PROMPT: TYPE A DATE BETWEEN 10/23/1983 AND 11/21/1983 INDICATING THE DATE THE PATIENT'S SERVICE IN GRENADA
ENDED.
DESCRIPTION: Enter the date which this patient's service in Grenada ended. The 'GRENADA SERVICE INDICATED?'
field must be yes and this date must be between October 23, 1983 and November 21, 1983.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA,DGX=4 D SVDEL^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the GRENADA SERVICE INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR3226^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the GRENADA TO DATE field.
2,.3227 PANAMA SERVICE INDICATED? .322;7 SET (Required)
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
'U' FOR UNKNOWN;
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: JUN 14, 2004
HELP-PROMPT: Did this patient serve in the conflict in Panama? Answer YES, NO, or UNKNOWN.
DESCRIPTION: Respond yes if this patient served in Panama between the dates of December 20, 1989 and January 31,
1990. Enter no if the patient did not serve in Panama during this timeframe. Otherwise, enter
unknown if this information could not be obtained from the patient.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.3228
1)= X ^DD(2,.3227,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.322)):^(.322),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,8),X
=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.3227,1,1,1.4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.3227,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"")
S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.322)):^(.322),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.322),U,8)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.3228 D ^D
ICR
2)= Q
CREATE CONDITION)= #.3227="NO"
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
FIELD)= PANAMA FROM DATE
If service in Panama is not indicated, remove the PANAMA FROM DATE.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.3229
1)= X ^DD(2,.3227,1,2,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.322)):^(.322),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,9),X
=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.3227,1,2,1.4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.3227,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"")
S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.322)):^(.322),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.322),U,9)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.3229 D ^D
ICR
2)= Q
CREATE CONDITION)= #.3227="NO"
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
FIELD)= PANAMA TO DATE
If Panama service is no longer indicated, remove the PANAMA TO DATE.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR3227^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the PANAMA SERVICE INDICATED? field.
2,.3228 PANAMA FROM DATE .322;8 DATE (Required)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:'$$VALCON^DGRPMS(DA,"PAN",X) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA,DGX=7 D SVED^DGLOCK S:$D(X
) DGFRDT=X
LAST EDITED: JUL 22, 2004
HELP-PROMPT: TYPE A DATE BETWEEN 12/20/1989 AND 1/31/1990 INDICATING THE DATE THIS PATIENT BEGAN SERVICE IN
PANAMA.
DESCRIPTION: If this patient served in Panama (PANAMA SERVICE INDICATED? is answered YES), enter the date this
patient's service in Panama began. The date must be between December 20, 1989 and January 31,
1990.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA,DGX=7 D SVDEL^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the PANAMA SERVICE INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR3228^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the PANAMA FROM DATE field.
2,.3229 PANAMA TO DATE .322;9 DATE (Required)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:'$$VALCON^DGRPMS(DA,"PAN",X,1) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA,DGX=7 D SVED^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: JUN 14, 2004
HELP-PROMPT: TYPE A DATE BETWEEN 12/20/1989 AND 1/31/1990 INDICATING THE DATE THIS PATIENT'S SERVICE IN PANAMA
ENDED.
DESCRIPTION: If this patient served during the conflict in Panama (PANAMA SERVICE INDICATED? is YES), enter the
date the patient's service there ended. The date must be between December 20, 1989 and January 31,
1990.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA,DGX=7 D SVDEL^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the PANAMA SERVICE INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR3229^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the PANAMA TO DATE field.
2,.323 PERIOD OF SERVICE .32;3 POINTER TO PERIOD OF SERVICE FILE (#21) (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA D POS^DGLOCK1
LAST EDITED: AUG 02, 2006
HELP-PROMPT: Select from the available listing the period of service which best classifies this patient.
DESCRIPTION: From the available listing select the period of service which best classifies this applicant. The
selections displayed are limited based on the eligibility code which must have been entered in
order to select a period of service. Once the service record is verified only those users who hold
the designated security key may enter/edit this field.
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I $D(^DPT(DA,.36)),$D(^DIC(21,""AELIG"",+Y,+$P(^(.36),U,1)))"
EXPLANATION: POS must be compatible with Eligibility Code
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV1^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
GROUP: ECD
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^APOS
1)= S ^DPT("APOS",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT("APOS",$E(X,1,30),DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^11500.01
1)= X ^DD(2,.323,1,2,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,"ODS")):^("ODS"),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,1),
X=X S DIU=X K Y X ^DD(2,.323,1,2,1.1) X ^DD(2,.323,1,2,1.4)
1.1)= S X=DIV N %I,%H,% D NOW^%DTC S X=%
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S X=$S('$D(^DIC(21,+$P(^DPT(DA,.32),"^",3),0)):0,$P(^(
0),"^",3)'=6:0,'$D(^DPT(DA,"ODS")):1,'^("ODS"):1,1:0)
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),"ODS")):^("ODS"),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^("ODS"),U,1)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=11500.0
1 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
2)= Q
CREATE CONDITION)= S X=$S('$D(^DIC(21,+$P(^DPT(DA,.32),"^",3),0)):0,$P(^(0),"^",3)'=6:0,'$D(^DPT(DA
,"ODS")):1,'^("ODS"):1,1:0)
CREATE VALUE)= NOW
DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
FIELD)= INIT
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AVAFC323^MUMPS
1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".323;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".323;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of
the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7
PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the
change is being made from within the Registration process.
Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to
1.
The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S)
EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR323^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
2,.324 SERVICE DISCHARGE TYPE [LAST] .32;4 POINTER TO TYPE OF DISCHARGE FILE (#25) (Required)
DISCHARGE TYPE-SERVICE [LAST]
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA I $D(X) D SV^DGLOCK Q
LAST EDITED: JUN 10, 2004
HELP-PROMPT: Select from the listing the discharge type from this patient's last episode of military service.
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant select from the available listing the discharge type which s/he received
for his/her most recent episode of military service. Once the service record is verified only
those users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
GROUP: SVC
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR324^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the SERVICE DISCHARGE TYPE [LAST]
field.
2,.325 SERVICE BRANCH [LAST] .32;5 POINTER TO BRANCH OF SERVICE FILE (#23)
BRANCH OF SERVICE, LAST
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA K:X=$O(^DIC(23,"B","B.E.C.","")) X I $D(X) D SV^DGLOCK S DGCOMBR=$G(Y) Q
LAST EDITED: NOV 04, 2005
HELP-PROMPT: Select from the listing the branch in which this patient served during his last episode of military
service.
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant select from the available listing the branch of service served in during
his/her most recent episode of military service. Once the service record is verified only those
users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
GROUP: SVC
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AODS4^MUMPS
1)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
2)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AFV1^MUMPS
1)= Q
2)= I $P($G(^DPT(DA,.321)),U,14)]"" D FVP^DGRPMS
This MUMPS cross-reference acts like a trigger cross-reference. If the Service Branch [Last],
Service Branch [NTL] and Service Branch [NNTL] fields do not contain a Filipino Veteran branch of
service, the Filipino Vet Proof field (#.3214) is deleted.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR325^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the SERVICE BRANCH [LAST] field.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AXR34^MUMPS
1)= Q
2)= S DGXRF=.325 D ^DGDDC Q
FIELD INDEX: AMSEL (#408) MUMPS ACTION
Short Descr: DELETE MSE (LAST) FIELDS
Set Logic: Q
Kill Logic: D DELMSE^DGRPMS(DA,1)
Kill Cond: S X=X2(1)=""
X(1): SERVICE BRANCH [LAST] (2,.325) (forwards)
2,.326 SERVICE ENTRY DATE [LAST] .32;6 DATE (Required)
ENTRY DATE-SERVICE [LAST]
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E",%DT(0)=-DT D ^%DT K %DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I $D(X) K:'$$VALMSE^DG
RPMS(DFN,X,0,"MSL") X I $D(X) S DGFRDT=X I $D(^DG(43,1)) S SD1=1 D POS^DGINP
LAST EDITED: JUL 22, 2004
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date the patient entered his last episode of military service.
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant enter the date s/he commenced his/her most recent episode of military
service. If the military service component is ACTIVATED NATIONAL GUARD or ACTIVATED RESERVE, the
period entered should be the period of activation, so this date is their first day of active duty
for the episode. Once the service record is verified only those users who hold the designated
security key may enter/edit this field.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
GROUP: SVC
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AE^MUMPS
1)= Q
2)= Q
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR326^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of any changes to the SERVICE ENTRY DATE [LAST]
field.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ADGRU326^MUMPS
1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the
PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference
will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of
an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part
of a re-indexing.
RECORD INDEXES: ASERLAST (#640)
2,.327 SERVICE SEPARATION DATE [LAST] .32;7 DATE (Required)
SEPARATION DATE-SERVICE [LAST]
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E",%DT(0)=-DT D ^%DT K %DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I $D(X) K:'$$VALMSE^DG
RPMS(DFN,X,1,"MSL") X I $D(X),$D(^DG(43,1)) S SD1=1 D PS^DGINP
LAST EDITED: JUN 23, 2009
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date on which this patient was separated from his last episode of military service.
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant enter the date s/he ended his/her most recent episode of military
service. If the military service component is ACTIVATED NATIONAL GUARD or ACTIVATED RESERVE, the
period entered should be the period of activation, so this date is their last day of active duty
for this episode. Once the service record is verified only those users who hold the designated
security key may enter/edit this field.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
GROUP: SVC
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR327^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the SERVICE SEPARATION DATE [LAST]
field.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ADGRU327^MUMPS
1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the
PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference
will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of
an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part
of a re-indexing.
RECORD INDEXES: ACVCOM (#303), ASERLAST (#640)
2,.328 SERVICE NUMBER [LAST] .32;8 FREE TEXT
NUMBER-SERVICE [LAST]
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I $D(X) S:X?1"SS".E L=$S($D(^DPT(DA,0)):$P(^(0),U,9),1:X) W:X?1"SS".E " ",L S
:X?1"SS".E X=L K:$L(X)>15!($L(X)<1)!'(X?.N) X
LAST EDITED: JUN 10, 2004
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the service number assigned to this patient during his last episode of military service or
'SS' if it's the same as his SSN.
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant enter the service number assigned during his/her most recent episode of
military service as either 1-15 characters or enter 'SS' if the social security number and service
number are the same. Once the service record has been verified only those users who hold the
designated security key may enter/edit this field.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
GROUP: SVC
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR328^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the SERVICE NUMBER [LAST] field.
2,.3285 SERVICE SECOND EPISODE? .32;19 SET (Required)
SECOND EPISODE OF SERVICE?
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: APR 07, 2004
HELP-PROMPT: Enter YES if this patient has more than one episode of military service otherwise enter NO.
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant enter 'Y' if s/he has more than one episode of military service, or 'N'
if not. Once the service record is verified only users who hold the designated security key may
enter/edit this field.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
GROUP: SVC
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AXR9^MUMPS
1)= I X'="Y" S DGXRF=.3285 D ^DGDDC Q
2)= Q
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.32945
1)= X ^DD(2,.3285,1,2,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.32)):^(.32),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,20),X=
X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="N" X ^DD(2,.3285,1,2,1.4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.3285,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"")
S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1),X=$E(X)'="Y"
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.32)):^(.32),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,19,99)) S DIH=DIH_
U" S %=$P(DIH,U,21,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,20),^(.32)=$P(DIH,U,1,19)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.3
2945 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
2)= Q
CREATE CONDITION)= $E(#.3285)'="Y"
CREATE VALUE)= "N"
DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
FIELD)= #.32945
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.3291
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.3285,0)),U,3) S X=$P($P(Y(1),
$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59))'="YES" I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.32)):^(.32),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U
,10),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.3285,1,3,1.4)
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.32)),DIV=X S $P(^(.32),U,10)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.3291 D ^DICR
2)= X ^DD(2,.3285,1,3,2.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.32)):^(.32),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,10),X=
X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.32)),DIV=X S $P(^(.32),U,10)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.3291 D ^DICR
2.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(2)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.3285,0)),U,3),Y(1)=$S($D(^D
PT(D0,.32)):^(.32),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(2),$C(59)_$P(Y(1),U,19)_":",2),$C(59))'="YES"
CREATE CONDITION)= #.3285'="YES"
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE CONDITION)= #.3285'="YES"
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #.3291
2,.329 SERVICE DISCHARGE TYPE [NTL] .32;9 POINTER TO TYPE OF DISCHARGE FILE (#25) (Required)
DISCHARGE TYPE-SERVICE [NTL]
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA D SER1^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: JUN 10, 2004
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the type of discharge given this patient from his next-to-last episode of military service.
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant who has at least two episodes of military service (ANY OTHER PERIODS OF
SERVICE prompt must be answered YES) select from the available listing the type of discharge
received from his/her next to last episode of military service. Once the service record is
verified only those users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field. This
field cannot be deleted as long as more than one episode of military service is indicated.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
GROUP: SVC
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR329^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the SERVICE DISCHARGE TYPE [NTL]
field.
2,.3291 SERVICE BRANCH [NTL] .32;10 POINTER TO BRANCH OF SERVICE FILE (#23)
BRANCH OF SERVICE, NTL
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA K:X=$O(^DIC(23,"B","B.E.C.","")) X I $D(X) D SER1^DGLOCK S DGCOMBR=$G(Y) Q
LAST EDITED: JUL 18, 2006
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the branch of service in which the patient served in his next-to-last episode of military
service.
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant who has at least two episodes of military service (ANY OTHER PERIODS OF
SERVICE prompt must be answered YES) select from the available listing the branch of service s/he
served in during his/her next to last episode of military service. Once the service record is
verified only those users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field. This
field cannot be deleted as long as more than one episode of military service is indicated.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
GROUP: SVC
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the SERVICE SECOND EPISODE? field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AFV2^MUMPS
1)= Q
2)= I $P($G(^DPT(DA,.321)),U,14)]"" D FVP^DGRPMS
This MUMPS cross-reference acts like a trigger cross-reference. If the Service Branch [Last],
Service Branch [NTL] and Service Branch [NNTL] fields do not contain a Filipino Veteran branch of
service, the Filipino Vet Proof field (#.3214) is deleted.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR3291^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the SERVICE BRANCH [NTL] field.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AXR35^MUMPS
1)= Q
2)= S DGXRF=.3291 D ^DGDDC Q
This xref is used to delete the SERVICE COMPONENT [NTL] field if the SERVICE BRANCH [NTL] field is
changed or deleted.
FIELD INDEX: AMSENL (#409) MUMPS ACTION
Short Descr: DELETE MSE (NEXT TO LAST) FIELDS
Set Logic: Q
Kill Logic: D DELMSE^DGRPMS(DA,2)
Kill Cond: S X=X2(1)=""
X(1): SERVICE BRANCH [NTL] (2,.3291) (forwards)
2,.32911 SERVICE COMPONENT [LAST] .3291;1 SET
'R' FOR REGULAR;
'V' FOR ACTIVATED RESERVE;
'G' FOR ACTIVATED NG;
LAST EDITED: SEP 19, 2005
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the military service component of the patient for the most recent military service episode.
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant enter the military service component for his/her most recent episode of
military service. Once the service record has been verified only those users who hold the
designated security key may enter/edit this field. NATIONAL GUARD IS ONLY VALID FOR BRANCH OF
SERVICE ARMY AND AIR FORCE.
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I $$VALCOMP^DGRPMS(DA,Y,1)"
EXPLANATION: Component must be consistent with branch of service, branch of service is required to enter compone
nt
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR32911^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the SERVICE COMPONENT [LAST] field.
2,.32912 SERVICE COMPONENT [NTL] .3291;2 SET
'R' FOR REGULAR;
'V' FOR ACTIVATED RESERVE;
'G' FOR ACTIVATED NG;
LAST EDITED: SEP 19, 2005
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the military service component of the patient for the next to last military service episode.
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant who has at least two episodes of military service (ANOTHER PERIOD OF
SERVICE prompt must be answered YES) enter the military service component for the next to last
episode of service. Once the service record is verified only those users who hold the designated
security key may enter/edit this field. This field cannot be deleted as long as more than two
episodes of military service are indicated. NATIONAL GUARD IS ONLY VALID FOR BRANCH OF SERVICE
ARMY AND AIR FORCE.
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I $$VALCOMP^DGRPMS(DA,Y,2)"
EXPLANATION: Component must be consistent with branch of service, branch of service is required to enter compone
nt
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the SERVICE BRANCH [NTL] field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR32912^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the SERVICE COMPONENT [NTL] field.
2,.32913 SERVICE COMPONENT [NNTL] .3291;3 SET
'R' FOR REGULAR;
'V' FOR ACTIVATED RESERVE;
'G' FOR ACTIVATED NG;
LAST EDITED: SEP 19, 2005
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the military service component of the patient for the third most recent military service
episode.
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant who has at least three episodes of military service (ANOTHER PERIOD OF
SERVICE prompt must be answered YES) enter the military service component for the third most recent
episode of service. Once the service record is verified only those users who hold the designated
security key may enter/edit this field. This field cannot be deleted as long as more than two
episodes of military service are indicated. NATIONAL GUARD IS ONLY VALID FOR BRANCH OF SERVICE
ARMY AND AIR FORCE.
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I $$VALCOMP^DGRPMS(DA,Y,3)"
EXPLANATION: Component must be consistent with branch of service, branch of service is required to enter compone
nt
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the SERVICE BRANCH [NNTL] field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR32913^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the SERVICE COMPONENT [NNTL] field.
2,.3292 SERVICE ENTRY DATE [NTL] .32;11 DATE (Required)
ENTRY DATE-SERVICE [NTL]
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E",%DT(0)=-DT D ^%DT K %DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D SER1^DGLOCK I $D(X) K:'$$VALMSE^
DGRPMS(DFN,X,0,"MSNTL") X I $D(X) S DGFRDT=X I $D(^DG(43,1)) S SD1=2 D POS^DGINP
LAST EDITED: JUL 22, 2004
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date this patient commenced his next-to-last episode of military service.
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant who has at least two episodes of military service (ANY OTHER PERIODS OF
SERVICE prompt must be answered YES) enter the date on which the next to last episode of service
commenced. If the military service component is ACTIVATED NATIONAL GUARD or ACTIVATED RESERVE, the
period entered should be the period of activation, so this date is their first day of active duty
for the episode. Once the service record is verified only those users who hold the designated
security key may enter/edit this field. This field cannot be deleted as long as more than one
episode of military service is indicated.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
GROUP: SVC
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AF^MUMPS
1)= Q
2)= Q
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR3292^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the SERVICE ENTRY DATE [NTL] field.
RECORD INDEXES: ASERNTL (#641)
2,.3293 SERVICE SEPARATION DATE [NTL] .32;12 DATE (Required)
SEPARATION DATE-SERVICE [NTL]
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E",%DT(0)=-DT D ^%DT K %DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D SER1^DGLOCK I $D(X) K:'$$VALMSE^
DGRPMS(DFN,X,1,"MSNTL") X I $D(X),$D(^DG(43,1)) S SD1=2 D PS^DGINP
LAST EDITED: JUN 10, 2004
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date this patient ended his next-to-last episode of military service.
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant who has at least two episodes of military service (ANY OTHER PERIODS OF
SERVICE prompt must be answered YES) enter the date on which the next to last episode of service
ended. If the military service component is ACTIVATED NATIONAL GUARD or ACTIVATED RESERVE, the
period entered should be the period of activation, so this date is their last day of active duty
for this episode. Once the service record is verified only those users who hold the designated
security key may enter/edit this field. This field cannot be deleted as long as more than one
episode of military service is indicated.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
GROUP: SVC
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR3293^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the SERVICE SEPARATION DATE [NTL]
field.
RECORD INDEXES: ASERNTL (#641)
2,.3294 SERVICE NUMBER [NTL] .32;13 FREE TEXT
NUMBER-SERVICE [NTL]
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA D SER1^DGLOCK I $D(X) S:X?1"SS".E L=$S($D(^DPT(DA,0)):$P(^(0),U,9),1:X) W:X?1"SS".E " ",L
S:X?1"SS".E X=L K:$L(X)>15!($L(X)<1)!'(X?.N) X
LAST EDITED: JUN 10, 2004
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the service number assigned to this patient during his next-to-last episode of military
service or 'SS' if it's the same as his SSN.
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant who has at least two episodes of military service (ANY OTHER PERIODS OF
SERVICE prompt must be answered YES) enter the service number assigned to that next to last episode
of service [1-15 characters]. Once the service record is verified only those users who hold the
designated security key may enter/edit this field. This field cannot be deleted as long as more
than one episode of military service is indicated.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
GROUP: SVC
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR3294^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the SERVICE NUMBER [NTL] field.
2,.32945 SERVICE THIRD EPISODE? .32;20 SET (Required)
THIRD EPISODE OF SERVICE?
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I "N"'[$G(X),$D(^DPT(DFN,.32)),$P(^(.32),U,19)'="Y" W !?4,*7,"Other Periods of
service are not indicated...NO EDITING!" K X
LAST EDITED: APR 07, 2004
HELP-PROMPT: Enter YES if this patient served more than two episodes of military service otherwise enter NO.
DESCRIPTION: Enter 'Y' if this veteran applicant has at least three episodes of military service, or 'N' if not.
The ANY OTHER PERIODS OF SERVICE prompt must be answered YES in order to enter a third episode of
military service. Once the service record is verified only those users who hold the designated
security key may enter/edit this field.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
GROUP: SVC
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the SERVICE SECOND EPISODE? field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AXR10^MUMPS
1)= I X'="Y" S DGXRF=.32945 D ^DGDDC Q
2)= Q
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.3296
1)= X ^DD(2,.32945,1,2,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.32)):^(.32),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,15),X
=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.32)),DIV=X S $P(^(.32),U,15)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.3296 D ^DIC
R
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.32945,0)),U,3) S X=$P($P(Y(
1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59))'="YES"
2)= X ^DD(2,.32945,1,2,2.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.32)):^(.32),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,15),X
=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.32)),DIV=X S $P(^(.32),U,15)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.3296 D ^DIC
R
2.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(2)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.32945,0)),U,3),Y(1)=$S($D(^
DPT(D0,.32)):^(.32),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(2),$C(59)_$P(Y(1),U,20)_":",2),$C(59))'="YES"
CREATE CONDITION)= #.32945'="YES"
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE CONDITION)= #.32945'="YES"
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #.3296
2,.3295 SERVICE DISCHARGE TYPE [NNTL] .32;14 POINTER TO TYPE OF DISCHARGE FILE (#25) (Required)
DISCHARGE TYPE-SERVICE [NNTL]
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA D SER2^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: JUN 10, 2004
HELP-PROMPT: For this third episode of military service enter the discharge type given this patient.
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant who has at least three episodes of military service (ANOTHER PERIOD OF
SERVICE prompt must be answered YES) select from the available listing the discharge type received
from the third most recent episode of military service. Once the service record is verified only
those users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field. This field cannot be
deleted as long as more than two episodes of military service are indicated.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
GROUP: SVC
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the SERVICE THIRD EPISODE? field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR3295^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the SERVICE DISCHARGE TYPE [NNTL]
field.
2,.3296 SERVICE BRANCH [NNTL] .32;15 POINTER TO BRANCH OF SERVICE FILE (#23)
BRANCH OF SERVICE, NNTL
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA K:X=$O(^DIC(23,"B","B.E.C.","")) X I $D(X) D SER2^DGLOCK S DGCOMBR=$G(Y) Q
LAST EDITED: JAN 04, 2006
HELP-PROMPT: For this third episode of military service enter the branch in which this patient served.
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant who has at least three episodes of military service (ANOTHER PERIOD OF
SERVICE prompt must be answered YES) select from the available listing the service branch served in
during his/her third most recent episode of service. Once the service record is verified only
those users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field. This field cannot be
deleted as long as more than two episodes of military service are indicated.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
GROUP: SVC
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the SERVICE THIRD EPISODE? field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AFV3^MUMPS
1)= Q
2)= I $P($G(^DPT(DA,.321)),U,14)]"" D FVP^DGRPMS
This MUMPS cross-reference acts like a trigger cross-reference. If the Service Branch [Last],
Service Branch [NTL] and Service Branch [NNTL] fields do not contain a Filipino Veteran branch of
service, the Filipino Vet Proof field (#.3214) is deleted.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR3296^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the SERVICE BRANCH [NNTL] field.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.32913
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.3291)):^(.3291),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,3),X=X
S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.3291)),DIV=X S $P(^(.3291),U,3)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.32913 D ^DI
CR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.3291)):^(.3291),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,3),X=X
S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.3291)),DIV=X S $P(^(.3291),U,3)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.32913 D ^DI
CR
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= SERVICE COMPONENT [NNTL]
Deletes the COMPONENT field if the branch of service is changed or deleted.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AXR36^MUMPS
1)= Q
2)= S DGXRF=.3296 D ^DGDDC Q
FIELD INDEX: AMSENNL (#410) MUMPS ACTION
Short Descr: DELETE MSE (NEXT TO NEXT TO LAST) FIELDS
Set Logic: Q
Kill Logic: D DELMSE^DGRPMS(DA,3)
Kill Cond: S X=X2(1)=""
X(1): SERVICE BRANCH [NNTL] (2,.3296) (forwards)
2,.3297 SERVICE ENTRY DATE [NNTL] .32;16 DATE (Required)
ENTRY DATE-SERVICE [NNTL]
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E",%DT(0)=-DT D ^%DT K %DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D SER2^DGLOCK I $D(X) K:'$$VALMSE^
DGRPMS(DFN,X,0,"MSNNTL") X I $D(X) S DGFRDT=X I $D(^DG(43,1)) S SD1=3 D POS^DGINP
LAST EDITED: JUL 22, 2004
HELP-PROMPT: For this third episode of military service enter the date on which the patient commenced serving.
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant who has at least three episodes of military service (ANOTHER PERIOD OF
SERVICE prompt must be answered YES) enter the date on which the third most recent episode of
service commenced. If the military service component is ACTIVATED NATIONAL GUARD or ACTIVATED
RESERVE, the period entered should be the period of activation, so this date is their first day of
active duty for the episode. Once the service record is verified only those users who hold the
designated security key may enter/edit this field. This field cannot be deleted as long as more
than two episodes of military service are indicated.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
GROUP: SVC
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR3297^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the SERVICE ENTRY DATE [NNTL] field.
RECORD INDEXES: ASERNNTL (#642)
2,.3298 SERVICE SEPARATION DATE [NNTL] .32;17 DATE (Required)
SEPARATION DATE-SERVICE [NNTL]
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E",%DT(0)=-DT D ^%DT K %DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D SER2^DGLOCK I $D(X) K:'$$VALMSE^
DGRPMS(DFN,X,1,"MSNNTL") X I $D(X),$D(^DG(43,1)) S SD1=3 D PS^DGINP
LAST EDITED: JUN 10, 2004
HELP-PROMPT: For this third episode of military service enter the date on which the service terminated.
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant who has at least three episodes of military service (ANOTHER PERIOD OF
SERVICE prompt must be answered YES) enter the date on which the third most recent episode of
service ended. If the military service component is ACTIVATED NATIONAL GUARD or ACTIVATED RESERVE,
the period entered should be the period of activation, so this date is their last day of active
duty for this episode. Once the service record is verified only those users who hold the
designated security key may enter/edit this field. This field cannot be deleted as long as more
than two episodes of military service are indicated.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
GROUP: SVC
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR3298^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the SERVICE SEPARATION DATE [NNTL]
field.
RECORD INDEXES: ASERNNTL (#642)
2,.3299 SERVICE NUMBER [NNTL] .32;18 FREE TEXT
NUMBER-SERVICE [NNTL]
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA D SER2^DGLOCK I $D(X) S:X?1"SS".E L=$S($D(^DPT(DA,0)):$P(^(0),U,9),1:X) W:X?1"SS".E " ",L
S:X?1"SS".E X=L K:$L(X)>15!($L(X)<1)!'(X?.N) X
LAST EDITED: JUN 10, 2004
HELP-PROMPT: For this third episode of military service enter the service number assigned or 'SS' if it's the
same as the SSN.
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant who has at least three episodes of military service (ANOTHER PERIOD OF
SERVICE prompt must be answered YES) enter the service number assigned for the third most recent
episode of service [1-15 characters]. Once the service record is verified only those users who
hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field. This field cannot be deleted as long
as more than two episodes of military service are indicated.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
GROUP: SVC
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR3299^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the SERVICE NUMBER [NNTL] field.
2,.33011 E-WORK PHONE NUMBER .33;11 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<4) X
LAST EDITED: MAY 28, 2010
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the work phone number for the emergency contact. Answer must be 4-20 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: If the emergency contact for this patient is employed, enter the phone number at which this
individual may be reached while at work.
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM5 (#607)
2,.33012 E-CONTACT CHANGE DATE/TIME .332;1 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="ESTX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:X<1 X
LAST EDITED: MAY 26, 2010
DESCRIPTION: This field will hold the date and time of the last Emergency Contact Update.
Any change to the following Emergency Contact fields will trigger an update: E-Name, E-Relationship
To Patient, E-Street Address [Line 1], E-Street Address [Line 2], E-Street Address [Line 3],
E-City, E-State, E-Zip Code, E-Phone Number, E-Emer. Contact Same As NOK? and E-Work Phone Number
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR33012^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
2,.3305 E-EMER. CONTACT SAME AS NOK? .33;10 SET (Required)
IS E-CONTACT SAME AS NOK
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
INPUT TRANSFORM: I $D(X),X="Y" D K1^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: OCT 07, 1986
HELP-PROMPT: Enter YES if the emergency contact and next-of-kin are the same person, otherwise enter NO.
DESCRIPTION: If a primary NOK is defined enter 'Y' if that person is also the primary emergency contact,
otherwise enter 'N' for no.
GROUP: EC1
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM5 (#607)
2,.3306 E-COUNTRY .33;12 POINTER TO COUNTRY CODE FILE (#779.004)
LAST EDITED: DEC 03, 2019
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the country where the primary emergency contact address is located. If entering an Army/Air
Force Post Office (APO) or a Fleet Post Office (FPO) address select United States as the country.
DESCRIPTION:
This is the country where the primary emergency contact address is located.
FIELD INDEX: AXECTNRY (#778) MUMPS R ACTION
Short Descr: Clear Primary emergency contact Addr fields when country changes
Description: This cross reference is fired whenever the field E-COUNTRY is changed. It will clear data in
fields associated with whether the COUNTRY value is domestic or foreign. In the case of a foreign
address, this cross reference will clear the E-STATE, and E-ZIP+4 fields. For a domestic address,
this cross reference will clear the E-PROVINCE and E-POSTAL CODE fields. See routine ^DGCNTRY for
modifying which fields are cleared by this cross reference.
Set Logic: D EN^DGCNTRY(2,"EC",.3306)
Kill Logic: Q
X(1): E-COUNTRY (2,.3306) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM5 (#607)
2,.3307 E-PROVINCE .33;13 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<1) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 20
LAST EDITED: DEC 03, 2019
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 1-20 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: Enter a Province if the primary emergency contact has provided one for his/her foreign address. The
entry can be alphanumeric and up to 20 characters in length.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM5 (#607)
2,.3308 E-POSTAL CODE .33;14 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>10!($L(X)<1) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 10
LAST EDITED: DEC 03, 2019
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 1-10 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: Enter a postal code if the primary emergency contact has provided one for his/her foreign address.
The entry can be alphanumeric and up to 10 characters in length.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM5 (#607)
2,.3309 E-RELATIONSHIP TYPE .33;15 POINTER TO PATIENT CONTACT RELATION FILE (#12.11) (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DIC("S")="I $$GET1^DIQ(12.11,Y,.03,""I"")" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D
E1^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: JAN 05, 2022
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the relationship of the emergency contact to the patient.
DESCRIPTION: If a primary emergency contact is specified, enter the relationship of that person to the
applicant. This field cannot be deleted as long as a primary emergency contact is on file.
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I $$GET1^DIQ(12.11,Y,.03,""I"")"
EXPLANATION: Enter active relation types only.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D E1D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM5 (#607)
2,.331 E-NAME .33;1 FREE TEXT (audited)
EMERGENCY CONTACT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>35!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DG20NAME=X,(X,DG20NAME)=$$FORMAT^XLFNAME7(.DG20NAME,3,35) K:'$L(X)
X,DG20NAME
LAST EDITED: AUG 21, 2019
HELP-PROMPT: Enter name in 'LAST,FIRST MIDDLE SUFFIX' format, must be 3-35 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: Enter the primary emergency contact's name in 'LAST,FIRST MIDDLE SUFFIX' format. This value must
be 3-35 characters in length and may contain only uppercase alpha characters, spaces, apostrophes,
hyphens and one comma. All other characters and parenthetical text will be removed.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
GROUP: EC1
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AXR4^MUMPS
1)= Q
2)= S DGXRF=.331 D ^DGDDC Q
FIELD INDEX: ANAM331 (#595) MUMPS IR ACTION
Short Descr: This index keeps the NAME COMPONENTS file in synch with field #.331.
Description: This cross reference uses Kernel name standardization APIs to keep the NAME COMPONENTS (#20) file
record associated with the #.331 field synchronized with the data value stored in that field.
Set Logic: I '$G(XUNOTRIG) N XUNOTRIG S XUNOTRIG=1,DG20NAME=X D NARY^XLFNAME7(.DG20NAME),UPDCOMP^XLFNAME2(2,.D
A,.331,.DG20NAME,1.07,+$P($G(^DPT(DA,"NAME")),U,7),"CL35") K DG20NAME Q
Kill Logic: I '$G(XUNOTRIG) N XUNOTRIG S XUNOTRIG=1 D DELCOMP^XLFNAME2(2,.DA,.331,1.07) Q
X(1): E-NAME (2,.331) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM5 (#607)
2,.331011 E2-WORK PHONE NUMBER .331;11 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<4) X
LAST EDITED: MAY 28, 2010
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the work phone number for the secondary emergency contact. Answer must be 4-20 characters in
length.
DESCRIPTION: If the person designated as the secondary emergency contact is employed, enter the person's work
phone number.
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM6 (#608)
2,.331012 E2-COUNTRY .331;12 POINTER TO COUNTRY CODE FILE (#779.004)
LAST EDITED: DEC 03, 2019
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the country where the secondary emergency contact address is located. If entering an
Army/Air Force Post Office (APO) or a Fleet Post Office (FPO) address select United States as the
country.
DESCRIPTION:
This is the country where the secondary emergency contact address is located.
FIELD INDEX: AXE2CTNRY (#777) MUMPS R ACTION
Short Descr: Clear Secondary emergency contact Addr fields when country changes
Description: This cross reference is fired whenever the field E2-COUNTRY is changed. It will clear data in
fields associated with whether the COUNTRY value is domestic or foreign. In the case of a foreign
address, this cross reference will clear the E2-STATE, and E2-ZIP+4 fields. For a domestic
address, this cross reference will clear the E2-PROVINCE and E2-POSTAL CODE fields. See routine
^DGCNTRY for modifying which fields are cleared by this cross reference.
Set Logic: D EN^DGCNTRY(2,"EC2",.331012)
Kill Logic: Q
X(1): E2-COUNTRY (2,.331012) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM6 (#608)
2,.331013 E2-PROVINCE .331;13 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<1) X
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 20
LAST EDITED: DEC 03, 2019
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 1-20 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: Enter a Province if the secondary emergency contact has provided one for his/her foreign address.
The entry can be alphanumeric and up to 20 characters in length.
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM6 (#608)
2,.331014 E2-POSTAL CODE .331;14 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>10!($L(X)<1) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 10
LAST EDITED: DEC 03, 2019
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 1-10 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: Enter a postal code if the secondary emergency contact has provided one for his/her foreign
address. The entry can be alphanumeric and up to 10 characters in length.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM6 (#608)
2,.331015 E2-RELATIONSHIP TYPE .331;15 POINTER TO PATIENT CONTACT RELATION FILE (#12.11) (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DIC("S")="I $$GET1^DIQ(12.11,Y,.03,""I"")" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D
E2^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: JAN 05, 2022
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the relationship of the secondary emergency contact to the patient.
DESCRIPTION: If a secondary emergency contact is specified, enter the relationship of that person to the
applicant. This field cannot be deleted as long as a secondary emergency contact is on file.
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I $$GET1^DIQ(12.11,Y,.03,""I"")"
EXPLANATION: Enter active relation types only.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D E2D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM6 (#608)
2,.3311 E2-NAME OF SECONDARY CONTACT .331;1 FREE TEXT (audited)
EMERGENCY CONTACT-2
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>35!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DG20NAME=X,(X,DG20NAME)=$$FORMAT^XLFNAME7(.DG20NAME,3,35) K:'$L(X)
X,DG20NAME I $D(X) D E1^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: AUG 21, 2019
HELP-PROMPT: Enter name in 'LAST,FIRST MIDDLE SUFFIX' format, must be 3-35 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: Enter the secondary emergency contact's name in 'LAST,FIRST MIDDLE SUFFIX' format. This value must
be 3-35 characters in length and may contain only uppercase alpha characters, spaces, apostrophes,
hyphens and one comma. All other characters and parenthetical text will be removed.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
GROUP: EC2
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AXR5^MUMPS
1)= Q
2)= S DGXRF=.3311 D ^DGDDC Q
FIELD INDEX: ANAM3311 (#596) MUMPS IR ACTION
Short Descr: This index keeps the NAME COMPONENTS file in synch with field #.3311.
Description: This cross reference uses Kernel name standardization APIs to keep the NAME COMPONENTS (#20) file
record associated with the #.3311 field synchronized with the data value stored in that field.
Set Logic: I '$G(XUNOTRIG) N XUNOTRIG S XUNOTRIG=1,DG20NAME=X D NARY^XLFNAME7(.DG20NAME),UPDCOMP^XLFNAME2(2,.D
A,.3311,.DG20NAME,1.08,+$P($G(^DPT(DA,"NAME")),U,8),"CL35") K DG20NAME Q
Kill Logic: I '$G(XUNOTRIG) N XUNOTRIG S XUNOTRIG=1 D DELCOMP^XLFNAME2(2,.DA,.3311,1.08) Q
X(1): E2-NAME OF SECONDARY CONTACT (2,.3311) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM6 (#608)
2,.33112 E2-CONTACT CHANGE DATE/TIME .332;2 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="ESTX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:X<1 X
LAST EDITED: MAY 26, 2010
DESCRIPTION: This field will hold the date and time of the last Secondary Emergency Contact Update.
Any change to the following Secondary Emergency Contact fields will trigger an update: E2-Name Of
Secondary Contact, E2-Relationship To Patient, E2-Street Address [Line 1], E2-Street Address [Line
2], E2-Street Address [Line 3], E2-City, E2-State, E2-Zip Code, E2-Phone Number and E2-Work Phone
Number
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR33112^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
2,.3312 E2-RELATIONSHIP TO PATIENT .331;2 FREE TEXT (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<2) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D E2^DGLOCK2
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 30
LAST EDITED: FEB 25, 2022
HELP-PROMPT: Enter any notes related to the relationship of the secondary emergency contact to the patient [2-30
characters].
DESCRIPTION: If a secondary emergency contact is specified, enter any additional information regarding the
relationship of that person to the applicant [2-30 characters]. This field cannot be deleted as
long as a secondary emergency contact is on file.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D E2D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
GROUP: EC2
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM6 (#608)
2,.3313 E2-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 1] .331;3 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D E2^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: JAN 15, 1989
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the first line of the secondary emergency contacts address [3-30 characters].
DESCRIPTION: If a secondary emergency contact is specified enter the first line of that person's street address
[3-30 characters], otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a
secondary emergency contact is on file.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D E2D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
GROUP: EC2
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AXR22^MUMPS
1)= Q
2)= S DGXRF=.3313 D ^DGDDC Q
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM6 (#608)
2,.3314 E2-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 2] .331;4 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D E2^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: JAN 15, 1989
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the second line of the secondary emergency contacts address [3-30 characters].
DESCRIPTION: If a secondary emergency contact is specified enter the second line of that person's street address
[3-30 characters], if necessary, otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as
long as a secondary emergency contact is on file.
GROUP: EC2
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AXR23^MUMPS
1)= Q
2)= S DGXRF=.3314 D ^DGDDC Q
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM6 (#608)
2,.3315 E2-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 3] .331;5 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D E2^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: OCT 02, 1986
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the third line of the secondary emergency contacts address [3-30 characters].
DESCRIPTION: If a secondary emergency contact is specified enter the third line of that person's street address
[3-30 characters], if necessary, otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as
long as a secondary emergency contact is on file.
GROUP: EC2
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM6 (#608)
2,.3316 E2-CITY .331;6 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D E2^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: OCT 02, 1986
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the city in which the secondary emergency contact resides [3-30 characters].
DESCRIPTION: If a secondary emergency contact is specified enter the city in which that person resides [3-30
characters], otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a secondary
emergency contact is on file.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D E2D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
GROUP: EC2
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM6 (#608)
2,.3317 E2-STATE .331;7 POINTER TO STATE FILE (#5)
INPUT TRANSFORM: I $D(X) S DFN=DA D E2^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: OCT 02, 1986
HELP-PROMPT: Select from the listing the state in which the secondary emergency contact resides.
DESCRIPTION: If a secondary emergency contact is specified select from the available listing the state in which
that person resides, otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a
secondary emergency contact is on file.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D E2D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
GROUP: EC2
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM6 (#608)
2,.3318 E2-ZIP CODE .331;8 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>5!($L(X)<5)!'(X?5N) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D E2^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: JUN 03, 1993
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the zip code as five numerics where the secondary emergency contact resides.
DESCRIPTION: If a secondary emergency contact is specified enter the zip code for the city in which s/he resides
[5 numerics], otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a
secondary emergency contact is on file.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D E2D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
GROUP: EC2
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ZEC2ZIP^MUMPS
1)= D SET^DGREGDD1(DA,.2204,.22,4,X)
2)= D KILL^DGREGDD1(DA,.2204,.22,4,X)
This sets the corresponding zip+4 field to be equal to this field's value.
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM6 (#608)
2,.3319 E2-PHONE NUMBER .331;9 FREE TEXT (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D E2^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: AUG 21, 2019
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the phone number of the secondary emergency contact [3-20 characters].
DESCRIPTION: If a secondary emergency contact is specified enter the telephone number at which that person may
be reached [3-20 characters], otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as
long as a secondary emergency contact is on file.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
GROUP: EC2
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM6 (#608)
2,.332 E-RELATIONSHIP TO PATIENT .33;2 FREE TEXT (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<2) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D E1^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: FEB 25, 2022
HELP-PROMPT: Enter any notes related to the relationship of the emergency contact to the patient [3-35
characters].
DESCRIPTION: If a primary emergency contact is specified, enter any additional information regarding the
relationship of that person to the applicant [3-35 characters]. This field cannot be deleted as
long as a primary emergency contact is on file.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D E1D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
GROUP: EC1
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM5 (#607)
2,.333 E-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 1] .33;3 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D E1^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: JAN 15, 1989
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the first line of the emergency contacts street address [3-30 characters].
DESCRIPTION: If a primary emergency contact is specified enter the first line of that person's street address
[3-30 characters], otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a
primary emergency contact is on file.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D E1D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
GROUP: EC1
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AXR24^MUMPS
1)= Q
2)= S DGXRF=.333 D ^DGDDC Q
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM5 (#607)
2,.334 E-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 2] .33;4 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D E1^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: JAN 15, 1989
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the second line of the emergency contacts street address [3-30 characters].
DESCRIPTION: If a primary emergency contact is specified enter the second line of that person's street address
[3-30 characters], if necessary, otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as
long as a primary emergency contact is on file.
GROUP: EC1
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AXR25^MUMPS
1)= Q
2)= S DGXRF=.334 D ^DGDDC Q
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM5 (#607)
2,.335 E-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 3] .33;5 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D E1^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: OCT 02, 1986
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the third line of the emergency contacts address [3-30 characters].
DESCRIPTION: If a primary emergency contact is specified enter the third line of that person's street address
[3-30 characters], if necessary, otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as
long as a primary emergency contact is on file.
GROUP: EC1
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM5 (#607)
2,.336 E-CITY .33;6 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D E1^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: OCT 02, 1986
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the city in which the emergency contact resides [3-30 characters].
DESCRIPTION: If a primary emergency contact is specified enter the city in which that person resides [3-30
characters], otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a primary
emergency contact is on file.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D E1D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
GROUP: EC1
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM5 (#607)
2,.337 E-STATE .33;7 POINTER TO STATE FILE (#5)
INPUT TRANSFORM: I $D(X) S DFN=DA D E1^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: OCT 02, 1986
HELP-PROMPT: Select from the listing the state in whcih the emergency contact resides.
DESCRIPTION: If a primary emergency contact is specified select from the available listing the state in which
that person resides, otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a
primary emergency contact is on file.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D E1D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
GROUP: EC1
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM5 (#607)
2,.338 E-ZIP CODE .33;8 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>5!($L(X)<5)!'(X?5N) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D E1^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: JUN 03, 1993
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the zip code as five numerics of the emergency contact.
DESCRIPTION: If a primary emergency contact is specified enter the zip code for the city in which s/he resides
[5 numerics], otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a primary
emergency contact is on file.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D E1D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
GROUP: EC1
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AEC1ZIP^MUMPS
1)= D SET^DGREGDD1(DA,.2201,.22,1,X)
2)= D KILL^DGREGDD1(DA,2201,.22,1,X)
This sets the corresponding zip+4 field to be equal to this field's value.
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM5 (#607)
2,.339 E-PHONE NUMBER .33;9 FREE TEXT (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D E1^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: AUG 21, 2019
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the phone number of the emergency contact [3-20 characters].
DESCRIPTION: If a primary emergency contact is specified enter the telephone number [3-20 characters] at which
that person may be reached, otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long
as a primary emergency contact is on file.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
GROUP: EC1
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM5 (#607)
2,.34011 D-WORK PHONE NUMBER .34;11 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<4) X
LAST EDITED: MAY 28, 2010
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the designee's work phone number. Answer must be 4-20 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: If the person designated to receive the patient's personal effects is employed, enter the phone
number at which that person may be reached while at work.
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM7 (#609)
2,.34012 D-COUNTRY .34;12 POINTER TO COUNTRY CODE FILE (#779.004)
LAST EDITED: DEC 03, 2019
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the country where the designee address is located. If entering an Army/Air Force Post Office
(APO) or a Fleet Post Office (FPO) address select United States as the country.
DESCRIPTION:
This is the country where the designee address is located.
FIELD INDEX: AXDCTNRY (#776) MUMPS R ACTION
Short Descr: Clear Designee Addr fields when country changes
Description: This cross reference is fired whenever the field D-COUNTRY is changed. It will clear data in
fields associated with whether the COUNTRY value is domestic or foreign. In the case of a foreign
address, this cross reference will clear the D-STATE, and D-ZIP+4 fields. For a domestic address,
this cross reference will clear the D-PROVINCE and D-POSTAL CODE fields. See routine ^DGCNTRY for
modifying which fields are cleared by this cross reference.
Set Logic: D EN^DGCNTRY(2,"DES",.34012)
Kill Logic: Q
X(1): D-COUNTRY (2,.34012) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM7 (#609)
2,.34013 D-PROVINCE .34;13 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<1) X
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 20
LAST EDITED: DEC 03, 2019
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 1-20 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: Enter a Province if the designee has provided one for his/her foreign address. The entry can be
alphanumeric and up to 20 characters in length.
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM7 (#609)
2,.34014 D-POSTAL CODE .34;14 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>10!($L(X)<1) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 10
LAST EDITED: DEC 03, 2019
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 1-10 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: Enter a postal code if the designee has provided one for his/her foreign address. The entry can be
alphanumeric and up to 10 characters in length.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM7 (#609)
2,.34015 D-RELATIONSHIP TYPE .34;15 POINTER TO PATIENT CONTACT RELATION FILE (#12.11) (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DIC("S")="I $$GET1^DIQ(12.11,Y,.03,""I"")" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D
D^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: JAN 05, 2022
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the relationship of the designee to the patient.
DESCRIPTION: If a designee is specified, enter the relationship of that person to the applicant. This field
cannot be deleted as long as a designee is on file.
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I $$GET1^DIQ(12.11,Y,.03,""I"")"
EXPLANATION: Enter active relation types only.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D DD^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM7 (#609)
2,.3405 D-DESIGNEE SAME AS NOK? .34;10 SET (Required)
IS DESIGNEE SAME AS NOK
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
INPUT TRANSFORM: I $D(X),X="Y" D K1^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: OCT 07, 1986
HELP-PROMPT: If the designee and the person specififed as the next-of-kin are one in the same enter YES
otherwise enter NO.
DESCRIPTION: If a primary NOK is defined enter 'Y' if that person is also the designee appointed by the
applicant, otherwise enter 'N' for no.
GROUP: D1
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM7 (#609)
2,.341 D-NAME OF DESIGNEE .34;1 FREE TEXT (audited)
DESIGNEE
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>35!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DG20NAME=X,(X,DG20NAME)=$$FORMAT^XLFNAME7(.DG20NAME,3,35) K:'$L(X)
X,DG20NAME
LAST EDITED: AUG 21, 2019
HELP-PROMPT: Enter name in 'LAST,FIRST MIDDLE SUFFIX' format, must be 3-35 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: Enter the designee's name in 'LAST,FIRST MIDDLE SUFFIX' format. This value must be 3-35 characters
in length and may contain only uppercase alpha characters, spaces, apostrophes, hyphens and one
comma. All other characters and parenthetical text will be removed.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
GROUP: D1
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AXR6^MUMPS
1)= Q
2)= S DGXRF=.341 D ^DGDDC Q
FIELD INDEX: ANAM341 (#597) MUMPS IR ACTION
Short Descr: This index keeps the NAME COMPONENTS file in synch with field #.341.
Description: This cross reference uses Kernel name standardization APIs to keep the NAME COMPONENTS (#20) file
record associated with the #.341 field synchronized with the data value stored in that field.
Set Logic: I '$G(XUNOTRIG) N XUNOTRIG S XUNOTRIG=1,DG20NAME=X D NARY^XLFNAME7(.DG20NAME),UPDCOMP^XLFNAME2(2,.D
A,.341,.DG20NAME,1.09,+$P($G(^DPT(DA,"NAME")),U,9),"CL35") K DG20NAME Q
Kill Logic: I '$G(XUNOTRIG) N XUNOTRIG S XUNOTRIG=1 D DELCOMP^XLFNAME2(2,.DA,.341,1.09) Q
X(1): D-NAME OF DESIGNEE (2,.341) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM7 (#609)
2,.3412 DESIGNEE CHANGE DATE/TIME .332;3 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="ESTX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:X<1 X
LAST EDITED: MAY 26, 2010
DESCRIPTION: This field will hold the date and time of the last Designee Update.
Any change to the following Designee fields will trigger an update: D-Name Of Designee,
D-Relationship To Patient, D-Street Address [Line 1], D-Street Address [Line 2], D-Street Address
[Line 3], D-City, D-State, D-Zip Code, D-Phone Number, D-Designee Same As Nok?, D-Work Phone Number
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR3412^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
2,.342 D-RELATIONSHIP TO PATIENT .34;2 FREE TEXT (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D D^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: FEB 25, 2022
HELP-PROMPT: Enter any notes related to the relationship of the designee to the patient [3-30 characters].
DESCRIPTION: If a designee is specified, enter any additional information regarding the relationship of that
person to the applicant [3-30 characters]. This field cannot be deleted as long as a designee is on
file.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D DD^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
GROUP: D1
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM7 (#609)
2,.343 D-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 1] .34;3 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D D^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: JAN 13, 1992
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the first line of the designee's address [3-30 characters].
DESCRIPTION: If a designee is specified enter the first line of that person's street address [3-30 characters],
otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a designee is on file.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D DD^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
GROUP: D1
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AXR26^MUMPS
1)= Q
2)= S DGXRF=.343 D ^DGDDC Q
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM7 (#609)
2,.344 D-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 2] .34;4 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D D^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: JAN 15, 1989
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the second line of the designee's address [3-30 characters].
DESCRIPTION: If a designee is specified enter the second line of that person's street address [3-30 characters],
if necessary, otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a designee
is on file.
GROUP: D1
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AXR27^MUMPS
1)= Q
2)= S DGXRF=.344 D ^DGDDC Q
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM7 (#609)
2,.345 D-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 3] .34;5 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D D^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: OCT 02, 1986
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the third line of the designee's address [3-30 characters].
DESCRIPTION: If a designee is specified enter the third line of that person's street address [3-30 characters],
if necessary, otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a designee
is on file.
GROUP: D1
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM7 (#609)
2,.346 D-CITY .34;6 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D D^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: OCT 02, 1986
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the city in which the designee resides [1-30 characters].
DESCRIPTION: If a designee is specified enter the city in which that person resides [1-30 characters], otherwise
nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a designee is on file.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D DD^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
GROUP: D1
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM7 (#609)
2,.347 D-STATE .34;7 POINTER TO STATE FILE (#5)
INPUT TRANSFORM: I $D(X) S DFN=DA D D^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: OCT 02, 1986
HELP-PROMPT: Select from the listing the state in which the designee resides.
DESCRIPTION: If a designee is specified select from the available listing the state in which that person
resides. This field cannot be deleted as long as a designee is on file.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D DD^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
GROUP: D1
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM7 (#609)
2,.348 D-ZIP CODE .34;8 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>5!($L(X)<5)!'(X?5N) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D D^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: JUN 03, 1993
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the zip code as five numerics of the designee's address.
DESCRIPTION: If a designee is specified enter the zip code for the city in which s/he resides [5 numerics],
otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a designee is on file.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D DD^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
GROUP: D1
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AD1ZIP^MUMPS
1)= D SET^DGREGDD1(DA,.2202,.22,2,X)
2)= D KILL^DGREGDD1(DA,.2202,.22,2,X)
This sets the corresponding zip+4 field to be equal to this field's value.
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM7 (#609)
2,.349 D-PHONE NUMBER .34;9 FREE TEXT (audited)
PHONE NUMBER OF PERSONAL POSSESSION DESIGNEE
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D D^DGLOCK2
LAST EDITED: AUG 21, 2019
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the phone number of the designee [3-20 characters].
DESCRIPTION: If a designee is specified enter the telephone number at which that person may be reached [3-20
characters], otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a designee
is on file.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
GROUP: D1
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: ADTTM7 (#609)
2,.351 DATE OF DEATH .35;1 DATE (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="EPXT" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) D H^DGUTL K:X>DGTIME X K DGTIME,DGDATE I $D(X) S DFN=DA D
DEATH^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: APR 24, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the patient's DATE OF DEATH, which cannot be before the patient's Date of Birth or a future
date.
DESCRIPTION: Enter the date the patient died. Date needs to be a precise date, i.e. a day, month, and year MUST
be included. Date of Death can not be prior to
P&T Effective Date
Date Ruled Incompetent (Civil and VA)
Date of Birth
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the DATE/TIME field of the PATIENT MOVEMENT File
TRIGGERED by the MAS MOVEMENT TYPE field of the PATIENT MOVEMENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.091
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,0)):^(0),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,10),X=X S DIU=X
K Y S X=DIV X ^DD(2,.351,1,1,49.3) S X=$E(Y(8),Y(9),X) S Y=X,X=Y(7),X=X_Y_"]" X ^DD(2,.351,1,1,1.4
)
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),0)),DIV=X S $P(^(0),U,10)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.091 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,0)):^(0),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,10),X=X S DIU=X
K Y X ^DD(2,.351,1,1,2.1) S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),0)),DIV=X S $P(^(0),U,10)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.091 D ^DIC
R
2.1)= S X=DIV X ^DD(2,.351,1,1,59.2) S X=$P(Y(5),Y(6),X),Y(7)=$G(X) S X="]",Y(8)=$G(X) S X=2,X=$P(Y
(7),Y(8),X) S Y=X,X=Y(3),X=X_Y
49.2)= S X=DIU_"[PATIENT DIED ON ",Y(1)=$G(X) S X=DIV,Y(2)=$G(X) S X=4,Y(3)=$G(X) S X=5,X=$E(Y(2),Y
(3),X) S Y=X,X=Y(1),X=X_Y_"/",Y(4)=$G(X) S X=DIV,Y(5)=$G(X) S X=6
49.3)= X ^DD(2,.351,1,1,49.2) S Y(6)=$G(X) S X=7,X=$E(Y(5),Y(6),X) S Y=X,X=Y(4),X=X_Y_"/",Y(7)=$G(X
) S X=DIV,Y(8)=$G(X) S X=2,Y(9)=$G(X) S X=3
59.2)= S X=DIU,Y(1)=$G(X) S X="[PATIENT DIED",Y(2)=$G(X) S X=1,X=$P(Y(1),Y(2),X),Y(3)=$G(X),Y(4)=$G
(X) S X=DIU,Y(5)=$G(X) S X="PATIENT DIED",Y(6)=$G(X) S X=2
CREATE VALUE)= REMARKS_"[PATIENT DIED ON "_$E(DATE OF DEATH,4,5)_"/"_$E(DATE OF DEATH,6,7)_"/"_$E(D
ATE OF DEATH,2,3)_"]"
DELETE VALUE)= $P(REMARKS,"[PATIENT DIED",1)_$P($P(REMARKS,"PATIENT DIED",2),"]",2)
FIELD)= REMARKS
This appends into the REMARKS field a notation regarding the DATE OF DEATH. If DATE OF DEATH is
deleted, the notation will be stripped out of the REMARKS field.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.352
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.35)):^(.35),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,2),X=X S DI
U=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$S(($D(DUZ)#2):DUZ,1:"") S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.35)),DIV=X S $P(^(.35),U,2)=DIV,
DIH=2,DIG=.352 D ^DICR
2)= Q
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$S(($D(DUZ)#2):DUZ,1:"")
DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
FIELD)= DEATH ENTERED BY
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ADGDBUL^MUMPS
1)= D DSBULL^DGDEATH
2)= D DKBULL^DGDEATH
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AEXP1
1)= S ^DPT("AEXP1",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT("AEXP1",$E(X,1,30),DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AOERR^MUMPS
1)= D DEATH^DGOERNOT
2)= Q
This cross-reference is used in conjunction with ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPORTING v2.09 or higher
to send MAS OE/RR NOTIFICATIONS of DEATH to users who are on an OE/RR LIST for a patient.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^APSJD^MUMPS
1)= S XX=X,X="PSJADT" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") S X=XX K XX I D END^PSJADT
2)= Q
3)= Cancels Inpatient Medication orders.
This is used by the Inpatient Medications package to cancel a patient's IV and Unit Dose orders
whenever a date of death is entered for the patient.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ARCDTH^MUMPS
1)= S RCX=X,X="RCAMDTH" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") S X=RCX K RCX I D SET^RCAMDTH
2)= S RCX=X,X="RCAMDTH" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") S X=RCX K RCX I D ERR^RCAMDTH
3)= ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEATH NOTIFICATION
This cross-reference is used to notify the Accounts Receivable package (v4 or higher) of a
patient's death so that the patient's account may be reviewed for appropriate action.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ADEP^MUMPS
1)= D SET^DGDEPINA
2)= D KILL^DGDEPINA
This is used to updated the effective dates in file 408.12.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR351^MUMPS
1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
Used to update the patient's enrollment.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^DG714^MUMPS
1)= D START^DGMTDELS(DA)
2)= Q
3)= Deletes last REQUIRED means test
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^APSOD^MUMPS
1)= I $$VERSION^XPDUTL("PSO")>6 D APSOD^PSOCAN3(DA)
2)= I $$VERSION^XPDUTL("PSO")>6 D APSOD^PSOAUTOC(DA)
3)= Discontinues Outpatient Medications.
This xref is used to discontinue all active outpatient medications whenever a date of death is
entered for the patient. This xref is used with v7 of Outpatient Pharmacy (DBIA #1624).
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^IVM351^MUMPS
1)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
2)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
This cross-reference will check the IVM PATIENT file to see if a change to this field will require
transmission to the IVM Center. If it does, the IVM PATIENT file entry's TRANSMISSION STATUS will
be set to 0 and the nightly background job will transmit the updated information.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AVAFC351^MUMPS
1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".351;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".351;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of
the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7
PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the
change is being made from within the Registration process.
Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to
1.
The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S)
EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ADGRU351^MUMPS
1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the
PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference
will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of
an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part
of a re-indexing.
FIELD INDEX: ADGFM351 (#886) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.351,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.351,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): DATE OF DEATH (2,.351) (forwards)
FIELD INDEX: ADGFMD351 (#889) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.351,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.351,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): DATE OF DEATH (2,.351) (forwards)
FIELD INDEX: AW (#1351) MUMPS IR ACTION
Short Descr: Terminate active policies when DATE OF DEATH is entered
Description: Terminates all Insurance Policies that have an EFFECTIVE DATE OF POLICY and do not have an
INSURANCE EXPIRATION DATE for a patient when the DATE OF DEATH field is first entered. This is done
by setting the INSURANCE EXPIRATION DATE to be the DATE OF DEATH in method DEATH^IBCNEUT7. Note:
ICR #6231 allows the call to routine IBCNEUT7.
Set Logic: D DEATH^IBCNEUT7(DA,X(1))
Set Cond: S X=$S((X(1)'="")&(X1(1)=""):1,1:0)
Kill Logic: Q
X(1): DATE OF DEATH (2,.351) (forwards)
2,.352 DEATH ENTERED BY .35;2 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200) (audited)
LAST EDITED: SEP 16, 2015
HELP-PROMPT: The name of the person who entered the date of death.
DESCRIPTION: This field records the date a patient's death was initially entered into the DHCP system. This
field is created automatically by the MAS module when a date of death is entered either through the
'Death Entry' option or through the 'Discharge a Patient' option.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the DATE OF DEATH field of the PATIENT File
FIELD INDEX: AVAFC352 (#1317) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.352,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.352,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): DEATH ENTERED BY (2,.352) (forwards)
2,.353 SOURCE OF NOTIFICATION .35;3 POINTER TO SOURCE OF NOTIFICATIONS FILE (#47.76) (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DIC("S")="I $P(^(0),U,3)=1" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
LAST EDITED: JUN 22, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Select the appropriate SOURCE OF NOTIFICATION from the list that specifies who first notified the
VA of the patient's death.
DESCRIPTION:
SOURCE OF NOTIFICATION represents who/what notified the VA of the patient's DATE OF DEATH.
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I $P(^(0),U,3)=1"
EXPLANATION: Only 'Active' notifications may be selected from the list.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR353^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
FIELD INDEX: AVAFC353 (#1318) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.353,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.353,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): SOURCE OF NOTIFICATION (2,.353) (forwards)
2,.354 DATE OF DEATH LAST UPDATED .35;4 DATE (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: DEC 22, 2014
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date that the DATE OF DEATH for this patient was last updated.
DESCRIPTION: This is a date/time value that represents the date/time the date of death field (.351) was last
modified/entered/deleted.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR354^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
FIELD INDEX: AVAFC354 (#1319) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.354,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.354,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): DATE OF DEATH LAST UPDATED (2,.354) (forwards)
2,.355 LAST EDITED BY .35;5 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200) (audited)
LAST EDITED: DEC 22, 2014
HELP-PROMPT: The name of the person who last edited the DATE OF DEATH.
DESCRIPTION: This is the local user ID of the person that last made a modification to the date of death (.351)
field.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
FIELD INDEX: AVAFC355 (#1320) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.355,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.355,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): LAST EDITED BY (2,.355) (forwards)
2,.357 SUPPORTING DOCUMENT TYPE .35;7 POINTER TO SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION TYPES FILE (#47.75) (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DIC("S")="I $D(^DG(47.761,""AF"",Y,1))" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
LAST EDITED: AUG 01, 2017
HELP-PROMPT: Select the appropriate SUPPORTING DOCUMENT TYPE from the list that identifies the current document
used to inform of a patient's death.
DESCRIPTION: The Supporting Document Type selected from the available list identifies the current method of how
the site was notified of a patient's death.
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I $D(^DG(47.761,""AF"",Y,1))"
EXPLANATION: The SUPPORTING DOCUMENT TYPE screen will ensure that only valid/active supporting document types ar
e selected based on the current business rules defined in File #47.761.
EXECUTABLE HELP: D SDTHELP^DGDEATH
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
FIELD INDEX: AVAFC357 (#1408) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.357,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.357,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): SUPPORTING DOCUMENT TYPE (2,.357) (forwards)
2,.358 DATE OF DEATH OPTION USED .35;8 SET (audited)
'JOBJ' FOR JRN_OBJ;
'JAPP' FOR JRN_APP;
'JSTN' FOR JRN_STN;
'VDE' FOR DEATH ENTRY;
'VDP' FOR DISCHARGE A PATIENT;
LAST EDITED: JUL 08, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Select the code that specifies the option used when modifying a patient's DATE OF DEATH.
DESCRIPTION: The DATE OF DEATH OPTION USED value indicates the option that was executed when a patient's DATE OF
DEATH is modified at the medical facility.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
2,.3601 COLLATERAL SPONSOR'S NAME .36;11 POINTER TO PATIENT FILE (#2) (Required)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DIC("S")="I $D(^DPT(+Y,""VET"")),^(""VET"")=""Y""" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
LAST EDITED: MAY 05, 1987
DESCRIPTION: If this patient is a collateral responsible for picking up medications or information regarding
another patient, that patient's name should be entered here.
This sponsor must be a veteran and must exist in the patient file.
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I $D(^DPT(+Y,""VET"")),^(""VET"")=""Y"""
EXPLANATION: Sponsor must be a veteran.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ACOL^MUMPS
1)= S ^DPT("ACOL",+X,DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT("ACOL",+X,DA)
2,.3602 MILITARY DISABILITY RETIREMENT .36;12 SET
'1' FOR YES;
'0' FOR NO;
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA D EV2^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: AUG 29, 2005
HELP-PROMPT: Answer Yes if the Veteran receives disability pay in lieu of VA Compensation.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
This field will replace Disability Discharge from the Military (field #.362).
EXECUTABLE HELP: D HLP3602^DGRPU
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AV^MUMPS
1)= S DFN=DA D EN^DGMTR K DGREQF
2)= Q
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR3602^MUMPS
1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference will be used to update the patient's current Patient Enrollment Record.
2,.3603 DISCHARGE DUE TO DISABILITY .36;13 SET
'1' FOR YES;
'0' FOR NO;
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA D EV2^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: AUG 16, 2005
HELP-PROMPT: Was the Veteran discharged due to a disability incurred in the Line of Duty?
EXECUTABLE HELP: D HLP3603^DGRPU
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AU^MUMPS
1)= S DFN=DA D EN^DGMTR K DGREQF
2)= Q
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR3603^MUMPS
1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference will be used to update the patient's current Patient Enrollment record.
2,.361 PRIMARY ELIGIBILITY CODE .36;1 POINTER TO ELIGIBILITY CODE FILE (#8) (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA D EV^DGLOCK I $D(X) D ECD^DGLOCK1
LAST EDITED: DEC 08, 2020
HELP-PROMPT: Select from the available list the eligibility code which best defines this applicant's primary
entitlement to care. For more detailed information, enter ??.
DESCRIPTION: Select from the available listing the appropriate eligibility code for this applicant. For
non-veteran applicants a wide variety of choices are available. For veteran applicants the choices
are screened [in the following order] dependent on the responses to other prompts:
1. If the SERVICE CONNECTED prompt (field .301) is answered YES
only the following two choices are available:
a. If the SERVICE CONNECTED PERCENTAGE prompt (field .302) entered
is 50% or greater 'SERVICE CONNECTED 50% TO 100%' can be
selected.
b. Otherwise, the percentage is assumed to be less than 50% and
only 'SC, LESS THAN 50%' may be entered.
2. If the response to the WERE YOU A PRISONER OF WAR field (# .525)
is YES and the veteran is not service connected, you must select
PRISONER OF WAR as the eligibility code.
3. If the response to the CURRENT PH INDICATOR field (#.531)
is YES and the veteran is not service connected and is not a Prisoner
of War, you must select PURPLE HEART RECIPIENT as the eligibility code.
4. If the veteran is receiving VA benefits, but does not meet the
criteria in items 1 and 2 above, then the following choices may
be presented for selection:
If RECEIVING A&A BENEFITS is answered YES, the eligibility code
AID & ATTENDANCE may be selected.
If the RECEIVING HOUSEBOUND BENEFITS is answered YES ,the eligibility
code HOUSEBOUND may be selected.
If the above two prompts were answered NO, but the RECEIVING A VA
PENSION prompt was answered YES, only the NSC, VA PENSION prompt
may be selected.
5. If none of the above pertain to this veteran, then the NSC eligibility
will be available for selection.
** Dependent on the birthdate of the applicant, the following two
eligibility codes may be displayed along with those shown in items
3 through 5 above: WORLD WAR I and MEXICAN BORDER WAR. These would
display for veterans not meeting the criteria in items 1 and 2, but
whose date of birth is prior to 1907.
SCREEN: S DFN=DA D ECD^DGLOCK1
EXPLANATION: Applicable code based on veteran or non-veteran status.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D EV^DGLOCK D:$D(X) COV^DGLOCK3 I '$D(X)
GROUP: ECD
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AG^MUMPS
1)= S DFN=DA D INACT33^DGOTHEL(DFN),EN^DGMTR K DGREQF
2)= Q
This cross-reference has two functions: 1. It calls INACT33^DGOTHEL to record the change in Primary
Eligibility
in the OTH ELIGIBILITY PATIENT file (#33) 2. It calls EN^DGMTR to check Means Test Requirements
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2.0361^.01
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 X ^DD(2,.361,1,2,89.4) S Y(102)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,"E",D1,0)):^(0),1:"
") S X=$S('$D(^DIC(8,+$P(Y(102),U,1),0)):"",1:$P(^(0),U,1)) S D0=I(0,0) S D1=I(1,0) S DIU=X K Y S X
=DIV S X=DIV,X=X X ^DD(2,.361,1,2,1.4)
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),"E",DIV(1),0)):^(0),1:""),DIV=X I $D(^(0)) S $P(^(0),U,1)=DIV,DIH=2.0
361,DIG=.01 D ^DICR:$O(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 X ^DD(2,.361,1,2,2.2) I DIV(1)>0 S DIK(0)=DA,DIK="^DPT(DIV(0),""E
"",",DA(1)=DIV(0),DA=DIV(1) D ^DIK S DA=DIK(0) K DIK
2.2)= X ^DD(2,.361,1,2,99.3) S X=$S('$D(^DIC(8,+$P(Y(102),U,1),0)):"",1:$P(^(0),U,1)) S D0=I(0,0) S
D1=I(1,0) S DIU=X K Y
3)= This trigger stuffs the ELIGIBILITY CODE into the PATIENT'S ELIGIBILITIES multiple.
89.2)= S I(0,0)=$S($D(D0):D0,1:""),I(1,0)=$S($D(D1):D1,1:""),Y(2)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.36)):^(.36),1:"")
S X="`",Y(1)=X S X=$P(Y(2),U,1),X=X S Y=X,X=Y(1),X=X S X=X
89.3)= X ^DD(2,.361,1,2,89.2) S X=X_Y,X=X S X=X
89.4)= X ^DD(2,.361,1,2,89.3) K DIC S Y=-1,DIC="^DPT(D0,""E"",",DIC(0)="NMFL",DIC("P")="2.0361P",DI
U(1)=$S($D(DA(1)):DA(1),1:0),DA(1)=D0 D ^DIC:D0>0 S (D,D1,DIV(1))=+Y,DA(1)=DIU(1)
99.2)= S I(0,0)=$S($D(D0):D0,1:""),I(1,0)=$S($D(D1):D1,1:""),Y(2)=DIV S X="`",Y(1)=X S X=$P(Y(2),U,
1),X=X S Y=X,X=Y(1),X=X S X=X
99.3)= X ^DD(2,.361,1,2,99.2) S X=X_Y K DIC S Y=-1,DIC="^DPT(D0,""E"",",DIC(0)="NMF" D ^DIC:D0>0 S
(D,D1,DIV(1))=+Y S Y(102)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,"E",D1,0)):^(0),1:"")
CREATE VALUE)= INTERNAL(ELIGIBILITY CODE)
DELETE VALUE)= @
DIC)= LOOKUP
DIK)= DELETE
FIELD)= "`"_INTERNAL(ELIGIBILITY CODE):#361:#.01
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AXR28^MUMPS
1)= Q
2)= I $S('$D(^DIC(8,+X,0)):0,$P(^(0),"^",1)["DOM":0,'$D(^DPT(DA,.36)):1,'$D(^DIC(8,+^(.36),0)):1,$P
(^(0),"^",1)'["DOM":1,1:0) S DGXRF=.361 D ^DGDDC Q
When the eligibility code is changed, this cross-reference removes the data in the ELIGIBILITY
STATUS field. This only occurs if neither the original eligibility code nor the new eligibility
code (the one being entered) is DOM. PATIENT. If either is DOM. PATIENT, no update occurs.
Since the DOM. PATIENT eligibility is being inactivated with MAS 5.2, the conditional on this
cross-reference will be removed in a future version of MAS.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AEL^MUMPS
1)= S ^DPT("AEL",DA,+X)="" D RESTORE^DGRP1152U(DA)
2)= K ^DPT("AEL",DA,+X) I X=$$FIND1^DIC(8,"","B","COLLATERAL OF VET") D ARCHALL^DGRP1152U(DA)
When an eligibility is being set, the SET logic will place the eligibility in the "AEL" cross
reference and then invoke logic for handling the edit of the COLLATERAL OF VET eligibility.
When an eligibility is deleted, the KILL logic will remove the item from the "AEL" cross reference
and then check if "COLLATERAL OF VET" eligibility is being removed. If so, code is called to
archive all CCP entries in the COMMUNITY CARE PROGRAM sub-file (#2.191) of the PATIENT file (#2).
The ARCHIVE (#.04) field of the CCP entry is set to 1.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR361^MUMPS
1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to update the patient's current Patient Enrollment record.
FIELD INDEX: ADGFMD361 (#815) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: THhis x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point if the PRIMARY ELIGIBILITY CODE
(#.361)field changes.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.361,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.361,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): PRIMARY ELIGIBILITY CODE (2,.361) (forwards)
2,.3611 ELIGIBILITY STATUS .361;1 SET
ELIG STATUS
'P' FOR PENDING VERIFICATION;
'R' FOR PENDING RE-VERIFICATION;
'V' FOR VERIFIED;
INPUT TRANSFORM: D EK^DGLOCK Q:'$D(X)
LAST EDITED: SEP 25, 1988
HELP-PROMPT: Select the status of this patient's eligibility.
DESCRIPTION: Select from the available listing the appropriate eligibility status for this applicant. Only
users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= D EK^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
GROUP: ECD
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the PRIMARY ELIGIBILITY CODE field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.3616
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.361)):^(.361),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,6),X=X S
DIU=X K Y X ^DD(2,.3611,1,1,1.1) X ^DD(2,.3611,1,1,1.4)
1.1)= S X=DIV S X=$S(($D(DUZ)#2):DUZ,1:"")
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.3611,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"")
S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="VERIFIED"
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.361)):^(.361),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,5,99)) S DIH=DIH
_U" S %=$P(DIH,U,7,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,6),^(.361)=$P(DIH,U,1,5)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.36
16 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
2)= Q
2.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(2)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.3611,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"")
,Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.361)):^(.361),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(2),$C(59)_$P(Y(1),U,1)_":",2),$C(59),1)'="VERI
FIED"
2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.361)):^(.361),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,5,99)) S DIH=DIH
_U" S %=$P(DIH,U,7,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,6),^(.361)=$P(DIH,U,1,5)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.36
16 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
CREATE CONDITION)= ELIG STATUS="VERIFIED"
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$S(($D(DUZ)#2):DUZ,1:"")
DELETE CONDITION)= ELIG STATUS'="VERIFIED"
DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
FIELD)= ELIGIBILITY STATUS ENTERED BY
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.3612
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.361)):^(.361),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,2),X=X S
DIU=X K Y S X=DIV N %I,%H,% D NOW^%DTC X ^DD(2,.3611,1,2,1.4)
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.361)):^(.361),1:""),DIV=X S %=$P(DIH,U,3,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,2),^(.361
)=$P(DIH,U,1,1)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.3612 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
2)= Q
CREATE VALUE)= TODAY
DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
FIELD)= ELIGIBILITY STATUS DATE
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR3611^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
2,.3612 ELIGIBILITY STATUS DATE .361;2 DATE
ELIG STATUS DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E",%DT(0)=-DT D ^%DT K %DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) D EK^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: JAN 07, 2001
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date the current eligibility status was determined.
DESCRIPTION: Enter the effective date of the eligibility status (ELIG STATUS prompt). Only users who hold the
designated security key may enter/edit this field.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= D EK^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
GROUP: ECD
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the ELIGIBILITY STATUS field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.3616
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.361)):^(.361),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,6),X=X S
DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$S(($D(DUZ)#2):DUZ,1:"") X ^DD(2,.3612,1,1,1.4)
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.361)):^(.361),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.361),U,6)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.3616 D ^D
ICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
2)= Q
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$S(($D(DUZ)#2):DUZ,1:"")
DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
FIELD)= ELIGIBILITY STATUS ENTER
When the ELIGIBILITY STATUS DATE is updated through any option, the user entering the new date will
be automatically put into the ELIGIBILITY STATUS ENTERED BY field (field .3616).
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR3612^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
2,.3613 ELIGIBILITY VERIF. SOURCE .361;3 SET
ELIG VERIF SOURCE
'H' FOR HEC;
'V' FOR VISTA;
LAST EDITED: NOV 15, 2000
HELP-PROMPT: The entity verifying the eligibility of the patient.
DESCRIPTION: This field is used to restrict site ability to edit certain data elements when HEC has verified
eligibility data.
2,.3614 ELIGIBILITY INTERIM RESPONSE .361;4 DATE
ELIG INTERIM RESPONSE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E",%DT(0)=-DT D ^%DT K %DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) D EK^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: APR 18, 1990
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the response concerning this aplicant's eligibility status.
DESCRIPTION: If an interim response has been received concerning this applicant's eligibility status enter the
date received. Only users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= D EK^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
GROUP: ECD
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2,.3615 ELIGIBILITY VERIF. METHOD .361;5 FREE TEXT
VERIFICATION METHOD
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>50!($L(X)<2) X I $D(X) D EK^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: JAN 07, 2001
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the method by which this patient's eligibility was verified [2-50 characters].
DESCRIPTION: Enter the method in which the eligibility for this applicant was verified [between 2-50
characters]. Only users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= D EK^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
GROUP: ECD
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR3615^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
2,.3616 ELIGIBILITY STATUS ENTERED BY .361;6 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200)
WHO ENTERED ELIGIBILITY STATUS
LAST EDITED: OCT 06, 1990
HELP-PROMPT: The name of the user who certified this patient's current eligibility status.
DESCRIPTION: When eligibility is verified (ELIG STATUS="VERIFIED") the name of the user who certified the
verification.
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
GROUP: ECD
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the ELIGIBILITY STATUS field of the PATIENT File
TRIGGERED by the ELIGIBILITY STATUS DATE field of the PATIENT File
2,.3617 USER ENROLLEE VALID THROUGH .361;7 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=$E(Y,1,3)_"0000" K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: MAR 13, 2003
HELP-PROMPT: Enter valid Fiscal Year
DESCRIPTION: This field contains the Fiscal Year that the veteran's User Enrollee Status is valid through. This
field is populated by the system, no user input is required.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR3617^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
2,.3618 USER ENROLLEE SITE .361;8 POINTER TO INSTITUTION FILE (#4)
LAST EDITED: FEB 25, 2003
HELP-PROMPT: Enter Valid Site
DESCRIPTION: This field contains the Site that determined the User Enrollee information for the Veteran. This
field is populated by the system, no user input is required.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR3618^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
2,.362 DISABILITY RET. FROM MILITARY? .36;2 SET (Required)
MILT RET DUE TO DISABILITY?
'0' FOR NO;
'1' FOR YES, RECEIVING MILITARY RETIREMENT;
'2' FOR YES, RECEIVING MILITARY RETIREMENT IN LIEU OF VA COMPENSATION;
'3' FOR UNKNOWN;
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: APR 20, 2004
HELP-PROMPT: Was this patient retired from the U.S. Armed forces due to an disability incurred while serving?
EXECUTABLE HELP: D HLPMLDS^DGRPU
GROUP: SVC
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AH^MUMPS
1)= S DFN=DA D EN^DGMTR K DGREQF
2)= Q
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR362^MUMPS
1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to update the patient's current Patient Enrollment record.
2,.36205 RECEIVING A&A BENEFITS? .362;12 SET
ARE YOU IN RECEIPT OF A&A?
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
'U' FOR UNKNOWN;
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK I $D(X) S DFN=DA D EV^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: JUL 15, 1997
HELP-PROMPT: Is this applicant receiving Aid and Attendance benefits?
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant enter 'Y' if s/he is on A&A, 'N' if not, or 'U' if unknown. Once
monetary benefits have been verified only users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit
this field.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
GROUP: MB
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.3621
1)= X ^DD(2,.36205,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,1),
X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.36205,1,1,1.4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.36205,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:""
) S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.362)):^(.362),1:""),DIV=X S %=$P(DIH,U,2,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,1),^(.362
)=DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.3621 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
2)= X ^DD(2,.36205,1,1,2.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,1),
X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.36205,1,1,2.4)
2.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(2)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.36205,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:""
),Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(2),$C(59)_$P(Y(1),U,12)_":",2),$C(59),1)=""
2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.362)):^(.362),1:""),DIV=X S %=$P(DIH,U,2,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,1),^(.362
)=DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.3621 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
CREATE CONDITION)= #.36205="NO"
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE CONDITION)= #.36205=""
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #.3621
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AJ^MUMPS
1)= S DFN=DA D EN^DGMTCOR K DGMTCOR
2)= S DFN=DA D EN^DGMTCOR K DGMTCOR
This cross reference acts like a trigger. It 'triggers' the status field in file 408.31 (ANNUAL
MEANS TEST) for the co-pay exemption test. It will update the field to 'NO LONGER APPLICABLE' if
appropriate.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.36295
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S X='$$TOTCHK^DGLOCK2(DA) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(
D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,20),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.36205,1,3,1.4)
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.362)):^(.362),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.362),U,20)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.36295 D
^DICR:$O(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S X='$$TOTCHK^DGLOCK2(DA) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(
D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,20),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.36205,1,3,2.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.362)):^(.362),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.362),U,20)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.36295 D
^DICR:$O(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
CREATE CONDITION)= S X='$$TOTCHK^DGLOCK2(DA)
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE CONDITION)= S X='$$TOTCHK^DGLOCK2(DA)
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #.36295
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR36205^MUMPS
1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to update the patient's current Patient Enrollment record.
2,.3621 AMOUNT OF AID & ATTENDANCE .362;1 NUMBER
A&A AMOUNT
INPUT TRANSFORM: D DOL^DGLOCK2 K:+X'=X&(X'?.N1"."2N)!(X>99999)!(X<0) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK I $D(X),$D(^DPT(
DA,.362)),$P(^(.362),U,12)'="Y" W !?4,"Receipt of A&A Benefits not indicated." K X
9.2 = I $D(^DPT(DA,.362)),$P(^(.362),U,12)="Y" W !?4,*7,"Delete by answering 'ARE YOU IN RECEIPT OF
A&A' prompt NO." K X
LAST EDITED: SEP 23, 1988
HELP-PROMPT: If this applicant is in receipt of A&A benefits enter the dollar amount received per year.
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant who is receiving A&A benefits (ARE YOU IN RECEIPT OF A&A prompt must be
answered YES) enter the amount received [numeric 0-99999]. Once monetary benefits are verified
only users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field. Any dollar amount on
file cannot be deleted as long as receipt of A&A benefits is indicated.
f you wish to enter a monthly amount either preceed or follow the dollar figure with an asterisk
and I'll multiply it out for you.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK X ^DD(2,.3621,9.2):$D(X) I '$D(X)
GROUP: MB
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the RECEIVING A&A BENEFITS? field of the PATIENT File
2,.36215 RECEIVING HOUSEBOUND BENEFITS? .362;13 SET
IN RECEIPT OF HB BENEFITS?
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
'U' FOR UNKNOWN;
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK I $D(X) S DFN=DA D EV^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: JUL 15, 1997
HELP-PROMPT: Is this applicant in receipt of housebound benefits?
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant enter 'Y' if s/he is housebound, 'N' if not, or 'U' if unknown. Once
monetary benefits have been verified only users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit
this field.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
GROUP: MB
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.3622
1)= X ^DD(2,.36215,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,2),
X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.36215,1,1,1.4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.36215,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:""
) S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.362)):^(.362),1:""),DIV=X S %=$P(DIH,U,3,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,2),^(.362
)=$P(DIH,U,1,1)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.3622 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
2)= X ^DD(2,.36215,1,1,2.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,2),
X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.36215,1,1,2.4)
2.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(2)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.36215,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:""
),Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(2),$C(59)_$P(Y(1),U,13)_":",2),$C(59),1)=""
2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.362)):^(.362),1:""),DIV=X S %=$P(DIH,U,3,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,2),^(.362
)=$P(DIH,U,1,1)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.3622 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
CREATE CONDITION)= #.36215="NO"
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE CONDITION)= #.36215=""
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #.3622
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AL^MUMPS
1)= S DFN=DA D EN^DGMTCOR K DGMTCOR
2)= S DFN=DA D EN^DGMTCOR K DGMTCOR
This cross reference acts like a trigger. It 'triggers' the status field in file 408.31 (ANNUAL
MEANS TEST) for the co-pay exemption test. It will update the field to 'NO LONGER APPLICABLE' if
appropriate.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.36295
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S X='$$TOTCHK^DGLOCK2(DA) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(
D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,20),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.36215,1,3,1.4)
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.362)):^(.362),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.362),U,20)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.36295 D
^DICR:$O(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S X='$$TOTCHK^DGLOCK2(DA) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(
D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,20),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.36215,1,3,2.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.362)):^(.362),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.362),U,20)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.36295 D
^DICR:$O(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
CREATE CONDITION)= S X='$$TOTCHK^DGLOCK2(DA)
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE CONDITION)= S X='$$TOTCHK^DGLOCK2(DA)
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #.36295
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR36215^MUMPS
1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to update the patient's current Patient Enrollment record.
2,.3622 AMOUNT OF HOUSEBOUND .362;2 NUMBER
HB AMOUNT
INPUT TRANSFORM: D DOL^DGLOCK2 K:+X'=X&(X'?.N1"."2N)!(X>99999)!(X<0) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK I $D(X),$D(^DPT(
DA,.362)),$P(^(.362),U,13)'="Y" W !?4,*7,"Receipt of Housebound Benefits not indicated." K X
9.2 = I $D(^DPT(DA,.362)),$P(^(.362),U,13)="Y" W !?4,*7,"Delete by answering 'IN RECEIPT OF HB BENE
FITS' prompt NO." K X
LAST EDITED: SEP 23, 1988
HELP-PROMPT: If this applicant is in receipt of housebound benefits enter the dollars amount received per year.
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant who is housebound (ARE YOU IN RECEIPT OF HB BENEFITS prompt must be
answered YES) enter the amount received [a number between 0-99999]. Once monetary benefits are
verified only users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field. This field
cannot be deleted as long as receipt of housebound benefits is indicated.
If you wish to enter a monthly amount either preceed of follow it with an asterisk and I'll
multiply it out for you.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK X ^DD(2,.3622,9.2):$D(X) I '$D(X)
GROUP: MB
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the RECEIVING HOUSEBOUND BENEFITS? field of the PATIENT File
2,.36225 RECEIVING SOCIAL SECURITY? .362;15 SET
IN RECEIPT OF SOCIAL SECURITY?
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
'U' FOR UNKNOWN;
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK Q
LAST EDITED: AUG 06, 1986
HELP-PROMPT: Is this patient in receipt of Social Security benefits?
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant enter 'Y' is s/he is in receipt of social security benefits, 'N' if not,
or 'U' if unknown. Once monetary benefits have been verified only users who hold the designated
security key may enter/edit this field.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
GROUP: MB
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.3623
1)= X ^DD(2,.36225,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,3),
X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.36225,1,1,1.4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.36225,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:""
) S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.362)):^(.362),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,2,99)) S DIH=DIH
_U" S %=$P(DIH,U,4,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,3),^(.362)=$P(DIH,U,1,2)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.36
23 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
2)= X ^DD(2,.36225,1,1,2.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,3),
X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.36225,1,1,2.4)
2.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(2)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.36225,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:""
),Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(2),$C(59)_$P(Y(1),U,15)_":",2),$C(59),1)=""
2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.362)):^(.362),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,2,99)) S DIH=DIH
_U" S %=$P(DIH,U,4,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,3),^(.362)=$P(DIH,U,1,2)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.36
23 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
CREATE CONDITION)= #.36225="NO"
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE CONDITION)= #.36225=""
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #.3623
2,.3623 *AMOUNT OF SOCIAL SECURITY .362;3 NUMBER
SOCIAL SECURITY AMOUNT
INPUT TRANSFORM: D DOL^DGLOCK2 K:+X'=X&(X'?.N1"."2N)!(X>99999)!(X<0) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK I $D(X) X ^DD(2,
.3623,9.2)
9.2 = I $D(^DPT(DA,.362)),$P(^(.362),U,15)'="Y" W !?4,*7,"Not in receipt of Social Security benefit
s." K X
9.3 = I $D(^DPT(DA,.362)),$P(^(.362),U,15)="Y" W !?4,*7,"Delete by answering 'IN RECEIPT OF SOCIAL
SECURITY' prompt NO." K X
LAST EDITED: JUN 09, 1993
HELP-PROMPT: If this applicant is in receipt of Social Security benefits enter the dollar amount received per
year.
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant who is in receipt of social security insurance (IN RECEIPT OF SOCIAL
SECURITY prompt must be answered YES) enter the amount received [a number between 0-99999]. Once
monetary benefits are verified only users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this
field. This field may not be deleted as long as receipt of social security benefits is indicated.
If you wish to enter a monthly amount either preceed or follow it with an asterisk and I'll
multiply it out for you.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK X ^DD(2,.3623,9.3):$D(X) I '$D(X)
GROUP: MB
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the RECEIVING SOCIAL SECURITY? field of the PATIENT File
2,.36235 RECEIVING A VA PENSION? .362;14 SET
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
'U' FOR UNKNOWN;
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: AUG 18, 2011
HELP-PROMPT: Is this patient receiving a VA pension?
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant enter 'Y' if s/he is in receipt of a pension from the Dept of Veterans
Affairs, 'N' if not, or 'U' if unknown. Answering "yes" will prompt you to enter a Pension Award
Effective Date and Pension Award Reason. Once monetary benefits have been verified only users
holding the designated security key may enter/edit this field.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
GROUP: MB
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.3624
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.36235,0)),U,3) S X=$P($P(Y(1)
,$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59))="NO" I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),
U,4),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.36235,1,1,1.4)
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.362)),DIV=X S $P(^(.362),U,4)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.3624 D ^DICR
2)= X ^DD(2,.36235,1,1,2.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,4),
X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.362)),DIV=X S $P(^(.362),U,4)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.3624 D ^D
ICR
2.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(2)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.36235,0)),U,3),Y(1)=$S($D(^
DPT(D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(2),$C(59)_$P(Y(1),U,14)_":",2),$C(59))=""
CREATE CONDITION)= #.36235="NO"
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE CONDITION)= #.36235=""
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= AMOUNT OF VA PENSION
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AM^MUMPS
1)= S DFN=DA D EN^DGMTCOR K DGMTCOR
2)= S DFN=DA D EN^DGMTCOR K DGMTCOR
This cross reference acts like a trigger. It 'triggers' the status field in file 408.31 (ANNUAL
MEANS TEST) for the co-pay exemption test. It will update the field to 'NO LONGER APPLICABLE' if
appropriate.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.36295
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S X='$$TOTCHK^DGLOCK2(DA) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(
D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,20),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.36235,1,3,1.4)
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.362)):^(.362),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.362),U,20)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.36295 D
^DICR:$O(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S X='$$TOTCHK^DGLOCK2(DA) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(
D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,20),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.36235,1,3,2.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.362)):^(.362),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.362),U,20)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.36295 D
^DICR:$O(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
CREATE CONDITION)= S X='$$TOTCHK^DGLOCK2(DA)
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE CONDITION)= S X='$$TOTCHK^DGLOCK2(DA)
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #.36295
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR36235^MUMPS
1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to update the patient's current Patient Enrollment record.
2,.3624 AMOUNT OF VA PENSION .362;4 NUMBER
VA PENSION AMOUNT
INPUT TRANSFORM: D DOL^DGLOCK2 K:+X'=X&(X'?.N1"."2N)!(X>99999)!(X<0) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK I $D(X) X ^DD(2,
.3624,9.3)
9.2 = I $D(^DPT(DA,.362)),$P(^(.362),U,14)="Y" W !?4,*7,"Delete by answering 'ARE YOU RECEIVING A V
A PENSION' prompt NO." K X
9.3 = X ^DD(2,.3624,9.4) I $D(X),$D(^DPT(DFN,.3)),$P(^(.3),U,3)]"" W !?4,*7,"Already receiving Disa
bility payment monies...Can't receive both!!" K X Q
9.4 = I $D(^DPT(DFN,.362)),$P(^(.362),U,14)'="Y" W !?4,*7,"Receipt of VA Pension benefits not indic
ated." K X Q
LAST EDITED: SEP 23, 1988
HELP-PROMPT: If this applicant is receiving a VA pension enter the dollar amount received per year.
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant who is in receipt of a pension from the Dept of Veterans Affairs (ARE
YOU RECEIVING A VA PENSION prompt must be answered YES) enter the amount received [a number between
0-99999]. Once monetary benefits are verified only users who hold the designated security key may
enter/edit this field. This field may not be deleted as long as receipt of VA pension is
indicated.
If you wish to enter a monthly amount either precede or follow it with an asterisk and I'll
multiply it out for you.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK X ^DD(2,.3624,9.2):$D(X) I '$D(X)
GROUP: MB
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the RECEIVING A VA PENSION? field of the PATIENT File
2,.3625 *AMOUNT OF MILITARY RETIREMENT .362;5 NUMBER
MILT. RETIREMENT PAY AMOUNT
INPUT TRANSFORM: D DOL^DGLOCK2 K:+X'=X&(X'?.N1"."2N)!(X>99999)!(X<0) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK I $D(X),$D(^DPT(
DA,.362)),$P(^(.362),U,16)'="Y" W !?4,*7,"Not in receipt of Military Retirement benefits." K X
9.2 = I $D(^DPT(DA,.362)),$P(^(.362),U,14)="Y" W !?4,*7,"Delete by answering 'IN RECEIPT OF MILITAR
Y RETIREMENT' prompt NO." K X
LAST EDITED: SEP 23, 1988
HELP-PROMPT: If this applicant is receiving military retirement enter the dollar amount received per year.
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran who is in receipt of military retirement (IN RECEIPT OF MILIT RETIREMENT prompt
must be answered YES) enter the amount received [a number between 0-99999]. Once monetary benefits
are verified only users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field. This field
cannot be deleted as long as receipt of military retirement is indicated.
If you wish to enter a monthly amount either preceed or follow it with an asterisk and I'll
multiply it out for you.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK X ^DD(2,.3625,9.2):$D(X) I '$D(X)
GROUP: MB
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the RECEIVING MILITARY RETIREMENT? field of the PATIENT File
2,.36255 RECEIVING MILITARY RETIREMENT? .362;16 SET
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
'U' FOR UNKNOWN;
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK Q
LAST EDITED: AUG 06, 1986
HELP-PROMPT: Is this patient receiving military retirement?
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant enter 'Y' if s/he receives a military retirement, 'N' if not, or 'U' if
unknown. Once monetary benefits have been verified only users who hold the designated security key
may enter/edit this field.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
GROUP: MB
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.3625
1)= X ^DD(2,.36255,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,5),
X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.36255,1,1,1.4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.36255,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:""
) S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.362)):^(.362),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,4,99)) S DIH=DIH
_U" S %=$P(DIH,U,6,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,5),^(.362)=$P(DIH,U,1,4)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.36
25 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
2)= X ^DD(2,.36255,1,1,2.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,5),
X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.36255,1,1,2.4)
2.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(2)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.36255,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:""
),Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(2),$C(59)_$P(Y(1),U,16)_":",2),$C(59),1)=""
2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.362)):^(.362),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,4,99)) S DIH=DIH
_U" S %=$P(DIH,U,6,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,5),^(.362)=$P(DIH,U,1,4)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.36
25 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
CREATE CONDITION)= #.36255="NO"
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE CONDITION)= #.36255=""
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #.3625
2,.3626 AMOUNT OF GI INSURANCE .362;6 NUMBER
GI INSURANCE AMOUNT
INPUT TRANSFORM: D DOL^DGLOCK2 K:+X'=X&(X'?.N1"."2N)!(X>999999)!(X<1) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK I $D(X),$D(^DPT
(DA,.362)),$P(^(.362),U,17)'="Y" W !?4,*7,"Applicant doesn't have GI Insurance." K X
9.2 = I $D(^DPT(DA,.362)),$P(^(.362),U,17)="Y" W !?4,*7,"Delete by answering 'DO YOU HAVE GI INSURA
NCE' prompt NO." K X
LAST EDITED: SEP 23, 1988
HELP-PROMPT: If this applicant does have GI Insurance enter the amount for which insured.
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant who does have GI insurance (DO YOU HAVE GI INSURANCE prompt must be
answered YES) enter the amount received [a number between 1 and 999999]. Once monetary benefits
are verified only users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field. This field
cannot be deleted as long as the veteran is identified as holding GI insurance.
If you wish to enter a monthly amount either preceed or follow it with an asterisk and I'll
multiply it out for you.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK X ^DD(2,.3626,9.2):$D(X) I '$D(X)
GROUP: MB
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the GI INSURANCE POLICY? field of the PATIENT File
2,.36265 GI INSURANCE POLICY? .362;17 SET
DO YOU HAVE GI INSURANCE?
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
'U' FOR UNKNOWN;
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK Q
LAST EDITED: AUG 06, 1986
HELP-PROMPT: Does this applicant have a GI Insurance policy?
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant enter 'Y' if s/he has GI insurance, 'N' if not, or 'U' if unknown. Once
monetary benefits have been verified only users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit
this field.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
GROUP: MB
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.3626
1)= X ^DD(2,.36265,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,6),
X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.36265,1,1,1.4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.36265,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:""
) S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.362)):^(.362),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,5,99)) S DIH=DIH
_U" S %=$P(DIH,U,7,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,6),^(.362)=$P(DIH,U,1,5)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.36
26 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
2)= X ^DD(2,.36265,1,1,2.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,6),
X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.36265,1,1,2.4)
2.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(2)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.36265,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:""
),Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(2),$C(59)_$P(Y(1),U,17)_":",2),$C(59),1)=""
2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.362)):^(.362),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,5,99)) S DIH=DIH
_U" S %=$P(DIH,U,7,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,6),^(.362)=$P(DIH,U,1,5)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.36
26 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
CREATE CONDITION)= #.36265="NO"
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE CONDITION)= #.36265=""
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #.3626
2,.3627 AMOUNT OF SSI .362;7 NUMBER
SUPPLEMENTAL SOCIAL SECURITY AMOUNT
INPUT TRANSFORM: D DOL^DGLOCK2 K:+X'=X&(X'?.N1"."2N)!(X>99999)!(X<1) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: SEP 23, 1988
HELP-PROMPT: If this applicant is receiving Supplemental Security Income (SSI) enter the dollar amount received
per year.
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant enter the dollar amount of social security insurance s/he receives [a
number between 1-99999]. Leave blank if none received. Once monetary benefits have been verified
only users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field.
If you wish to enter a monthly amount either preceed or follow it with an asterisk and I'll
multiply it out for you.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
GROUP: MB
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2,.36275 RECEIVING SUP. SECURITY (SSI)? .362;19 SET
IN RECEIPT OF SSI?
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
'U' FOR UNKNOWN;
LAST EDITED: JUN 01, 1988
HELP-PROMPT: Does this patient receive Supplemental Security Income (SSI)?
DESCRIPTION: This field contains a yes or no reponse indicating whether this patient receives supplemental
social security insurance. This field is being *'d for deletion and will be removed in a future
release of MAS. This data is no longer updated by the MAS package.
GROUP: MB
2,.3628 AMOUNT OF OTHER RETIREMENT .362;8 NUMBER
OTHER RETIREMENT AMOUNT
INPUT TRANSFORM: D DOL^DGLOCK2 K:+X'=X&(X'?.N1"."2N)!(X>99999)!(X<1) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: SEP 23, 1988
HELP-PROMPT: If this patient receives retirment from another source enter the dollar amount received per year.
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant enter the amount of other retirement s/he is in receipt of [a number
between 1-99999]. Leave blank if none received. Once monetary benefits have been verified only
users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field.
If you wish to enter a monthly amount either preceed or follow it with an asterisk and I'll
multiple it out for you.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
GROUP: MB
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2,.36285 TYPE OF OTHER RETIREMENT .362;18 SET
'B' FOR BLACK LUNG;
'M' FOR MILITARY;
'C' FOR CIVIL;
'R' FOR RAILROAD;
'O' FOR OTHER;
'X' FOR COMBINATIONS OF TYPES;
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK Q
LAST EDITED: JUL 28, 1986
HELP-PROMPT: If this patient receives retirement from another source choose from the available listing the
source of that retirement.
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant choose from the available list the type of other retirement s/he is in
receipt of, if any. Once monetary benefits have been verified only users who hold the designated
security key may enter/edit this field.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
GROUP: MB
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2,.3629 AMOUNT OF OTHER INCOME .362;9 NUMBER
OTHER PERSONAL INCOME
INPUT TRANSFORM: D DOL^DGLOCK2 K:+X'=X&(X'?.N1"."2N)!(X>999999)!(X<1) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 23, 1988
HELP-PROMPT: If applicable, enter the dollar amount of other income received per year.
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant enter the amount of other personal income s/he is in receipt of [a
number between 1-999999]. Leave blank if none. Once monetary benefits have been verified only
users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field.
If you wish to enter a monthly amount either preceed or follow it with an asterisk and I'll
multiply it out for you.
GROUP: MB
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2,.36295 TOTAL ANNUAL VA CHECK AMOUNT .362;20 NUMBER
AMOUNT OF TOTAL ANNUAL VA CHECKS
INPUT TRANSFORM: D DOL^DGLOCK2 K:+X'=X&(X'?.N1"."2N)!(X>99999)!(X<0) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK I $D(X),('$$TOTC
HK^DGLOCK2(DFN)) D TOTCKMSG^DGLOCK2 K X
LAST EDITED: SEP 02, 1997
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the total annual VA Check amount for A&A, Housebound, Pension, and Disability.
DESCRIPTION: If this applicant is receiving A&A, Housebound, Pension, and/or Disability payments from the VA (at
least one of the YES/NO questions relating to the above must be answered YES), enter the annual
amount received (0-99999). Once monetary benefits are verified, only users who hold the designated
security key may enter/edit this field. This field may not be deleted as long as recipt of VA
funds is indicated by one of the four fields related to A&A, Housebound, Pension, and Disability.
If you wish to enter a monthly amount either precede or follow it with an asterisk and I'll
multiply it out for you.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Contains the total annual benefit amount for A&A, Housebound, Pension and Disabilty.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK D:$D(X) TOTCKDEL^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
GROUP: MB
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the RECEIVING VA DISABILITY? field of the PATIENT File
TRIGGERED by the RECEIVING A&A BENEFITS? field of the PATIENT File
TRIGGERED by the RECEIVING HOUSEBOUND BENEFITS? field of the PATIENT File
TRIGGERED by the RECEIVING A VA PENSION? field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AQ^MUMPS
1)= S DFN=DA D EN^DGMTR K DGREQF
2)= S DFN=DA D EN^DGMTR K DGREQF
This cross-reference is used to determine whether or not a means test is required.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR36295^MUMPS
1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to update the patient's current Patient Enrollment record.
2,.363 PRIMARY LONG ID .36;3 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>15!($L(X)<1) X
LAST EDITED: JUN 03, 1996
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 1-15 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains the patient's long ID associated with the patient's PRIMARY ELIGIBILITY CODE.
For most patients this is the Social Security Number.
No user input is needed for this field. It is automatically updated when the PRIMARY ELIGIBILITY
CODE field is entered and edited.
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the LONG ID field of the PATIENT ELIGIBILITIES sub-field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AHL7^MUMPS
1)= N NX,REG,VAFHDFN S VAFHDFN=DA,NX=X,X="VAFHDD" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") I $T S REG=$$EN^VAFHREG() D:REG=
0 SET^VAFHUTL2 S X=NX,DA=VAFHDFN
2)= N NX,REG,VAFHDFN S VAFHDFN=DA,NX=X,X="VAFHDD" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") I $T S REG=$$EN^VAFHREG() D:REG=
0 KILL^VAFHUTL2(DA,NX) S:REG'=0 VAFHMRG="",VAFHBEF=NX S X=NX,DA=VAFHDFN
This x-ref is used to catch changes to the Primary Long ID It will cause an A34 (Merge) HL7 message
to be fired. The A34 message will not be generated during patient registration.
2,.364 PRIMARY SHORT ID .36;4 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>7!($L(X)<1) X
LAST EDITED: OCT 04, 1991
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 1-7 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains the patient's short ID associated with the patient's PRIMARY ELIGIBILITY CODE.
For most patients this is the last four digits of the Social Security Number.
No user input is needed for this field. It is automatically updated when the PRIMARY ELIGIBILITY
CODE field is entered and edited.
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the SHORT ID field of the PATIENT ELIGIBILITIES sub-field of the PATIENT File
2,.368 SERVICE DENTAL INJURY? .36;8 SET
DENTAL INJURY IN SERVICE
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
HELP-PROMPT: Did this patient incur a dental injury while serving in the military?
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant enter 'Y' if a dental injury was incurred while serving in the U.S.
Armed Forces, or 'N' if not. Once the service record is verified only users who hold the
designated security key may enter/edit this field.
GROUP: SVC
2,.369 SERVICE TEETH EXTRACTED? .36;9 SET
TEETH EXTRACTED IN SERVICE
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
HELP-PROMPT: Did this patient have teeth extracted while in military service?
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant enter 'Y' if teeth were extracted while serving in the U.S. Armed
Forces, or 'N' if not. Once the service record is verified only users who hold the designated
security key may enter/edit this field.
GROUP: SVC
2,.37 DATE OF DENTAL TREATMENT .37;0 DATE Multiple #2.11
HELP-PROMPT: If this patient had a dental injury or teeth extracted while in service enter the date(s) of
treatment.
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant who either incurred a dental injury (DENTAL INJURY IN SERVICE prompt
must be answered YES) or had teeth extracted (TEETH EXTRACTED IN SERVICE prompt must be answered
YES) while serving in the U.S. Armed Forces enter the date of dental treatment received. Once the
service record is verified only users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this
field.
GROUP: SVC
2.11,.01 DATE OF DENTAL TREATMENT 0;1 DATE (Multiply asked)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E",%DT(0)=-DT D ^%DT K %DT S X=Y K:1000000>X X
LAST EDITED: MAR 02, 1998
HELP-PROMPT: TYPE A DATE BETWEEN 1800 AND TODAY
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2.11,2 CONDITION 0;2 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>100!($L(X)<3) X
LAST EDITED: JUN 24, 1986
HELP-PROMPT: Enter Condition Treated, Place of treatment, and from whom treatment received.
DESCRIPTION: Enter the patient's condition on the date in which they received dental treatment. Also enter
the place of treatment and from whom the treatment was received. This field allows entry of
3-100 characters.
2.11,3 DATE CONDITION FIRST NOTICED 0;3 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E",%DT(0)=-DT D ^%DT K %DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: APR 18, 1990
HELP-PROMPT: Enter Approximate date condition was first noticed.
DESCRIPTION:
Enter the date the patient states s/he first noticed this dental condition.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2,.3721 RATED DISABILITIES (VA) .372;0 POINTER Multiple #2.04
HELP-PROMPT: Choose from the available listing those disabilities fro which this patient has been rated by the
VA.
DESCRIPTION: From the available listing choose and enter conditions for which the applicant has been verified as
being service connected. Only users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this
field.
GROUP: DIS1
INDEXED BY: RATED DISABILITIES (VA) & DISABILITY % & SERVICE CONNECTED (ARD)
2.04,.01 RATED DISABILITIES (VA) 0;1 POINTER TO DISABILITY CONDITION FILE (#31) (Multiply asked)
INPUT TRANSFORM: I $D(X) D EK^DGLOCK Q
LAST EDITED: JUL 22, 2003
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the disability conditions for this patient. Select from the available list.
DESCRIPTION: From the available listing choose and enter conditions for which the applicant has been verified
as being service connected.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= D EK^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2.04^AENR01^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG($G(DA(1)))
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG($G(DA(1)))
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
FIELD INDEX: ARD (#411) MUMPS ACTION
Short Descr: Rated Disabilities modification
Set Logic: S DGRDCHG=1
Set Cond: I (X1(1)'=X2(1))!(X1(2)'=X2(2))!(X1(3)'=X2(3))
Kill Logic: S DGRDCHG=1
Kill Cond: I (X1(1)'=X2(1))!(X1(2)'=X2(2))!(X1(3)'=X2(3))
Whole Kill: S DGRDCHG=1
X(1): RATED DISABILITIES (VA) (2.04,.01) (forwards)
X(2): DISABILITY % (2.04,2) (forwards)
X(3): SERVICE CONNECTED (2.04,3) (forwards)
2.04,2 DISABILITY % 0;2 NUMBER (Required)
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:+X'=X!(X>100)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X I $D(X) D EK^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: JUL 22, 2003
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the disability % for this condition on this patient.
DESCRIPTION: Enter the percentage at which the VA rated this disability for this patient. Only users who hold
the designated security key may enter/edit this field.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= D EK^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2.04^AENR2^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG($G(DA(1)))
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG($G(DA(1)))
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
FIELD INDEX: ARD (#411) MUMPS ACTION
Short Descr: Rated Disabilities modification
Set Logic: S DGRDCHG=1
Set Cond: I (X1(1)'=X2(1))!(X1(2)'=X2(2))!(X1(3)'=X2(3))
Kill Logic: S DGRDCHG=1
Kill Cond: I (X1(1)'=X2(1))!(X1(2)'=X2(2))!(X1(3)'=X2(3))
Whole Kill: S DGRDCHG=1
X(1): RATED DISABILITIES (VA) (2.04,.01) (forwards)
X(2): DISABILITY % (2.04,2) (forwards)
X(3): SERVICE CONNECTED (2.04,3) (forwards)
2.04,3 SERVICE CONNECTED 0;3 SET
'0' FOR NO;
'1' FOR YES;
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA(1) D:X SC^DGLOCK1 I $D(X) D EK^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: JUL 22, 2003
HELP-PROMPT: Enter 'Y' if the patient is service connected for this disability, 'N' if not.
DESCRIPTION: Enter whether or not this rated disability was rated as service connected. Only users who hold
the designated security key may enter/edit this field.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= D EK^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2.04^AENR3^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG($G(DA(1)))
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG($G(DA(1)))
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
FIELD INDEX: ARD (#411) MUMPS ACTION
Short Descr: Rated Disabilities modification
Set Logic: S DGRDCHG=1
Set Cond: I (X1(1)'=X2(1))!(X1(2)'=X2(2))!(X1(3)'=X2(3))
Kill Logic: S DGRDCHG=1
Kill Cond: I (X1(1)'=X2(1))!(X1(2)'=X2(2))!(X1(3)'=X2(3))
Whole Kill: S DGRDCHG=1
X(1): RATED DISABILITIES (VA) (2.04,.01) (forwards)
X(2): DISABILITY % (2.04,2) (forwards)
X(3): SERVICE CONNECTED (2.04,3) (forwards)
2.04,4 EXTREMITY AFFECTED 0;4 SET
'BL' FOR BOTH LOWER;
'BU' FOR BOTH UPPER;
'RL' FOR RIGHT LOWER;
'RU' FOR RIGHT UPPER;
'LL' FOR LEFT LOWER;
'LU' FOR LEFT UPPER;
LAST EDITED: NOV 29, 2005
2.04,5 ORIGINAL EFFECTIVE DATE 0;5 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1!(Y>DT) X
LAST EDITED: JUL 14, 2005
DESCRIPTION: Data will be stuffed from messages from the HEC. This field indicates the first date that this
disability was evaluated.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2.04,6 CURRENT EFFECTIVE DATE 0;6 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1!(Y>DT) X
LAST EDITED: JUL 28, 2005
DESCRIPTION: Data will be stuffed from messages from the HEC. This field indicates the most recent date that
this disability was evaluated.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2,.3731 SERVICE CONNECTED CONDITIONS .373;0 Multiple #2.05 (Add New Entry without Asking)
HELP-PROMPT: Enter those conditions [1-30 characters] for which patient claims service connection.
DESCRIPTION:
Enter conditions as stated by applicant for which s/he claims service connection [1-30 characters].
GROUP: DIS1
2.05,.01 SERVICE CONNECTED CONDITIONS 0;1 FREE TEXT (Multiply asked)
Service Connected Conditions as stated by applicant
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<1) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 09, 1986
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the conditions stated by the patient. Use 1 to 30 characters.
DESCRIPTION:
Enter conditions as stated by applicant for which s/he claims service connection.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2.05,.02 PERCENTAGE 0;2 NUMBER
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:+X'=X!(X>100)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 09, 1986
HELP-PROMPT: TYPE A WHOLE NUMBER BETWEEN 0 AND 100
DESCRIPTION:
Enter the percentage that the patient states this disability was rated at.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2,.381 ELIGIBLE FOR MEDICAID? .38;1 SET (Required)
MEDICAID ELIGIBILE?
'1' FOR YES;
'0' FOR NO;
LAST EDITED: JUL 15, 1997
HELP-PROMPT: Is this patient eligible to receive medicaid coverage?
DESCRIPTION:
Enter yes if this patient is eligible to receive medicaid coverage. Otherwise, answer no.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
If yes is answered to this question, a means test will NOT be required.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AMT^MUMPS
1)= S DFN=DA D EN^DGMTR K DGREQF
2)= Q
This cross-ref calls the means test software. If answered yes, a means test is not required.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR381^MUMPS
1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to update the patient's current Patient Enrollment record.
2,.382 DATE MEDICAID LAST ASKED .38;2 DATE (Required)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="ETX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: DEC 08, 1994
HELP-PROMPT: Type a date indicating the date the 'ELIGIBLE FOR MEDICAID' question was last asked of this
patient.
DESCRIPTION: Enter the date/time the 'ELIGIBLE FOR MEDICAID' question was last asked of this veteran. This data
must be asked on a yearly basis as it affects the requirement for a means test (a negative response
results in a means test not being required).
This field will be stored automatically by the MAS module when editing data on registration or
load/edit screen 7. It will not appear for editing.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR382^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
2,.383 MEDICAID NUMBER .38;3 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 21, 1999
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the patient's assigned MEDICAID Number, must be 3-30 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION:
This is the patient's assigned MEDICAID number.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ADGRU383^MUMPS
1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the
PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference
will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of
an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part
of a re-indexing.
2,.3851 PENSION AWARD EFFECTIVE DATE .385;1 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="EPX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) D H^DGUTL I $G(X)>0 S DFN=DA D DTCHK^DGRP7CP
LAST EDITED: MAY 17, 2011
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Original Effective Date that Pension Entitlement was awarded to the Veteran by VBA.
DESCRIPTION: It is the Effective Date that the patient was awarded VA Pension Entitlement of Original Award by
VBA. This field is optional. But if entered, must be a precise date (Month/Day/Year) (00/00/0000).
This date cannot be a future date. This date also cannot be before the veteran's 16th birthday.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR3851^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is called in response
to enrollment events to notify HEC of
changes that may affect enrollment. A call
is made to the IVM Patient file to determine
whether transmission is appropriate for this
patient. Executing this cross-reference
will result in the following file and field
changes:
IVM PATIENT file (#301.5)
Field: TRANSMISSION STATUS (#.03)
Sets the value of the TRANSMISSION STATUS
field of the IVM PATIENT file for a
particular record to 0, meaning transmission
is requested.
2,.3852 PENSION AWARD REASON .385;2 POINTER TO PENSION AWARD REASONS FILE (#27.18)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S:($G(X)]"")&(X'?1P.P) X=$$UPPER^DGUTL(X) S X=$$LOWER^DGUTL(X) S DIC("S")="I $P($G(^(0)),U)[""Origi
nal Award""" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
LAST EDITED: SEP 18, 2011
HELP-PROMPT: Select the Pension Award Reason.
DESCRIPTION: Enter the Pension Award Reason only if VA Pension (#.36235) field is equal to "Yes". VistA users
are only allowed to enter a Pension Award Reason of "Original Award" (106). This field is
optional. If Pension Award Reason is entered, an Award Date must be entered.
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I $P($G(^(0)),U)[""Original Award"""
EXPLANATION: Only ORIGINAL AWARD can be entered.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR3852^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
2,.3853 PENSION TERMINATED DATE .385;3 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: APR 19, 2011
HELP-PROMPT: When was the Pension Terminated?
DESCRIPTION:
The date that the Pension was terminated. The Pension Terminated Date is not editable.
2,.3854 PENSION TERMINATED REASON 1 .385;4 POINTER TO PENSION AWARD REASONS FILE (#27.18)
LAST EDITED: MAY 10, 2011
HELP-PROMPT: What is the first Pension Terminated Reason?
DESCRIPTION:
The first Reason for the Pension Termination. This field is not editable.
2,.3855 PENSION TERMINATED REASON 2 .385;5 POINTER TO PENSION AWARD REASONS FILE (#27.18)
LAST EDITED: MAY 10, 2011
HELP-PROMPT: What is the second Pension Terminated Reason?
DESCRIPTION:
The second Reason for the Pension Termination. This field is not editable.
2,.3856 PENSION TERMINATED REASON 3 .385;6 POINTER TO PENSION AWARD REASONS FILE (#27.18)
LAST EDITED: MAY 10, 2011
HELP-PROMPT: What is the third Pension Terminated Reason?
DESCRIPTION:
The third Reason for the Pension Termination. This field is not editable.
2,.3857 PENSION TERMINATED REASON 4 .385;7 POINTER TO PENSION AWARD REASONS FILE (#27.18)
LAST EDITED: MAY 10, 2011
HELP-PROMPT: What is the fourth Pension Terminated Reason?
DESCRIPTION:
The fourth Reason for the Pension Termination. This field is not editable.
2,.3858 CLASS II DENTAL INDICATOR .385;8 SET
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
LAST EDITED: APR 19, 2011
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Class II Dental Indicator as described in the VBA Military Service data.
DESCRIPTION: Class II Dental Indication is for Veterans having a SC non-compensable dental condition(s) or
disability shown to have been in existence at the time of discharge or release from active duty
(after September 30, 1981). Treatment may be authorized, as reasonably necessary, for a one-time
correction of the SC non-compensable condition under certain conditions (38 CFR @ 17.16).
2,.3859 DENTAL APPL DUE BEFORE DATE .385;9 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: APR 19, 2011
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Dental Application Due Before date as described in the VBA Military Service data.
DESCRIPTION: An application for Class II Dental treatment must be made within 180 days after discharge or
release (38 CFR @ 17.160).
2,.386 PENSION INDICATOR LOCK .385;10 SET
PENSION INDICATOR LOCKED BY ESR
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
LAST EDITED: MAY 05, 2011
HELP-PROMPT: Is the Pension Indicator field locked by ESR?
DESCRIPTION: This field is used to restrict the site's ability to edit the Pension Indicator field 'RECEIVING A
VA PENSION?'(#.36253) field. Once an incoming message is received from ESR with any Pension Data,
the Pension Indicator field becomes 'display only' and is not editable by the VistA user.
2,.3861 PENSION AWARD LOCK .385;11 SET
PENSION AWARD FIELDS LOCKED BY ESR
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
LAST EDITED: MAY 05, 2011
HELP-PROMPT: Are the Pension Award fields locked by ESR?
DESCRIPTION: This field is used to restrict the site's ability to edit the Pension Award fields 'PENSION AWARD
EFFECTIVE DATE'(#.3851) field and 'PENSION AWARD REASON'(#.3852) field. Once an incoming message
is received from ESR with a 'PENSION AWARD EFFECTIVE DATE'(#.3851) field and with a 'PENSION AWARD
REASON' (#.3852) field of 'ORIGINAL AWARD', or with a 'PENSION TERMINATED REASON'(#.3854,#.3855,
#.3856 or #.3857) field that does not have a NULL value, then the 'PENSION AWARD EFFECTIVE DATE'
(#.3851) field and 'PENSION AWARD REASON' (#.3852) field become 'display only' and are not editable
by the VistA user.
2,.39 VETERAN CATASTROPHICALLY DISABLED? .39;6 SET
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
LAST EDITED: MAR 02, 2011
HELP-PROMPT: Enter a Yes or No for whether the patient is Catastrophically Disabled.
DESCRIPTION: This field states whether or not the patient is a veteran who has been determined to meet the
criteria for CATASTROPHICALLY DISABLED.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^VCD^MUMPS
1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
This cross-reference is used to auto-update the patients PATIENT ENROLLMENT (#27.11) record.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AVCDMT^MUMPS
1)= N DFN,DGMT,DGNOCOPF,DGREQF,DGWRT,IVMZ10F S DFN=DA D EN^DGMTR
2)= N DFN,DGMT,DGNOCOPF,DGREQF,DGWRT,IVMZ10F S DFN=DA D EN^DGMTR
This cross-reference calls the Means Test software. If answered 'YES', then a Means Test is not
required and the Rx Copay is exempt. Executing this cross-reference will result in the following
file and field changes:
ANNUAL MEANS TEST FILE (#408.31)
Field: STATUS (#.03)
When a veteran is determined to be Catastrophically Disabled, the STATUS field is set to NO
LONGER APPLICABLE.
When a Catastrophically Disabled veteran is no longer determined to be Catastrophically Disabled,
then the STATUS field is set to one of the sixteen possible Means Test statuses.
BILLING EXEMPTIONS FILE (#354.1)
Field: STATUS (#.04)
When a veteran is determined to be Catastrophically Disabled, the STATUS field is set to EXEMPT.
When a Catastrophically Disabled veteran is no longer determined to be Catastrophically Disabled,
then the STATUS field is set to NON-EXEMPT.
2,.391 DECIDED BY .39;1 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>35!($L(X)<3) X
LAST EDITED: MAY 20, 1997
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the name of the VA staff physician who made the decision that the patient was
catastrophically disabled.
DESCRIPTION: The name of the VA staff physician who made the determination that the patient was catastrophically
disabled.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR391^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
2,.392 DATE OF DECISION .39;2 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X K:($G(DT)&($G(X)>$G(DT))) X
LAST EDITED: AUG 20, 1997
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date the decision was made.
DESCRIPTION:
The date the catastrophic disability determination was made.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR392^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
2,.393 FACILITY MAKING DETERMINATION .39;3 POINTER TO INSTITUTION FILE (#4)
LAST EDITED: MAY 20, 1997
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the VAMC that made the catastrophic disability determination.
DESCRIPTION:
The VAMC that made the catastrophic disability determination.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR393^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
2,.394 REVIEW DATE .39;4 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: MAY 20, 1997
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date the catastrophic disability determination was made.
DESCRIPTION: The date that a review to determine Catastrophic Disability was made. This review may be a medical
record review or physical exam review.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR394^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
2,.395 METHOD OF DETERMINATION .39;5 SET
'2' FOR MEDICAL RECORD REVIEW;
'3' FOR PHYSICAL EXAMINATION;
LAST EDITED: JUN 29, 1999
HELP-PROMPT: Enter Method of Determination that patient is Catastrophically Disabled.
DESCRIPTION: Added in order to document the review method of how the decision to assign a CD status was
determined.
Determination may be made by reviewing the veteran's medical record or by performing a physical
examination of the veteran. In the future, the capability to fully automate the record review
process will be added to the system.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR395^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
2,.3951 DATE VETERAN REQUESTED CD EVAL .39;7 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: SEP 30, 2005
HELP-PROMPT: Enter date veteran requested Catastrophically Disabled evaluation.
DESCRIPTION:
Documents the date the veteran requested Catastrophically Disabled evaluation.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR3951^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
2,.3952 DATE FACILITY INITIATED REVIEW .39;8 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: SEP 12, 2014
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date the VA facility initiated the Catastrophically Disabled review.
DESCRIPTION:
Documents the date the VA facility initiated the Catastrophically Disabled review.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR3952^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
2,.3953 DATE VETERAN WAS NOTIFIED .39;9 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: SEP 12, 2014
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date the veteran was notified of the Catastrophically Disabled decision.
DESCRIPTION: Documents the date the veteran was notified of the Catastrophically Disabled decision by the VA
facility.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR3953^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
2,.396 CD STATUS DIAGNOSES .396;0 POINTER Multiple #2.396
DESCRIPTION: This file contains one or more Diagnoses, which provide the Catastrophic Disability Reasons the
patient has been found to be catastrophically disabled.
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I $P(^DGEN(27.17,Y,0),U,2)=""D"""
EXPLANATION: Must point to a CD REASON that is a diagnosis.
2.396,.01 CD STATUS DIAGNOSES 0;1 POINTER TO CATASTROPHIC DISABILITY REASONS FILE (#27.17) (Multiply asked)
INPUT TRANSFORM:S DIC("S")="I $$TYPE^DGENA5(Y)=""D""&($P(^DGEN(27.17,+Y,0),U,9)=$$ICDVER^DGENA5(""D""))" D ^DIC K D
IC S DIC=$G(DIE),X=+Y K:Y<0 X
OUTPUT TRANSFORM:S Y=$$DISP^DGENLCD1(Y)
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2014
HELP-PROMPT: Select a CD diagnosis.
DESCRIPTION:
This is a diagnosis which determines that the veteran is catastrophically disabled.
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I $$TYPE^DGENA5(Y)=""D""&($P(^DGEN(27.17,+Y,0),U,9)=$$ICDVER^DGENA5(""D""))"
EXPLANATION: Must specify a CD REASON that is a diagnosis and the diagnosis coding system must match the value s
tored in the CD Reasons file.
UNEDITABLE
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.396^B
1)= S ^DPT(DA(1),.396,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT(DA(1),.396,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.396^AENR01^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG($G(DA(1)))
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG($G(DA(1)))
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
2,.397 CD STATUS PROCEDURES .397;0 POINTER Multiple #2.397
DESCRIPTION:
The status procedure must be a valid procedure in the CD Reasons File (#27.17).
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I $P(^DGEN(27.17,Y,0),U,2)=""P"""
EXPLANATION: Must select a CD REASON that is a valid procedure.
2.397,.01 CD STATUS PROCEDURES 0;1 POINTER TO CATASTROPHIC DISABILITY REASONS FILE (#27.17) (Multiply asked)
INPUT TRANSFORM:S DIC("S")="I $$TYPE^DGENA5(Y)=""P"" I ($P(^DGEN(27.17,+Y,0),U,3)[""ICPT"")!($P(^DGEN(27.17,+Y,0),U
,9)=$$ICDVER^DGENA5(""P""))" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=$G(DIE),X=+Y K:Y<0 X
OUTPUT TRANSFORM:S Y=$$DISP^DGENLCD1(Y)
LAST EDITED: SEP 12, 2014
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the status procedure code from the CD Reasons File (#27.17).
DESCRIPTION: This is for storage of either CPT procedure or ICD procedure codes. ICD codes must be for the
correct coding system, as determined by procedure date and stored in file 27.17 piece 9.
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I $$TYPE^DGENA5(Y)=""P"" I ($P(^DGEN(27.17,+Y,0),U,3)[""ICPT"")!($P(^DGEN(27.17,+Y,0),U
,9)=$$ICDVER^DGENA5(""P""))"
EXPLANATION: Must specify a CD REASON that is a procedure. The code must be a CPT code or the procedure coding s
ystem must match the value stored in the CD Reasons file.
UNEDITABLE
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.397^B
1)= S ^DPT(DA(1),.397,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT(DA(1),.397,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.397^AENR01^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG($G(DA(1)))
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG($G(DA(1)))
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
2.397,1 AFFECTED EXTREMITY 0;2 SET (Required)
'RUE' FOR Right Upper Extremity;
'LUE' FOR Left Upper Extremity;
'RLE' FOR Right Lower Extremity;
'LLE' FOR Left Lower Extremity;
'BLE' FOR Bilateral Lower Extremity;
'BUE' FOR Bilateral Upper Extremity;
LAST EDITED: SEP 10, 2014
HELP-PROMPT: Choose the affected extremity.
DESCRIPTION:
This is the affected extremity for this procedure.
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I $$LSCREEN^DGENA5(Y)"
EXPLANATION: Must select an affected extremity that is valid for the procedure.
UNEDITABLE
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.397^AENR1^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG($G(DA(1)))
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG($G(DA(1)))
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
2,.398 CD STATUS CONDITIONS .398;0 POINTER Multiple #2.398
DESCRIPTION: This field contains one or more Conditions, which provide the Catastrophic Disability Reasons the
patient has been found to be catastrophically disabled.
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I $P(^DGEN(27.17,Y,0),U,2)=""C"""
EXPLANATION: Must specify a CD REASON that is a condition.
2.398,.01 CD STATUS CONDITIONS 0;1 POINTER TO CATASTROPHIC DISABILITY REASONS FILE (#27.17) (Multiply asked)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DIC("S")="I $$TYPE^DGENA5(Y)=""C""" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
LAST EDITED: SEP 12, 2014
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the status conditions code from the CD Reasons File (#27.17).
DESCRIPTION: The veteran shall be determined Catastrophically Disabled if he/she has one of the following
conditions:
- Dependent in three or more ADLs, with at least three of the
dependencies being permanent, using the Katz Scale.
- A score of 10 or lower using the Folstein Mini-Mental State
Examination.
- A score of 2 or lower on at least 4 of the 13 motor items
using the Functional Independence Measure (FIM)
- A score of 30 or lower using the Global Assessment of Functions
in (GAF)
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I $$TYPE^DGENA5(Y)=""C"""
EXPLANATION: Must specify a CD REASON that is a condition.
UNEDITABLE
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2.398^B
1)= S ^DPT(DA(1),.398,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT(DA(1),.398,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2.398^AENR01^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG($G(DA(1)))
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG($G(DA(1)))
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
2.398,1 SCORE 0;2 NUMBER (Required)
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:'$$CONDINP^DGENA5($G(D0),$G(D1),X) X
LAST EDITED: AUG 18, 2014
DESCRIPTION: NOTE: This field does not always contain the veteran's raw test score. Sometimes you must enter
specific information about the score that may apply to the determination of Catastrophic
Disability. See the help text above for more details.
TECHNICAL DESCR: The exact criteria for the score are determined by the CATASTROPHIC DISABILITY REASONS file
(#27.17). That file also contains the help text for responding to SCORE.
EXECUTABLE HELP: D CONDHELP^DGENA5($G(D0),$G(D1))
UNEDITABLE
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2.398^AENR1^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG($G(DA(1)))
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG($G(DA(1)))
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
2.398,2 PERMANENT INDICATOR 0;3 SET (Required)
'1' FOR PERMANENT;
'2' FOR NOT PERMANENT;
'3' FOR UNKNOWN;
LAST EDITED: AUG 18, 2014
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Permanent Indicator associated with the Catastrophic Disability Condition.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains the Permanent Indicator, which documents the Catastrophic Disability
Conditions.
UNEDITABLE
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2.398^AENR2^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG($G(DA(1)))
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG($G(DA(1)))
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
2,.399 CD HISTORY DATE .399;0 DATE Multiple #2.399 (Add New Entry without Asking)
DESCRIPTION:
Documents the Catastrophically Disabled History dates for the patient.
2.399,.01 CD HISTORY DATE 0;1 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="ESTXR" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: SEP 15, 2014
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the CD History Date. This is a system entered data element.
DESCRIPTION: This sub-file stores the history of the PATIENT's Catastrophic Disability Eligibility
information.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2.399^B
1)= S ^DPT(DA(1),.399,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT(DA(1),.399,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)
2.399,.39 VETERAN CATASTROPHICALLY DISABLED? 0;7 SET (Required)
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
LAST EDITED: MAY 25, 1999
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Catastrophically Disabled status of the patient.
DESCRIPTION:
Documents the Catastrophically Disabled status in the CD History.
2.399,.391 DECIDED BY 0;2 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>35!($L(X)<3) X
LAST EDITED: MAY 24, 1999
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 3-35 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION:
Captures a historical value of DECIDED BY (#.391) field in PATIENT file.
2.399,.392 DATE OF DECISION 0;3 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: MAY 24, 1999
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date the decision was made.
DESCRIPTION:
Captures historical value of PATIENT field #.392 DATE OF DECISION.
2.399,.393 FACILITY MAKING DETERMINATION 0;4 POINTER TO INSTITUTION FILE (#4)
LAST EDITED: MAY 24, 1999
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Facility Making the Determination of the patient's Catastrophically Disabled status.
DESCRIPTION: Captures a historical value of the FACILITY MAKING DETERMINATION field (#.393) of the PATIENT
file.
2.399,.394 REVIEW DATE 0;5 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: MAY 24, 1999
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Review Date of the Catastrophically Disabled status of the patient.
DESCRIPTION:
Captures a historical value of the PATIENT file's REVIEW DATE field (#.394).
2.399,.395 METHOD OF DETERMINATION 0;6 SET
'1' FOR AUTOMATED RECORD REVIEW;
'2' FOR MEDICAL RECORD REVIEW;
'3' FOR PHYSICAL EXAMINATION;
LAST EDITED: MAY 24, 1999
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Method of Determination of the Catastrophically Disabled status of the patient.
DESCRIPTION: This sub-field stores the historical value of the PATIENT file's METHOD OF DETERMINATION field
(#.395).
2.399,.3951 DATE VETERAN REQUESTED CD EVAL 0;8 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: SEP 15, 2005
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Date the Veteran Requested CD Evaluation for CD History.
DESCRIPTION:
Documents the Date the Veteran Requested CD Evaluation for CD History.
2.399,.3952 DATE FACILITY INITIATED REVIEW 0;9 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: SEP 15, 2005
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Date the Facility initiated the Catastrophically Disabled review for CD History.
DESCRIPTION:
Documents the date the facility initiated the Catastrophically Disabled review for CD History.
2.399,.3953 DATE VETERAN WAS NOTIFIED 0;10 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: SEP 15, 2005
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the the date the Veteran was notified of the Catastrophically Disabled status for CD
History.
DESCRIPTION: Documents the date the Veteran was notified of the Catastrophically Disabled status for CD
History.
2.399,.396 CD REASON 1;0 POINTER Multiple #2.409 (Add New Entry without Asking)
DESCRIPTION:
Documents the Catastrophically Disabled Reason for CD History.
2.409,.01 CD REASON 0;1 POINTER TO CATASTROPHIC DISABILITY REASONS FILE (#27.17)
LAST EDITED: SEP 12, 2014
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the CD Reason for the CD History.
DESCRIPTION: This sub-field will contain pointers to the CD REASONS file (#27.17), as well as the supporting
data stored in the CD STATUS DIAGNOSES (#.396), PROCEDURES (#.397) and CONDITIONS (#.398)
fields.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2.409^B
1)= S ^DPT(DA(2),.399,DA(1),1,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT(DA(2),.399,DA(1),1,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)
2.409,1 AFFECTED EXTREMITY 0;2 SET
'RUE' FOR RIGHT UPPER EXTREMITY;
'LUE' FOR LEFT UPPER EXTREMITY;
'RLE' FOR RIGHT LOWER EXTREMITY;
'LLE' FOR LEFT LOWER EXTREMITY;
'BLE' FOR Bilateral Lower Extremity;
'BLU' FOR Bilateral Upper Extremity;
LAST EDITED: AUG 28, 2013
HELP-PROMPT: Choose the affected extremity.
DESCRIPTION:
This is the extremity affected by the CD.
2.409,2 SCORE 0;3 NUMBER
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:+X'=X!(X>100)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X
LAST EDITED: MAY 24, 1999
HELP-PROMPT: Type a Number between 0 and 100, 0 Decimal Digits
DESCRIPTION: This field stores a historical value for the SCORE subfield (#1) of the CD STATUS CONDITIONS
field (#.398) of the PATIENT file (#2).
2.409,3 PERMANENT INDICATOR 0;4 SET
'1' FOR PERMANENT;
'2' FOR NOT PERMANENT;
'3' FOR UNKNOWN;
LAST EDITED: SEP 12, 2014
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Permanent Indicator for CD History.
DESCRIPTION: This subfield stores a historical value of the PERMANENT INDICATOR subfield (#2) of the CD
STATUS CONDITIONS field (#.398) of the PATIENT file (#2).
2,.401 CD DESCRIPTORS .401;0 POINTER Multiple #2.401
LAST EDITED: OCT 01, 2014
DESCRIPTION: This field contains one or more Descriptors, which provide the Catastrophic Disability Reasons the
patient has been found to be catastrophically disabled.
2.401,.01 CD DESCRIPTORS 0;1 POINTER TO CATASTROPHIC DISABILITY REASONS FILE (#27.17) (Multiply asked)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DIC("S")="I $$TYPE^DGENA5(Y)=""DE""" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=$G(DIE),X=+Y K:Y<0 X
LAST EDITED: MAR 17, 2015
HELP-PROMPT: Enter a descriptor justifying a catastrophically disabled ruling.
DESCRIPTION: Veterans having one of the following descriptors shall be determined Catastrophically Disabled.
If medical examination shows the Veteran has Amputation, Disarticulation, or Detachment, it must
involve more than one limb.
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I $$TYPE^DGENA5(Y)=""DE"""
EXPLANATION: Only a valid descriptor may be selected.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2.401^B
1)= S ^DPT(DA(1),.401,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT(DA(1),.401,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)
2,.525 POW STATUS INDICATED? .52;5 SET (Required)
WERE YOU A PRISONER OF WAR
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
'U' FOR UNKNOWN;
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA D POWV^DGLOCK I $D(X) D SV^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: FEB 22, 2006
HELP-PROMPT: Was this patient a Prisoner of War?
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant enter 'Y' if s/he was confined as a prisoner of war, 'N' if not, or 'U'
if unknown. Once the POW Status is verified by the HEC, it is no longer editable.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
GROUP: PW
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.526
1)= X ^DD(2,.525,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.52)):^(.52),1:"") S X=$S('$D(^DIC(22,+$
P(Y(1),U,6),0)):"",1:$P(^(0),U,1)) S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="" X ^DD(2,.525,1,1,1.4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.525,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"")
S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.52)):^(.52),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,5,99)) S DIH=DIH_U
" S %=$P(DIH,U,7,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,6),^(.52)=$P(DIH,U,1,5)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.526 D
^DICR
2)= Q
CREATE CONDITION)= WERE YOU A PRISONER OF WAR="NO"
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
FIELD)= POW WAR
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.527
1)= X ^DD(2,.525,1,2,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.52)):^(.52),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,7) S DI
U=X K Y S X=DIV S X="" X ^DD(2,.525,1,2,1.4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.525,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"")
S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.52)):^(.52),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,6,99)) S DIH=DIH_U
" S %=$P(DIH,U,8,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,7),^(.52)=$P(DIH,U,1,6)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.527 D
^DICR
2)= Q
CREATE CONDITION)= #.525="NO"
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
FIELD)= POW FROM DATE
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.528
1)= X ^DD(2,.525,1,3,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.52)):^(.52),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,8) S DI
U=X K Y S X=DIV S X="" X ^DD(2,.525,1,3,1.4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.525,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"")
S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.52)):^(.52),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,7,99)) S DIH=DIH_U
" S %=$P(DIH,U,9,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,8),^(.52)=$P(DIH,U,1,7)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.528 D
^DICR
2)= Q
CREATE CONDITION)= #.525="NO"
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
FIELD)= #.528
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR525^MUMPS
1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to update the patient's current Patient Enrollment record.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AMTR^MUMPS
1)= S DFN=DA D EN^DGMTR K DGREQF
2)= S DFN=DA D EN^DGMTR K DGREQF
This cross-reference is used to determine whether or not a means test is required.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENRL525^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the POW STATUS INDICATED? field.
FIELD INDEX: AVAFC525 (#627) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.525,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.525,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): POW STATUS INDICATED? (2,.525) (forwards)
2,.526 POW CONFINEMENT LOCATION .52;6 POINTER TO POW PERIOD FILE (#22) (Required)
POW WAR
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA,DGCOMLOC=X D POW^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: JUN 14, 2004
HELP-PROMPT: For this former POW enter the war in which confined.
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant who was confined as a prisoner of war (WERE YOU A PRISONER OF WAR prompt
must be answered YES) enter the war during which confined. Once the service record is verified
only those users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field. This field cannot
be deleted as long as applicant is identified as a former POW.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D POWD^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
GROUP: PW
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the POW STATUS INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR526^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the POW CONFINEMENT LOCATION field.
2,.527 POW FROM DATE .52;7 DATE (Required)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:'$$VALCON^DGRPMS(DA,"POW",X) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D POW^DGLOCK I $D(X) S DGF
RDT=X D DOB^DGHELP
LAST EDITED: JUL 22, 2004
HELP-PROMPT: For this former POW enter the date confinement commenced.
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant who was confined as a prisoner of war (WERE YOU A PRISONER OF WAR prompt
must be answered YES) enter the date on which confinement commenced. Once the service record is
verified only those users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field. This
field cannot be deleted as long as applicant is identified as a former POW.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D POWD^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
GROUP: PW
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the POW STATUS INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR527^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the POW FROM DATE field.
2,.528 POW TO DATE .52;8 DATE (Required)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:'$$VALCON^DGRPMS(DA,"POW",X,1) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D POW^DGLOCK I $D(X) D D
OB^DGHELP
LAST EDITED: JUN 14, 2004
HELP-PROMPT: For this former POW enter the date confinement ended.
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant who was confined as a prisoner of war (WERE YOU A PRISONER OF WAR prompt
must be answered YES) enter the date on which confinement ended. Once the service record is
verified only those users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field. This
field cannot be deleted as long as applicant is identified as a former POW.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D POWD^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
GROUP: PW
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the POW STATUS INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR528^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the POW TO DATE field.
2,.529 POW STATUS VERIFIED .52;9 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="ETXR" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: FEB 22, 2006
DESCRIPTION: This field contains the date/time that the POW status was received from HEC. Once the POW status
has been received from HEC, it can no longer be edited by the site.
2,.5291 COMBAT SERVICE INDICATED? .52;11 SET (Required)
IN COMBAT (Y/N)
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: OCT 23, 2006
HELP-PROMPT: Did this patient serve in combat?
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant enter 'Y' if s/he served in a combat zone, or 'N' if not. Once the
service record is verified only users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this
field.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
GROUP: CS
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.5292
1)= X ^DD(2,.5291,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.52)):^(.52),1:"") S X=$S('$D(^DIC(22,+
$P(Y(1),U,12),0)):"",1:$P(^(0),U,1)) S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="" X ^DD(2,.5291,1,1,1.4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.5291,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"")
S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.52)):^(.52),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,11,99)) S DIH=DIH_
U" S %=$P(DIH,U,13,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,12),^(.52)=$P(DIH,U,1,11)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.5
292 D ^DICR
2)= Q
2.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(2)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.5291,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"")
,Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.52)):^(.52),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(2),$C(59)_$P(Y(1),U,11)_":",2),$C(59),1)=""
2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.52)):^(.52),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,11,99)) S DIH=DIH_
U" S %=$P(DIH,U,13,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,12),^(.52)=$P(DIH,U,1,11)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.5
292 D ^DICR
CREATE CONDITION)= IN COMBAT="NO"
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE CONDITION)= IN COMBAT=""
DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
FIELD)= COMBAT WHERE
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.5293
1)= X ^DD(2,.5291,1,2,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.52)):^(.52),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13) S
DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="" X ^DD(2,.5291,1,2,1.4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.5291,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"")
S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.52)):^(.52),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,12,99)) S DIH=DIH_
U" S %=$P(DIH,U,14,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,13),^(.52)=$P(DIH,U,1,12)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.5
293 D ^DICR
2)= Q
2.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(2)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.5291,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"")
,Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.52)):^(.52),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(2),$C(59)_$P(Y(1),U,11)_":",2),$C(59),1)=""
2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.52)):^(.52),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,12,99)) S DIH=DIH_
U" S %=$P(DIH,U,14,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,13),^(.52)=$P(DIH,U,1,12)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.5
293 D ^DICR
CREATE CONDITION)= IN COMBAT="NO"
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE CONDITION)= IN COMBAT=""
DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
FIELD)= COMBAT FRO
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.5294
1)= X ^DD(2,.5291,1,3,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.52)):^(.52),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,14) S
DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="" X ^DD(2,.5291,1,3,1.4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.5291,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"")
S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.52)):^(.52),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,13,99)) S DIH=DIH_
U" S %=$P(DIH,U,15,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,14),^(.52)=$P(DIH,U,1,13)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.5
294 D ^DICR
2)= Q
2.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(2)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.5291,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"")
,Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.52)):^(.52),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(2),$C(59)_$P(Y(1),U,11)_":",2),$C(59),1)=""
2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.52)):^(.52),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,13,99)) S DIH=DIH_
U" S %=$P(DIH,U,15,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,14),^(.52)=$P(DIH,U,1,13)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.5
294 D ^DICR
CREATE CONDITION)= IN COMBAT="NO"
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE CONDITION)= IN COMBAT=""
DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
FIELD)= COMBAT TO DATE
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR5291^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the COMBAT SERVICE INDICATED? field.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AI^MUMPS
1)= D CSI1010^DGENDD(DA)
2)= Q
This MUMPS xref will trigger an update to the COMBAT INDICATED ON 1010EZ field (2/1010.157), so
that when COMBAT SERVICE INDICATED? is "NO," COMBAT INDICATED ON 1010EZ is set to "NO."
RECORD INDEXES: ACVCOM (#303)
2,.5292 COMBAT SERVICE LOCATION .52;12 POINTER TO POW PERIOD FILE (#22) (Required)
COMBAT WHERE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA S DGCOMLOC=X D COM^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: JUN 10, 2004
HELP-PROMPT: For this combat veteran enter the war in which combat service was incurred.
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran applicant who served in a combat zone (IN COMBAT prompt must be answered YES)
enter the zone in which s/he served. Once the service record is verified only those users who hold
the designated security key may enter/edit this field. This field cannot be deleted as long as
combat service is indicated.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D COMD^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
GROUP: CS
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the COMBAT SERVICE INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR5292^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the COMBAT SERVICE LOCATION field.
2,.5293 COMBAT FROM DATE .52;13 DATE (Required)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:'$$VALCON^DGRPMS(DA,"COMB",X) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D COM^DGLOCK I $D(X) S DG
FRDT=X D DOB^DGHELP
LAST EDITED: JUL 22, 2004
HELP-PROMPT: For this combat veteran enter the date combat service commenced.
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran who served in a combat zone (IN COMBAT prompt must be answered YES) enter the date
on which combat service commenced. Once the service record is verified only those users who hold
the designated security key may enter/edit this field. This field cannot be deleted as long as
combat service is indicated.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D COMD^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
GROUP: CS
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the COMBAT SERVICE INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR5293^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the COMBAT FROM DATE field.
2,.5294 COMBAT TO DATE .52;14 DATE (Required)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:'$$VALCON^DGRPMS(DA,"COMB",X,1) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D COM^DGLOCK I $D(X) D
DOB^DGHELP
LAST EDITED: OCT 23, 2006
HELP-PROMPT: For this combat veteran enter the date combat service ended.
DESCRIPTION: For this veteran who served in a combat zone (IN COMBAT prompt must be answered YES) enter the date
on which combat service ended. Once the service record is verified only those users who hold the
designated security key may enter/edit this field. This field cannot be deleted as long as combat
service is indicated.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D COMD^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
GROUP: CS
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the COMBAT SERVICE INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR5294^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the COMBAT TO DATE field.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AK^MUMPS
1)= D CTD1010^DGENDD(DA)
2)= Q
This MUMPS xref will trigger an update to the COMBAT INDICATED ON 1010EZ field (2/1010.157), so
that when COMBAT SERVICE INDICATED? (2/.5291) is "YES" and COMBAT TO DATE (2/.5294) is greater that
11/11/1998, COMBAT INDICATED ON 1010EZ is set to "YES."
Conversely, if COMBAT TO DATE is less than or equal to 11/11/1998, COMBAT INDICATED ON 1010EZ will
be set to "NO."
RECORD INDEXES: ACVCOM (#303)
2,.5295 COMBAT VETERAN END DATE .52;15 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: JUL 08, 2004
DESCRIPTION: This field represents the last day for combat vet eligibility. This field will only be populated by
cross-reference when the veteran's combat vet eligibility has been determined. This value will
remain after the combat vet eligibility period has expired.
GROUP: CS
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR5295^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the COMBAT VETERAN END DATE field.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.5296
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.52)):^(.52),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,16),X=X S D
IU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=DT S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.52)),DIV=X S $P(^(.52),U,16)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.5296 D ^D
ICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.52)):^(.52),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,16),X=X S D
IU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=DT S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.52)),DIV=X S $P(^(.52),U,16)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.5296 D ^D
ICR
CREATE VALUE)= S X=DT
DELETE VALUE)= S X=DT
FIELD)= CV
This trigger x-ref is used to update the date stamp when the CV Eligibility End date is edited.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR52951^MUMPS
1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to update the patient's current Patient Enrollment record.
2,.5296 CV DATE EDITED .52;16 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: JUL 11, 2003
DESCRIPTION: The CV DATE EDITED field will be stuffed with the current date whenever the COMBAT VET END DATE
field (.5295) is changed.
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the COMBAT VETERAN END DATE field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^E
1)= S ^DPT("E",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT("E",$E(X,1,30),DA)
This cross reference will be used for a Lookup of the CV Date Edited field, so that veterans
assigned CV Status Eligibility sduring certain time frames can be pulled into a report.
2,.531 CURRENT PH INDICATOR .53;1 SET
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DFN=DA D VET^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: SEP 26, 2000
HELP-PROMPT: Enter 'Yes' if patient is a Purple Heart Recipient and is a veteran.
DESCRIPTION: This field can be entered by the local site if currently null. Subsequent editing can be done only
by the HEC. A response of 'Yes' can be entered only if the patient is a veteran,
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^D
1)= S ^DPT("D",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT("D",$E(X,1,30),DA)
Cross-reference on Current PH Indicator to be used for look-ups and sorting.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR531^MUMPS
1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to update the patient's current Patient Enrollment record.
2,.532 CURRENT PURPLE HEART STATUS .53;2 SET
'1' FOR PENDING;
'2' FOR IN PROCESS;
'3' FOR CONFIRMED;
LAST EDITED: NOV 22, 2000
DESCRIPTION: This field cannot be edited locally. If Current Purple Heart Indicator is set to 'Yes' by the
local site, a Current Purple Heart Status of 'Pending' will be stuffed into the field. Other
editing or updating is done by the HEC.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^C
1)= S ^DPT("C",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT("C",$E(X,1,30),DA)
Cross-reference on Current PH Status, to be used for look-ups.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR532^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC that may affect enrollment.
2,.533 CURRENT PURPLE HEART REMARKS .53;3 SET
'1' FOR UNACCEPTABLE DOCUMENTATION;
'2' FOR NO DOCUMENTATION REC'D;
'3' FOR ENTERED IN ERROR;
'4' FOR UNSUPPORTED PURPLE HEART;
'5' FOR VAMC;
'6' FOR UNDELIVERABLE MAIL;
LAST EDITED: DEC 15, 2000
DESCRIPTION: This field cannot be edited locally. If Current Purple Heart Indicator isset to 'No' by the local
site, a Current Purple Heart Remarks of 'VAMC' will be stuffed into the field. Other editing or
updating is done by the HEC.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR533^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
2,.535 PH DIVISION .53;4 POINTER TO INSTITUTION FILE (#4)
LAST EDITED: FEB 09, 2001
DESCRIPTION: When site enters a value for CURRENT PH Indicator, a prompt for PH Division will appear. This
field will point to the INSTITUTION file (#4), and will hold the division where the PH request was
initiated.
2,.541 CURRENT MOH INDICATOR .54;1 SET (audited)
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
LAST EDITED: APR 16, 2019
HELP-PROMPT: If the patient is a Veteran, enter 'Y' if Medal of Honor has been awarded, 'N' if Medal of Honor
was revoked or set in error, or leave field blank if Medal of Honor has never been awarded.
DESCRIPTION: This field cannot be edited in VistA. It is set by the Z11 Upload from HEC. A response of 'YES'
or 'NO' is indicated only if the patient is a Veteran.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
UNEDITABLE
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AMHEN^MUMPS
1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to update the patient's current PATIENT ENROLLMENT (#27.11) record.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AMHMT^MUMPS
1)= N DFN,DGMT,DGNOCOPF,DGREQF,DGWRT,IVMZ10F S DFN=DA D EN^DGMTR
2)= N DFN,DGMT,DGNOCOPF,DGREQF,DGWRT,IVMZ10F S DFN=DA D EN^DGMTR
This cross-ref calls the Means Test software. If the PATIENT file (#2), CURRENT MOH INDICATOR field
(#.541) is set to 'YES', then the PATIENT file (#2), CURRENT MEANS TEST STATUS field (#.14) is set
to '3'. '3' is a pointer to the MEANS TEST STATUS file (#408.32) and indicates that the Means Test
is 'NO LONGER REQUIRED.'
2,.542 MOH AWARD DATE .54;2 DATE (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X K:Y>DT X
LAST EDITED: JUL 18, 2019
HELP-PROMPT: If the patient is a Veteran, enter the date the Medal of Honor was awarded. The date cannot be in
the future.
DESCRIPTION: This field cannot be edited in VistA. It is set by the Z11 upload from HEC. A date is indicated
only if the patient is a Veteran.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
UNEDITABLE
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2,.543 MOH STATUS DATE .54;3 DATE (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X K:Y>DT X
LAST EDITED: JUL 18, 2019
HELP-PROMPT: If the patient is a Veteran, enter the date the MOH Indicator or the MOH Award Date was last
modified. The date cannot be in the future.
DESCRIPTION: This field cannot be edited in VistA. It is set by the Z11 upload from HEC. A date is indicated
only if the patient is a Veteran.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
UNEDITABLE
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2,.544 MOH COPAYMENT EXEMPTION DATE .54;4 DATE (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X K:Y>DT X
LAST EDITED: JUL 18, 2019
HELP-PROMPT: If the patient is a Veteran, enter the date the Veteran is eligible for exemption from payments for
healthcare, prescriptions and long-term care. The date cannot be in the future.
DESCRIPTION: This field cannot be edited in VistA. This date is determined by the VistA system based off Medal
of Honor Award Date and Legislation date. A date is indicated only if the patient is a Veteran.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
UNEDITABLE
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2,.5501 EXPANDED MH CARE TYPE .55;1 SET (audited)
'OTH-90' FOR EMERGENT MH OTH;
'OTH-EXT' FOR EXTENDED MH OTH;
LAST EDITED: JAN 24, 2020
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the expanded mental health care type justifying the EXPANDED MH CARE eligibility selection.
DESCRIPTION: This field stores the EXPANDED MH CARE TYPE which indicates the expanded mental health care
authority that the patient should be treated under.
TECHNICAL DESCR: The value stored in this field should match the eligibility factor type set up in the Enrollment
system.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR5501^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
FIELD INDEX: AEXPMH (#1563) REGULAR IR SORTING ONLY
Short Descr: This index is used to print a report for Expanded Mental Health Non-Veterans
Description: This index is used by a report which shows all patients who have a primary eligibility of Expanded
Mental Health care, and an eligibility factor of Other Than Honorable discharge with Combat or
Other Than Honorable Military discharge with Military Sexual Trauma.
Set Logic: S ^DPT("AEXPMH",X,DA)=""
Kill Logic: K ^DPT("AEXPMH",X,DA)
Whole Kill: K ^DPT("AEXPMH")
X(1): EXPANDED MH CARE TYPE (2,.5501) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
2,.5502 AUTOMATIC CHANGE DATE .55;2 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="ESTXR" D ^%DT S X=Y K:X<1 X
LAST EDITED: MAY 27, 2020
HELP-PROMPT: Enter date/time of automatic change of MH care type.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains date/time of the last automatic change of EXPANDED MH CARE TYPE field (.5501)
via index in file 29.11 for OTH patients.
2,.5601 PRESUMPTIVE PSYCHOSIS CATEGORY .56;1 SET
'REJ' FOR REJECTED DUE TO INCOME;
'LES' FOR LESS THAN 24 MONTHS SERVICE;
'OTH' FOR FSM WITH OTH (PP ONLY);
'DEC' FOR VETERAN DECLINES ENROLLMENT;
'ACD' FOR ACDUTRA;
'DVA' FOR DVA 12D W/CH 17, SEEN FOR SC/MST;
'ENR' FOR ENROLLED;
LAST EDITED: JAN 17, 2023
HELP-PROMPT: Please select the Presumptive Psychosis category
DESCRIPTION: This field stores the category of Presumptive Psychosis. **DG*5.3*1082 removed the ability to edit
this field. All edits must now be made in the VHA Enrollment System.**
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
2,.571 INDIAN SELF IDENTIFICATION .57;1 SET (audited)
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
LAST EDITED: AUG 14, 2023
HELP-PROMPT: Enter YES or NO, as answered by the Applicant on the 1010EZ or 1010EZR in response to the Are you
an Indian question.
DESCRIPTION: This field will contain the value from the "Are you an Indian" question on the 1010EZ, 1010EZR, or
the online application as answered by the applicant.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
UNEDITABLE
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.575
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.57)):^(.57),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,5),X=X S DI
U=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.57)),DIV=X S $P(^(.57),U,5)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.
575 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.57)):^(.57),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,5),X=X S DI
U=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.57)),DIV=X S $P(^(.57),U,5)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.
575 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
FIELD)= INDIAN SELF IDENT CHANGE DT/TM
This cross-reference will be used to update the Date/Time stamp for an Indian Self Identification
change.
2,.572 INDIAN START DATE .57;2 DATE (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: OCT 05, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the first date on which the Enrolled Veteran may not be billed for VHA services.
DESCRIPTION: This field shall store the date on which an Enrolled Veteran will no longer be billed for certain
VHA services.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
UNEDITABLE
2,.573 INDIAN ATTESTATION DATE .57;3 DATE (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X K:Y>DT X K:Y=-1 X
LAST EDITED: AUG 14, 2023
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Stamp Date from the hard copy 1010EZ or 1010EZR. If no Stamp Date was indicated, enter
today's date. The date cannot be in the future.
DESCRIPTION: This field will contain the date on which an applicant or previously enrolled Veteran informed the
VA of their status as an Indian.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
UNEDITABLE
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2,.574 INDIAN END DATE .57;4 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: OCT 05, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date that the INDIAN SELF IDENTIFICATION was changed from YES to NO.
DESCRIPTION: This field shall store the date on which the INDIAN SELF IDENTIFICATION field was changed from YES
to NO.
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
UNEDITABLE
2,.575 INDIAN SELF IDENT CHANGE DT/TM .57;5 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="ESTXR" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: NOV 02, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Date and Time the INDIAN SELF IDENTIFICATION field was updated.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains the system generated timestamp of the last edit date and time of the INDIAN
SELF IDENTIFICATION field.
UNEDITABLE
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the INDIAN SELF IDENTIFICATION field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.576
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.57)):^(.57),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,6),X=X S DI
U=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$G(DUZ) S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.57)),DIV=X S $P(^(.57),U,6)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.576 D
^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.57)):^(.57),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,6),X=X S DI
U=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$G(DUZ) S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.57)),DIV=X S $P(^(.57),U,6)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.576 D
^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$G(DUZ)
DELETE VALUE)= S X=$G(DUZ)
FIELD)= INDIAN SELF IDENT CHANGE USER
This cross-reference will record the user who has just changed the patient's Indian Self
Identification field.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AINC
1)= S ^DPT("AINC",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT("AINC",$E(X,1,30),DA)
(Reference ICR#7300)
2,.576 INDIAN SELF IDENT CHANGE USER .57;6 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200)
LAST EDITED: OCT 04, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the name of the user that edited the INDIAN SELF IDENTIFICATION field.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains the local name of the user that last edited the INDIAN SELF IDENTIFICATION
field.
UNEDITABLE
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the INDIAN SELF IDENT CHANGE DT/TM field of the PATIENT File
2,.6 TEST PATIENT INDICATOR 0;21 SET
'1' FOR YES;
'0' FOR NO;
LAST EDITED: OCT 26, 1995
HELP-PROMPT: THIS FIELD IS USED TO INDENTIFY TEST PATIENTS
DESCRIPTION: This field is set by the 'ATP' cross reference on the Social Security Number field (.09) when an
SSN containing five leading zeros is entered.
TECHNICAL DESCR: This field is used to indentify test patients in the Patient file (#2). It is not editable from any
options, it is set by the 'ATP' cross reference on the SSN field (.09) for all SSNs with five
leading zeros.
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
UNEDITABLE
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ATEST^MUMPS
1)= I X S ^DPT("ATEST",DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT("ATEST",DA)
This cross reference is set for test patients only. If the SSN of a patient has five leading zeros
then this cross reference is set. Otherwise, no cross reference will be created. This field is
populated by the 'ATP' cross reference on the SSN field (.09).
2,1 ALIAS .01;0 Multiple #2.01
HELP-PROMPT: If this patient is known by another name enter that name.
DESCRIPTION: If this applicant is known by any name other than that entered in the NAME field enter that/those
other name(s) here. Any entry to this field will be cross-referenced and the applicant may be
called up using this alias.
GROUP: DEMOG
INDEXED BY: ALIAS (AVAFC20101)
2.01,.01 ALIAS 0;1 FREE TEXT (Multiply asked) (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DG20NAME=X,(X,DG20NAME)=$$FORMAT^XLFNAME7(.DG20NAME,3,30) K:'$L(X)
X,DG20NAME
LAST EDITED: JUL 14, 2009
HELP-PROMPT: Enter name in 'LAST,FIRST MIDDLE SUFFIX' format, must be 3-30 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: Enter the alias name in 'LAST,FIRST MIDDLE SUFFIX' format. This value must be 3-30 characters in
length and may contain only uppercase alpha characters, spaces, apostrophes, hyphens and one comma.
All other characters and parenthetical text will be removed.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
CROSS-REFERENCE:2^B^MNEMONIC
1)= S:'$D(^DPT("B",$E(X,1,30),DA(1),DA)) ^(DA)=1
2)= I $D(^DPT("B",$E(X,1,30),DA(1),DA)),^(DA) K ^(DA)
FIELD INDEX: AVAFC20101 (#397) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2.01,.01,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2.01,.01,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): ALIAS (2.01,.01) (forwards)
FIELD INDEX: ANAM201 (#598) MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#2)
Short Descr: This index keeps the NAME COMPONENTS file in synch with the .01 field.
Description: This cross reference uses Kernel name standardization APIs to keep the NAME COMPONENTS (#20) file
record associated with the #.01 field synchronized with the data value stored in that field.
Set Logic: I '$G(XUNOTRIG) N XUNOTRIG S XUNOTRIG=1,DG20NAME=X D NARY^XLFNAME7(.DG20NAME),UPDCOMP^XLFNAME2(2.01
,.DA,.01,.DG20NAME,100.03,,"CL30") K DG20NAME Q
Kill Logic: I '$G(XUNOTRIG) N XUNOTRIG S XUNOTRIG=1 D DELCOMP^XLFNAME2(2.01,.DA,.01,100.03) Q
X(1): ALIAS (2.01,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
2.01,1 ALIAS SSN 0;2 FREE TEXT (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>9!($L(X)<9)!'(X?9N) X
LAST EDITED: JUL 14, 2009
HELP-PROMPT: ANSWER MUST BE 9 CHARACTERS IN LENGTH
DESCRIPTION: If the patient was also known under a name other than that listed in the NAME field of the PATIENT
file, enter the social security number used when the patient used this alias.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
2.01,100.03 ALIAS COMPONENTS 0;3 POINTER TO NAME COMPONENTS FILE (#20)
LAST EDITED: APR 19, 2002
HELP-PROMPT: This field contains a pointer to the NAME COMPONENTS record associated with ALIAS field #.01.
WRITE AUTHORITY:^
UNEDITABLE
2,1.01 NAME COMPONENTS NAME;1 POINTER TO NAME COMPONENTS FILE (#20)
LAST EDITED: APR 19, 2002
HELP-PROMPT: This field contains a pointer to the NAME COMPONENTS record associated with field #.01.
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
UNEDITABLE
2,1.02 K-NAME COMPONENTS NAME;2 POINTER TO NAME COMPONENTS FILE (#20)
LAST EDITED: APR 19, 2002
HELP-PROMPT: This field contains a pointer to the NAME COMPONENTS record associated with field #.211.
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
UNEDITABLE
2,1.03 K2-NAME COMPONENTS NAME;3 POINTER TO NAME COMPONENTS FILE (#20)
LAST EDITED: APR 19, 2002
HELP-PROMPT: This field contains a pointer to the NAME COMPONENTS record associated with field #.2191.
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
UNEDITABLE
2,1.04 FATHER'S NAME COMPONENTS NAME;4 POINTER TO NAME COMPONENTS FILE (#20)
LAST EDITED: APR 19, 2002
HELP-PROMPT: This field contains a pointer to the NAME COMPONENTS record associated with field #.2401.
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
UNEDITABLE
2,1.05 MOTHER'S NAME COMPONENTS NAME;5 POINTER TO NAME COMPONENTS FILE (#20)
LAST EDITED: JUL 25, 2002
HELP-PROMPT: This field contains a pointer to the NAME COMPONENTS record associated with field #.2402.
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
UNEDITABLE
2,1.06 MOTHERS MAIDEN NAME COMPONENTS NAME;6 POINTER TO NAME COMPONENTS FILE (#20)
LAST EDITED: APR 19, 2002
HELP-PROMPT: This field contains a pointer to the NAME COMPONENTS record associated with field #.2403.
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
UNEDITABLE
2,1.07 E-NAME COMPONENTS NAME;7 POINTER TO NAME COMPONENTS FILE (#20)
LAST EDITED: APR 19, 2002
HELP-PROMPT: This field contains a pointer to the NAME COMPONENTS record associated with field #.331.
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
UNEDITABLE
2,1.08 E2-NAME COMPONENTS NAME;8 POINTER TO NAME COMPONENTS FILE (#20)
LAST EDITED: JUL 25, 2002
HELP-PROMPT: This field contains a pointer to the NAME COMPONENTS record associated with field #.3311.
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
UNEDITABLE
2,1.09 D-NAME COMPONENTS NAME;9 POINTER TO NAME COMPONENTS FILE (#20)
LAST EDITED: JUL 25, 2002
HELP-PROMPT: This field contains a pointer to the NAME COMPONENTS record associated with field #.341.
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
UNEDITABLE
2,2 RACE INFORMATION .02;0 POINTER Multiple #2.02
INDEXED BY: RACE INFORMATION (AVAFC20201)
2.02,.01 RACE INFORMATION 0;1 POINTER TO RACE FILE (#10) (Multiply asked)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DIC("S")="I '$G(^(.02))" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=$G(DIE),X=+Y K:Y<0 X S:$D(X) DINUM=X
LAST EDITED: FEB 25, 2022
HELP-PROMPT: Select from the available listing all races which best identify this patient
DESCRIPTION:
Patient's race
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I '$G(^(.02))"
EXPLANATION: Inactive values are not selectable
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2.02^B
1)= S ^DPT(DA(1),.02,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT(DA(1),.02,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2.02^.02
1)= X ^DD(2.02,.01,1,2,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.02,D1,0)):^(0),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,2)
,X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=+$O(^DIC(10.3,"C","S",0)) S:X=0 X="" X ^DD(2.02,.01,1,2,1.4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.02,D1,0)):^(0
),1:"") S X=$S('$D(^DIC(10.3,+$P(Y(1),U,2),0)):"",1:$P(^(0),U,1))=""
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.02,DIV(1),0)),DIV=X S $P(^(0),U,2)=DIV,DIH=2.02,DIG=.02 D ^DICR
2)= Q
CREATE CONDITION)= METHOD OF COLLECTION=""
CREATE VALUE)= S X=+$O(^DIC(10.3,"C","S",0)) S:X=0 X=""
DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
FIELD)= METHOD
SELF IDENTIFICATION is the default value for collection method
CROSS-REFERENCE:2^AENR20201^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG($G(DA(1)))
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG($G(DA(1)))
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
FIELD INDEX: AVAFC20201 (#398) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2.02,.01,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2.02,.01,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): RACE INFORMATION (2.02,.01) (forwards)
2.02,.02 METHOD OF COLLECTION 0;2 POINTER TO RACE AND ETHNICITY COLLECTION METHOD FILE (#10.3) (Required)
LAST EDITED: AUG 14, 2002
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the method in which the race value was collected
DESCRIPTION:
Method used to collect patient's race
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the RACE INFORMATION field of the RACE INFORMATION sub-field of the PATIENT File
2,3 ENROLLMENT CLINIC DE;0 POINTER Multiple #2.001
DESCRIPTION:
This multiple field contains the data relating to clinic enrollments for this patient.
2.001,.01 ENROLLMENT CLINIC 0;1 POINTER TO HOSPITAL LOCATION FILE (#44) (Multiply asked)
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$P(^SC(X,0),"^",3)'["C" X Q
LAST EDITED: OCT 30, 1985
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2.001^B
1)= S ^DPT(DA(1),"DE","B",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT(DA(1),"DE","B",$E(X,1,30),DA)
2.001,1 ENROLLMENT DATA 1;0 DATE Multiple #2.011
DESCRIPTION: This multiple contains the pertinant data relating to this patients enrollment in this clinic.
Data contained in this multiple includes the date the patient was enrolled, the date of discharge
from the clinic and whether the patient was seen on an outpatient or ambulatory care basis.
2.011,.01 DATE OF ENROLLMENT 0;1 DATE (Required)
INPUT TRANSFORM:S %DT="EXT",%DT(0)="-NOW" D ^%DT K %DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $N(^DPT(DA(2),"DE",DA(1),1,0))>0,$P(^DPT(D
A(2),"DE",DA(1),0),"^",2)']"" W !,*7,*7,"PATIENT ALREADY HAS ACTIVE ENROLLMENT IN CLINIC !!",*7,*7
K X
LAST EDITED: APR 18, 1990
DESCRIPTION:
Enter the date this patient was initially enrolled in this clinic.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^2.001^2
1)= X ^DD(2.011,.01,1,1,1.3) S Y(2)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2.001,2,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:""),Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT
(D0,"DE",D1,0)):^(0),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(2),$C(59)_$P(Y(1),U,2)_":",2),$C(59),1) S DIU=X K Y S X="" X
^DD(2.011,.01,1,1,1.4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(2),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA(1),DIV(1)=D1,D2=DA
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),"DE",DIV(1),0)):^(0),1:""),DIV=X S %=$P(DIH,U,3,999),^(0)=$P(DIH,U,1,
1)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2.001,DIG=2 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
2)= X ^DD(2.011,.01,1,1,2.3) S Y(2)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2.001,2,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:""),Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT
(D0,"DE",D1,0)):^(0),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(2),$C(59)_$P(Y(1),U,2)_":",2),$C(59),1) S DIU=X K Y S X="I"
X ^DD(2.011,.01,1,1,2.4)
2.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(2),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA(1),DIV(1)=D1,D2=DA
2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),"DE",DIV(1),0)):^(0),1:""),DIV=X S %=$P(DIH,U,3,999),^(0)=$P(DIH,U,1,
1)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2.001,DIG=2 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= "I"
FIELD)= CURRENT STATUS
CROSS-REFERENCE:2^AEB^MUMPS
1)= S ^DPT("AEB",$E(X,1,30),DA(2),DA(1),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT("AEB",$E(X,1,30),DA(2),DA(1),DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.011^AEB1^MUMPS
1)= S SD=+^DPT(DA(2),"DE",DA(1),0),^DPT("AEB1",SD,$E(X,1,30),DA(2),DA(1),DA)="" K SD
2)= S SD=+^DPT(DA(2),"DE",DA(1),0) K ^DPT("AEB1",SD,$E(X,1,30),DA(2),DA(1),DA),SD
2.011,1 OPT OR AC 0;2 SET (Required)
'O' FOR OPT;
'A' FOR AC;
LAST EDITED: JUL 12, 1983
DESCRIPTION: Enter O if the patient is being seen by this clinic on an outpatient basis. Enter A if the patient
is being seen for ambulatory care.
2.011,2 SERVICE ; COMPUTED
MUMPS CODE: X ^DD(2.011,2,9.2) S Y(2,101)=$S($D(^SC(D0,0)):^(0),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(2,102),$C(59)_$P(Y(2,101),U,3
)_":",2),$C(59),1) S D0=Y(2,2)
9.2 = S Y(2,2)=$S($D(D0):D0,1:""),Y(2,1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,"DE",D1,0)):^(0),1:""),D0=$P(Y(2,1),U,1) S:'
$D(^SC(+D0,0)) D0=-1 S Y(2,102)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(44,2,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"")
ALGORITHM: ENROLLMENT CLINIC:SERVICE
DESCRIPTION: This is a computed field which returns the service of the clinic in which this patient is (was)
enrolled.
2.011,3 DATE OF DISCHARGE 0;3 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM:S %DT="EX",%DT(0)=-DT D ^%DT K %DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) S HSC=+^DPT(DA(2),"DE",DA(1),0) F XS=(X\
1_.9):0 S XS=$N(^DPT(DA(2),"S",XS)) Q:XS<0 I +^(XS,0)=HSC,$P(^(0),"^",2)'["C",$P(^(0),"^",2)'["N"
X ^DD(2.011,3,9.2) Q
9.2 = W !,*7,"PATIENT HAS FUTURE APPOINTMENTS, MUST BE CANCELLED PRIOR TO DISCHARGE !!",*7 K X
LAST EDITED: AUG 04, 1993
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains the date this patient was discharged from this clinic.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^2.001^2
1)= X ^DD(2.011,3,1,1,1.3) S Y(2)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2.001,2,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:""),Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D
0,"DE",D1,0)):^(0),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(2),$C(59)_$P(Y(1),U,2)_":",2),$C(59),1) S DIU=X K Y S X="I" X
^DD(2.011,3,1,1,1.4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(2),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA(1),DIV(1)=D1,D2=DA
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),"DE",DIV(1),0)):^(0),1:""),DIV=X S %=$P(DIH,U,3,999),^(0)=$P(DIH,U,1,
1)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2.001,DIG=2 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
2)= X ^DD(2.011,3,1,1,2.3) S Y(2)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2.001,2,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:""),Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D
0,"DE",D1,0)):^(0),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(2),$C(59)_$P(Y(1),U,2)_":",2),$C(59),1) S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^
DD(2.011,3,1,1,2.4)
2.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(2),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA(1),DIV(1)=D1,D2=DA
2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),"DE",DIV(1),0)):^(0),1:""),DIV=X S %=$P(DIH,U,3,999),^(0)=$P(DIH,U,1,
1)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2.001,DIG=2 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
CREATE VALUE)= "I"
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= CURRENT STATUS
CROSS-REFERENCE:2^AC^MUMPS
1)= K ^DPT("AEB",+$P(^DPT(DA(2),"DE",DA(1),1,DA,0),"^",1),DA(2),DA(1),DA)
2)= S ^DPT("AEB",+$P(^DPT(DA(2),"DE",DA(1),1,DA,0),"^",1),DA(2),DA(1),DA)=""
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^2.011^5
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(2),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA(1),DIV(1)=D1,D2=DA,DIV(2)=D2 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,"DE",D
1,1,D2,0)):^(0),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,5),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2.011,3,1,4,1.4)
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),"DE",DIV(1),1,DIV(2),0)):^(0),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,4,
99)) S DIH=DIH_U" S %=$P(DIH,U,6,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,5),^(0)=$P(DIH,U,1,4)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),D
IH=2.011,DIG=5 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(2),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA(1),DIV(1)=D1,D2=DA,DIV(2)=D2 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,"DE",D
1,1,D2,0)):^(0),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,5),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2.011,3,1,4,2.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),"DE",DIV(1),1,DIV(2),0)):^(0),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,4,
99)) S DIH=DIH_U" S %=$P(DIH,U,6,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,5),^(0)=$P(DIH,U,1,4)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),D
IH=2.011,DIG=5 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= REVIEW DATE
2.011,4 REASON FOR DISCHARGE 0;4 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>80!($L(X)<2) X
LAST EDITED: APR 17, 1984
HELP-PROMPT: ANSWER MUST BE 2-80 CHARACTERS IN LENGTH
DESCRIPTION: If the patient has been discharged from this clinic, this field contains the reason the patient was
discharged. This is a free text field which allows up to 80 characters to be entered.
2.011,5 REVIEW DATE 0;5 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM:S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: MAR 17, 1986
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date/time the patient's enrollment in this clinic was last reviewed.
DESCRIPTION:
Enter the date on which this patients enrollment in this particular clinic was last reviewed.
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the DATE OF DISCHARGE field of the ENROLLMENT DATA sub-field of the ENROLLMENT CLINIC
sub-field of the PATIENT File
2.001,2 CURRENT STATUS 0;2 SET
'I' FOR INACTIVE;
HELP-PROMPT: If this patient is currently no longer enrolled in this clinic, enter 'I' here.
DESCRIPTION: This field will contain 'I' for inactive if this patient is no longer enrolled in this clinic
(patient has been discharged from the clinic).
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the DATE OF ENROLLMENT field of the ENROLLMENT DATA sub-field of the ENROLLMENT CLINIC
sub-field of the PATIENT File
TRIGGERED by the DATE OF DISCHARGE field of the ENROLLMENT DATA sub-field of the ENROLLMENT CLINIC
sub-field of the PATIENT File
2,6 ETHNICITY INFORMATION .06;0 POINTER Multiple #2.06 (Add New Entry without Asking)
INDEXED BY: ETHNICITY INFORMATION (AONLYONE), ETHNICITY INFORMATION (AVAFC20601)
2.06,.01 ETHNICITY INFORMATION 0;1 POINTER TO ETHNICITY FILE (#10.2)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DIC("S")="I '$G(^(.02))" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X S:$D(X) DINUM=X
LAST EDITED: FEB 25, 2022
HELP-PROMPT: Select from the available listing the ethnicity which best identifies this patient
DESCRIPTION:
Patient's ethnicity
TECHNICAL DESCR: Although this field is defined to be multi-valued, the AONLYONE cross reference prevents multiple
values from being stored. This is because the current business definition for ethnicity only
accounts for a single value.
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I '$G(^(.02))"
EXPLANATION: Inactive values are not selectable
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2.06^B
1)= S ^DPT(DA(1),.06,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT(DA(1),.06,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2.06^.02
1)= X ^DD(2.06,.01,1,2,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.06,D1,0)):^(0),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,2)
,X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=+$O(^DIC(10.3,"C","S",0)) S:X=0 X="" X ^DD(2.06,.01,1,2,1.4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.06,D1,0)):^(0
),1:"") S X=$S('$D(^DIC(10.3,+$P(Y(1),U,2),0)):"",1:$P(^(0),U,1))=""
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.06,DIV(1),0)),DIV=X S $P(^(0),U,2)=DIV,DIH=2.06,DIG=.02 D ^DICR
2)= Q
CREATE CONDITION)= METHOD OF COLLECTION=""
CREATE VALUE)= S X=+$O(^DIC(10.3,"C","S",0)) S:X=0 X=""
DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
FIELD)= METHOD
SELF IDENTIFICATION is the default value for collection method
CROSS-REFERENCE:2^AENR20601^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG($G(DA(1)))
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG($G(DA(1)))
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
FIELD INDEX: AONLYONE (#195) MUMPS ACTION
Short Descr: Only one entry allowed in multiple
Description: Cross reference deletes all entries in the multiple EXCEPT the one just added. This has the net
affect of only allowing one entry to exist in the multiple.
Set Logic: N DGFDA,DGMSG,DGD0,DGD1,DGLOOP S DGD0=DA(1),DGD1=DA S DGLOOP=0 F S DGLOOP=$O(^DPT(DGD0,.06,DGLOOP)
) Q:'DGLOOP I DGLOOP'=DGD1 S DGFDA(2.06,DGLOOP_","_DGD0_",",.01)="@" D FILE^DIE("","DGFDA","DGMSG"
) K DGFDA,DGMSG
Kill Logic: Q
X(1): ETHNICITY INFORMATION (2.06,.01) (forwards)
FIELD INDEX: AVAFC20601 (#399) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2.06,.01,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2.06,.01,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): ETHNICITY INFORMATION (2.06,.01) (forwards)
2.06,.02 METHOD OF COLLECTION 0;2 POINTER TO RACE AND ETHNICITY COLLECTION METHOD FILE (#10.3) (Required)
LAST EDITED: AUG 14, 2002
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the method in which the ethnicity value was collected
DESCRIPTION:
Method used to collect patient's ethnicity
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the ETHNICITY INFORMATION field of the ETHNICITY INFORMATION sub-field of the PATIENT
File
2,7 LANGUAGE DATE/TIME .207;0 DATE Multiple #2.07 (Add New Entry without Asking)
LAST EDITED: MAR 30, 2016
DESCRIPTION: These are the dates/times the preferred language information was given by the patient and recorded
in the Patient File.
2.07,.01 LANGUAGE DATE/TIME 0;1 DATE (Required)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="ESTXR",%DT(0)="-NOW" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X K %DT(0)
LAST EDITED: JAN 11, 2023
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date and time the preferred language information was recorded. You may use N or n for
'NOW'. Future values may not be entered.
DESCRIPTION: The date/time the preferred language information was given by the patient and recorded in the
Patient File.
EXECUTABLE HELP:N DPTX S DPTX="This field entry must be today's date or earlier and must include a time." D EN^DDIO
L(DPTX),EN^DDIOL("")
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.07^B
1)= S ^DPT(DA(1),.207,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT(DA(1),.207,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)
2.07,.02 PREFERRED LANGUAGE 0;2 FREE TEXT (Required)
INPUT TRANSFORM:D INPXF207^DGRPE
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 60
LAST EDITED: DEC 22, 2022
HELP-PROMPT: Your answer must be 1-60 characters in length. If the patient wishes not to give a preferred
language or declines to answer, enter an * (asterisk) at the prompt to respond as 'DECLINED TO
ANSWER'.
DESCRIPTION: This is the preferred language of the patient. A patient may speak, read and write several
languages but this is the one that he/she prefers.
You may also answer with the 2- or 3-letter code assigned to the language or type in the language
name.
TECHNICAL DESCR:Any language selected for this field is screened to be a "living" language and to have a
2-character code included. This facilitates selection of languages based on whether it is used
today or not and if it has the information needed.
EXECUTABLE HELP:D XHELP207^DGRPE
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.07^AC^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG($G(DA(1)))
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG($G(DA(1)))
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
2,25.01 CURRENT HEALTH BENEFIT PLAN HBP;0 POINTER Multiple #2.2511 (Add New Entry without Asking)
DESCRIPTION: This multiple contains all the information related to the current Health Benefit Plan(s) for the
patient.
2.2511,.01 CURRENT HBP CODE 0;1 POINTER TO HEALTH BENEFIT PLAN FILE (#25.11)
LAST EDITED: JUL 17, 2014
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Health Benefit Plan for the patient.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains the Health Benefit Plan that is assigned to a patient.
UNEDITABLE
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2.2511^B
1)= S ^DPT(DA(1),"HBP","B",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT(DA(1),"HBP","B",$E(X,1,30),DA)
2.2511,1 ASSIGNED DATE AND TIME 0;2 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="EXT" D ^%DT S X=Y K:DT>X X
LAST EDITED: JUL 23, 2014
HELP-PROMPT: Type a date not earlier than CURRENT DATE.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains the date and time the Health Benefit Plan was assigned for the patient. It
is automatically set by the system.
UNEDITABLE
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2.2511,2 ASSIGNED ENTERED BY 0;3 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200)
LAST EDITED: JUL 17, 2014
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the person who is assigning the Health Benefit Plan to the patient.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains the person who assigned the Health Benefit Plan for the patient. It is
automatically set by the system.
UNEDITABLE
2.2511,3 ASSIGNED ENTERED SITE 0;4 POINTER TO INSTITUTION FILE (#4)
LAST EDITED: JUL 17, 2014
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the facility that is assigning the Health Benefit plan to the patient.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains the site that assigned a Health Benefit Plan to the patient. It is
automatically set by the system.
UNEDITABLE
2.2511,4 CURRENT SOURCE 0;5 SET
'E' FOR ESR;
'V' FOR VISTA;
LAST EDITED: JUL 17, 2014
HELP-PROMPT: Choose the source of the plan assignment.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains the source of the Health Benefit plan assignment. Current Source is
automatically set by the system. The VistA system can only assign a health benefit plan code if
the existing Current Source is VistA or blank, which is not assigned yet.
UNEDITABLE
2,25.02 HISTORY HEALTH BENEFIT PLAN HBP1;0 DATE Multiple #2.2512 (Add New Entry without Asking)
DESCRIPTION: This multiple contains the history of the Health Benefit Plans that are assigned or unassigned to a
patient.
2.2512,.01 HISTORY HBP DATE/TIME 0;1 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="EXT" D ^%DT S X=Y K:DT>X X
LAST EDITED: JUL 23, 2014
HELP-PROMPT: Type a date not earlier than CURRENT DATE.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains the date and time the Health Benefit Plan was assigned or unassigned for the
patient. It is automatically set by the system.
UNEDITABLE
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2.2512^B
1)= S ^DPT(DA(1),"HBP1","B",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT(DA(1),"HBP1","B",$E(X,1,30),DA)
2.2512,1 HISTORY HBP CODE 0;2 POINTER TO HEALTH BENEFIT PLAN FILE (#25.11)
LAST EDITED: JUL 17, 2014
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Health Benefit Plan for the patient.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains the Health Benefit Plan that is either assigned or unassigned to the patient.
UNEDITABLE
2.2512,2 HISTORY ENTERED BY 0;3 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200)
LAST EDITED: JUL 22, 2014
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the user who assigned or unassigned the Health Benefit Plan to the patient.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains the person who assigned or unassigned the Health Benefit Plan to the patient.
It is automatically set by the system.
UNEDITABLE
2.2512,3 HISTORY ENTERED SITE 0;4 POINTER TO INSTITUTION FILE (#4)
LAST EDITED: JUL 22, 2014
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the facility that assigned or unassigned the Health Benefit plan to the patient.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains the site that assigned or unassigned the Health Benefit Plan to the patient.
It is automatically set by the system.
UNEDITABLE
2.2512,4 HISTORY ASSIGNMENT 0;5 SET
'A' FOR Assign;
'U' FOR Unassign;
LAST EDITED: JUL 17, 2014
HELP-PROMPT: Enter A to Assign or U to Unassign a Health Benefit Plan.
DESCRIPTION: This field indicates whether the user Assigned or Unassigned the Health Benefit Plan to the
patient. This is automatically set by the system.
UNEDITABLE
2.2512,5 HISTORY SOURCE 0;6 SET
'E' FOR ESR;
'V' FOR VISTA;
LAST EDITED: JUL 22, 2014
HELP-PROMPT: Choose the source of the plan assignment.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains the source of the Health Benefit plan assignment. This is automatically set
by the system.
UNEDITABLE
2,27.01 CURRENT ENROLLMENT ENR;1 POINTER TO PATIENT ENROLLMENT FILE (#27.11)
LAST EDITED: JUN 24, 2006
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the patient's current enrollment.
DESCRIPTION:
The patient's current enrollment.
UNEDITABLE
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENRC^MUMPS
1)= D SET1^DGENDD(DA,X)
2)= D KILL1^DGENDD(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This index sorts the patients by their current enrollment status. The ENROLLMENT STATUS field of
the PATIENT ENROLLMENT file also triggers this cross-reference.
The format of the index is: ^DPT("AENRC",,)=""
FIELD INDEX: ADGFM27D01 (#810) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point if the CURRENT ENROLLMENT (#27.01)
field changes.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,27.01,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,27.01,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): CURRENT ENROLLMENT (2,27.01) (forwards)
2,27.02 PREFERRED FACILITY ENR;2 POINTER TO INSTITUTION FILE (#4)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DIC("S")="I $$PFTF^DGREGDD(Y)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
LAST EDITED: SEP 30, 2006
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the facility that the patient chooses to designate as his primary location for care.
DESCRIPTION: The facility that the patient chooses to designate as his preferred location for care. The
facility must have one of the following facility types:
CBOC (Community Based Outpatient Clinic)
HCS (Health Care System)
HEALTHCARE (VA Boston Health Care System)
M&ROC (Medical and Regional Office Center)
MOC (Mobile Outpatient Clinic)
MORC (Mobile Outreach Clinic)
NETWORK (VA Healthcare Network Upstate NY)
NHC (Nursing Home Care)
OC (Outpatient Clinic - Independent)
OCMC (Outpatient Clinic - Subordinate)
OCS (Outpatient Clinic Substation)
OPC (Out Patient Clinic)
ORC (Outreach Clinic)
RO-OC (Regional Office - Outpatient Clinic)
SATELLITE (Satellite Outpatient Clinic)
SOC (Satellite Outpatient Clinic)
VAMC (VA Medical Center)
VANPH (Neural Psychiatric Hospital)
VA ROSEBERG (VA Roseburg Health Care System)
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I $$PFTF^DGREGDD(Y)"
EXPLANATION: Selected facility must be a treating facility with a valid facility type.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR2702^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
2,27.03 SOURCE DESIGNATION ENR;3 SET
'V' FOR VISTA;
'E' FOR ESR;
'PA' FOR PCP ACTIVE;
'PI' FOR PCP INACTIVE;
LAST EDITED: DEC 02, 2010
DESCRIPTION: Source designation contains the value of the place the Preferred Facility field (#27.02) was
assigned for the patient. Source designation is automatically assigned by the system. The VistA
system can only assign a Preferred Facility if the current Source Designation is VistA or Primary
Care Provider (PCP) Inactive.
TECHNICAL DESCR: The source designation is the place in which the preferred facility has been assigned. The users
on the VistA system can only change a preferred facility if the source designation is VistA or if
it is Primary Care Provider (PCP) Inactive. All others options will be filed after receiving a Z11
HL7 message from Enrollment System Redesign (ESR). ESR has their own rules in assigning a
preferred facility on their side.
The source designation is automatically assigned by the system.
2,27.04 PT APPLIED FOR ENROLLMENT? ENR;4 SET (audited)
PATIENT APPLIED FOR ENROLLMENT?
'0' FOR NO;
'1' FOR YES;
LAST EDITED: SEP 02, 2020
HELP-PROMPT: Select Y or YES if the patient wants to apply for enrollment for VHA Healthcare benefits. Select N
or NO if the patient only wants to register without applying for enrollment.
DESCRIPTION: This field will be set to 0 (zero) if the patient did not apply for enrollment (registration only),
or 1 if the patient did apply for enrollment.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
2,53 *REACTIONS PI;1 SET
REACTIONS
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
2,57.1 *HEIGHT(cm) 57;1 NUMBER
HEIGHT(cm)
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:+X'=X!(X>300)!(X<100)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X
HELP-PROMPT: TYPE A WHOLE NUMBER BETWEEN 100 AND 300
2,57.2 *WEIGHT(kg) 57;2 NUMBER
WEIGHT(kg)
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:+X'=X!(X>150)!(X<40)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X
HELP-PROMPT: TYPE A WHOLE NUMBER BETWEEN 40 AND 150
2,57.4 SPINAL CORD INJURY 57;4 SET
'1' FOR PARAPLEGIA-TRAUMATIC;
'2' FOR QUADRIPLEGIA-TRAUMATIC;
'3' FOR PARAPLEGIA-NONTRAUMATIC;
'4' FOR QUADRIPLEGIA-NONTRAUMATIC;
'X' FOR NOT APPLICABLE;
LAST EDITED: AUG 16, 1988
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the appropriate code.
DESCRIPTION: If this patient does not have a spinal cord injury, enter X for not applicable in this field.
Otherwise, if the patient does have a spinal cord injury, choose from the other available choices
the one
2,63 LABORATORY REFERENCE LR;1 POINTER TO LAB DATA FILE (#63)
INPUT TRANSFORM: K X
LAST EDITED: DEC 05, 1983
HELP-PROMPT: Any changes to this entry must be made from the lab data entry routines. This is the patient's
record number in the lab file.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains the internal entry number of this patient in the LAB DATA file. This data is
entered and maintained by the laboratory package and must NOT be edited under any circumstances.
Editing of this data could cause severe repercussions in the laboratory package.
UNEDITABLE
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2,67 LAB REFERRAL REF LRT;1 POINTER TO REFERRAL PATIENT FILE (#67)
INPUT TRANSFORM: K X
LAST EDITED: JUN 22, 1997
DESCRIPTION: This field contains the pointer reference to the Referral file of the Laboratory Package. This
field is set by the laboratory accessioning software and should not be edited.
Changing of this pointer will result IN misidentification of patients that could have dire medical
repercussions.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2,148 CNH CURRENT NHC;1 SET
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
LAST EDITED: APR 30, 1992
HELP-PROMPT: Answer yes if the patient is in a contract nursing home now. Otherwise, answer no.
DESCRIPTION: This field is used to denote when a patient is currently in a contract nursing home. Answer yes if
the patient is in a contract nursing home currently. Otherwise, answer no.
2,220 DENTAL CLASSIFICATION DENT;1 POINTER TO DENTAL CLASSIFICATION FILE (#220.2)
LAST EDITED: JUL 31, 1985
DESCRIPTION:
For Dental Package
2,220.1 DENTAL ELIGIBILITY EXPIRATION DENT;2 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="ET" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: JUL 31, 1985
DESCRIPTION:
For Dental Eligibility
2,361 PATIENT ELIGIBILITIES E;0 POINTER Multiple #2.0361
HELP-PROMPT: Choose from the available listing those eligibilities to which this patient might be entitled which
are not his primary eligibility.
DESCRIPTION: This multiple contains all eligibilities under which this patient can receive care. This includes
his primary eligibility and all other eligibilities he may have.
GROUP: ECD
2.0361,.01 ELIGIBILITY 0;1 POINTER TO ELIGIBILITY CODE FILE (#8) (Multiply asked)
INPUT TRANSFORM:S DIC("S")="I '$P(^(0),U,7),$S($P(^(0),U,8):1,'$D(^DPT(D0,.36)):0,1:Y=+^(.36)),$$ELGCHK^DGRPTU(D0),
$$HUDCK^DGLOCK1(Y)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X I $D(X) S DINUM=X
LAST EDITED: JUL 06, 2022
HELP-PROMPT: Select other eligibilities to which this patient may be entitled.
DESCRIPTION: Enter all eligibilities under which this patient may receive care. The patients primary
eligibility as well as all other eligibilities he is entitled to is stored in this multiple.
TECHNICAL DESCR:Unlike previous versions of the PATIENT file, in this version ALL the patient's eligibilities are
stored in this multiple.
When the user enters/edits that patient's PRIMARY ELIGIBILITY CODE, that code is automatically
stored in the multiple as well as in the PRIMARY ELIGIBILITY CODE field.
This change was necessary to accomodate the VA/DOD sharing
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I '$P(^(0),U,7),$S($P(^(0),U,8):1,'$D(^DPT(D0,.36)):0,1:Y=+^(.36)),$$ELGCHK^DGRPTU(D0),
$$HUDCK^DGLOCK1(Y)"
EXPLANATION: Select other eligibilities for the patient. The primary may be selected but it must already exist.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA(1) D EV^DGLOCK D:$D(X) COV^DGLOCK3(DA) I '$D(X)!(+$G(^DPT(DA(1),.36))=DA) W:$D(X) !?
5,"Deleting primary eligibility is not allowed"
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the PRIMARY ELIGIBILITY CODE field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.0361^B
1)= S ^DPT(DA(1),"E","B",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT(DA(1),"E","B",$E(X,1,30),DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE:2^AEL1^MUMPS
1)= S ^DPT("AEL",DA(1),+X)=""
2)= K ^DPT("AEL",DA(1),+X) I X=$$FIND1^DIC(8,"","B","COLLATERAL OF VET") D ARCHALL^DGRP1152U(DA(1))
When an eligibility is deleted, the KILL logic will remove the item from the "AEL" cross reference
and then check if "COLLATERAL OF VET" eligibility is being removed. If so, code is called to
archive all CCP entries in the COMMUNITY CARE PROGRAM sub-file (#2.191) of the PATIENT file (#2).
The ARCHIVE (#.04) field of the CCP entry is set to 1.
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^2.0361^.03
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,"E",D1,0)):^(0),1:"") S X
=$P(Y(1),U,3),X=X S DIU=X K Y X ^DD(2.0361,.01,1,3,1.1) X ^DD(2.0361,.01,1,3,1.4)
1.1)= S X=DIV S X="" I $D(^DIC(8,DA,0)),$D(^DIC(8.2,+$P(^(0),U,10),"LONG")) X ^("LONG")
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),"E",DIV(1),0)),DIV=X S $P(^(0),U,3)=DIV,DIH=2.0361,DIG=.03 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,"E",D1,0)):^(0),1:"") S X
=$P(Y(1),U,3),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),"E",DIV(1),0)),DIV=X S $P(^(0),U,3)=DIV,D
IH=2.0361,DIG=.03 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= S X="" I $D(^DIC(8,DA,0)),$D(^DIC(8.2,+$P(^(0),U,10),"LONG")) X ^("LONG")
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= LONG
CROSS-REFERENCE:2^AO^MUMPS
1)= S DFN=DA(1) D EN^DGMTR K DGREQF
2)= S DFN=DA(1) D EN^DGMTR K DGREQF
This cross-reference is used to determine whether or not a means test or co-pay test is required.
CROSS-REFERENCE:2^AENR01^MUMPS
1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA(1))
2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA(1))
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to update the patient's current Patient Enrollment record.
When deleting an eligibility, at the point the kill logic of this x-ref is executed the data still
exists in the global. To determine whether an eligibility still exists the "B" x-ref is checked -
if not there, the eligibility is ignored.
2.0361,.03 LONG ID 0;3 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X),$D(X) K:$L(X)>15!($L(X)<1) X I $D(^DIC(8,DA,0)),$D(^DIC(8.2,+$P(^(0),
U,10),"TRANSFORM")) X ^("TRANSFORM")
LAST EDITED: MAR 12, 1991
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the value of the patient's identification.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains the patient's long ID associated with the patient's ELIGIBILITY. For most
eligibilities this is the Social Security Number.
This field is triggered by the 'ELIGILBILTY(#.01)' field. It is user defined only if this
eligibility's id format allows this user interaction as indicated by the 'PROMPT USER FOR
ID?(#.02)' field of the 'IDENTIFICATION FORMAT(#8.1)' file.
EXECUTABLE HELP:I $D(^DIC(8,DA,0)),$D(^DIC(8.2,+$P(^(0),U,10),"HELP")) X ^("HELP")
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the ELIGIBILITY field of the PATIENT ELIGIBILITIES sub-field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^2.0361^.04
1)= D L11^VADPT62
1.1)= S X=DIV I $D(^DIC(8,DA,0)),$D(^DIC(8.2,+$P(^(0),U,10),"SHORT")) X ^("SHORT")
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),"E",DIV(1),0)):^(0),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(0),U,4)=DIV,DIH=2.0361,DIG=.04
D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
2)= D L12^VADPT62
2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),"E",DIV(1),0)):^(0),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(0),U,4)=DIV,DIH=2.0361,DIG=.04
D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
CREATE VALUE)= I $D(^DIC(8,DA,0)),$D(^DIC(8.2,+$P(^(0),U,10),"SHORT")) X ^("SHORT")
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= SHORT ID
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.0361^AC^MUMPS
1)= I $D(^DIC(8,DA,0)),$D(^DIC(8.2,+$P(^(0),U,10),1)) X ^(1)
2)= I $D(^DIC(8,DA,0)),$D(^DIC(8.2,+$P(^(0),U,10),2)) X ^(2)
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^2^.363
1)= D L31^VADPT62
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.36)):^(.36),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.36),U,3)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.363 D ^DICR:
$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
2)= D L32^VADPT62
2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.36)):^(.36),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.36),U,3)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.363 D ^DICR:
$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
CREATE CONDITION)= S X=$S('$D(^DPT(DA(1),.36)):0,1:DA=+^(.36))
CREATE VALUE)= LONG ID
DELETE CONDITION)= S X=$S('$D(^DPT(DA(1),.36)):0,1:DA=+^(.36))
DELETE VALUE)= @
DIC)=
FIELD)= PRIMARY LONG ID
CROSS-REFERENCE:2^PID^MUMPS
1)= S:$S('$D(^DIC(8,DA,0)):0,'$D(^DIC(8.2,+$P(^(0),U,10),0)):0,1:$P(^(0),U)'="VA STANDARD") ^DPT("P
ID",X,DA(1),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT("PID",X,DA(1),DA)
2.0361,.04 SHORT ID 0;4 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>7!($L(X)<1) X
LAST EDITED: OCT 04, 1991
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 1-7 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains the patient's short ID associated with the patient's ELIGIBILITY. For most
eligibilities, this is the last four digits of the Social Security Number.
This field is uneditable and triggered by the 'LONG ID(#.03)' field.
WRITE AUTHORITY:^
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the LONG ID field of the PATIENT ELIGIBILITIES sub-field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^2^.364
1)= D S31^VADPT62
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.36)):^(.36),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.36),U,4)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.364 D ^DICR:
$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
2)= D S32^VADPT62
2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.36)):^(.36),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.36),U,4)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.364 D ^DICR:
$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
CREATE CONDITION)= S X=$S('$D(^DPT(DA(1),.36)):0,1:DA=+^(.36))
CREATE VALUE)= SHORT ID
DELETE CONDITION)= S X=$S('$D(^DPT(DA(1),.36)):0,1:DA=+^(.36))
DELETE VALUE)= @
DIC)=
FIELD)= PRIMARY SHORT ID
2,391 TYPE TYPE;1 POINTER TO TYPE OF PATIENT FILE (#391) (Required) (audited)
LAST EDITED: AUG 25, 1997
HELP-PROMPT: Choose from the available listing the PATIENT TYPE which best classifies this patient.
DESCRIPTION: Enter the patient type for this patient. This is selectable from the distributed entries in the
TYPE OF PATIENT file. The type selected should be the primary one selectable. For example, if the
patient is both an NSC veteran and an employee, the patient type should be NSC VETERAN, not
employee.
This field is used by the registration screen processor to determine which screens will be editable
for this patient. The selection of which screens can be viewed for which types of patients can be
made through the 'Patient Type Update' option.
TECHNICAL DESCR: The type of patient is used to determine which screens in the registration process should be
allowed for entry/edit. The 'Patient Type Update' option in MAS can be used to determine which
screens are editable for each patient type.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
GROUP: ECD
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AVAFC391^MUMPS
1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF="391;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF="391;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of
the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7
PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the
change is being made from within the Registration process.
Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to
1.
The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S)
EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
FIELD INDEX: APTYPE (#643) REGULAR R SORTING ONLY
Short Descr: Index TYPE OF PATIENT
Set Logic: S ^DPT("APTYPE",X,DA)=""
Kill Logic: K ^DPT("APTYPE",X,DA)
Whole Kill: K ^DPT("APTYPE")
X(1): TYPE (2,391) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
2,401.3 CONDITION DAC;1 SET
'S' FOR SERIOUSLY ILL;
LAST EDITED: JAN 17, 1991
HELP-PROMPT: Enter 'S' if this patient is seriouslly ill or '@' to delete. Enter nothing if the patient is not
seriously ill.
DESCRIPTION: Enter 'S' if the patient is seriouslly ill and should be displayed on the Seriouslly Ill Roster.
Enter '@' to delete patient from seriouslly ill status.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AS
1)= S ^DPT("AS",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT("AS",$E(X,1,30),DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^401.4
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,"DAC")):^("DAC"),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,2) S DI
U=X K Y S X=DIV N %I,%H,% D NOW^%DTC S X=X X ^DD(2,401.3,1,2,1.4)
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),"DAC")):^("DAC"),1:""),DIV=X S %=$P(DIH,U,3,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,2),^("D
AC")=$P(DIH,U,1,1)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=401.4 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,"DAC")):^("DAC"),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,2) S DI
U=X K Y S X=DIV S X="" X ^DD(2,401.3,1,2,2.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),"DAC")):^("DAC"),1:""),DIV=X S %=$P(DIH,U,3,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,2),^("D
AC")=$P(DIH,U,1,1)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=401.4 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
CREATE VALUE)= TODAY
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= DATE ENTERED ON SI LIST
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AODS7^MUMPS
1)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
2)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
2,401.4 DATE ENTERED ON SI LIST DAC;2 DATE (Required)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="EX",%DT(0)="-NOW" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: MAR 13, 1990
HELP-PROMPT: For this seriouslly ill patient enter the date placed on the seriouslly ill roster.
DESCRIPTION:
Enter the date the patient was placed on the Seriouslly Ill list.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the CONDITION field of the PATIENT File
2,404.01 *CURRENT PC PRACTITIONER PC;1 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S DIC("S")="I $$SCREEN^DGPMDD(Y,DA)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
LAST EDITED: AUG 12, 1998
HELP-PROMPT: This is the patient's Primary Care Practitioner.
DESCRIPTION:
This field stores the patient's Current Primary Care Practitioner.
TECHNICAL DESCR: Programmers should use the input & output APIs for this field in order to be compatible with
changes in the Primary Care Management Module Release in winter of 1995-1996.
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I $$SCREEN^DGPMDD(Y,DA)"
EXPLANATION: Select active providers only.
EXECUTABLE HELP: D HELP^DGPMDD(DA)
2,404.02 *CURRENT PC TEAM PC;2 POINTER TO TEAM FILE (#404.51)
LAST EDITED: AUG 12, 1998
HELP-PROMPT: This is the patient's Primary Care Team.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains the patients's Primary Care Team.
TECHNICAL DESCR: This field points to the TEAM (#404.51) File (distributed with SD*5.3*30). Programmers should use
the input & output APIs for this field in order to be compatible with changes in the Primary Care
Management Module Release in winter of 1995-1996.
2,534 PH DATE/TIME UPDATED PH;0 DATE Multiple #2.0534 (Add New Entry without Asking)
2.0534,.01 PH DATE/TIME UPDATED 0;1 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="ESTXR" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: AUG 07, 2000
DESCRIPTION: This field is automatically stuffed with the current date and time whenever the Purple Heart data
is updated. This may be done initially by the local site, then subsequently by HEC.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2.0534^B
1)= S ^DPT(DA(1),"PH","B",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT(DA(1),"PH","B",$E(X,1,30),DA)
2.0534,1 PH? 0;2 SET
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
LAST EDITED: AUG 07, 2000
DESCRIPTION:
Field will be stuffed with the CURRENT PURPLE HEART INDICATOR at the date/time of the update.
2.0534,2 PH STATUS 0;3 SET
'1' FOR PENDING;
'2' FOR IN PROCESS;
'3' FOR CONFIRMED;
LAST EDITED: NOV 22, 2000
DESCRIPTION:
Field will be stuffed with CURRENT PURPLE HEART STATUS (if any) at date/time of the update.
2.0534,3 PH REMARKS 0;4 SET
'1' FOR UNACCEPTABLE DOCUMENTATION;
'2' FOR NO DOCUMENTATION REC'D;
'3' FOR ENTERED IN ERROR;
'4' FOR UNSUPPORTED PURPLE HEART;
'5' FOR VAMC;
'6' FOR UNDELIVERABLE MAIL;
LAST EDITED: DEC 15, 2000
DESCRIPTION:
Field will be stuffed with CURRENT PURPLE HEART REMARKS field, if any, at time of update.
2.0534,4 PH USER 0;5 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X
LAST EDITED: AUG 07, 2000
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 3-30 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: Field will be stuffed with the user who updated PH information. If local user, then the value
will be the free text user name from the NEW PERSON file. If updated by the HEC, then the value
will be "HEC User".
2,991.01 INTEGRATION CONTROL NUMBER MPI;1 NUMBER (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:+X'=X!(X>999999999999)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N)!('$D(RGRSICN)) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 04, 2007
HELP-PROMPT: This field can only be edited by CIRN !
DESCRIPTION:
Machine to machine identifier for a patient.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AICN
1)= S ^DPT("AICN",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT("AICN",$E(X,1,30),DA)
This is a non-lookup cross-reference for the Integration Control Number Field.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AHICN^MUMPS
1)= Q
2)= I $T(ICN^VAFCHIS)'="" D ICN^VAFCHIS(X,DA)
Used to create ICN History, ICN lookup capability.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AR^MUMPS
1)= I $T(KILL^VAFCMIS)'="" D KILL^VAFCMIS(DA)
2)= Q
Cross Reference is used to delete the 'AMPIMIS' cross reference denoting missing ICN.
FIELD INDEX: APRFEVT (#689) MUMPS ACTION
Short Descr: Record PRF HL7 event for new patients
Description: This trigger creates an entry in the PRF HL7 EVENT (#26.21) file when no entry exists and a
national ICN is filed.
Set Logic: D EVENT^DGPFDD(DA)
Kill Logic: Q
X(1): INTEGRATION CONTROL NUMBER (2,991.01) (forwards)
2,991.02 ICN CHECKSUM MPI;2 FREE TEXT (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>6!($L(X)<6) X
LAST EDITED: FEB 15, 2001
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 6 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: This checksum is the calculated checksum for the Integration Control Number. It verifies the
integrity of the ICN.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
2,991.03 COORDINATING MASTER OF RECORD MPI;3 POINTER TO INSTITUTION FILE (#4) (audited)
LAST EDITED: JUL 13, 2001
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the coordinating site for the patient.
DESCRIPTION:
The coordinating site for the patient.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ACMOR
1)= S ^DPT("ACMOR",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT("ACMOR",$E(X,1,30),DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AHCMOR^MUMPS
1)= Q
2)= I $T(CMOR^VAFCHIS)'="" D CMOR^VAFCHIS(X,DA)
This cross-reference is used to create the MPICMOR history multiple for lookup capability.
2,991.04 LOCALLY ASSIGNED ICN MPI;4 SET (audited)
'1' FOR YES;
LAST EDITED: SEP 23, 2006
HELP-PROMPT: This field will be 1 or YES if a LOCAL ICN has been assigned.
DESCRIPTION:
DESIGNATES THAT THE ICN BELONGING TO THIS PATIENT IS LOCAL
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AICNL
1)= S ^DPT("AICNL",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT("AICNL",$E(X,1,30),DA)
INDICATES THE ICN WAS LOCALLY ASSIGNED
2,991.05 SUBSCRIPTION CONTROL NUMBER MPI;5 POINTER TO SUBSCRIPTION CONTROL FILE (#774) (audited)
LAST EDITED: SEP 23, 2006
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the patient's Subscription Control Number.
DESCRIPTION: This field points to a list of subscribers to this patient's data. For example, see details of the
MPI/PD messaging implementation. The subscriber list is specific to this patient. Do not change the
subscription control number without remembering to update the current subscriber list in file 774
(SUBSCRIPTION CONTROL). Use only documented API calls to create a new subscription control number
for a patient.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
UNEDITABLE
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ASCN^MUMPS
1)= Q
2)= I '$D(DIU(0)) N DA,DIK S DIK="^HLS(774,",DA=X D ^DIK
The kill logic on this cross-reference is used to selectively delete entries from the Subscription
Control File for patient merges and deletions. Re-indexing the patient file will not affect the
Subscription Control file.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ASCN2
1)= S ^DPT("ASCN2",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT("ASCN2",$E(X,1,30),DA)
3)= MPI/PD XREF - DO NOT DELETE!
This cross-reference is used by Master Patient Index/ Patient Demographics (MPI/PD) for various
data validation and reporting functions.
2,991.06 CMOR ACTIVITY SCORE MPI;6 NUMBER (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:+X'=X!(X>9999999)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1.N) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 23, 2006
HELP-PROMPT: Type a number between 0 and 9999999, 0 Decimal Digits
DESCRIPTION:
This score is used to determine the Coordinating Master of Record.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ACMORS^MUMPS
1)= S ^DPT("ACMORS",(9999999-X),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT("ACMORS",(9999999-X),DA)
This inverse cross-reference allows patients with the highest CMOR activity score to receive
priority processing. The CMOR activity score collating sequence is reversed to process from highest
to lowest scores. This cross-reference reads: ^DPT('ACMORS',INVERSE CMOR ACTIVITY SCORE,DA)=''
2,991.07 SCORE CALCULATION DATE MPI;7 DATE (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: SEP 23, 2006
HELP-PROMPT: This is the last date that the CMOR Activity Score was calculated at this site.
DESCRIPTION:
This is the last date that the CMOR ACTIVITY SCORE was calculated at this site.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
2,991.08 TEMPORARY ID NUMBER MPI;8 FREE TEXT (audited)
Temporary Identification Number (TIN)
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>9!($L(X)<9) X
LAST EDITED: DEC 06, 2011
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the patient's Department of Defense 9-digit Temporary ID Number.
DESCRIPTION: The Department of Defense (DoD) Defense Eligibility Enrollment Reporting System (DEERS) uses a
Temporary Identification Number for individuals (e.g., babies) who do not have or have not provided
a Social Security Number (SSN) when the record is added to DEERS. It is used for military
dependents only. This DoD TEMPORARY ID NUMBER will be used by the Master Veteran Index to support
the linking of patient records across VA and DoD.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
2,991.09 FOREIGN ID NUMBER MPI;9 FREE TEXT (audited)
Foreign Identification Number (FIN)
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>9!($L(X)<9) X
LAST EDITED: DEC 06, 2011
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the patient's Department of Defense 9-digit Foreign ID Number.
DESCRIPTION: The Department of Defense (DoD) Defense Eligibility Enrollment Reporting System (DEERS) uses a
Foreign Identification Number for foreign military and foreign nationals when the record is added
to DEERS. This DoD FOREIGN ID NUMBER will be used by the Master Veteran Index to support the
linking of patient records without a given Social Security Number (SSN) across VA and DoD.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
2,991.1 FULL ICN MPI;10 FREE TEXT (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>29!($L(X)<8)!($S($L($P(X,"V"))>16:1,$L($P(X,"V",2))=6:'(X?1.N1"V"6N),1:'(X?1.N1"V"12N))) X
LAST EDITED: OCT 08, 2014
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the local or national Integration Control Number (ICN) assigned to the patient.
DESCRIPTION: This field can only be edited by CIRN!
The entire Integration Control Number (ICN), which is based on the ASTM E-1714 standard format of a
16 digit identifier, 1 character delimiter, 6 digit checksum, followed by an optional 6 digit
encryption scheme.
ICN is a machine to machine identifier for a patient.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AFICN
1)= S ^DPT("AFICN",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT("AFICN",$E(X,1,30),DA)
This is a non-lookup cross-reference for the FULL ICN (Integration Control Number) field.
2,991.11 INDIVIDUAL TAX ID MPI;11 NUMBER (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:+X'=X!(X>999999999)!(X<900000000)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X
LAST EDITED: JUN 24, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the Individual Tax Identification Number (900000000-999999999) for the patient.
DESCRIPTION: An ITIN or Individual Taxpayer Identification Number, is a tax processing number only available for
certain non-resident and resident aliens, their spouses and dependents who cannot get a Social
Security Number (SSN). It is a 9-digit number, beginning with the number '9', formatted like an SSN
(NNN-NN-NNNN).
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
FIELD INDEX: AVAFC99111 (#1613) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,991.11,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,991.11,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): INDIVIDUAL TAX ID (2,991.11) (forwards)
2,991.91 FULL ICN HISTORY MPIFICNHIS;0 Multiple #2.0991 (Add New Entry without Asking)
DESCRIPTION:
Maintains the history of all of the full Integration Control Numbers (ICNs) assigned to patients.
2.0991,.01 FULL ICN HISTORY 0;1 FREE TEXT (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>29!($L(X)<8)!($S($L($P(X,"V"))>16:1,$L($P(X,"V",2))=6:'(X?1.N1"V"6N),1:'(X?1.N1"V"12N)))
X
LAST EDITED: OCT 08, 2014
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the local or national Integration Control Number (ICN) assigned to the patient.
DESCRIPTION: This field can only be edited by CIRN!
The FULL ICN (Integration Control Number) HISTORY value, allows for tracking of changes in the
ICN for each patient. These entries will be used by mumps code to perform lookups when an ICN for
a patient can't be found, to see if it was previously used.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AAFICN^MUMPS
1)= S ^DPT("AFICN",$E(X,1,30),DA(1))=""
2)= K ^DPT("AFICN",$E(X,1,30),DA(1))
This cross-reference was created to allow all Integration Control Numbers (ICNs) in the FULL ICN
HISTORY Sub-File to remain in the AFICN cross-reference when re-indexing.
2,992 ICN HISTORY MPIFHIS;0 Multiple #2.0992 (Add New Entry without Asking)
2.0992,.01 ICN HISTORY 0;1 NUMBER (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:+X'=X!(X>999999999999)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 23, 2006
HELP-PROMPT: Type a Number between 0 and 999999999999, 0 Decimal Digits
DESCRIPTION: ICN History, to track changes in Integration Control Number for each patient. This will be used
by mumps code to perform lookups when ICN can't be found to see if it was used previously.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AAICN^MUMPS
1)= S ^DPT("AICN",$E(X,1,30),DA(1))=""
2)= K ^DPT("AICN",$E(X,1,30),DA(1))
This is set up to allow all ICNs in the History file to remain in the AICN cross-reference when
re-indexing.
2.0992,1 ICN CHECKSUM 0;2 NUMBER
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:+X'=X!(X>999999)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X
LAST EDITED: JAN 30, 1998
HELP-PROMPT: Type a Number between 0 and 999999, 0 Decimal Digits
DESCRIPTION:
ICN Checksum for ICN entered in multiple.
2.0992,2 CMOR 0;3 POINTER TO INSTITUTION FILE (#4)
LAST EDITED: JAN 30, 1998
DESCRIPTION:
CMOR at the time of the ICN change.
2.0992,3 DATE/TIME OF CHANGE 0;4 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="ET" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: JAN 30, 1998
DESCRIPTION:
Date/Time of change to the ICN.
2,993 CMOR HISTORY MPICMOR;0 Multiple #2.0993 (Add New Entry without Asking)
2.0993,.01 CMOR HISTORY 0;1 NUMBER
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:+X'=X!(X>999999999999)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1.N) X
LAST EDITED: JUL 31, 2000
HELP-PROMPT: This field is hard set by CMOR^VAFCHIS when the patient's CMOR is changed.
DESCRIPTION:
Primary Care site for patient at time of change.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
This node is created by CMOR^VAFCHIS when the CMOR (#991.03) field is modified/deleted.
2.0993,1 CMOR ACTIVITY SCORE 0;2 NUMBER
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:+X'=X!(X>999999999999)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1.N) X
LAST EDITED: JUL 31, 2000
HELP-PROMPT: This field is hardset by CMOR^VAFCHIS when a patient's CMOR is changed.
DESCRIPTION:
CMOR score at time of change.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
This field is hardset by CMOR^VAFCHIS when the patient's CMOR score is modified.
2.0993,2 CMOR SCORE CALCULATION DATE 0;3 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="EST" D ^%DT S X=Y K:X<1 X
LAST EDITED: JUL 31, 2000
HELP-PROMPT: This field is hard set by CMOR^VAFCHIS when a patient's CMOR is modified.
DESCRIPTION:
Date CMOR score was last calculated at time of change.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
This field is hardset by CMOR^VAFCHIS when a patient's CMOR is changed.
2.0993,3 CMOR CHANGE DATE 0;4 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:X<1 X
LAST EDITED: NOV 29, 2000
HELP-PROMPT: (No range limit on date)
DESCRIPTION:
Date CMOR was changed.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
This field is created when a patient's CMOR (field #991.03) is modified/deleted.
2,994 MULTIPLE BIRTH INDICATOR MPIMB;1 SET (audited)
'N' FOR NO;
'Y' FOR *MULTIPLE BIRTH*;
LAST EDITED: SEP 23, 2006
HELP-PROMPT: Is the patient part of a multiple birth?
DESCRIPTION: The MULTIPLE BIRTH INDICATOR will designate whether or not the patient is part of a multiple birth
(i.e. to identify twins, etc.).
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
FIELD INDEX: AVAFC994 (#396) MUMPS I ACTION
Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor
edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated
by the changes that occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the
information available at the time of the event.
Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,994,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,994,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
X(1): MULTIPLE BIRTH INDICATOR (2,994) (forwards)
2,999 ABSENCE DIVISION ; COMPUTED
ABSENCE DIVISION
MUMPS CODE: S X=$S($D(^UTILITY($J,"DG",D0)):^(D0),1:0),X=$S($D(^DIC(42,+$P(X,U,4),0)):$P(^(0),U,11),1:0),X=$S($
D(^DG(40.8,+X,0)):$P(^(0),U,1),1:"")
ALGORITHM: S X=$S($D(^UTILITY($J,"DG",D0)):^(D0),1:0),X=$S($D(^DIC(42,+$P(X,U,4),0)):$P(^(0),U,11),1:0),X=$S($
D(^DG(40.8,+X,0)):$P(^(0),U,1),1:"")
LAST EDITED: JUL 18, 1985
DESCRIPTION:
Computed field used in Absence list. For programmers only.
2,999.1 INPATIENT WARD ; COMPUTED
INPATIENT WARD
MUMPS CODE: S X=$S($D(^UTILITY($J,"DG",D0)):^(D0),1:0),X=$S($D(^DIC(42,+$P(X,U,4),0)):$P(^(0),U,1),1:"")
ALGORITHM: S X=$S($D(^UTILITY($J,"DG",D0)):^(D0),1:0),X=$S($D(^DIC(42,+$P(X,U,4),0)):$P(^(0),U,1),1:"")
LAST EDITED: AUG 08, 1985
DESCRIPTION:
For use in historical inpatient list. For programmers only
2,999.2 LAST MEANS TEST ; COMPUTED
MUMPS CODE: S X1=$$LST^DGMTU(D0),Y=$P(X1,U,2) D DD^%DT S X=Y
ALGORITHM: S X1=$$LST^DGMTU(D0),Y=$P(X1,U,2) D DD^%DT S X=Y
LAST EDITED: APR 23, 1993
2,1000 DISPOSITION LOG-IN DATE/TIME DIS;0 DATE Multiple #2.101 (Add New Entry without Asking)
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date/time this patient was registered for care.
DESCRIPTION: The date/time at which this applicant applied for medical benefits, e.g., was registered for care
using the 'Registration' option of ADT.
This multiple contains information on each registration entered for this patient including the date
of registration, date of disposition, and type of disposition.
TECHNICAL DESCR: The date/time at which this applicant applied for medical benefits, e.g., was registered for care
using the 'Registration' option of ADT.
This multiple contains information on each registration entered for this patient including the date
of registration, date of disposition, and type of disposition.
2.101,.01 LOG IN DATE/TIME 0;1 DATE (Multiply asked)
INPUT TRANSFORM:S %DT="ETRPX",%DT(0)="-NOW" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) S DINUM=9999999-X,LL=+$O(^DPT(DA(1),"DIS",
0)) I LL>0,DINUM'0
2)= X ^DD(2.101,.01,1,1,2.3) S Y(2)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2.101,50,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:""),Y(1)=$S($D(^DP
T(D0,"DIS",D1,0)):^(0),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(2),$C(59)_$P(Y(1),U,10)_":",2),$C(59),1) S DIU=X K Y S X=D
IV S X="" X ^DD(2.101,.01,1,1,2.4)
2.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1
2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),"DIS",DIV(1),0)):^(0),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,9,99)) S
DIH=DIH_U" S %=$P(DIH,U,11,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,10),^(0)=$P(DIH,U,1,9)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2.1
01,DIG=50 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
CREATE VALUE)= "1"
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= AC
CROSS-REFERENCE:2^ADIS
1)= S ^DPT("ADIS",$E(X,1,30),DA(1),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT("ADIS",$E(X,1,30),DA(1),DA)
CROSS-REFERENCE:2^ADI^MUMPS
1)= S ^DPT("ADI",$E(X,1,30),DA(1),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT("ADI",$E(X,1,30),DA(1),DA)
This cross-reference is identical to the ^DPT("ADIS" cross-reference on this field. The only
difference is that this ADI cross-reference was also set on disposition if the registration and
disposition were in different months.
MAS no longer uses this cross-reference and this serves as notification that this cross-reference
will be removed the first release of MAS released 18 months after the release of MAS 5.2.
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.101^AODS1^MUMPS
1)= S A1B2TAG="REG" D ^A1B2XFR
2)= S A1B2TAG="REG" D ^A1B2XFR
2.101,.2 10-10T REGISTRATION 0;20 SET
'0' FOR NO;
'1' FOR YES;
LAST EDITED: DEC 18, 1996
DESCRIPTION:
Was the patient registered using the 10-10T
2.101,1 STATUS 0;2 SET (Required)
'0' FOR 10/10 VISIT;
'1' FOR UNSCHEDULED;
'2' FOR APPLICATION WITHOUT EXAM;
LAST EDITED: JUL 15, 1991
HELP-PROMPT: Enter '0' if this is a 10/10 visit for AMIS, '1' if this is an unscheduled visit, or '2' if this is
an application without exam.
DESCRIPTION: ter the appropriate code indicating the status of the patient's visit. Enter 0 if this patient had
a 1010 visit (application for care). Enter 1 if the patient's visit was not scheduled. Enter 2 if
no exam was needed. This data is used by the AMIS 400 series reports.
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.101^AAS^MUMPS
1)= S SDX=$S(X=0:2,X=1:4,1:"") K:'SDX SDX I $D(SDX) S ^SC("AAS",SDX,(9999999-DA),DA(1))=$S('$D(^DPT
(DA(1),"DIS",DA,0)):"",1:+$P(^(0),"^",4)) K SDX
2)= S SDX=$S(X=0:2,X=1:4,1:"") K:'SDX SDX I $D(SDX) S SDX1=$S($D(^SC("AAS",SDX,(9999999-DA),DA(1)))
:9999999-DA,1:$P(9999999-DA,".")) K ^SC("AAS",SDX,SDX1,DA(1)),SDX,SDX1
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.101^ASDPSD1^MUMPS
1)= S SDX=$S($D(^DPT(DA(1),"DIS",DA,0)):$P(^(0),"^",4),1:"") Q:SDX']"" S SDX1=$S('X:"TT",X=1:"UN",
1:"") Q:SDX1']"" I '$D(^DPT("ASDPSD","C"," "_SDX,SDX1,9999999-DA,DA(1))) S ^(DA(1))=""
2)= S SDX=$S($D(^DPT(DA(1),"DIS",DA,0)):$P(^(0),"^",4),1:"") Q:SDX']"" S SDX1=$S('X:"TT",X=1:"UN",
1:"") Q:SDX1']"" K ^DPT("ASDPSD","C"," "_SDX,SDX1,9999999-DA,DA(1))
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.101^AOERR1^MUMPS
1)= D UNSCHED^DGOERNOT
2)= K DGOERNOT S:X'=$P(^DPT(DA(1),"DIS",DA,0),U,2) DGOERNOT=X
This cross-reference is used in conjunction with ORDER ENTRY/ RESULTS REPORTING v2.09 or
higher and will cause MAS OE/RR NOTIFICATIONS for UNSCHEDULED (1010) VISITS to be sent to users who
are on an OE/RR LIST for the patient.
2.101,2 TYPE OF BENEFIT APPLIED FOR 0;3 SET (Required)
'1' FOR HOSPITAL;
'2' FOR DOMICILIARY;
'3' FOR OUTPATIENT MEDICAL;
'4' FOR OUTPATIENT DENTAL;
'5' FOR NURSING HOME CARE;
LAST EDITED: JAN 15, 1986
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the type of benefit this patient is now applying for.
DESCRIPTION: Enter the type of care this patient has applied for whether it be inpatient (dom, hospital, or
nursing home) or outpatient (dental, or non-dental).
2.101,2.1 TYPE OF CARE APPLIED FOR 0;11 SET (Required)
'1' FOR DENTAL;
'2' FOR PLASTIC SURGERY;
'3' FOR STERILIZATION;
'4' FOR PREGNANCY;
'5' FOR ALL OTHER;
INPUT TRANSFORM:I X=4,($P(^DPT(DA(1),0),"^",2)="M") K X
LAST EDITED: JUN 09, 1989
HELP-PROMPT: Select the type of care this applicant is applying for. Pregnancy can not be selected for male
patients.
DESCRIPTION: Enter the type of care that the patient is requesting service for. If the patient will be
receiving treatment for plastic surgery, dental care, sterilization, or pregnancy, enter that
choice. Otherwise, enter all other.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
2.101,3 FACILITY APPLYING TO 0;4 POINTER TO MEDICAL CENTER DIVISION FILE (#40.8)
LAST EDITED: JUL 29, 1986
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the division this patient is applying for care to if it is multidivision.
DESCRIPTION: Enter the facility (division) at which this patient will be receiving care. This is a pointer to
the MEDICAL CENTER DIVISION file.
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.101^AAS1^MUMPS
1)= S SDX=$S($D(^DPT(DA(1),"DIS",DA,0)):+$P(^(0),"^",2),1:""),SDX=$S(SDX=0:2,SDX=1:4,1:"") K:'SDX S
DX I $D(SDX) S ^SC("AAS",SDX,(9999999-DA),DA(1))=X K SDX
2)= S SDX=$S($D(^DPT(DA(1),"DIS",DA,0)):+$P(^(0),"^",2),1:""),SDX=$S(SDX=0:2,SDX=1:4,1:"") K:'SDX S
DX I $D(SDX) S SDX1=$S($D(^SC("AAS",SDX,(9999999-DA),DA(1))):9999999-DA,1:$P(9999999-DA,".")) K ^SC
("AAS",SDX,SDX1,DA(1)),SDX,SDX1
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.101^ASDPSD^MUMPS
1)= S SDX=$S($D(^DPT(DA(1),"DIS",DA,0)):$P(^(0),"^",2),1:""),SDX=$S(SDX=0:"TT",SDX=1:"UN",1:"") K:S
DX']"" SDX I $D(SDX) S SDIV=" "_X D SSD^DGREG0 K SDIV,SDX
2)= S SDX=$S($D(^DPT(DA(1),"DIS",DA,0)):$P(^(0),"^",2),1:""),SDX=$S(SDX=0:"TT",SDX=1:"UN",1:"") K:S
DX']"" SDX I $D(SDX) S SDIV=" "_X D SSDK^DGREG0 K SDIV,SDX
2.101,4 WHO ENTERED 10/10 0;5 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200)
LAST EDITED: JUL 19, 1990
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the name of the person who entered or verified the data for this application for care.
DESCRIPTION: The user who entered the registration (1010 application) for this patient will automatically be
stored in this field. This field can be used for tracking purposes. It should NOT be edited.
2.101,5 LOG OUT DATE TIME 0;6 DATE (Required)
INPUT TRANSFORM:S %DT="ETRX",%DT(0)="-NOW" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X),X<-(DA-9999999) K X
LAST EDITED: OCT 18, 1990
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date and time this application for care was dispositioned.
DESCRIPTION:
Enter in this field the date/time the patient was dispositioned.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^2.101^50
1)= X ^DD(2.101,5,1,1,1.3) S Y(2)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2.101,50,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:""),Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(
D0,"DIS",D1,0)):^(0),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(2),$C(59)_$P(Y(1),U,10)_":",2),$C(59),1) S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV
S X="" X ^DD(2.101,5,1,1,1.4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),"DIS",DIV(1),0)):^(0),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,9,99)) S
DIH=DIH_U" S %=$P(DIH,U,11,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,10),^(0)=$P(DIH,U,1,9)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2.1
01,DIG=50 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
2)= X ^DD(2.101,5,1,1,2.3) S Y(2)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2.101,50,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:""),Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(
D0,"DIS",D1,0)):^(0),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(2),$C(59)_$P(Y(1),U,10)_":",2),$C(59),1) S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV
S X="1" X ^DD(2.101,5,1,1,2.4)
2.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA,DIV(1)=D1
2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),"DIS",DIV(1),0)):^(0),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,9,99)) S
DIH=DIH_U" S %=$P(DIH,U,11,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,10),^(0)=$P(DIH,U,1,9)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2.1
01,DIG=50 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE VALUE)= "1"
FIELD)= AC
CROSS-REFERENCE:2^ADIS4^MUMPS
1)= S L=+^DPT(DA(1),"DIS",DA,0) S:$E(X,1,5)>$E(L,1,5) ^DPT("ADI",X,DA(1),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT("ADI",X,DA(1),DA)
This cross-reference is also set on the LOG-IN DATE/TIME field. It is no longer used by MAS and it
will be removed in the first release of MAS released 18 months after MAS version 5.2.
2.101,6 DISPOSITION 0;7 POINTER TO DISPOSITION FILE (#37) (Required)
INPUT TRANSFORM:S DIC("S")="I '$P(^(0),""^"",10)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
LAST EDITED: JAN 17, 1991
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the disposition of this application for care.
DESCRIPTION: Enter the type of disposition this patient had. Choose from the available list whether the patient
was scheduled for a future appointment, admitted to your facility or another facility, or was
released from care without exam, for example. Many other choices also exist.
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I '$P(^(0),""^"",10)"
EXPLANATION: ONLY ACTIVE DISPOSITION TYPES PLEASE!
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.101^AODS5^MUMPS
1)= S A1B2TAG="REG" D ^A1B2XFR
2)= S A1B2TAG="REG" D ^A1B2XFR
2.101,7 EXAMINED IN MEDICAL CENTER 0;22 SET
'0' FOR NO;
'1' FOR YES;
LAST EDITED: FEB 20, 2020
HELP-PROMPT: Select 1 (YES) if the patient wants to be examined in Medical Center today
DESCRIPTION: If the patient wants to be examined in Medical Center today, this field will be YES. Otherwise, it
will be NO.
2.101,8 REASON FOR LATE DISPOSITION 0;8 POINTER TO DISPOSITION LATE REASON FILE (#30)
LAST EDITED: DEC 10, 1983
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the reason this application for care took so long to disposition.
DESCRIPTION: As part of the 'MAS Parameter Entry/Edit' option, a site can determine how may hours must elapse
before a disposition is considered to be entered late. If the time between the registration
(log-in) date/time and the disposition (log-out) date/time is found to be more than the number of
hours specified in the MAS parameters, the user will be prompted with a reason for the late
disposition. This is a pointer to the DISPOSITION LATE REASON file.
2.101,9 WHO DISPOSITIONED 0;9 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200)
LAST EDITED: SEP 24, 1990
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the name of the person who dispositioned this application for care.
DESCRIPTION: When a user dispositions a patient, the name of the user will automatically be entered into this
field. This field can be used for tracking purposes at the site and should not be edited.
2.101,10 DESCRIPTION OF INCIDENT 1;1 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>250!($L(X)<3) X
LAST EDITED: DEC 01, 1983
HELP-PROMPT: Enter a brief description of what caused the accident, 3-250 characters.
DESCRIPTION: If the patient was injured in an accident, a brief description (from 3-250 characters) should be
entered detailing what caused the injury.
2.101,12 *ELIGIBLE FOR MEDICAID 0;12 SET
'0' FOR NO;
'1' FOR YES;
LAST EDITED: FEB 27, 1992
HELP-PROMPT: Does patient meet eligibility requirements of Medicaid.
DESCRIPTION: If this patient is eligible for medicaid, enter yes in this field. Otherwise, entere no. This
field is used for billing purposes.
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.101^AC^MUMPS
1)= S DFN=DA(1) D EN^DGMTR
2)= Q
2.101,13 REGISTRATION ELIGIBILITY CODE 0;13 POINTER TO ELIGIBILITY CODE FILE (#8) (Required)
INPUT TRANSFORM:S DIC("S")="I $P(^(0),""^"",9)=8!($D(^DPT(""AEL"",DA(1),+Y)))" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
LAST EDITED: JUL 22, 1993
DESCRIPTION: When a patient is registered, the user registering the patient will be asked for the patient's
eligibility under which they are receiving care. The default will be the primary eligibility code.
However, if the patient also has other entitled eligibilities (employee, for example), one of the
other eligibilities may also be entered.
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I $P(^(0),""^"",9)=8!($D(^DPT(""AEL"",DA(1),+Y)))"
EXPLANATION: ONLY ELIGIBILITIES WHICH HAVE BEEN ASSIGNED TO THIS PATIENT!
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^409.68^.13
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA X ^DD(2.101,13,1,1,89.2) S Y(101)=$S($D(^SCE(D0,0)):^(0)
,1:"") S X=$S('$D(^DIC(8,+$P(Y(101),U,13),0)):"",1:$P(^(0),U,1)) S D0=I(0,0) S D1=I(1,0) S DIU=X K
Y S X=DIV S X=X X ^DD(2.101,13,1,1,1.4)
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^SCE(DIV(0),0)):^(0),1:""),DIV=X I $D(^(0)) S $P(^(0),U,13)=DIV,DIH=409.68,DIG=.1
3 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
2)= Q
89.2)= S I(1,0)=$S($D(D1):D1,1:""),I(0,0)=$S($D(D0):D0,1:""),Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,"DIS",D1,0)):^(0),1
:""),D0=$P(Y(1),U,18) S:'$D(^SCE(+D0,0)) D0=-1 S DIV(0)=D0
CREATE VALUE)= S X=X
DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
FIELD)= OUTPATIENT ENCOUNTER:#.13
2.101,14 ELIG VERIFIED AT REGISTRATION 0;14 SET (Required)
'0' FOR NO;
'1' FOR YES;
LAST EDITED: FEB 08, 1988
DESCRIPTION: If the eligibility was verified at the time of registration, this field will be YES. Otherwise, it
will be NO.
2.101,15 SC AT REGISTRATION 0;15 SET (Required)
'0' FOR NO;
'1' FOR YES;
LAST EDITED: FEB 08, 1988
DESCRIPTION: If the patient being registered was SC (as determined by the SERVICE CONNECTED? field on screen 7
of registration) at the time this application was entered, YES will be stuffed into this field.
Otherwise NO will be filled in here.
2.101,16 SC% AT REGISTRATION 0;16 NUMBER (Required)
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:+X'=X!(X>100)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X
LAST EDITED: FEB 08, 1988
HELP-PROMPT: If SC at registration enter the percentage of service connection.
DESCRIPTION: If the patient was service connected at the time of this registration (as determined by the SERVICE
CONNECTED? field on registration screen 7), the service connected percentage should be entered
here. The default value will be the percentage entered on registration screen 7.
2.101,17 AMIS 420 SEGMENT 0;17 POINTER TO AMIS SEGMENT FILE (#391.1)
INPUT TRANSFORM:S DIC("S")="I Y>400,Y<421" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
LAST EDITED: FEB 08, 1988
DESCRIPTION: The AMIS 400 series reports are generated based on data in the DISPOSITION LOG-IN DATE/TIME
multiple. When an application is dispositioned, it is deterined by the module which AMIS segment
(401-420) this registration should fall into. This information is created automatically by the MAS
module.
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I Y>400,Y<421"
EXPLANATION: AMIS 401-420 SEGMENT ON WHICH THIS DISPOSITION IS COUNTED
2.101,18 OUTPATIENT ENCOUNTER 0;18 POINTER TO OUTPATIENT ENCOUNTER FILE (#409.68)
LAST EDITED: FEB 10, 1993
2.101,19 ENCOUNTER CONVERSION STATUS 0;19 SET
'0' FOR NOT CONVERTED;
'1' FOR CONVERTED;
LAST EDITED: JAN 14, 1998
DESCRIPTION: This field indicates whether or not this disposition was converted during the ACRP Database
Conversion (SD*5.3*211).
The field is set to '1' after the disposition has been converted by the conversion software.
2.101,20 NEED RELATED TO OCCUPATION 2;1 SET (Required)
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
'U' FOR UNKNOWN;
LAST EDITED: NOV 30, 1983
HELP-PROMPT: Enter 'Y' if this application for care is related to the patient's occupation, 'N' if it is not,
'U' if you do not know.
DESCRIPTION: If the need for care is related to an injury or condition acquired while the patient was performing
work-related duties, yes should be entered here. Otherwise, no should be entered.
2.101,21 WORKMEN'S COMP CLAIM FILED 2;2 SET
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
LAST EDITED: NOV 30, 1983
HELP-PROMPT: Enter 'Y' if a workman's comp claim has been filed against this patient's employer, 'N' if it has
not.
DESCRIPTION: If the injury or condition for which this patient is being treated occurred while performing duties
necessary for his/her job and the patient entered a workmen's compensation claim for this injury or
condition, enter yes here. Otherwise, enter no.
2.101,22 WORKMEN'S COMP CLAIM NUMBER 2;3 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>10!($L(X)<4) X
LAST EDITED: NOV 30, 1983
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the workman's comp claim number, 4 to 10 characters.
DESCRIPTION: If this patient is being seen for an injury or condition s/he received while performing work
related duties and s/he filed a claim with workmen's compensation, enter the claim number here.
Otherwise, leave this field blank.
2.101,23 NEED RELATED TO AN ACCIDENT 2;4 SET (Required)
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
'U' FOR UNKNOWN;
LAST EDITED: NOV 30, 1983
HELP-PROMPT: Enter 'Y' if this application for care is due to an accident, 'N' if it is not, 'U' if unknown.
DESCRIPTION: If the injury or condition for which this patient is being treated was the result of an accident,
enter yes here. Otherwise, answer no.
2.101,24 INJURY CAUSED BY 2;5 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>80!($L(X)<4) X
LAST EDITED: NOV 30, 1983
HELP-PROMPT: Enter who or what was responsible for the accident, 4-80 characters.
DESCRIPTION: If the reason this patient is being seen at the medical center is due to an injury sustained, enter
what caused the injury. Otherwise, leave this field blank.
2.101,25 INJURING PARTIES INSURANCE 2;6 POINTER TO INSURANCE COMPANY FILE (#36)
LAST EDITED: OCT 22, 1984
DESCRIPTION: If the reason this patient is being seen at this medical center is due to an injury sustained and
there is a liable party, enter that party's insurance policy number. Otherwise, leave this field
blank.
2.101,26 FILED AGAINST INJURING PARTY 2;7 SET
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
LAST EDITED: NOV 30, 1983
DESCRIPTION: If this patient is being seen is due to an injury resulting from another person's negligence, enter
yes here if a claim has been filed against the other party's insurance company. Otherwise, answer
no.
2.101,30 ATTORNEY'S NAME 3;1 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DG20NAME=X,(X,DG20NAME)=$$FORMAT^XLFNAME7(.DG20NAME,3,30) K:'$L(X)
X,DG20NAME
LAST EDITED: JUN 11, 2005
HELP-PROMPT: Enter name in 'LAST,FIRST MIDDLE SUFFIX' format, must be 3-30 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: Enter the attorney's name in 'LAST,FIRST MIDDLE SUFFIX' format. This value must be 3-30 characters
in length and may contain only uppercase alpha characters, spaces, apostrophes, hyphens and one
comma. All other characters and parenthetical text will be removed.
FIELD INDEX: ANAM1001 (#599) MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#2)
Short Descr: This index keeps the NAME COMPONENTS file in synch with field #30.
Description: This cross reference uses Kernel name standardization APIs to keep the NAME COMPONENTS (#20) file
record associated with the #30 field synchronized with the data value stored in that field.
Set Logic: I '$G(XUNOTRIG) N XUNOTRIG S XUNOTRIG=1,DG20NAME=X D NARY^XLFNAME7(.DG20NAME),UPDCOMP^XLFNAME2(2.10
1,.DA,30,.DG20NAME,100.21,,"CL30") K DG20NAME Q
Kill Logic: I '$G(XUNOTRIG) N XUNOTRIG S XUNOTRIG=1 D DELCOMP^XLFNAME2(2.101,.DA,30,100.21) Q
X(1): ATTORNEY'S NAME (2.101,30) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
2.101,31 A-ADDRESS 1 3;2 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X
LAST EDITED: DEC 01, 1983
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the first line of the attorney's address (do not include city, state or zip code), 3-30
characters.
DESCRIPTION: If the patient is being treated for an injury sustained due to the negligence of another and the
patient has an attorney covering the incident, enter the first line the street address for the
attorney.
2.101,32 A-ADDRESS 2 3;3 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X
LAST EDITED: DEC 01, 1983
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the second line of the attorney's address (do not include city, state or zip code), 3-30
characters.
DESCRIPTION: If the patient is being treated for an injury sustained due to the negligence of another and the
patient has an attorney covering the incident, enter the second line of the street address for the
attorney.
2.101,33 A-ADDRESS 3 3;4 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X
LAST EDITED: DEC 01, 1983
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the third line of the attorney's address (do not include city, state or zip code) 3-30
characters.
DESCRIPTION: If the patient is being treated for an injury sustained due to the negligence of another and the
patient has an attorney covering the incident, enter the third line of the street address for the
attorney.
2.101,34 A-CITY 3;5 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X
LAST EDITED: DEC 01, 1983
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the attorney's city address, 3-30 characters.
DESCRIPTION: If the patient is being treated for an injury sustained due to the negligence of another and the
patient has an attorney covering the incident, enter the city where the attorney practices.
2.101,35 A-STATE 3;6 POINTER TO STATE FILE (#5)
LAST EDITED: DEC 01, 1983
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the attorney's state address.
DESCRIPTION: If the patient is being treated for an injury sustained due to the negligence of another and the
patient has an attorney covering the incident, enter the the state where the attorney practices.
2.101,36 A-ZIP CODE 3;7 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>5!($L(X)<5)!'(X?5N) X
LAST EDITED: JUN 07, 1993
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the 5 numbers in the attorney's zip code (ex: '12345').
DESCRIPTION: If the patient is being treated for an injury sustained due to the negligence of another and the
patient has an attorney covering the incident, enter the zip code of the attorney's address.
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.101^ADISAZIP^MUMPS
1)= D SETMULT^DGREGDD1(DA(1),DA,2.101,"DIS",38,3,9,X)
2)= D KILLMULT^DGREGDD1(DA(1),DA,2.101,"DIS",38,3,9,X)
This sets the corresponding zip+4 field to be equal to this field's value.
2.101,37 A-PHONE 3;8 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<3) X
LAST EDITED: DEC 01, 1983
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the attorney's phone number, 3-20 characters.
DESCRIPTION: If the patient is being treated for an injury sustained due to the negligence of another and the
patient has an attorney covering the incident, enter the the attorney's business phone number.
2.101,38 A-ZIP+4 3;9 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>15!($L(X)<5) X I $D(X) D ZIPIN^VAFADDR
OUTPUT TRANSFORM:D ZIPOUT^VAFADDR
LAST EDITED: JUN 07, 1993
HELP-PROMPT: Answer with either 5 digit or 9 digit zip code.
DESCRIPTION: If the patient is being treated for an injury sustained due to the negligence of another and the
patient has an attorney covering the incident, enter the zip code of the attorney's address.
Answer with either the 5 digit format (e.g. 12345) or the nine digit format (e.g. 12345-6789 or
123456789).
TECHNICAL DESCR:Related to other address fields for the patient's attorney. This field 'triggers' the A-ZIP CODE
(#38) field of the disposition multiple, using the first 5 digits of this field.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE:2.101^ADISZIP4^MUMPS
1)= D SETMULT^DGREGDD1(DA(1),DA,2.101,"DIS",36,3,7,$E(X,1,5))
2)= D KILLMULT^DGREGDD1(DA(1),DA,2.101,"DIS",36,3,7,$E(X,1,5))
This sets the corresponding zip code field to the first 5 digits of this field.
2.101,50 ACTIVE 0;10 SET
'1' FOR ACTIVE;
LAST EDITED: JUL 02, 1985
HELP-PROMPT: Enter 1 if this registration is active (not dispositioned).
DESCRIPTION: If this registration is currently active (not dispostioned) a 1 will be stored in this field.
Otherwise, the field should be left blank.
WRITE AUTHORITY:^
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the LOG IN DATE/TIME field of the DISPOSITION LOG-IN DATE/TIME sub-field of the
PATIENT File
TRIGGERED by the LOG OUT DATE TIME field of the DISPOSITION LOG-IN DATE/TIME sub-field of the
PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE:2^ADA
1)= S ^DPT("ADA",$E(X,1,30),DA(1),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT("ADA",$E(X,1,30),DA(1),DA)
2.101,99 PROGRAMMERS USE ; COMPUTED DATE
MUMPS CODE: S Y(2.101,99,1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,"DIS",D1,0)):^(0),1:"") S X=$P(Y(2.101,99,1),U,1)
ALGORITHM: #.01
DESCRIPTION:
Used to speed reporting in Multidivisional Facilities. Fileman can not sort by same field twice
2.101,100.21 ATTORNEY'S NAME COMPONENTS 0;21 POINTER TO NAME COMPONENTS FILE (#20)
LAST EDITED: APR 19, 2002
HELP-PROMPT: This field contains a pointer to the NAME COMPONENTS record associated with DISPOSITION field #30.
WRITE AUTHORITY:^
UNEDITABLE
2.101,11500.01 ODS AT REGISTRATION? ODS;1 SET
'1' FOR YES;
'0' FOR NO;
LAST EDITED: JAN 16, 1991
HELP-PROMPT: Did this patient have a period of service of ODS at the time of this registration?
DESCRIPTION: Enter yes if this patient was an ODS patient at the time of this registration. Otherwise, respond
no.
2.101,11500.02 ODS REGISTRATION ENTRY ODS;2 POINTER ***** TO AN UNDEFINED FILE (#11500.4), STORED IN ^A1B2(11500.4) *******
LAST EDITED: JAN 16, 1991
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the entry in the ODS REGISTRATIONS file which corresponds to this registration.
DESCRIPTION:
Enter the entry in the ODS REGISTRATIONS file which corresponds to this registration.
CROSS-REFERENCE:2^AODSR
1)= S ^DPT("AODSR",$E(X,1,30),DA(1),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT("AODSR",$E(X,1,30),DA(1),DA)
2,1010.15 RECEIVED VA CARE PREVIOUSLY? 1010.15;5 SET (Required)
HAVE YOU PREVIOUSLY RECEIVED CARE IN A VA FACILITY
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
LAST EDITED: JAN 20, 1987
HELP-PROMPT: Has this patient received care in a VA previously.
DESCRIPTION:
Enter 'Y' if this veteran has previously received care in another VA facility, otherwise enter 'N'.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^1010.151
1)= X ^DD(2,1010.15,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1
),U,1),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,1010.15,1,1,1.4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,1010.15,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"
") S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)'["Y"
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:""),DIV=X S %=$P(DIH,U,2,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,1),
^(1010.15)=DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=1010.151 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
2)= Q
2.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(2)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,1010.15,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"
"),Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(2),$C(59)_$P(Y(1),U,5)_":",2),$C(59),1
)'["Y"
2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:""),DIV=X S %=$P(DIH,U,2,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,1),
^(1010.15)=DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=1010.151 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
CREATE CONDITION)= #1010.15'["Y"
CREATE VALUE)= @
DELETE CONDITION)= #1010.15'["Y"
DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
FIELD)= #1010.151
2,1010.151 MOST RECENT DATE OF CARE 1010.15;1 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E",%DT(0)=-DT D ^%DT K %DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: APR 18, 1990
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the most recent date of care in a VA facility.
DESCRIPTION: If this veteran has previously received care in another VA facility enter the date of care in that
facility.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the RECEIVED VA CARE PREVIOUSLY? field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^1010.152
1)= Q
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:"") S X=$P(Y
(1),U,1)="" I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,2),X=X S DIU=
X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,1010.151,1,1,2.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:""),DIV=X S %=$P(DIH,U,3,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,2),
^(1010.15)=$P(DIH,U,1,1)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=1010.152 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
CREATE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
DELETE CONDITION)= MOST RECENT DATE OF CARE=""
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= MOST RECENT LOCATION OF CARE
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^1010.153
1)= Q
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:"") S X=$P(Y
(1),U,1)="" I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,3),X=X S DIU=
X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,1010.151,1,2,2.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,2,99)) S D
IH=DIH_U" S %=$P(DIH,U,4,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,3),^(1010.15)=$P(DIH,U,1,2)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=
2,DIG=1010.153 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
CREATE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
DELETE CONDITION)= MOST RECENT DATE OF CARE=""
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= 2ND MOST RECENT DATE OF CARE
2,1010.1511 APPOINTMENT REQUEST DATE 1010.15;11 DATE (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: NOV 06, 2019
HELP-PROMPT: Enter date VA was notified the enrolling patient is requesting an appointment.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains the date the VA was notified that an enrolling patient or newly enrolled
patient request an appointment with a provider. The request may originate from a 1010EZ or a later
encounter.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR10101511^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AEACL
1)= S ^DPT("AEACL",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT("AEACL",$E(X,1,30),DA)
This cross reference is used for Enrollee Appt. Call List
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^1010.1515
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,15)
,X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() X ^DD(2,1010.1511,1,3,1.4)
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),1010.15)),DIV=X S $P(^(1010.15),U,15)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=1010.1515 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,15)
,X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() X ^DD(2,1010.1511,1,3,2.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),1010.15)),DIV=X S $P(^(1010.15),U,15)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=1010.1515 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
FIELD)= APPT REQUEST 1010EZ CHG DT/TM
This cross reference TRIGGERS the APPT REQUEST 1010EZ CHG DT/TM field (#1010.1515) of the PATIENT
file (#2).
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^1010.1513
1)= X ^DD(2,1010.1511,1,4,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:"") S X=$P(Y
(1),U,13),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=DIV,X=X X ^DD(2,1010.1511,1,4,1.4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:"") S X=$P
(Y(1),U,13)="",Y(2)=$G(X),Y(3)=$G(X) S X=$P(Y(1),U,9),X=X S X=X=1,Y=X,X=Y(2),X=X&Y
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),1010.15)),DIV=X S $P(^(1010.15),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=1010.1513 D ^DICR
2)= Q
CREATE CONDITION)= (#1010.1513="")&(INTERNAL(#1010.159)=1)
CREATE VALUE)= INTERNAL(#1010.1511)
DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
FIELD)= #1010.1513
This cross reference will set the current value of the APPOINTMENT REQUEST DATE field into the
ORIGINAL APPT REQUEST DATE field (#1010.1513) only if the APPOINTMENT REQUEST ON 1010EZ field
(#1010.159) is 1 (YES) and the ORIGINAL APPT REQUEST DATE field has not been set.
2,1010.1512 ORIGINAL APPOINTMENT REQUEST 1010.15;12 SET (audited)
'0' FOR NO;
'1' FOR YES;
LAST EDITED: APR 02, 2019
HELP-PROMPT: Enter 'Y' if the veteran applicant has requested an appointment with a VA doctor/provider on the
patient's initial 1010EZ.
DESCRIPTION: Enter a 'Y' if the veteran applicant has requested an appointment with a VA doctor or provider and
wants to be seen as soon as one becomes available. Enter a 'N' if the veteran applicant has not
requested an appointment
TECHNICAL DESCR:
This field reflects a request indicated on the patient's initial 1010EZ.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
UNEDITABLE
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the APPOINTMENT REQUEST ON 1010EZ field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^1010.1514
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,14)
,X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() X ^DD(2,1010.1512,1,1,1.4)
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),1010.15)),DIV=X S $P(^(1010.15),U,14)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=1010.1514 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,14)
,X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() X ^DD(2,1010.1512,1,1,2.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),1010.15)),DIV=X S $P(^(1010.15),U,14)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=1010.1514 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
FIELD)= ORIG APPT REQUEST CHG DT/TM
This cross reference TRIGGERS the ORIG APPT REQUEST CHG DT/TM field (#1010.1514) of the PATIENT
file (#2).
2,1010.1513 ORIGINAL APPT REQUEST DATE 1010.15;13 DATE (audited)
ORIGINAL APPOINTMENT REQUEST DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: MAR 05, 2019
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the first date the VA was notified that the enrolling patient requested an appointment.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains the date the VA enrolling a patient for the first time was notified the patient
is requesting an appointment with a provider.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
UNEDITABLE
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the APPOINTMENT REQUEST DATE field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^1010.1514
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,14)
,X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() X ^DD(2,1010.1513,1,1,1.4)
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),1010.15)),DIV=X S $P(^(1010.15),U,14)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=1010.1514 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,14)
,X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() X ^DD(2,1010.1513,1,1,2.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),1010.15)),DIV=X S $P(^(1010.15),U,14)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=1010.1514 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
FIELD)= ORIG APPT REQUEST CHG DT/TM
This cross reference TRIGGERS the ORIG APPT REQUEST CHG DT/TM field (#1010.1514) of the PATIENT
file (#2).
2,1010.1514 ORIG APPT REQUEST CHG DT/TM 1010.15;14 DATE
ORIGINAL APPOINTMENT REQUEST LAST UPDATE DATETIME
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: MAR 11, 2019
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date and time the APPOINTMENT REQUEST ON 1010EZ field was modified. It is used to verify
that the most recent update is stored in VistA REE.
DESCRIPTION: ORIGINAL APPOINTMENT REQUEST LAST UPDATE DATETIME will be used to compare incoming HL7 change
message's datetime stamp to, if populated, what is stored in VistA REE's database. The database
will not be updated if the incoming HL7 message is older than what is currently stored. The message
will be rejected if it is not more recent than what is stored in VistA REE.
It is an 'display only' field and is not editable by the VistA user and is used for data
verification only.
UNEDITABLE
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the ORIGINAL APPOINTMENT REQUEST field of the PATIENT File
TRIGGERED by the ORIGINAL APPT REQUEST DATE field of the PATIENT File
2,1010.1515 APPT REQUEST 1010EZ CHG DT/TM 1010.15;15 DATE
APPOINTMENT REQUEST ON 1010EZ LAST CHANGE DATETIME
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: MAR 11, 2019
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date and time the APPOINTMENT REQUEST ON 1010EZ field was modified. It is used to verify
that the most recent update is stored in VistA REE.
DESCRIPTION: It will be used to compare incoming HL7 change message's datetime stamp to, if populated, what is
stored in VistA REE's database. The database will not be updated if the incoming HL7 message is
older than what is currently stored. The message will be rejected if it is not more recent than
what is stored in VistA REE.
It is an 'display only' field and is not editable by the VistA user and is used for data
verification only.
UNEDITABLE
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the APPOINTMENT REQUEST ON 1010EZ field of the PATIENT File
TRIGGERED by the APPOINTMENT REQUEST DATE field of the PATIENT File
2,1010.152 MOST RECENT LOCATION OF CARE 1010.15;2 POINTER TO INSTITUTION FILE (#4)
LAST EDITED: MAR 13, 1984
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the VA in which care was received most recently.
DESCRIPTION: If this veteran have previously received care in another VA facility select from the available
listing the name of the facility (or facility number) in which care was rendered most recently.
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the MOST RECENT DATE OF CARE field of the PATIENT File
2,1010.153 2ND MOST RECENT DATE OF CARE 1010.15;3 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E",%DT(0)=-DT D ^%DT K %DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: APR 18, 1990
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date of care this patient received care in another VA facility.
DESCRIPTION: If this applicant has received care in more than one other VA facility enter the date of care
received in the next to most recent facility.
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
TRIGGERED by the MOST RECENT DATE OF CARE field of the PATIENT File
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^1010.154
1)= Q
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:"") S X=$P(Y
(1),U,3)="" I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,4),X=X S DIU=
X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,1010.153,1,1,2.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,3,99)) S D
IH=DIH_U" S %=$P(DIH,U,5,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,4),^(1010.15)=$P(DIH,U,1,3)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=
2,DIG=1010.154 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
CREATE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
DELETE CONDITION)= 2ND MOST RECENT DATE OF CARE=""
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= #1010.154
2,1010.154 2ND MOST RECENT LOCATION 1010.15;4 POINTER TO INSTITUTION FILE (#4)
LAST EDITED: MAR 13, 1984
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the location of care (VA facility) this patient received other care.
DESCRIPTION: If this veteran has received care in more than one other VA facility select from the available
listing the name of the facility (or facility number) in which the next to most recent care was
received.
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the 2ND MOST RECENT DATE OF CARE field of the PATIENT File
2,1010.156 MOST RECENT 1010EZ 1010.15;6 POINTER TO 1010EZ HOLDING FILE (#712)
LAST EDITED: APR 20, 2004
DESCRIPTION: This field was added via patch DG*5.3*597, distributed with EAS*1.0*51.
The purpose of this field is to link the PATIENT file record with the Veteran's latest 1010EZ
Application to this site. The 1010EZ data is retained in 1010EZ HOLDING File (#712). The internal
entry number to file #712 is stored in the MOST RECENT 1010EZ field.
UNEDITABLE
2,1010.157 COMBAT INDICATED ON 1010EZ 1010.15;7 SET
'0' FOR NO;
'1' FOR YES;
LAST EDITED: APR 16, 2004
DESCRIPTION: This field was added via patch DG*5.3*597, distributed with EAS*1.0*51.
The purpose of this field is to store within the PATIENT file the applicant's answer to the 1010EZ
question:
DID YOU SERVE IN COMBAT AFTER 11/11/1998?
This field may contain any of the following:
0 for "NO"
1 for "YES"
null (i.e., not answered)
2,1010.158 DISABILITY DISCHARGE ON 1010EZ 1010.15;8 SET
'0' FOR NO;
'1' FOR YES;
LAST EDITED: APR 16, 2004
DESCRIPTION: This field was added via patch DG*5.3*597, distributed with EAS*1.0*51.
The purpose of this field is to store within the PATIENT file the applicant's answer to the 1010EZ
question:
WAS DISCHARGE FROM MILITARY FOR A DISABILITY INCURRED OR AGGRAVATED IN THE LINE OF DUTY?
This field may contain any of the following:
0 for "NO"
1 for "YES"
null (i.e., not answered)
2,1010.159 APPOINTMENT REQUEST ON 1010EZ 1010.15;9 SET (audited)
Do you want an appt. with a VA doctor/provider as soon as available?
'0' FOR NO;
'1' FOR YES;
LAST EDITED: NOV 05, 2019
HELP-PROMPT: Enter 'Y' if the Veteran applicant has requested an appointment with a VA doctor/provider.
DESCRIPTION: Enter a 'Y' if the Veteran applicant has requested an appointment with a VA doctor or provider and
wants to be seen as soon as one becomes available. Enter a 'N' if the Veteran applicant has not
requested an appointment.
This question may only be entered once for the Veteran if the initial entry is Yes.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
This field reflects a request indicated on the patient's initial 1010EZ or at a later encounter.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR1010159^MUMPS
1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^1010.1515
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,15)
,X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() X ^DD(2,1010.159,1,2,1.4)
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),1010.15)),DIV=X S $P(^(1010.15),U,15)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=1010.1515 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,15)
,X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() X ^DD(2,1010.159,1,2,2.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),1010.15)),DIV=X S $P(^(1010.15),U,15)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=1010.1515 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
FIELD)= APPT REQUEST 1010EZ CHG DT/TM
This cross references TRIGGERS the APPT REQUEST 1010EZ CHG DT/TM field (#1010.1515) of the PATIENT
file (#2).
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^1010.1512
1)= X ^DD(2,1010.159,1,3,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:"") S X=$P(Y(
1),U,12),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=DIV,X=X X ^DD(2,1010.159,1,3,1.4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X X ^DD(2,1010.159,1,3,69.2) S Y(4)=$G(X) S X=Y(0),X=X S
X=X=1,Y=X,X=Y(3),X=X&Y
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),1010.15)),DIV=X S $P(^(1010.15),U,12)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=1010.1512 D ^DICR
2)= Q
69.2)= S Y(2)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,1010.1512,0)),U,3),Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:"") S
X=$P($P(Y(2),$C(59)_$P(Y(1),U,12)_":",2),$C(59))="",Y(3)=$G(X)
CREATE CONDITION)= (#1010.1512="")&(INTERNAL(#1010.159)=1)
CREATE VALUE)= INTERNAL(#1010.159)
DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
FIELD)= ORIGINAL APPOINTMENT REQUEST
This cross reference will set the current value of the APPOINTMENT REQUEST ON 1010EZ field into the
ORIGINAL APPOINTMENT REQUEST field (#1010.1512) only if the APPOINTMENT REQUEST ON 1010EZ is 1
(YES) and the ORIGINAL APPOINTMENT REQUEST field has not been set.
FIELD INDEX: AEAR (#542) REGULAR IR SORTING ONLY
Short Descr: Contains YES entries
Description: This cross reference contains 'yes' entries
Set Logic: S ^DPT("AEAR",X,DA)=""
Set Cond: S X=X(1)=1
Kill Logic: K ^DPT("AEAR",X,DA)
Whole Kill: K ^DPT("AEAR")
X(1): APPOINTMENT REQUEST ON 1010EZ (2,1010.159) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
2,1010.161 APPOINTMENT REQUEST STATUS 1010.16;1 SET
'C' FOR CANCELLED;
'E' FOR EWL;
'F' FOR FILLED;
'I' FOR IN PROCESS/VETERAN CONTACTED;
LAST EDITED: FEB 01, 2021
HELP-PROMPT: Enter status of appointment request.
DESCRIPTION: This field is the status of the veteran's new appointment requested. This field is entered by the
user through the new enrollee appointment request option.
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I Y'=""E"""
EXPLANATION: EWL no longer valid
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^1010.162
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,1010.16)):^(1010.16),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,2),
X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV N %I,%H,% D NOW^%DTC S X=% X ^DD(2,1010.161,1,1,1.4)
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),1010.16)),DIV=X S $P(^(1010.16),U,2)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=1010.162 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,1010.16)):^(1010.16),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,2),
X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),1010.16)),DIV=X S $P(^(1010.16),U,2)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=1010
.162 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= NOW
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= DATE STATUS LA
2,1010.162 DATE STATUS LAST EDITED 1010.16;2 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="ET" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: MAR 17, 2008
DESCRIPTION: This is the date appointment request status was last edited. This field is updated by the computer
whenever anyone edits the status information.
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the APPOINTMENT REQUEST STATUS field of the PATIENT File
2,1010.163 APPOINTMENT REQUEST COMMENT 1010.16;3 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>200!($L(X)<2) X
LAST EDITED: MAR 31, 2008
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 2-200 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION:
This field is entered by the user through the new enrollee appointment request option.
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^1010.164
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,1010.16)):^(1010.16),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,4),
X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV N %I,%H,% D NOW^%DTC S X=% X ^DD(2,1010.163,1,1,1.4)
1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),1010.16)),DIV=X S $P(^(1010.16),U,4)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=1010.164 D ^DICR
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,1010.16)):^(1010.16),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,4),
X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),1010.16)),DIV=X S $P(^(1010.16),U,4)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=1010
.164 D ^DICR
CREATE VALUE)= NOW
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= DATE COMMENT LAST
2,1010.164 DATE COMMENT LAST EDITED 1010.16;4 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="ET" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: MAR 17, 2008
DESCRIPTION: This is the date appointment request comment was last edited. This field is updated by the computer
whenever anyone edits the comment information.
NOTES: TRIGGERED by the APPOINTMENT REQUEST COMMENT field of the PATIENT File
2,1100.01 FUGITIVE FELON FLAG FFP;1 SET
'1' FOR YES;
INPUT TRANSFORM: I $D(X) D FFP^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: NOV 13, 2002
HELP-PROMPT: Respond 'YES' if a Fugitive Felon warrent has been received for this patient
DESCRIPTION: This field is in support of Pub. L. 107-103, section 505, and is used to flag a patient who has a
fugitive felon warrant outstanding. This information will be provided to the appropriate personnel
to enter. Access to this field requires the DGFFP ACCESS key. This field should not be updated
directly, but should be entered through the appropriate Fugitive Felon Program options.
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= D FFP^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
GROUP: FFP
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AUFFP^MUMPS
1)= S DGFFF=X,X="DGFFP01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DD^DGFFP01(DA) S X=DGFFF K DGFFF
2)= S DGFFF=X,X="DGFFP01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DD^DGFFP01(DA) S X=DGFFF K DGFFF
This cross-reference is used to set the following fields:
FFF ENTERED BY (#1100.02)
FFF DATE ENTERED (#1100.03)
FFF REMOVED BY (#1100.04)
FFF DATE REMOVED (#1100.05)
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AXFFP
1)= S ^DPT("AXFFP",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT("AXFFP",$E(X,1,30),DA)
This cross-reference is used for sorting patients that have the Fugitive Felon Flag set. If the
flag is not set, a cross-reference will not exist for the patient.
2,1100.02 FFF ENTERED BY FFP;2 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200)
LAST EDITED: NOV 12, 2002
HELP-PROMPT: Select the user who is setting the current Fugitive Felon Flag
DESCRIPTION: This field contains the user who entered the current Fugtitive Felon Flag for this patient. It is
automatically entered when the FUGITIVE FELON FLAG field (#1100.01) is entered.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
This field can only be set by the appropriate option and cannot be set through Fileman.
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
GROUP: FFP
2,1100.03 FFF DATE ENTERED FFP;3 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="ETXR" D ^%DT S X=Y K:X<1 X
LAST EDITED: DEC 05, 2002
HELP-PROMPT: (No range limit on date)
DESCRIPTION: Date/Time the FUGITIVE FELON FLAG field (#1100.01) was entered. This field is automatically set
when the FUGITIVE FELON FLAG field (#1100.01) is set.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
This field can only be set through the appropriate option, it cannot be set through FileMan.
GROUP: FFP
2,1100.04 FFF REMOVED BY FFP;4 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200)
LAST EDITED: NOV 12, 2002
HELP-PROMPT: Select the user who removed the Fugitive Felon Flag
DESCRIPTION: This field contains the user who removed the current Fugitive Felon Flag for this patient. It is
automatically entered when the FUGITIVE FELON FLAG field (#1100.01) is deleted.
TECHNICAL DESCR: This field can only be modified through the appropriate options, it cannot be modified through
FileMan.
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
GROUP: FFP
2,1100.05 FFF DATE REMOVED FFP;5 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="ETXR" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: NOV 12, 2002
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date and time the Fugitive Felon Flag is removed
DESCRIPTION: Date/Time the FUGITIVE FELON FLAG Field (#1100.01) was removed. This field is automatically set
when the FUGITIVE FELON FLAG field (#1100.01) is deleted.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
This field can only be set through the appropriate option and cannot be directly set.
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
GROUP: FFP
2,1100.09 FFF REMOVAL REMARKS FFP;9 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>80!($L(X)<2) X
LAST EDITED: DEC 04, 2002
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 2-80 characters in length. This is a short comment about clearing this flag.
DESCRIPTION: If the FFF flag has been cleared for this patient, this field contains a short reason as to why the
flag was cleared. This is a free text field which allows up to 80 characters to be entered.
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
2,1900 APPOINTMENT S;0 POINTER Multiple #2.98
DESCRIPTION: This multiple contains information on appointments this patient has had or is scheduled to have.
This information includes the date/time of the appointment, the clinic, and the reason for the
appointment.
WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
2.98,.001 APPOINTMENT DATE/TIME DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="ETXR" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: MAY 05, 1987
DESCRIPTION: This displays date/time function as defined in file manager. The date/time of the appointment.
2.98,.01 CLINIC 0;1 POINTER TO HOSPITAL LOCATION FILE (#44) (Multiply asked)
LAST EDITED: MAR 23, 1987
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= I '$D(SDSCHED) W !,*7,"No deletion of this node allowed through fileman"
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: AX (#1549) (WHOLE FILE #2)
2.98,.02 TELEPHONE OF CLINIC ; COMPUTED
MUMPS CODE: X ^DD(2.98,.02,9.2) S X=$P(Y(.02,101),U,1) S D0=Y(.02,2)
9.2 = S Y(.02,2)=$S($D(D0):D0,1:""),Y(.02,1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,"S",D1,0)):^(0),1:""),D0=$P(Y(.02,1),U,1
) S:'$D(^SC(+D0,0)) D0=-1 S Y(.02,101)=$S($D(^SC(D0,99)):^(99),1:"")
ALGORITHM: #.01:TELEPHONE
LAST EDITED: APR 06, 1983
DESCRIPTION: This is a computed field which returns the telephone number for the clinic at which this patient
has an appointment. This information is stored in the HOSPITAL LOCATION file.
2.98,3 STATUS 0;2 SET
'N' FOR NO-SHOW;
'C' FOR CANCELLED BY CLINIC;
'NA' FOR NO-SHOW & AUTO RE-BOOK;
'CA' FOR CANCELLED BY CLINIC & AUTO RE-BOOK;
'I' FOR INPATIENT APPOINTMENT;
'PC' FOR CANCELLED BY PATIENT;
'PCA' FOR CANCELLED BY PATIENT & AUTO-REBOOK;
'NT' FOR NO ACTION TAKEN;
LAST EDITED: NOV 27, 1991
DESCRIPTION: This field contains the current status of the patient's appointment. If the field is blank, it
means the appointment has not been no-showed or cancelled and the patient was not an inpatient at
the time of the appointment. This field is set automatically by the scheduling module and must NOT
be edited.
CROSS-REFERENCE:2^ASDCN^MUMPS
1)= D:X["C" ^SDCAN
2)= K ^DPT("ASDCN",$P(^(0),"^"),DA,DA(1))
FIELD INDEX: AY (#1550) MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#2)
Short Descr: Action cross reference to send an HL7 notification when an appt is cancelled.
Description: The Tele Health Management Platform (TMP) application allows users to schedule and cancel tele
health appointments in VistA. TMP needs to be kept up to date with appointments are cancelled by
other applications in order to be able to accurately display open appointment slots. This index
will trigger an HL7 message sent to TMP that will update the clinic's and patient's appointments in
the TMP database system to reflect the cancellation.
Set Logic: D EN^SDTMPHLA(DA(1),DA)
Set Cond: S X=X1(1)=""
Kill Logic: Q
X(1): STATUS (2.98,3)
NO RE-INDEXING ALLOWED!
2.98,4 REAL APPOINTMENT ; BOOLEAN COMPUTED
MUMPS CODE: S Y(4,1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,"S",D1,0)):^(0),1:"") S X=$P(Y(4,1),U,2)=""
ALGORITHM: STATUS=""
DESCRIPTION: This is a computed field which determines whether the appointment is considered real (kept). This
field checks to see that the status is null (this means the appointment is not no-showed or
cancelled and the patient was not an inpatient at the time of the appointment).
2.98,5 LAB DATE/TIME 0;3 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM:S %DT="ETXR" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: MAY 05, 1987
DESCRIPTION: If this patient is scheduled for laboratory tests in conjunction with this appointment, enter the
date/time the patient should report to the lab for these tests.
2.98,6 X-RAY DATE/TIME 0;4 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM:S %DT="ETXR" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: MAY 05, 1987
DESCRIPTION: If this patient is scheduled for x-rays in conjunction with this appointment, enter the date/time
the patient should report to radiology for these x-rays.
2.98,7 EKG DATE/TIME 0;5 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM:S %DT="ETXR" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: MAY 05, 1987
DESCRIPTION: If this patient is scheduled for EKG tests in conjuction with this clinic appointment, enter the
date/time the patient should report for these tests.
2.98,8 ROUTING SLIP PRINTED 0;6 SET
'Y' FOR YES;
LAST EDITED: DEC 30, 1983
DESCRIPTION: If a routing sheet was printed for this appointment, this field will contain a yes. Otherwise this
field will contain a no. This is created automatically by the scheduling module.
2.98,8.5 ROUTING SLIP PRINT DATE 0;13 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM:S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: MAR 17, 1986
HELP-PROMPT: The date the routing slip was printed.
DESCRIPTION: If a routing sheet was printed for this visit, the date it was printed will be stored here. This
is stored automatically by the MAS module.
2.98,9 PURPOSE OF VISIT 0;7 SET (Required)
'1' FOR C&P;
'2' FOR 10-10;
'3' FOR SCHEDULED VISIT;
'4' FOR UNSCHED. VISIT;
LAST EDITED: OCT 30, 1984
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the reason for this appointment. Choose from the available choices.
DESCRIPTION: Choose from the list of available choices the reason this patient has this clinic appointment.
Enter 1010 if this patient was sent to the clinic after a 1010 application (registration). Enter
C&P if this patient is being seen for a comp and pension exam. Enter scheduled visit if this
patient is being seen for a previously scheduled appointment or unsched. visit if the patient is a
walk-in.
2.98,9.5 APPOINTMENT TYPE 0;16 POINTER TO APPOINTMENT TYPE FILE (#409.1)
LAST EDITED: APR 07, 1993
HELP-PROMPT: Enter from the available choices the type of appointment this patient has.
DESCRIPTION: Enter from the available choices the type of appointment this patient is scheduled for. This is a
pointer to the APPOINTMENT TYPE file.
CROSS-REFERENCE:^^TRIGGER^409.68^.1
1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA X ^DD(2.98,9.5,1,1,89.2) S Y(101)=$S($D(^SCE(D0,0)):^(0)
,1:"") S X=$S('$D(^SD(409.1,+$P(Y(101),U,10),0)):"",1:$P(^(0),U,1)) S D0=I(0,0) S D1=I(1,0) S DIU=X
K Y S X=DIV S X=X X ^DD(2.98,9.5,1,1,1.4)
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^SCE(DIV(0),0)):^(0),1:""),DIV=X I $D(^(0)) S $P(^(0),U,10)=DIV,DIH=409.68,DIG=.1
D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA(1),DIV(0)=D0,D1=DA X ^DD(2.98,9.5,1,1,89.2) S Y(101)=$S($D(^SCE(D0,0)):^(0)
,1:"") S X=$S('$D(^SD(409.1,+$P(Y(101),U,10),0)):"",1:$P(^(0),U,1)) S D0=I(0,0) S D1=I(1,0) S DIU=X
K Y S X="" X ^DD(2.98,9.5,1,1,2.4)
2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^SCE(DIV(0),0)):^(0),1:""),DIV=X I $D(^(0)) S $P(^(0),U,10)=DIV,DIH=409.68,DIG=.1
D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
89.2)= S I(1,0)=$S($D(D1):D1,1:""),I(0,0)=$S($D(D0):D0,1:""),Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,"S",D1,0)):^(0),1:"
"),D0=$P(Y(1),U,20) S:'$D(^SCE(+D0,0)) D0=-1 S DIV(0)=D0
CREATE VALUE)= S X=X
DELETE VALUE)= @
FIELD)= OUTPATIENT ENCOUNTER:#.1
2.98,10 SPECIAL SURVEY DISPOSITION 0;8 NUMBER
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:+X'=X!(X>9)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X
LAST EDITED: SEP 24, 1984
HELP-PROMPT: TYPE A WHOLE NUMBER BETWEEN 0 AND 9
DESCRIPTION: If this patinet is claiming exposure to agent orange or ionizing radiation, enter the special
survey disposition, indicating whether his treatment was related to that exposure, here.
2.98,11 NUMBER OF COLLATERAL SEEN 0;9 NUMBER
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:+X'=X!(X>9)!(X<1)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X
LAST EDITED: FEB 28, 1984
HELP-PROMPT: TYPE A WHOLE NUMBER BETWEEN 1 AND 9
DESCRIPTION:
If this patient is a collateral, enter the number assigned to that collateral.
2.98,12 AUTO-REBOOKED APPT. DATE/TIME 0;10 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM:S %DT="ETXR" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: MAY 05, 1987
DESCRIPTION: If this appointment was cancelled and automatically rebooked for a future date, this field will
contain the date/time for which this appointment was rescheduled. This field is created
automatically by the scheduling module and should not be edited.
2.98,13 COLLATERAL VISIT 0;11 SET
'1' FOR YES;
LAST EDITED: SEP 13, 1984
DESCRIPTION: If this patient was seen as a collateral for another patient, enter YES in this field. Otherwise,
enter NO.
2.98,14 NO-SHOW/CANCELLED BY 0;12 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200)
LAST EDITED: OCT 17, 1990
DESCRIPTION: If this appointment was listed as a no-show and was that no-show was subsequently cancelled, this
field will contain the user that cancelled the no-show. This field is set automatically by the MAS
module and should not be edited.
2.98,15 NO-SHOW/CANCEL DATE/TIME 0;14 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM:S %DT="ETXR" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: SEP 09, 1986
DESCRIPTION: If this appointment was listed as a no-show and that no-show was subsequently cancelled, this field
will contain the date/time the no-show was cancelled. This field is set automatically by the
scheduling module and should not be edited.
2.98,16 CANCELLATION REASON 0;15 POINTER TO CANCELLATION REASONS FILE (#409.2) (Required)
INPUT TRANSFORM:S DIC("S")="I '$P(^(0),U,4)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
LAST EDITED: APR 12, 1988
DESCRIPTION: If this appointment was cancelled, this field will contain the reason the appointment was
cancelled. Choose from the available entries in the CANCELLATION REASONS file.
SCREEN: S DIC("S")="I '$P(^(0),U,4)"
EXPLANATION: CHOOSE FROM ACTIVE REASONS ONLY
2.98,17 CANCELLATION REMARKS R;1 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>160!($L(X)<3) X
LAST EDITED: MAR 29, 1988
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 3-160 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: If this appointment was cancelled, additional remarks as to the reason the appointment was
cancelled can be entered. This is optional.
2.98,18 APPT. CANCELLED 0;17 POINTER TO HOSPITAL LOCATION FILE (#44)
LAST EDITED: APR 01, 1988
DESCRIPTION: Field is set when user cancels another appointment set at the same time in another clinic for the
same patient. This field reflects the clinic in which the patient had a scheduled appointment which
was cancelled to set this appointment.
2.98,19 DATA ENTRY CLERK 0;18 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200)
LAST EDITED: OCT 17, 1990
DESCRIPTION: This field contains the name of the user that entered the appointment into the scheduling system.
This field is created automatically by the scheduling module and should not be edited.
2.98,20 DATE APPT. MADE 0;19 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM:S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: NOV 05, 1999
DESCRIPTION: This field contains the date the appointment was entered into sheduling system. This field is
creatd automatically by the scheduling module and should not be edited.
CROSS-REFERENCE:2^ASADM^MUMPS
1)= S ^DPT("ASADM",$E(X,1,30),DA(1),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT("ASADM",$E(X,1,30),DA(1),DA)
2.98,21 OUTPATIENT ENCOUNTER 0;20 POINTER TO OUTPATIENT ENCOUNTER FILE (#409.68)
LAST EDITED: FEB 09, 1993
2.98,22 ENCOUNTER FORMS PRINTED 0;21 SET
'0' FOR NO;
'1' FOR YES;
LAST EDITED: SEP 22, 1993
HELP-PROMPT: Enter YES if the required encounter forms and reports have been printed for the appointment.
DESCRIPTION: Used by the Print Manager to indicate that it has printed the encounter forms and other reports
required by the division and clinic for the appointment.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Used by IB to indicate whether or not encounter forms have been printed for the patient.
2.98,23 ENCOUNTER FORMS AS ADD-ONS 0;22 SET
'0' FOR NO;
'1' FOR YES;
LAST EDITED: SEP 22, 1993
HELP-PROMPT: Enter YES if the required encounter forms and reports have been printed for the appointment as an
add-on.
DESCRIPTION: Used by the Print Manager to indicate that it has printed the encounter forms and other reports
required by the division and clinic for the appointment and they were printed as an add-on.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
Used by IB to indicate that encounter forms & reports were printed as an add-on.
2.98,23.1 ENCOUNTER CONVERSION STATUS 0;23 SET
'0' FOR NOT CONVERTED;
'1' FOR CONVERTED;
LAST EDITED: JAN 14, 1998
DESCRIPTION: This field indicates whether or not this appointment was converted during the ACRP Database
Conversion (SD*5.3*211).
The field is set to '1' after the appointment has been converted by the conversion software.
2.98,24 APPOINTMENT TYPE SUB-CATEGORY 0;24 POINTER TO SHARING AGREEMENT SUB-CATEGORY FILE (#35.2)
LAST EDITED: MAR 05, 1997
HELP-PROMPT: Please enter the sub-category associated with this appointment.
DESCRIPTION:
This field contains the sub-category associated with this appoitment.
2.98,25 SCHEDULING REQUEST TYPE 0;25 SET (Required)
'N' FOR 'NEXT AVAILABLE' APPT.;
'C' FOR OTHER THAN 'NEXT AVA.' (CLINICIAN REQ.);
'P' FOR OTHER THAN 'NEXT AVA.' (PATIENT REQ.);
'W' FOR WALKIN APPT.;
'M' FOR MULTIPLE APPT. BOOKING;
'A' FOR AUTO REBOOK;
'O' FOR OTHER THAN 'NEXT AVA.' APPT.;
LAST EDITED: NOV 07, 2000
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the type of request that initiated the scheduling of this appointment.
2.98,26 NEXT AVA. APPT. INDICATOR 0;26 SET (Required)
'0' FOR NOT INDICATED TO BE A 'NEXT AVA.' APPT.;
'1' FOR 'NEXT AVA.' APPT. INDICATED BY USER;
'2' FOR 'NEXT AVA.' APPT. INDICATED BY CALCULATION;
'3' FOR 'NEXT AVA.' APPT. INDICATED BY USER & CALCULATION;
LAST EDITED: NOV 05, 1999
HELP-PROMPT: Specify if this appointment was indicated by the user or by calculation to be a 'next available'
appointment scheduling request.
2.98,27 DESIRED DATE OF APPOINTMENT 1;1 DATE
CID/PREFERRED DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM:S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: NOV 12, 2015
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the clinician or patient desired date for this appointment.
DESCRIPTION: This is the desired date for the appointment. The field title contains 'CID/PREFERRED DATE', where
'CID' stands for Clinically Indicated Date. This is an alternate name for the field name used for
reports and to present to users when adding and displaying appointment information in the
Scheduling package.
2.98,28 FOLLOW-UP VISIT 1;2 SET
'1' FOR YES;
'0' FOR NO;
LAST EDITED: NOV 07, 2000
HELP-PROMPT: Indicate if this is a follow-up visit for conditions already being treated by this clinician or
clinic.
2.98,29 SCHEDULING APPLICATION 1;3 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<1) X
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 30
LAST EDITED: OCT 18, 2018
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 1-30 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION:
Name of the application that was used to schedule this appointment.
2.98,30 SCHEDULER NAME 1;4 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM:K:$L(X)>35!($L(X)<3) X
MAXIMUM LENGTH: 35
LAST EDITED: OCT 18, 2018
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 3-35 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: The name of the person who scheduled this appointment. This is mainly for CCRA integration, as the
CCRA user may not be an active user on the local VistA system.
2.98,100 CURRENT STATUS ; COMPUTED
MUMPS CODE: D CURRENT^SDAMU
ALGORITHM: D CURRENT^SDAMU
LAST EDITED: FEB 12, 1992
DESCRIPTION: This computed field determines the current status for the appointment. The difference between this
field and the STATUS field is that appointments with a blank STATUS are further defined in this
CURRENT STATUS field.
Appointments with a blank STATUS may have a CURRENT STATUS of any one of the following:
o FUTURE
o NO ACTION TAKEN
o CHECKED IN
o CHECKED OUT
o NON-COUNT
2,1901 VETERAN (Y/N)? VET;1 SET (Required) (audited)
'Y' FOR YES;
'N' FOR NO;
INPUT TRANSFORM: I $D(X) S:'$D(DPTX) DFN=DA D:'$D(^XUSEC("DG ELIGIBILITY",DUZ)) VAGE^DGLOCK:X="Y" I $D(X) D:$D(DFN)
EV^DGLOCK
LAST EDITED: AUG 02, 2006
HELP-PROMPT: Is this patient requesting care as a veteran of the U.S. Armed Forces?
DESCRIPTION: Enter 'Y' if this applicant is over 17 years of age and is a veteran, 'N' if not. If applicant is
under 17 years of age and is a veteran only those users holding the designated security may
identify him/her as a veteran. Once eligibility is verified only those users who hold the
designated security key may enter/edit this field.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
DELETE TEST: 1,0)= S DFN=DA D EV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
GROUP: SVC
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AN^MUMPS
1)= S DFN=DA D EN^DGMTCOR K DGMTCOR
2)= S DFN=DA D EN^DGMTCOR K DGMTCOR
This cross reference acts like a trigger. It 'triggers' the status field in file 408.31 (ANNUAL
MEANS TEST) for the co-pay exemption test. It will update the field to 'NO LONGER APPLICABLE' if
appropriate.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AN1^MUMPS
1)= S DFN=DA D EN^DGRP7CC
2)= S DFN=DA D EN^DGRP7CC
THIS CROSS REFERENCE CONTAINS TRIGGERS TO DELETE DATA FROM SPECIFIED FIELDS WHEN THE 'VETERAN
(Y/N)' FIELD IS CHANGED TO "NO".
CROSS-REFERENCE: ^^TRIGGER^2^.301
1)= X ^DD(2,1901,1,3,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.3)):^(.3),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,1),X=X S
DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="N" X ^DD(2,1901,1,3,1.4)
1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,1901,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"")
S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)'["Y"
1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.3)):^(.3),1:""),DIV=X S %=$P(DIH,U,2,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,1),^(.3)=DIV_
$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.301 D ^DICR:$O(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
2)= Q
CREATE CONDITION)= #1901'["Y"
CREATE VALUE)= "N"
DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
FIELD)= #.301
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AENR1901^MUMPS
1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
3)= DO NOT DELETE
This cross-reference will be used to update the patient's enrollment.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^AVAFC1901^MUMPS
1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF="1901;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF="1901;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of
the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7
PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the
change is being made from within the Registration process.
Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to
1.
The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S)
EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2^ADGRU1901^MUMPS
1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the
PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference
will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of
an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part
of a re-indexing.
2,1903 ARCHIVED DATA ARCH;0 SET Multiple #2.12 (Add New Entry without Asking)
DESCRIPTION: This multiple is not presently used by the MAS module. Archiving capabilities for the patient file
are not yet available.
This multiple was distributed in 1987, but the archiving routines were not distributed.
2.12,.01 DATA TYPE 0;1 SET
'DE' FOR CLINIC ENROLLMENT;
'S' FOR APPOINTMENT;
'SSD' FOR SPECIAL SURVEY DISP;
LAST EDITED: JAN 02, 1987
DESCRIPTION:
This field identifies the type of data that was archived
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2.12^AB
1)= S ^DPT(DA(1),"ARCH","AB",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT(DA(1),"ARCH","AB",$E(X,1,30),DA)
2.12,1 DATE OF ARCHIVE 1;0 DATE Multiple #2.13 (Add New Entry without Asking)
DESCRIPTION: This multiple contains data pertaining to each specific archive (the date, the beginning and
ending archiving dates, and the tape numbers).
2.13,.01 DATE OF ARCHIVE 0;1 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: DEC 29, 1986
DESCRIPTION: Enter the date/time the archiving utility was run.
This field is not currently used. The archiving software was not distributed.
2.13,1 TAPE # 0;2 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>40!($L(X)<1) X
LAST EDITED: JAN 29, 1987
HELP-PROMPT: ANSWER MUST BE 1-40 CHARACTERS IN LENGTH
DESCRIPTION:
Enter the sequential number of the tape on which this archiving data was put.
2.13,2 BEGIN ARCHIVE DATE 0;3 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: DEC 29, 1986
DESCRIPTION:
Enter the date the user chose to begin the scheduling archive.
2.13,3 END ARCHIVE DATE 0;4 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
DESCRIPTION:
Enter the ending date the user chose for the scheduling archive.
2.13,4 NUMBER OF RECORDS ARCHIVED 0;5 NUMBER
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:+X'=X!(X>999999)!(X<1)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X
LAST EDITED: DEC 29, 1986
HELP-PROMPT: TYPE A WHOLE NUMBER BETWEEN 1 AND 999999
DESCRIPTION: The number of records archived. This is created automatically by the software.
This software has not been released and this field is not presently used in DHCP.
2,1910 COMMUNITY CARE PROGRAM 5;0 DATE Multiple #2.191 (Add New Entry without Asking)
DESCRIPTION: Supports the registration of an applicant in the Community Care Program.
TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION: The COMMUNITY CARE PROGRAM multiple consists of data reflective of the CCP
related information when an Eligibility contains COLLATERAL OF VET.
The functionality of these data items operate as follows:
1 - COMMUNITY CARE PROGRAM CODE is a required field entered by the user
2 - EFFECTIVE DATE is a required field entered by the user
3 - CCP LAST UPDATED DATE is created (as a Timestamp) via the system upon
filing of the data through an ADD, EDIT or a REMOVE function
4 - END DATE is created via the system upon filing of data, under certain
conditions:
a) when an EDIT of the record is performed, the existing record is
added with an END DATE and a new record is created
b) when a REMOVE of a record is performed
While all records are always retained, any records with an END DATE will not be displayed as only
active records are viewable.
When the COLLATERAL OF VET Eligibility is removed (via screen <7>), all the existing open CCP
records will be added with an END DATE and closed out with the Archive flag set to 1. CCP records
with this flag set will not be sent on the HL-7 ORU/ORF-Z07 message.
If the COLLATERAL OF VET Eligibility is re-established, the CCPs need to be re-entered.
INDEXED BY: CCP LAST UPDATED DATE & COMMUNITY CARE PROGRAM CODE & EFFECTIVE DATE & END DATE (ACCCP)
2.191,.01 CCP LAST UPDATED DATE 0;1 DATE (Required) (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="ESTXR" D ^%DT S X=Y K:X<1 X
LAST EDITED: AUG 24, 2020
HELP-PROMPT: Please enter date and time of change
DESCRIPTION: CCP LAST UPDATED DATE is a standard Fileman Date/Time indicating the last change in the Community
Care Program for a person in the Patient file.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
This is a standard Fileman Date/Time. It is often displayed in medical record order.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
RECORD INDEXES: ACCCP (#832)
2.191,1 COMMUNITY CARE PROGRAM CODE 0;2 SET (Required) (audited)
'A' FOR ART/IVF;
'C' FOR MARRIAGE/FAMILY COUNSELING;
'I' FOR NEWBORN;
'T' FOR VHA TRANSPLANT PROGRAM;
LAST EDITED: AUG 31, 2020
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the CCP for this entry.
DESCRIPTION: This is the program under which a person is registered in the Community Care Program.
A - ART/IVF: Assisted Reproductive Technologies (ART) are all treatments or procedures that
include the in vitro handling of both human oocytes and sperm, or of embryos, for the purpose of
establishing a pregnancy. This includes, but is not limited to, in vitro fertilization; embryo
transfer; gamete intrafallopian transfer; zygote intrafallopian transfer; tubal embryo transfer;
gamete and embryo cryopreservation for the eligible Veteran and his/her legal spouse.
C - MARRIAGE/FAMILY COUNSELING: Some members of the Veteran's immediate family or the Veteran's
legal guardian may be eligible to receive family therapy and/or marriage counseling services.
I - NEWBORN: Beneficiary Newborn includes newborn care and post-delivery care for a newborn child
for the date of birth plus seven calendar days after the birth of the child when the birth mother
is a woman Veteran enrolled in VA health care and receiving maternity care furnished under
authorization from VA and the child is delivered at VA expense.
T - VHA TRANSPLANT PROGRAM: Organ transplant services as a treatment for a medical condition for
eligible Veterans.
TECHNICAL DESCR:
COMMUNITY CARE PROGRAM CODE is a standard Fileman set.
AUDIT: YES, ALWAYS
NOTES: XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
RECORD INDEXES: ACCCP (#832)
2.191,2 EFFECTIVE DATE 0;3 DATE (Required) (audited)
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:X<1!(DT33!($L(X)<1) X
LAST EDITED: DEC 15, 1995
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 1-33 characters in length.
DESCRIPTION: This field holds the synonym values from the Network Health Exchange Authorized Site file
indicating where a particular patient has been found to have data.
2,537026 MHV SOCIALIZATION 1;0 DATE Multiple #2.0537026 (Add New Entry without Asking)
LAST EDITED: SEP 12, 2014
DESCRIPTION: This multiple contains all of patient responses to questions about My HealtheVet registration and
actions taken by the clerk to acquaint the patient with My HealtheVet (MHV). Once a patients
registration in My HealtheVet is confirmed by setting the MHV Registered (#537027), the MHV
AUTHENTICATED (#537028), and MHV SECURE MESSAGING (#537029) fields to to 1 (YES) and/or 0 (NO), no
additional actions or responses will be filed here.
2.0537026,.01 SOCIALIZATION DATE 0;1 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="ESTXR" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: JUL 19, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date/time the patient responded to Socialization questions.
DESCRIPTION:
This is the date and time the patient responded to the My HealtheVet socialization questions.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2.0537026^B
1)= S ^DPT(DA(1),1,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT(DA(1),1,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)
2.0537026,1 SOCIALIZATION RESPONSE 0;2 POINTER TO MHV SOCIALIZATION FILE (#390.01) (Required)
LAST EDITED: APR 24, 2015
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the response to the Socialization question for My HealtheVet registration.
DESCRIPTION: This is the response to the Socialization question asked to the patient about My HealtheVet
registration.
2.0537026,2 SOCIALIZATION ACTIONS 1;0 POINTER Multiple #2.5370262 (Add New Entry without Asking)
DESCRIPTION: This multiple field contains the responses to the Socialization Action question asked to the
patient about my HealtheVet registration.
2.5370262,.01 SOCIALIZATION ACTIONS 0;1 POINTER TO MHV SOCIALIZATION ACTIONS FILE (#390.02)
LAST EDITED: JUL 22, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Select a Socialization Action for the My HealtheVet registration response.
DESCRIPTION: This is the response to the Socialization Action question asked to the patient about My
HealtheVet registration. It must be one of the pre-defined actions contained in the MHV
Socialization (#390.02) file.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2.5370262^B
1)= S ^DPT(DA(2),1,DA(1),1,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT(DA(2),1,DA(1),1,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)
2,537027 MHV REGISTERED 2;1 SET
'0' FOR NO;
'1' FOR YES;
LAST EDITED: JUL 19, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter YES if the patient is registered in My HealtheVet, otherwise enter NO.
DESCRIPTION:
This field indicates whether the patient is, or is not, registered in My HealtheVet.
2,537028 MHV AUTHENTICATED 2;2 SET
'0' FOR NO;
'1' FOR YES;
'2' FOR ACTION;
LAST EDITED: APR 24, 2015
HELP-PROMPT: Enter YES if the patient's My HealtheVet registration has been authenticated, otherwise enter NO.
DESCRIPTION: This field indicates if the patient's My HealtheVet registraton has, or has not, been
authenticated. This field may only be accessed if the patient has been registered in My HealtheVet
(MHV REGISTERED equals YES).
2,537029 MHV SECURE MESSAGING 2;3 SET
'0' FOR NO;
'1' FOR YES;
'2' FOR ACTION;
LAST EDITED: MAR 07, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: If the patient has opted to use secure messaging with their My HealtheVet account, enter YES.
Otherwise enter NO.
DESCRIPTION: This field indicates whether the patient has, or has not, opted to use secure messaging with their
My HealtheVet account. This field may only be accessed if the patient's My HealtheVet registration
has been authenticated (MHV AUTHENTICATED equals YES).
2,537030 MHVREG UPDATE DATE/TIME 2;4 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="ESTXR" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: JUL 20, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date/time My HealtheVet registration was confirmed.
DESCRIPTION: This field captures the Date/Time the patient was confirmed for My HealtheVet registration and when
the MHV REGISTERED field was set to 1 (YES).
2,537031 MHVAUTH UPDATE DATE/TIME 2;5 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="ESTR" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: APR 24, 2015
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date/time My HealtheVet registration was authenticated.
DESCRIPTION: This field captures the date/time the patient's My HealtheVet registration was authenticated by
setting the MHV AUTHENTICATED field to 1 (YES).
2,537032 MHVSM UPDATE DATE/TIME 2;6 DATE
INPUT TRANSFORM: S %DT="ESTR" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
LAST EDITED: APR 24, 2015
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the date/time the patient opted to use secure messaging with their My HealtheVet account.
DESCRIPTION: This field captures the date/time the patient's My HealtheVet registration was approved for secure
messaging by the patient.
2,537033 MHV REGISTER DECLINED TEXT 2.1;1 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>250!($L(X)<2) X
LAST EDITED: JUL 20, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter 2 to 250 characters free text reason the patient declined to register in My HealtheVet.
DESCRIPTION: This field captures a free text reason the patient declined to register in My HealtheVet. This free
text reason may only be entered when "9-Other" is selected in response to the MHV MSG DECLINED
REASON field.
2,537034 MHV AUTH DECLINED TEXT 2.2;1 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>250!($L(X)<2) X
LAST EDITED: MAR 07, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter 2 to 250 characters free text reason the patient declined to authenticate their My HealtheVet
registration.
DESCRIPTION: This field captures a free text reason the patient declined to authenticate their My HealtheVet
registration. This free text reason may only be entered when "9-Other" is selected in response to
the MHV AUTH DECLINED REASON field.
2,537035 MHV MSG DECLINED TEXT 2.3;1 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>250!($L(X)<2) X
LAST EDITED: MAR 07, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter 2 to 250 characters free text reason the patient declined to use secure messaging with their
My HealtheVet account.
DESCRIPTION: This field captures a free text reason the patient declined to use secure messaging with their My
HealtheVet registration. This free text reason may only be entered when "9-Other" is selected in
response to the MHV MSG DECLINED REASON field.
2,537036 MHV REGISTER DECLINED REASON 2;7 POINTER TO MHV DECLINED REASONS FILE (#390.03)
LAST EDITED: JUL 19, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the reason the patient declined to register in My HealtheVet.
DESCRIPTION:
This field captures the reason the patient declined to register in My HealtheVet.
2,537037 MHV AUTH DECLINED REASON 2;8 POINTER TO MHV DECLINED REASONS FILE (#390.03)
LAST EDITED: MAR 28, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the reason the patient declined to authenticate their My HealtheVet registration.
DESCRIPTION: This field captures the reason the patient declined to authenticate their My HealtheVet
registration.
2,537038 MHV MSG DECLINED REASON 2;9 POINTER TO MHV DECLINED REASONS FILE (#390.03)
LAST EDITED: APR 24, 2015
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the reason the patient declined to use secure messaging with their My HealtheVet account.
DESCRIPTION: This field captures the reason the patient declined to use secure messaging with their My
HealtheVet account.
2,537041 MHV MSG ACTIONS 3;0 POINTER Multiple #2.0537041
DESCRIPTION: The MHV MSG ACTIONS multiple captures the actions taken by the registration clerk to assist a
patient opting to use secure messaging with their My HealtheVet account.
2.0537041,.01 MHV MSG ACTIONS 0;1 POINTER TO MHV SOCIALIZATION ACTIONS FILE (#390.02) (Multiply asked)
LAST EDITED: APR 24, 2015
HELP-PROMPT: Select the action taken to assist the patient's use of secure messaging with their My HealtheVet
account.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains actions taken by the clerk to assist a patient opting to use secure messaging
with their My HealtheVet account. The prompt for actions only displays when A(ction) is entered
in the MHV SECURE MESSAGING field.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2.0537041^B
1)= S ^DPT(DA(1),3,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT(DA(1),3,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)
2,537042 MHV AUTH ACTIONS 4;0 POINTER Multiple #2.0537042
DESCRIPTION: The MHV AUTH ACTIONS multiple contains the actions taken by the registration clerk to
upgrade/authenticate the patient's My HealtheVet registration.
2.0537042,.01 MHV AUTH ACTIONS 0;1 POINTER TO MHV SOCIALIZATION ACTIONS FILE (#390.02)
LAST EDITED: MAR 07, 2016
HELP-PROMPT: Select the action taken to upgrade/authenticate the patient's My HealtheVet registration.
DESCRIPTION: This field contains actions taken by the clerk to upgrade/authenticate the patient's My
HealtheVet registration. The prompt for this field only displays when A(ction) is entered in the
MHV REGISTERED field.
CROSS-REFERENCE: 2.0537042^B
1)= S ^DPT(DA(1),4,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
2)= K ^DPT(DA(1),4,"B",$E(X,1,30),DA)
FILES POINTED TO FIELDS
1010EZ HOLDING (#712) MOST RECENT 1010EZ (#1010.156)
AMIS SEGMENT (#391.1) DISPOSITION LOG-IN DATE/TIME:AMIS 420 SEGMENT (#17)
APPOINTMENT TYPE (#409.1) APPOINTMENT:APPOINTMENT TYPE (#9.5)
BPS NCPDP PATIENT RELATIONSHIP
(#9002313.19) INSURANCE TYPE:PHARMACY RELATIONSHIP CODE (#4.05)
BRANCH OF SERVICE (#23) SERVICE BRANCH [LAST] (#.325)
SERVICE BRANCH [NTL] (#.3291)
SERVICE BRANCH [NNTL] (#.3296)
INSURANCE TYPE:INSURED'S BRANCH (#3.02)
FIELD^NL^.1^10:SERVICE BRANCH (#.03)
CANCELLATION REASONS (#409.2) APPOINTMENT:CANCELLATION REASON (#16)
CATASTROPHIC DISABILITY REASON
(#27.17) CD STATUS DIAGNOSES:CD STATUS DIAGNOSES (#.01)
CD STATUS PROCEDURES:CD STATUS PROCEDURES (#.01)
CD STATUS CONDITIONS:CD STATUS CONDITIONS (#.01)
CD DESCRIPTORS:CD DESCRIPTORS (#.01)
CD REASON:CD REASON (#.01)
CATEGORY OF BENEFICIARY (#45.82) *CATEGORY OF BENEFICIARY (#.31)
COUNTRY CODE (#779.004) PLACE OF BIRTH COUNTRY (#.0931)
RESIDENTIAL COUNTRY (#.11573)
COUNTRY (#.1173)
TEMPORARY ADDRESS COUNTRY (#.1223)
CONFIDENTIAL ADDR COUNTRY (#.14116)
K2-COUNTRY (#.2101)
K-COUNTRY (#.221)
E-COUNTRY (#.3306)
E2-COUNTRY (#.331012)
D-COUNTRY (#.34012)
DENTAL CLASSIFICATION (#220.2) DENTAL CLASSIFICATION (#220)
DISABILITY CONDITION (#31) RATED DISABILITIES (VA):RATED DISABILITIES (VA) (#.01)
DISPOSITION (#37) DISPOSITION LOG-IN DATE/TIME:DISPOSITION (#6)
DISPOSITION LATE REASON (#30) DISPOSITION LOG-IN DATE/TIME:REASON FOR LATE DISPOSITION (#8)
ELIGIBILITY CODE (#8) PRIMARY ELIGIBILITY CODE (#.361)
PATIENT ELIGIBILITIES:ELIGIBILITY (#.01)
DISPOSITION LOG-IN DATE/TIME:REGISTRATION ELIGIBILITY CODE (#13)
ETHNICITY (#10.2) ETHNICITY INFORMATION:ETHNICITY INFORMATION (#.01)
FACILITY TREATING SPECIALTY
(#45.7) TREATING SPECIALTY (#.103)
GROUP INSURANCE PLAN (#355.3) INSURANCE TYPE:GROUP PLAN (#.18)
HEALTH BENEFIT PLAN (#25.11) CURRENT HEALTH BENEFIT PLAN:CURRENT HBP CODE (#.01)
HISTORY HEALTH BENEFIT PLAN:HISTORY HBP CODE (#1)
HOSPITAL LOCATION (#44) ENROLLMENT CLINIC:ENROLLMENT CLINIC (#.01)
APPOINTMENT:CLINIC (#.01)
APPT. CANCELLED (#18)
ICD DIAGNOSIS (#80) HEALTH CARE CODE INFORMATION:DIAGNOSIS CODE (#.02)
SUBSCRIBER ADDITIONAL INFO:DIAGNOSIS (#.03)
IIV RESPONSE (#365) INSURANCE TYPE:EB DISPLAY ENTRY (#8.03)
INSTITUTION (#4) RESIDENTIAL ADDR CHANGE SITE (#.11581)
ADDRESS CHANGE SITE (#.12)
TEMPORARY ADDRESS CHANGE SITE (#.12114)
CELLULAR NUMBER CHANGE SITE (#.13111)
PAGER NUMBER CHANGE SITE (#.1314)
RESIDENCE NUMBER CHANGE SITE (#.1323)
EMAIL ADDRESS CHANGE SITE (#.138)
CONFIDENTIAL ADDR CHANGE SITE (#.14113)
INSTITUTION (VA) (#.2911)
CLAIM FOLDER LOCATION (#.314)
USER ENROLLEE SITE (#.3618)
FACILITY MAKING DETERMINATION (#.393)
PH DIVISION (#.535)
PREFERRED FACILITY (#27.02)
COORDINATING MASTER OF RECORD (#991.03)
MOST RECENT LOCATION OF CARE (#1010.152)
2ND MOST RECENT LOCATION (#1010.154)
ICN HISTORY:CMOR (#2)
CURRENT HEALTH BENEFIT PLAN:ASSIGNED ENTERED SITE (#3)
HISTORY HEALTH BENEFIT PLAN:HISTORY ENTERED SITE (#3)
SERVICE [OEF OR OIF]:ENTERED BY SITE (#.06)
CD HISTORY DATE:FACILITY MAKING DETERMINATION (#.393)
INSURANCE COMPANY (#36) DISPOSITION LOG-IN DATE/TIME:INJURING PARTIES INSURANCE (#25)
INSURANCE TYPE:INSURANCE TYPE (#.01)
LAB DATA (#63) LABORATORY REFERENCE (#63)
MARITAL STATUS (#11) MARITAL STATUS (#.05)
MEANS TEST STATUS (#408.32) CURRENT MEANS TEST STATUS (#.14)
MEDICAL CENTER DIVISION (#40.8) DISPOSITION LOG-IN DATE/TIME:FACILITY APPLYING TO (#3)
MHV DECLINED REASONS (#390.03) MHV REGISTER DECLINED REASON (#537036)
MHV AUTH DECLINED REASON (#537037)
MHV MSG DECLINED REASON (#537038)
MHV SOCIALIZATION (#390.01) MHV SOCIALIZATION:SOCIALIZATION RESPONSE (#1)
MHV SOCIALIZATION ACTIONS
(#390.02) MHV MSG ACTIONS:MHV MSG ACTIONS (#.01)
MHV AUTH ACTIONS:MHV AUTH ACTIONS (#.01)
SOCIALIZATION ACTIONS:SOCIALIZATION ACTIONS (#.01)
NAME COMPONENTS (#20) NAME COMPONENTS (#1.01)
K-NAME COMPONENTS (#1.02)
K2-NAME COMPONENTS (#1.03)
FATHER'S NAME COMPONENTS (#1.04)
MOTHER'S NAME COMPONENTS (#1.05)
MOTHERS MAIDEN NAME COMPONENTS (#1.06)
E-NAME COMPONENTS (#1.07)
E2-NAME COMPONENTS (#1.08)
D-NAME COMPONENTS (#1.09)
ALIAS:ALIAS COMPONENTS (#100.03)
DISPOSITION LOG-IN DATE/TIME:ATTORNEY'S NAME COMPONENTS (#100.21)
NEW PERSON (#200) WHO ENTERED PATIENT (#.096)
PROVIDER (#.104)
ATTENDING PHYSICIAN (#.1041)
RESIDENTIAL ADDR CHANGE USER (#.11583)
ADDRESS CHANGE USER (#.122)
EMAIL ADDRESS CHANGE USER (#.1318)
CELLULAR NUMBER CHANGE USER (#.1319)
RESIDENCE NUMBER CHANGE USER (#.1324)
PHONE [WORK] CHANGE USER (#.1325)
CONFIDENTIAL ADDR CHANGE USER (#.14118)
CONFIDENTIAL PHONE CHANGE USER (#.14119)
DEATH ENTERED BY (#.352)
LAST EDITED BY (#.355)
ELIGIBILITY STATUS ENTERED BY (#.3616)
INDIAN SELF IDENT CHANGE USER (#.576)
*CURRENT PC PRACTITIONER (#404.01)
FFF ENTERED BY (#1100.02)
FFF REMOVED BY (#1100.04)
DISPOSITION LOG-IN DATE/TIME:WHO ENTERED 10/10 (#4)
WHO DISPOSITIONED (#9)
CURRENT HEALTH BENEFIT PLAN:ASSIGNED ENTERED BY (#2)
HISTORY HEALTH BENEFIT PLAN:HISTORY ENTERED BY (#2)
INSURANCE TYPE:ENTERED BY (#1.02)
VERIFIED BY (#1.04)
LAST EDITED BY (#1.06)
FIELD^NL^.08^8:LAST EDITED BY (#.02)
APPOINTMENT:NO-SHOW/CANCELLED BY (#14)
DATA ENTRY CLERK (#19)
OTHER FEDERAL AGENCY (#35) AGENCY/ALLIED COUNTRY (#.309)
OUTPATIENT ENCOUNTER (#409.68) DISPOSITION LOG-IN DATE/TIME:REGISTRATION ELIGIBILITY CODE (#13)
OUTPATIENT ENCOUNTER (#18)
APPOINTMENT:APPOINTMENT TYPE (#9.5)
OUTPATIENT ENCOUNTER (#21)
PATIENT (#2) PATIENT MERGED TO (#.082)
COLLATERAL SPONSOR'S NAME (#.3601)
PATIENT ELIGIBILITIES:LONG ID (#.03)
SHORT ID (#.04)
PATIENT CONTACT RELATION
(#12.11) K2-RELATIONSHIP TYPE (#.2104)
K-RELATIONSHIP TYPE (#.224)
E-RELATIONSHIP TYPE (#.3309)
E2-RELATIONSHIP TYPE (#.331015)
D-RELATIONSHIP TYPE (#.34015)
PATIENT ENROLLMENT (#27.11) CURRENT ENROLLMENT (#27.01)
PATIENT MOVEMENT (#405) CURRENT MOVEMENT (#.102)
CURRENT ADMISSION (#.105)
PENSION AWARD REASONS (#27.18) PENSION AWARD REASON (#.3852)
PENSION TERMINATED REASON 1 (#.3854)
PENSION TERMINATED REASON 2 (#.3855)
PENSION TERMINATED REASON 3 (#.3856)
PENSION TERMINATED REASON 4 (#.3857)
PERIOD OF SERVICE (#21) PERIOD OF SERVICE (#.323)
PLACE OF SERVICE (#353.1) SUBSCRIBER ADDITIONAL INFO:PLACE OF SERVICE (#.02)
POW PERIOD (#22) POW CONFINEMENT LOCATION (#.526)
COMBAT SERVICE LOCATION (#.5292)
PRONOUN TYPES (#47.78) PRONOUN:PRONOUN (#.01)
RACE (#10) RACE (#.06)
RACE INFORMATION:RACE INFORMATION (#.01)
RACE AND ETHNICITY COLLECTION
(#10.3) RACE INFORMATION:METHOD OF COLLECTION (#.02)
ETHNICITY INFORMATION:METHOD OF COLLECTION (#.02)
REFERRAL PATIENT (#67) LAB REFERRAL REF (#67)
RELIGION (#13) RELIGIOUS PREFERENCE (#.08)
ROOM-BED (#405.4) CURRENT ROOM (#.108)
SEPARATION REASON (#26) FIELD^NL^.1^10:SEPARATION REASON CODE (#.1)
SEXUAL ORIENTATION TYPES
(#47.77) SEXUAL ORIENTATION:SEXUAL ORIENTATION (#.01)
SHARING AGREEMENT SUB-CATEGORY
(#35.2) APPOINTMENT:APPOINTMENT TYPE SUB-CATEGORY (#24)
SOURCE OF INFORMATION (#355.12) INSURANCE TYPE:SOURCE OF INFORMATION (#1.09)
SOURCE OF NOTIFICATIONS (#47.76) SOURCE OF NOTIFICATION (#.353)
STATE (#5) PLACE OF BIRTH [STATE] (#.093)
STATE (#.115)
RESIDENTIAL STATE (#.1155)
TEMPORARY STATE (#.1215)
CONFIDENTIAL ADDRESS STATE (#.1415)
INELIGIBLE TWX STATE (#.1654)
MISSING PERSON TWX STATE (#.1659)
K-STATE (#.217)
K2-STATE (#.2197)
SPOUSE'S EMPLOYER'S STATE (#.256)
STATE (VA) (#.2917)
STATE (CIVIL) (#.2927)
EMPLOYER STATE (#.3117)
E2-STATE (#.3317)
E-STATE (#.337)
D-STATE (#.347)
DISPOSITION LOG-IN DATE/TIME:A-STATE (#35)
INSURANCE TYPE:EMPLOYER CLAIMS STATE (#2.06)
INSURED'S STATE (#3.09)
ELIGIBILITY/BENEFIT:STATE (#4.04)
SUBSCRIPTION CONTROL (#774) SUBSCRIPTION CONTROL NUMBER (#991.05)
SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION TYPES
(#47.75) SUPPORTING DOCUMENT TYPE (#.357)
TEAM (#404.51) *CURRENT PC TEAM (#404.02)
TELEPHONE COUNTRY CODE (#12.12) TEMPORARY COUNTRY CODE (#.12116)
CONFIDENTIAL COUNTRY CODE (#.13201)
COUNTRY CODE [RESIDENCE] (#.1327)
COUNTRY CODE [CELLULAR] (#.1328)
COUNTRY CODE [WORK] (#.1329)
TIU DOCUMENT (#8925) SEXUAL ORIENTATION:NOTE (#.05)
TYPE OF DISCHARGE (#25) SERVICE DISCHARGE TYPE [LAST] (#.324)
SERVICE DISCHARGE TYPE [NTL] (#.329)
SERVICE DISCHARGE TYPE [NNTL] (#.3295)
FIELD^NL^.1^10:SERVICE DISCHARGE TYPE (#.06)
TYPE OF PATIENT (#391) TYPE (#391)
X12 271 CODE LIST QUALIFIER
(#365.044) SUBSCRIBER ADDITIONAL INFO:QUALIFIER (#.04)
X12 271 CONTACT QUALIFIER
(#365.021) CONTACT INFORMATION:COMMUNICATION QUALIFIER (#.04)
X12 271 COVERAGE LEVEL (#365.012) ELIGIBILITY/BENEFIT:COVERAGE LEVEL (#.03)
X12 271 DATE FORMAT QUALIFIER
(#365.032) INSURANCE TYPE:DATE TIME PERIOD FORMAT QUAL (#12.06)
SUBSCRIBER DATES:DATE FORMAT (#.04)
X12 271 DATE QUALIFIER (#365.026) SUBSCRIBER DATES:DATE QUALIFIER (#.03)
X12 271 DELIVERY FREQUENCY COD
(#365.025) HEALTHCARE SERVICES DELIVERY:DELIVERY FREQUENCY (#.08)
X12 271 DELIVERY PATTERN
(#365.036) HEALTHCARE SERVICES DELIVERY:DELIVERY PATTERN (#.09)
X12 271 ELIGIBILITY/BENEFIT
(#365.011) ELIGIBILITY/BENEFIT:ELIGIBILITY/BENEFIT INFO (#.02)
X12 271 ENTITY IDENTIFIER CODE
(#365.022) ELIGIBILITY/BENEFIT:ENTITY ID CODE (#3.01)
X12 271 ENTITY RELATIONSHIP CO
(#365.031) ELIGIBILITY/BENEFIT:ENTITY RELATIONSHIP CODE (#3.06)
X12 271 ENTITY TYPE QUALIFIER
(#365.043) ELIGIBILITY/BENEFIT:ENTITY TYPE (#3.02)
X12 271 IDENTIFICATION QUALIFI
(#365.023) ELIGIBILITY/BENEFIT:ENTITY ID QUALIFIER (#3.05)
X12 271 INSURANCE TYPE (#365.014) ELIGIBILITY/BENEFIT:INSURANCE TYPE (#.05)
X12 271 LOCATION QUALIFER
(#365.034) ELIGIBILITY/BENEFIT:LOCATION QUALIFIER (#4.08)
X12 271 MILITARY EMPLOYMENT ST
(#365.046) INSURANCE TYPE:MILITARY EMPLOYMENT STATUS (#12.02)
X12 271 MILITARY GOVT SERVICE
(#365.041) INSURANCE TYPE:MILITARY GOVT AFFILIATION CODE (#12.03)
X12 271 MILITARY PERSONNEL INF
(#365.039) INSURANCE TYPE:MILITARY INFO STATUS CODE (#12.01)
X12 271 MILITARY SERVICE RANK
(#365.042) INSURANCE TYPE:MILITARY SERVICE RANK CODE (#12.05)
X12 271 NATURE OF INJURY CODES
(#365.045) SUBSCRIBER ADDITIONAL INFO:NATURE OF INJURY CODE (#.05)
X12 271 PROCEDURE CODING METHO
(#365.035) ELIGIBILITY/BENEFIT:PROCEDURE CODING METHOD (#1.01)
X12 271 PROVIDER CODE (#365.024) ELIGIBILITY/BENEFIT:PROVIDER CODE (#5.01)
GROUP PROVIDER INFO:PROVIDER CODE (#.02)
X12 271 QUANTITY QUALIFIER
(#365.016) ELIGIBILITY/BENEFIT:QUANTITY QUALIFIER (#.1)
HEALTHCARE SERVICES DELIVERY:QUANTITY QUALIFIER (#.03)
X12 271 REFERENCE IDENTIFICATI
(#365.028) GROUP REFERENCE INFORMATION:REF ID QUALIFIER (GROUP) (#.03)
ELIGIBILITY/BENEFIT:REFERENCE ID QUALIFIER (#5.03)
SUBSCRIBER REFERENCE ID:REFERENCE ID QUALIFIER (#.03)
X12 271 SERVICE TYPE (#365.013) INSURANCE TYPE:REQUESTED SERVICE TYPE (#8.02)
ELIGIBILITY/BENEFIT:*SERVICE TYPE (#.04)
SERVICE TYPES:SERVICE TYPES (#.01)
X12 271 TIME PERIOD QUALIFIER
(#365.015) ELIGIBILITY/BENEFIT:TIME PERIOD QUALIFIER (#.07)
HEALTHCARE SERVICES DELIVERY:TIME PERIOD QUALIFIER (#.07)
X12 271 UNITS OF MEASUREMENT
(#365.029) HEALTHCARE SERVICES DELIVERY:UNITS OF MEASUREMENT (#.05)
X12 271 YES/NO RESPONSE CODE
(#365.033) ELIGIBILITY/BENEFIT:AUTHORIZATION/CERTIFICATION (#.12)
IN PLAN (#.13)
}UNDEFINED FILE (#11500.4) DISPOSITION LOG-IN DATE/TIME:ODS REGISTRATION ENTRY (#11500.02)
}UNDEFINED FILE (#25002.1) RANK (#11500.03)
File #2
Record Indexes:
ACVCOM (#303) RECORD MUMPS ACTION
Short Descr: Update Combat Vet Eligibility End Date
Description: This multi-level MUMPS x-ref will trigger an update to the Combat Vet Eligibility End Date field under the
following conditions:
1) Service Separation Date [Last] is precise and > 2981111 AND EITHER
2) Combat To Date is after 11/11/98 OR
Persian Gulf To Date is after 11/11/98 OR
Somalia To Date is after 11/11/98 OR
Yugoslavia To Date is after 11/11/98
The Combat vet field will be set to the Service Separation Date + 2 years, and will only be updated if
information in these fields has changed.
Set Logic: N DGZ S DGZ=$S(X2(10):X2(10),1:X2(1)) D SETCV^DGCV(DA,DGZ)
Set Cond: I '$P($G(^DPT(DA,.52)),"^",15) S X=$$CVELIG^DGCV(DA)
Kill Logic: Q
Kill Cond: Q
X(1): SERVICE SEPARATION DATE [LAST] (2,.327) (forwards)
X(2): COMBAT TO DATE (2,.5294) (forwards)
X(3): YUGOSLAVIA TO DATE (2,.322021) (forwards)
X(4): SOMALIA TO DATE (2,.322018) (forwards)
X(5): PERSIAN GULF TO DATE (2,.322012) (forwards)
X(6): COMBAT SERVICE INDICATED? (2,.5291) (forwards)
X(7): YUGOSLAVIA SERVICE INDICATED? (2,.322019) (forwards)
X(8): SOMALIA SERVICE INDICATED? (2,.322016) (forwards)
X(9): PERSIAN GULF SERVICE? (2,.32201) (forwards)
X(10): Computed Code: S X=$P($$LAST^DGMSEUTL(DA),U,2)
ADTTM1 (#603) RECORD MUMPS ACTION
Short Descr: TEMPORARY ADDRESS Cross-Reference
Description: This cross-reference will update the TEMPORARY ADDRESS CHANGE DT/TM field when the Temporary Address data
changes for a patient.
Set Logic: D TEMP^DGDDDTTM
Kill Logic: D TEMP^DGDDDTTM
X(1): TEMPORARY STREET [LINE 1] (2,.1211) (forwards)
X(2): TEMPORARY STREET [LINE 2] (2,.1212) (forwards)
X(3): TEMPORARY STREET [LINE 3] (2,.1213) (forwards)
X(4): TEMPORARY CITY (2,.1214) (forwards)
X(5): TEMPORARY STATE (2,.1215) (forwards)
X(6): TEMPORARY ZIP CODE (2,.1216) (forwards)
X(7): TEMPORARY ADDRESS START DATE (2,.1217) (forwards)
X(8): TEMPORARY ADDRESS END DATE (2,.1218) (forwards)
X(9): TEMPORARY ADDRESS ACTIVE? (2,.12105) (forwards)
X(10): TEMPORARY ZIP+4 (2,.12112) (forwards)
X(11): TEMPORARY ADDRESS PROVINCE (2,.1221) (forwards)
X(12): TEMPORARY ADDRESS POSTAL CODE (2,.1222) (forwards)
X(13): TEMPORARY ADDRESS COUNTRY (2,.1223) (forwards)
ADTTM2 (#604) RECORD MUMPS ACTION
Short Descr: CONFIDENTIAL ADDRESS Cross-Reference
Description: This cross-reference will update the CONFIDENTIAL ADDR CHANGE DT/TM field when the confidential address data
changes for a patient.
Set Logic: D CONF^DGDDDTTM
Kill Logic: D CONF^DGDDDTTM
X(1): CONFIDENTIAL STREET [LINE 1] (2,.1411) (forwards)
X(2): CONFIDENTIAL STREET [LINE 2] (2,.1412) (forwards)
X(3): CONFIDENTIAL STREET [LINE 3] (2,.1413) (forwards)
X(4): CONFIDENTIAL ADDRESS CITY (2,.1414) (forwards)
X(5): CONFIDENTIAL ADDRESS STATE (2,.1415) (forwards)
X(6): CONFIDENTIAL ADDRESS ZIP CODE (2,.1416) (forwards)
X(7): CONFIDENTIAL START DATE (2,.1417) (forwards)
X(8): CONFIDENTIAL END DATE (2,.1418) (forwards)
X(9): CONFIDENTIAL ADDRESS ACTIVE? (2,.14105) (forwards)
X(10): CONFIDENTIAL ADDR PROVINCE (2,.14114) (forwards)
X(11): CONFIDENTIAL ADDR POSTAL CODE (2,.14115) (forwards)
X(12): CONFIDENTIAL ADDR COUNTRY (2,.14116) (forwards)
X(13): CONFIDENTIAL ADDRESS COUNTY (2,.14111) (forwards)
X(14): CONFIDENTIAL PHONE NUMBER (2,.1315) (forwards)
ADTTM3 (#605) RECORD MUMPS ACTION
Short Descr: PRIMARY NOK Cross-Reference
Description: This cross-reference will update the PRIMARY NOK CHANGE DATE/TIME field when the Primary Next of Kin data
changes for a patient.
Set Logic: D PNOK^DGDDDTTM
Kill Logic: D PNOK^DGDDDTTM
X(1): K-NAME OF PRIMARY NOK (2,.211) (forwards)
X(2): K-RELATIONSHIP TO PATIENT (2,.212) (forwards)
X(3): K-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 1] (2,.213) (forwards)
X(4): K-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 2] (2,.214) (forwards)
X(5): K-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 3] (2,.215) (forwards)
X(6): K-CITY (2,.216) (forwards)
X(7): K-STATE (2,.217) (forwards)
X(8): K-ZIP CODE (2,.218) (forwards)
X(9): K-ADDRESS SAME AS PATIENT'S? (2,.2125) (forwards)
X(10): K-ZIP+4 (2,.2207) (forwards)
X(11): K-PHONE NUMBER (2,.219) (forwards)
X(12): K-WORK PHONE NUMBER (2,.21011) (forwards)
X(13): K-COUNTRY (2,.221) (forwards)
X(14): K-PROVINCE (2,.222) (forwards)
X(15): K-POSTAL CODE (2,.223) (forwards)
X(16): K-RELATIONSHIP TYPE (2,.224) (forwards)
ADTTM4 (#606) RECORD MUMPS ACTION
Short Descr: SECONDARY NOK Cross-Reference
Description: This cross-reference will update the SECONDARY NOK CHANGE DATE/TIME field when the Secondary Next of Kin data
changes for a patient.
Set Logic: D SNOK^DGDDDTTM
Kill Logic: D SNOK^DGDDDTTM
X(1): K2-NAME OF SECONDARY NOK (2,.2191) (forwards)
X(2): K2-RELATIONSHIP TO PATIENT (2,.2192) (forwards)
X(3): K2-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 1] (2,.2193) (forwards)
X(4): K2-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 2] (2,.2194) (forwards)
X(5): K2-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 3] (2,.2195) (forwards)
X(6): K2-CITY (2,.2196) (forwards)
X(7): K2-STATE (2,.2197) (forwards)
X(8): K2-ZIP CODE (2,.2198) (forwards)
X(9): K2-ADDRESS SAME AS PATIENT'S? (2,.21925) (forwards)
X(10): K2-ZIP+4 (2,.2203) (forwards)
X(11): K2-PHONE NUMBER (2,.2199) (forwards)
X(12): K2-WORK PHONE NUMBER (2,.211011) (forwards)
X(13): K2-COUNTRY (2,.2101) (forwards)
X(14): K2-PROVINCE (2,.2102) (forwards)
X(15): K2-POSTAL CODE (2,.2103) (forwards)
X(16): K2-RELATIONSHIP TYPE (2,.2104) (forwards)
ADTTM5 (#607) RECORD MUMPS ACTION
Short Descr: E-CONTACT Cross-Reference
Description: This cross-reference will update the E-CONTACT CHANGE DATE/TIME field when the Emergency Contact data changes
for a patient.
Set Logic: D ECON^DGDDDTTM
Kill Logic: D ECON^DGDDDTTM
X(1): E-NAME (2,.331) (forwards)
X(2): E-RELATIONSHIP TO PATIENT (2,.332) (forwards)
X(3): E-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 1] (2,.333) (forwards)
X(4): E-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 2] (2,.334) (forwards)
X(5): E-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 3] (2,.335) (forwards)
X(6): E-CITY (2,.336) (forwards)
X(7): E-STATE (2,.337) (forwards)
X(8): E-ZIP CODE (2,.338) (forwards)
X(9): E-EMER. CONTACT SAME AS NOK? (2,.3305) (forwards)
X(10): E-ZIP+4 (2,.2201) (forwards)
X(11): E-PHONE NUMBER (2,.339) (forwards)
X(12): E-WORK PHONE NUMBER (2,.33011) (forwards)
X(13): E-COUNTRY (2,.3306) (forwards)
X(14): E-PROVINCE (2,.3307) (forwards)
X(15): E-POSTAL CODE (2,.3308) (forwards)
X(16): E-RELATIONSHIP TYPE (2,.3309) (forwards)
ADTTM6 (#608) RECORD MUMPS ACTION
Short Descr: E2-CONTACT Cross-Reference
Description: This cross-reference will update the E2-CONTACT CHANGE DATE/TIME field when the Secondary Emergency Contact
data changes for a patient.
Set Logic: D ECON2^DGDDDTTM
Kill Logic: D ECON2^DGDDDTTM
X(1): E2-NAME OF SECONDARY CONTACT (2,.3311) (forwards)
X(2): E2-RELATIONSHIP TO PATIENT (2,.3312) (forwards)
X(3): E2-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 1] (2,.3313) (forwards)
X(4): E2-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 2] (2,.3314) (forwards)
X(5): E2-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 3] (2,.3315) (forwards)
X(6): E2-CITY (2,.3316) (forwards)
X(7): E2-STATE (2,.3317) (forwards)
X(8): E2-ZIP CODE (2,.3318) (forwards)
X(9): E2-ZIP+4 (2,.2204) (forwards)
X(10): E2-PHONE NUMBER (2,.3319) (forwards)
X(11): E2-WORK PHONE NUMBER (2,.331011) (forwards)
X(12): E2-COUNTRY (2,.331012) (forwards)
X(13): E2-PROVINCE (2,.331013) (forwards)
X(14): E2-POSTAL CODE (2,.331014) (forwards)
X(15): E2-RELATIONSHIP TYPE (2,.331015) (forwards)
ADTTM7 (#609) RECORD MUMPS ACTION
Short Descr: DESIGNEE Cross-Reference
Description: This cross-reference will update the DESIGNEE CHANGE DATE/TIME field when the Designee data changes for a
patient.
Set Logic: D DESIG^DGDDDTTM
Kill Logic: D DESIG^DGDDDTTM
X(1): D-NAME OF DESIGNEE (2,.341) (forwards)
X(2): D-RELATIONSHIP TO PATIENT (2,.342) (forwards)
X(3): D-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 1] (2,.343) (forwards)
X(4): D-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 2] (2,.344) (forwards)
X(5): D-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 3] (2,.345) (forwards)
X(6): D-CITY (2,.346) (forwards)
X(7): D-STATE (2,.347) (forwards)
X(8): D-ZIP CODE (2,.348) (forwards)
X(9): D-DESIGNEE SAME AS NOK? (2,.3405) (forwards)
X(10): D-ZIP+4 (2,.2202) (forwards)
X(11): D-PHONE NUMBER (2,.349) (forwards)
X(12): D-WORK PHONE NUMBER (2,.34011) (forwards)
X(13): D-COUNTRY (2,.34012) (forwards)
X(14): D-PROVINCE (2,.34013) (forwards)
X(15): D-POSTAL CODE (2,.34014) (forwards)
X(16): D-RELATIONSHIP TYPE (2,.34015) (forwards)
ADTTM8 (#1532) RECORD MUMPS ACTION
Short Descr: RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS Cross-Reference
Description: This cross-reference will update the RESIDENTIAL ADDR CHANGE DT/TM field when the Residential Address data
changes for a patient.
Set Logic: D RES^DGDDDTTM
Kill Logic: D RES^DGDDDTTM
X(1): RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS [LINE 1] (2,.1151) (forwards)
X(2): RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS [LINE 2] (2,.1152) (forwards)
X(3): RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS [LINE 3] (2,.1153) (forwards)
X(4): RESIDENTIAL CITY (2,.1154) (forwards)
X(5): RESIDENTIAL STATE (2,.1155) (forwards)
X(6): RESIDENTIAL ZIP+4 (2,.1156) (forwards)
X(7): RESIDENTIAL PROVINCE (2,.11571) (forwards)
X(8): RESIDENTIAL POSTAL CODE (2,.11572) (forwards)
X(9): RESIDENTIAL COUNTRY (2,.11573) (forwards)
ASERLAST (#640) RECORD MUMPS R ACTION
Short Descr: Index LAST ENTRY and SEPARATION dates
Description: This cross-reference indexes the LAST ENTRY and SEPARATION dates. The form of the index is:
^DPT("ASERVICE",SEPARATION DATE,ENTRY DATE,DA,"LAST")
If one of the dates is missing the corresponding subscript is replaced by U_DA.
Set Logic: D SSERV^DGSRVICE(.X,.DA,"LAST")
Kill Logic: D KSERV^DGSRVICE(.X,.DA,"LAST")
Whole Kill: K ^DPT("ASERVICE")
X(1): SERVICE ENTRY DATE [LAST] (2,.326)
X(2): SERVICE SEPARATION DATE [LAST] (2,.327)
ASERNNTL (#642) RECORD MUMPS R ACTION
Short Descr: Index NNTL ENTRY and SEPARATION dates
Description: This cross-reference indexes the NNTL ENTRY and SEPARATION dates. The form of the index is:
^DPT("ASERVICE",SEPARATION DATE,ENTRY DATE,DA,"NNTL")
If one of the dates is missing the corresponding subscript is replaced by U_DA.
Set Logic: D SSERV^DGSRVICE(.X,.DA,"NNTL")
Kill Logic: D KSERV^DGSRVICE(.X,.DA,"NNTL")
Whole Kill: K ^DPT("ASERVICE")
X(1): SERVICE ENTRY DATE [NNTL] (2,.3297)
X(2): SERVICE SEPARATION DATE [NNTL] (2,.3298)
ASERNTL (#641) RECORD MUMPS R ACTION
Short Descr: Index NTL ENTRY and SEPARATION dates
Description: This cross-reference indexes the NTL ENTRY and SEPARATION dates. The form of the index is:
^DPT("ASERVICE",SEPARATION DATE,ENTRY DATE,DA,"NTL")
If one of the dates is missing the corresponding subscript is replaced by U_DA.
Set Logic: D SSERV^DGSRVICE(.X,.DA,"NTL")
Kill Logic: D KSERV^DGSRVICE(.X,.DA,"NTL")
Whole Kill: K ^DPT("ASERVICE")
X(1): SERVICE ENTRY DATE [NTL] (2,.3292)
X(2): SERVICE SEPARATION DATE [NTL] (2,.3293)
AXENR13 (#715) RECORD MUMPS R ACTION
Short Descr: TRIGGER A MESSAGE FOR ANY CHANGE TO THESE FIELDS
Description: This cross-reference will trigger a message to the HEC anytime one of the related fields is changed.
Set Logic: D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
Kill Logic: D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
X(1): EMAIL ADDRESS (2,.133) (forwards)
X(2): PHONE NUMBER [CELLULAR] (2,.134) (forwards)
X(3): PAGER NUMBER (2,.135) (forwards)
Subfile #2.025
Record Indexes:
AHIST (#1620) RECORD MUMPS IR SORTING ONLY
Short Descr: Sexual Orientation History
Description: The purpose of this index is to give MPI the ability to rollback Sexual Orientation changes to previous values
by looking at the history of changes that occurred.
Set Logic: D SETSO^VAFCAPI
Kill Logic: D KILLSO^VAFCAPI
Whole Kill: K ^DPT(DA(1),.025,"AHIST")
X(1): SEXUAL ORIENTATION (2.025,.01) (forwards)
X(2): STATUS (2.025,.02) (forwards)
X(3): DATE CREATED (2.025,.03) (forwards)
X(4): DATE LAST UPDATED (2.025,.04) (forwards)
X(5): NOTE (2.025,.05) (forwards)
X(6): TYPE OF UPDATE (2.025,.06) (forwards)
G202501 (#1616) RECORD REGULAR IR LOOKUP & SORTING WHOLE FILE (#2)
Short Descr: Index for Date Created and Sexual Orientation.
Description: The purpose of this index is to allow reporting on the entire PATIENT (#2) file, if desired by the date
information as initially entered related to the Sexual Orientation.
Set Logic: S ^DPT("G202501",X(1),X(2),DA(1),DA)=""
Kill Logic: K ^DPT("G202501",X(1),X(2),DA(1),DA)
Whole Kill: K ^DPT("G202501")
X(1): DATE CREATED (2.025,.03) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): SEXUAL ORIENTATION (2.025,.01) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
G202502 (#1617) RECORD REGULAR IR LOOKUP & SORTING WHOLE FILE (#2)
Short Descr: Index on the Date Last Updated and Sexual Orientation.
Description: The purpose of this index is to provide a Date Last Updated cross-reference for the entire PATIENT (#2) file
for the purposes of reporting on updates to the Sexual Orientation information.
Set Logic: S ^DPT("G202502",X(1),X(2),DA(1),DA)=""
Kill Logic: K ^DPT("G202502",X(1),X(2),DA(1),DA)
Whole Kill: K ^DPT("G202502")
X(1): DATE LAST UPDATED (2.025,.04) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): SEXUAL ORIENTATION (2.025,.01) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
G202503 (#1618) RECORD REGULAR IR LOOKUP & SORTING WHOLE FILE (#2)
Short Descr: Index by Sexual Orientation and Date Created.
Description: The purpose of this index is to cross-reference all the Sexual Orientations by the date they were created for a
patient.
Set Logic: S ^DPT("G202503",X(1),X(2),DA(1),DA)=""
Kill Logic: K ^DPT("G202503",X(1),X(2),DA(1),DA)
Whole Kill: K ^DPT("G202503")
X(1): SEXUAL ORIENTATION (2.025,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): DATE CREATED (2.025,.03) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
G202504 (#1619) RECORD REGULAR IR LOOKUP & SORTING WHOLE FILE (#2)
Short Descr: Index by Sexual Orientation and Date Last Updated.
Description: The purpose of this index is to provide a cross-reference by all of the Sexual Orientations for patient by the
date they were last updated.
Set Logic: S ^DPT("G202504",X(1),X(2),DA(1),DA)=""
Kill Logic: K ^DPT("G202504",X(1),X(2),DA(1),DA)
Whole Kill: K ^DPT("G202504")
X(1): SEXUAL ORIENTATION (2.025,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
X(2): DATE LAST UPDATED (2.025,.04) (Subscr 2) (forwards)
Subfile #2.141
Record Indexes:
ACEE141 (#716) RECORD MUMPS R ACTION
Short Descr: TRIGGER A Z07 ON E/E CHANGES
Description: This cross reference will trigger a Z07 message whenever changes are made to the E/E CONFIDENTIAL ADDRESS
CATEGORY. This includes add, changes, and deletes.
Set Logic: D CONF^DGDDDTTM I ($T(EECHG^DGRPCTRG)'="") D EECHG^DGRPCTRG
Kill Logic: D CONF^DGDDDTTM I ($T(EECHG^DGRPCTRG)'="") D EECHG^DGRPCTRG
X(1): CONFIDENTIAL ADDRESS CATEGORY (2.141,.01) (forwards)
X(2): CONFIDENTIAL CATEGORY ACTIVE (2.141,1) (forwards)
Subfile #2.191
Record Indexes:
ACCCP (#832) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION
Short Descr: TRIGGER A Z07 ON CCP CHANGES
Description: This cross reference will trigger a Z07 message whenever changes are made to the Community Care Program. This
includes add, changes, and deletes.
Set Logic: D EVENT^IVMPLOG($G(DA(1)))
Kill Logic: D EVENT^IVMPLOG($G(DA(1)))
X(1): CCP LAST UPDATED DATE (2.191,.01) (forwards)
X(2): COMMUNITY CARE PROGRAM CODE (2.191,1) (forwards)
X(3): EFFECTIVE DATE (2.191,2) (forwards)
X(4): END DATE (2.191,3) (forwards)
Subfile #2.312
Record Indexes:
ACHI (#1483) RECORD MUMPS IR SORTING ONLY WHOLE FILE (#2)
Short Descr: Covered by Health Insurance
Description: eInsurance User Story 118 will automatically update the Covered by Health Insurance flag. This index contains
both the effective date and expiration date of policies on the patient. A nightly background process will run
based on this date to determine how the Covered by Health Insurance flag should be set.
Set Logic: I X(1)!X(2) S X=$S($G(X(1))'="":X(1),1:X(2)),^DPT("ACHI",X,DA(1))="" Q
Kill Logic: I X(1)!X(2) S X=$S($G(X(1))'="":X(1),1:X(2)) K ^DPT("ACHI",X,DA(1)) Q
Whole Kill: K ^DPT("ACHI") Q
X(1): INSURANCE EXPIRATION DATE (2.312,3) (forwards)
Transform (Storage): I X S X=$$FMADD^XLFDT(X,1)
X(2): EFFECTIVE DATE OF POLICY (2.312,8) (forwards)
Subfile #2.3215
Record Indexes:
ALOEIF (#675) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION
Short Descr: Sets the latest OIF/ OEF/ UNKNOWN OEF/OIF episode in a cross reference
Description: Cross reference is:
^DPT("ALOEIF",TO DATE,FROM DATE,OIF/ OEF/ UNKNOWN OEF/OIF indicator,
DA(1),DA)=""
Subscripts are:
TO DATE = latest conflict to date for OIF/ OEF/ UNKNOWN OEF/OIF
FROM DATE = corresponding from date for TO DATE value
OIF/ OEF/ UNKNOWN OEF/OIF indicator = "OIF" "OEF" "UNK"
DA(1) = entry in patient file DA = entry in OEF/OIF subfile
Set Logic: D UPDLAST^DGENOEIF(.DA,.X2,1)
Kill Logic: D UPDLAST^DGENOEIF(.DA,.X1,0)
X(1): OEF/OIF TO DATE (2.3215,.03) (forwards)
X(2): LOCATION OF SERVICE (2.3215,.01) (forwards)
X(3): OEF/OIF FROM DATE (2.3215,.02) (forwards)
ALSTUP (#676) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION
Short Descr: TRIGGER THE DATE/TIME OF LAST CHANGE WHEN ANY PERTINENT FIELDS CHANGE
Set Logic: N DATA,DGENDA S DATA(.05)=$$NOW^XLFDT,DGENDA=DA,DGENDA(1)=DA(1) I $$UPD^DGENDBS(2.3215,.DGENDA,.DATA)
Set Cond: S X=$S($G(X2(1))'=""&($G(X1(1))'=$G(X2(1))):1,$G(X1(2))'=$G(X2(2)):1,$G(X1(3))'=$G(X2(3)):1,1:0)
Kill Logic: N DATA,DGENDA S DATA(.05)=$$NOW^XLFDT,DGENDA=DA,DGENDA(1)=DA(1) I $$UPD^DGENDBS(2.3215,.DGENDA,.DATA)
X(1): LOCATION OF SERVICE (2.3215,.01) (forwards)
X(2): OEF/OIF FROM DATE (2.3215,.02) (forwards)
X(3): OEF/OIF TO DATE (2.3215,.03) (forwards)
Subfile #2.342
Record Indexes:
BB (#1337) RECORD REGULAR IR LOOKUP & SORTING
Short Descr: x-ref by LAST EDITED BY and COMMENT DATE/TIME
Set Logic: S ^DPT(DA(2),.312,DA(1),13,"BB",$E(X(1),1,30),$E(X(2),1,30),DA)=""
Kill Logic: K ^DPT(DA(2),.312,DA(1),13,"BB",$E(X(1),1,30),$E(X(2),1,30),DA)
Whole Kill: K ^DPT(DA(2),.312,DA(1),13,"BB")
X(1): LAST EDITED BY (2.342,.02) (Subscr 1) (Len 30) (forwards)
X(2): COMMENT DATE/TIME (2.342,.01) (Subscr 2) (Len 30) (forwards)
Subfile #2.98
Record Indexes:
AX (#1549) RECORD MUMPS IR ACTION WHOLE FILE (#2)
Short Descr: Action cross reference to send HL7 notification to TMP when a new appt is made.
Description: The Tele Health Management Platform (TMP) application allows users to schedule and cancel tele health
appointments in VistA. TMP needs to be kept up to date with appointments scheduled by other applications in
order to be able to accurately display open appointment slots. This index will trigger an HL7 message sent to
TMP that will update the clinic's and patient's appointments in the TMP database system.
Set Logic: D EN^SDTMPHLA(DA(1),DA)
Set Cond: S X=X1(1)=""
Kill Logic: Q
X(1): CLINIC (2.98,.01)
NO RE-INDEXING ALLOWED!
INPUT TEMPLATE(S):
A1CK VARO/DHCP FEB 19, 1999@08:38 USER #0 ^A1CKC
DG CONSISTENCY CHECKER JAN 22, 1991@11:07 USER #0 ^DGRPXC
This template is used when editing the eligibility data via the consistency
checker to prevent store errors at ISM sites.
DG EMPLOYER AUG 24, 1984 USER #0
DG LOAD EDIT SCREEN 7 JUN 12, 2023@10:56 USER #0 ^DGRPX7
This template is used to enter/edit data on registration screen 7.
DGCOLLATERAL OCT 09, 1990@11:29 USER #0
This template is the collateral patient registration template.
DGEN NEACL MAY 08, 2019@08:24 USER #0
DGREG JUL 08, 1993@17:11 USER #0
DGREGE JUN 09, 1993@16:25 USER #0
DGREGEO JUL 08, 1993@17:12 USER #0
DGRP COLLATERAL REGISTER FEB 01, 1991@09:11 USER #0 ^DGRPXR
DGRPT 10-10T REGISTRATION MAR 06, 2003@15:36 USER #0 ^DGRPTX
DVBA C ADD 2507 PAT MAY 24, 1995@10:05 USER #0 ^DVBAXA
Allows checking for new 2507 veterans in file #2.
DVBA ELIGIBILITY EDIT SEP 22, 1989 USER #0
DVBHINQ UPDATE MAY 20, 2009@18:26 USER #0 ^DVBHCE
FBAA ADDRESS EDIT JUL 22, 1993@12:16 USER #705
IBCN PATIENT INSURANCE OCT 06, 2015@13:39 USER #0
esg - 6/11/2007 - IB patch 371
New input template to handle the input/edit of fields in the patient
insurance multiple (2.312) in the patient file.
PSO OUTPT AUG 13, 2006@13:56 USER #0
PSO OUTPTA MAR 08, 1999@15:52 USER #0
SDM1 MAR 02, 1993@11:38 USER #0 ^SDM1T
PRINT TEMPLATE(S):
DG BAI DEC 28, 2004@13:09 USER #0 PATIENT BAD ADDRESS INDICATOR LIST
DG FEMALE HISTORICAL NOV 09, 1990@11:02 USER #0 FEMALE INPATIENTS
DG FEMALE INPATIENTS JAN 31, 1991@14:48 USER #0 FEMALE INPATIENT LIST
DG SI LIST FEB 25, 1998@14:03 USER #0 SERIOUSLY ILL LIST
DGDISPOSTIONS MAR 10, 2005@12:51 USER #0 DISPOSITION TOTAL LOG
DGENCD ELIG CODE JUN 17, 1999@17:09 USER #0 [DGENCD ELIG HDR]
DGENCD ELIG HDR JUN 17, 1999@17:11 USER #0 @
DGOPENDISPOSITIONS MAR 10, 2005@12:56 USER #0 PATIENT LIST
DVBHINQ PAT-HINQ COMP MAY 19, 2009@18:26 USER #0 ^DVBHCG @
IBNOTVER AUG 05, 2014@12:50 USER #0 REPORT OF NEW, NOT VERIFIED INSURANCE ENTRIES
RT WARD LIST MAR 26, 1987 USER #0 IN-PATIENT RECORD LOCATION LISTS
SDL--PREAPPOINTMENT LETTERS DEC 14, 2017@07:31 USER #0 @
SORT TEMPLATE(S):
DG BAI DEC 29, 2004@10:11 USER #0
SORT BY: NAME// (NAME not null)
WITHIN NAME, SORT BY: @(#.121)'="";L1// ((#.121)'="""")
WITHIN (#.121)'="", SORT BY: @(#.351)="";L1// ((#.351)="""")
This template used to list patients with a Bad Address Indicator.
DG FEMALE INPATIENTS DEC 17, 1984 USER #0
SORT BY: 'WARD LOCATION//
WITHIN WARD LOCATION, SORT BY: 'SEX// From 'F' To 'F'
WITHIN SEX, SORT BY: NAME//
DPTNS 02/03/88@08:57 FEB 03, 1988 USER #0
Patients Numbered 1 thru 7169478, Identified FEB 3,1988.
IBNOTVER NOV 29, 1993@15:27 USER #0
SORT BY: ]@INSURANCE TYPE//
INSURANCE TYPE SUB-FIELD: DATE LAST VERIFIED// From '@' To '@^@'
WITHIN DATE LAST VERIFIED, SORT BY: @INSURANCE TYPE//
INSURANCE TYPE SUB-FIELD: DATE ENTERED// (User is asked range)
IBNOTVER1 NOV 29, 1993@15:50 USER #1453
SORT BY: 'INSURANCE TYPE//
INSURANCE TYPE SUB-FIELD: INSURANCE TYPE//
WITHIN INSURANCE TYPE, SORT BY: @'INSURANCE TYPE//
INSURANCE TYPE SUB-FIELD: DATE LAST VERIFIED// From '@' To '@^@'
WITHIN DATE LAST VERIFIED, SORT BY: @'INSURANCE TYPE//
INSURANCE TYPE SUB-FIELD: DATE ENTERED// (User is asked range)
WITHIN DATE ENTERED, SORT BY: NAME// (User is asked range)
RT ALL INPATIENTS FEB 27, 1987 USER #0
SORT BY: WARD LOCATION//
WITHIN WARD LOCATION, SORT BY: NAME//
WITHIN NAME, SORT BY: RECORDS://
RECORDS FIELD: APPLICATION// (User is asked range)
RT WARD LIST FEB 27, 1987 USER #0
SORT BY: '@ADMISSION DATE// (User is asked range)
WITHIN ADMISSION DATE, SORT BY: RECORDS://
RECORDS FIELD: APPLICATION// (User is asked range)
WITHIN APPLICATION, SORT BY: RECORDS://
RECORDS FIELD: IS RECORD TEMPORARY?// From 'n' To 'n'
WITHIN IS RECORD TEMPORARY?, SORT BY: WARD LOCATION//
WITHIN WARD LOCATION, SORT BY: NAME//
FORM(S)/BLOCK(S):